texlive[53777] trunk: glossaries (14feb20)

commits+karl at tug.org commits+karl at tug.org
Fri Feb 14 23:27:37 CET 2020


Revision: 53777
          http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=53777
Author:   karl
Date:     2020-02-14 23:27:37 +0100 (Fri, 14 Feb 2020)
Log Message:
-----------
glossaries (14feb20)

Modified Paths:
--------------
    trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries
    trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/INSTALL
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr-desc.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr-desc.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-gls.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-gls.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-chap-hyperfirst.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dot-abbr.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dot-abbr.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-font-abbr.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-font-abbr.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr-desc.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy3.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy3.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makeglossaries-lite.1
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makeglossaries-lite.man1.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makeglossaries.1
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makeglossaries.man1.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-babel.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-207.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-307.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-polyglossia.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-prefix.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/expl/glossaries-accsupp.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-hypernav.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-inline.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-list.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-long.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longbooktabs.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longragged.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-mcols.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-super.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-superragged.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-tree.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries/example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries/example-glossaries-acronym.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries/example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries/example-glossaries-brief.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries/example-glossaries-childnoname.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries/example-glossaries-cite.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries/example-glossaries-images.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries/example-glossaries-long.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries/example-glossaries-multipar.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries/example-glossaries-parent.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries/example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries/example-glossaries-symbols.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries/example-glossaries-url.tex

Added Paths:
-----------
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README.md

Removed Paths:
-------------
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README

Modified: trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries
===================================================================
--- trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries	2020-02-14 00:54:22 UTC (rev 53776)
+++ trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries	2020-02-14 22:27:37 UTC (rev 53777)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 # File    : makeglossaries
 # Author  : Nicola Talbot
-# Version : 4.44
+# Version : 4.45
 # Description: simple Perl script that calls makeindex or xindy.
 # Intended for use with "glossaries.sty" (saves having to remember
 # all the various switches)
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
 # glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, glossaries.perl.
 # Also makeglossaries and makeglossaries-lite.lua.
 
-my $version="4.44 (2019-12-06)";
+my $version="4.45 (2020-01-18)";
 
 # History:
 # v4.43:
@@ -1140,7 +1140,8 @@
 # This is a subroutine in case of possible extension.
 # For example, what happens in the event of 'textbf' and 'emph'?
 # Should one override the other or be combined? Combining is harder
-# as it would need a corresponding LaTeX command.
+# as it would need a corresponding LaTeX command. (bib2gls deals
+# with this better through its --map-formats switcn.)
 # 2.21 check for range encap moved earlier
 
 sub encap_overrides{

Modified: trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua
===================================================================
--- trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua	2020-02-14 00:54:22 UTC (rev 53776)
+++ trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua	2020-02-14 22:27:37 UTC (rev 53777)
@@ -36,6 +36,8 @@
    Also makeglossaries and makeglossaries-lite.lua.
   
    History:
+   * 4.45:
+     - no change.
    * 4.44:
      - no change.
    * 4.41:
@@ -66,7 +68,7 @@
      - changed first line from lua to texlua
 --]]
 
-thisversion = "4.44 (2019-12-06)"
+thisversion = "4.45 (2020-01-18)"
 
 quiet = false
 dryrun = false

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES	2020-02-14 00:54:22 UTC (rev 53776)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES	2020-02-14 22:27:37 UTC (rev 53777)
@@ -1,5 +1,52 @@
 glossaries change log:
 
+v4.45 (2020-02-13):
+
+ * glossaries-accsupp.sty:
+
+   - new associated accessibility keys for the user fields
+
+   - new commands: \glsaccessibility, \glsfieldaccsupp, \xglsfieldaccsupp,
+     \glsshortaccsupp, \glsshortplaccsupp (determine Alt/ActualText/E
+     according to the field)
+
+   - added accessibility support to \glstext, \glsplural, \glsfirst,
+     \glsfirstplural, \glssymbol, \glsname, \glsdesc,
+     \glsdescplural, \glsuseri, \glsuserii, \glsuseriii, \glsuseriv,
+     \glsuserv, \glsuservi and their case variants
+
+   - bug fixes: 
+
+     - added field existence checks for \gls...accessdisplay commands
+
+     - removed symbol use backward compatibility as it causes
+       interference
+
+ * glossaries-prefix.sty:
+
+   - new command \glsprefixsep
+
+ * glossaries.sty:
+
+   - new package options:
+
+      disablemakegloss
+      restoremakegloss
+      writeglslabels
+
+   - package option debug now also accepts value 'showaccsupp'
+
+   - detokenize label before passing to \glsshowtarget
+
+   - new commands: \glsentryparent, \glsshowtargetouter and \glsshowtargetfont
+
+   - made robust: \ifglshaschildren, \ifglshassymbol, \ifglshaslong,
+     \ifglshasshort, \ifglshasfield
+
+   - Bug fix:
+
+     - added existence check to \glsentrytitlecase
+
 v4.44 (2019-12-06):
 
  * glossaries-prefix.sty:

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/INSTALL
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/INSTALL	2020-02-14 00:54:22 UTC (rev 53776)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/INSTALL	2020-02-14 22:27:37 UTC (rev 53777)
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 INSTALLATION
 
-The best method of installing is through your TeX package
-manager, but if you need to use the manual method for some 
-reason, follow the instructions below.
+The best (and recommended) method of installing is through your TeX package
+manager (for example, `tlmgr install glossaries`), but if you need to use 
+the manual method for some reason, follow the instructions below.
 
 If you have downloaded the glossaries package using the TeX
 Directory Structure (TDS), that is you have downloaded the archive

Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README	2020-02-14 00:54:22 UTC (rev 53776)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README	2020-02-14 22:27:37 UTC (rev 53777)
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-LaTeX Package : glossaries v4.44
-
-Last Modified : 2019-12-06
-
-Author        : Nicola Talbot
-
-Package FAQ   : http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html
-
-This package is provided to assist generating glossaries.
-The package supports abbreviations and multiple glossaries.
-New entries are defined to have a name and description (and
-optionally an associated symbol). Plural forms can also be
-specified.  New glossary styles can be defined, and preambles
-and postambles can be specified. There is provision for loading
-a database of terms, only terms used in the text will be added
-to the relevant glossary.
-
-*This package replaces the glossary package which is now obsolete.*
-
-glossaries-accsupp.sty is an experimental package that uses the
-accsupp package to provide accessibility support for the
-glossaries package.
-
-The glossaries package may be extended with the
-separately-distributed glossaries-extra package
-(https://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries-extra), which provides
-more options and improved abbreviation handling.
-
-The mfirstuc package is now a separate bundle 
-(https://ctan.org/pkg/mfirstuc).
-
-INSTALLATION
-
-See INSTALL file for installation instructions.
-
-REQUIREMENTS
-
-mfirstuc
-ifthen
-xkeyval *at least version 2.5f (2006/11/18)*
-xfor
-amsgen
-etoolbox
-longtable (unless you use the nolong or nostyles package options)
-datatool-base
-textcase
-tracklang (to determine if any language modules need to be loaded)
-
-If the supertabular package is installed, it will also be loaded
-unless the nosuper or nostyles package options are used. If the
-supertabular package isn't installed, you can still use the
-glossaries package, but you won't be able to use any of the styles
-defined in glossaries-super.sty. If you want to use
-glossary-longragged.sty or glossary-superragged.sty you will also
-need the array package. If you want to use glossary-mcols you will
-also need the multicol package.
-
-Note that the current version of the glossaries package doesn't
-load xspace.
-
-If you want to use the experimental glossaries-accsupp.sty
-you will also need the accsupp package.
-
-LaTeX2HTML
-
-This package comes with a LaTeX2HTML style file glossaries.perl 
-which should be placed in the relevant LaTeX2HTML
-styles directory, but note that these styles only supply a sub-set
-of the commands provided by glossaries.sty, so some
-commands may not be implemented or may be implemented in a different
-way. This file has not be tested with recent versions of
-LaTeX2HTML and may no longer be compatible.
-
-LICENCE
-
-This material is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License. 
-See http://www.ctan.org/license/lppl1.3 
-for the details of that license.
-
-Author's home page: http://www.dickimaw-books.com/
-

Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README.md
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README.md	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README.md	2020-02-14 22:27:37 UTC (rev 53777)
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+# glossaries v4.45 (2020-02-13)
+
+Author: Nicola Talbot ([contact](http://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact))
+
+## LICENCE
+
+This material is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License. 
+See http://www.ctan.org/license/lppl1.3 
+for the details of that license.
+
+Copyright 2007-2020 Nicola Talbot
+
+## DESCRIPTION
+
+This package is provided to assist generating glossaries.
+The package supports abbreviations and multiple glossaries.
+New entries are defined to have a name and description (and
+optionally an associated symbol). Plural forms can also be
+specified.  New glossary styles can be defined, and preambles
+and postambles can be specified. There is provision for loading
+a database of terms where only terms used in the text will be added
+to the relevant glossary.
+
+*This package replaces the glossary package which is now obsolete.*
+
+### Included supplementary files:
+
+ - glossaries-prefix.sty: allows for the inclusion of a prefix (such
+   as a determiner) before terms.
+
+ - glossaries-accsupp.sty: an experimental package that uses the
+   [accsupp](https://ctan.org/pkg/accsupp) package to 
+   provide accessibility support for the glossaries package.
+
+ - glossary style packages (such as glossary-list.sty and
+   glossary-index.sty). Note that the list styles may be incompatible with 
+   classes or packages that redefine the `description` environment.
+
+ - a set of files containing lorem ipsum dummy entries for testing
+   and debugging.
+
+### Excluded supplementary packages (separate installation required):
+
+  - language support packages, 
+    e.g. [glossaries-english.sty](https://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries-english).
+
+  - [glossaries-extra.sty](https://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries-extra) extends 
+    glossaries.sty, providing more options and better abbreviation handling.
+
+  - [bib2gls](https://ctan.org/pkg/bib2gls) alternative indexing
+    application designed specifically for use with glossaries-extra.sty
+
+## RELATED MATERIAL
+
+ - [Package FAQ](http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html)
+
+ - [Bug tracker](https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?category=glossaries)
+
+ - [Gallery](https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries)
+
+ - [Document Build Advice](https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/)
+
+## INSTALLATION
+
+The best and recommended method is through your TeX package manager, 
+otherwise see INSTALL file for installation instructions.
+
+To test your installation, compile `minimalgls.tex` which is provided
+with the sample files:
+
+```bash
+pdflatex minimalgls
+makeglossaries minimalgls
+pdflatex minimalgls
+```
+or (if you don't have Perl installed):
+
+```bash
+pdflatex minimalgls
+makeglossaries-lite minimalgls
+pdflatex minimalgls
+```
+
+## REQUIREMENTS
+
+ - amsgen
+ - datatool-base
+ - etoolbox
+ - ifthen
+ - mfirstuc
+ - textcase
+ - tracklang
+ - xfor
+ - xkeyval *at least version 2.5f (2006/11/18)*
+
+If you want to use glossaries-accsupp.sty you will also need the accsupp package.
+
+Some of the glossary styles require additional packages, which are
+automatically loaded by the corresponding `glossary-`*name*`.sty`
+package.
+
+ - The `long` styles require longtable.sty.
+
+ - The `super` styles require supertabular.sty.
+
+ - The `ragged` styles required array.sty.
+
+ - The `mcols` styles require multicol.sty.
+
+ - The `booktab` styles require booktabs.sty.
+
+If you want to use the `sm` acronym styles you will also need
+relsizes.sty. This needs to be explicitly loaded in your document if
+required.
+
+If you want to use `\oldacronym` with `\xspace` you will also need
+xspace.sty. This needs to be explicitly loaded in your document if
+required. (Not recommended.)
+
+## LaTeX2HTML
+
+This package comes with a LaTeX2HTML style file glossaries.perl 
+which should be placed in the relevant LaTeX2HTML
+styles directory, but note that this style only supplies a sub-set
+of the commands provided by glossaries.sty, so some
+commands may not be implemented or may be implemented in a different
+way. This file has not be tested with recent versions of
+LaTeX2HTML and may no longer be compatible.


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README.md
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html	2020-02-14 00:54:22 UTC (rev 53776)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html	2020-02-14 22:27:37 UTC (rev 53777)
@@ -45,17 +45,11 @@
 .cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
 .cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
 .cmr-9{font-size:90%;}  
-.tcrm-0800{font-size:80%;}  
 .cmtt-8{font-size:80%;font-family: monospace;}  
 .cmtt-8{font-family: monospace;}  
 .cmtt-8{font-family: monospace;}  
 .cmtt-8{font-family: monospace;}  
 .cmtt-8{font-family: monospace;}  
-.cmss-8{font-size:80%; font-family: sans-serif;}  
-.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}  
-.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}  
-.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}  
-.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}  
 .cmtt-9{font-size:90%;font-family: monospace;}  
 .cmtt-9{font-family: monospace;}  
 .cmtt-9{font-family: monospace;}  
@@ -70,20 +64,28 @@
 .cmmi-9{font-size:90%;font-style: italic;}  
 .msam-10x-x-90{font-size:90%;}  
 .pzdr-x-x-90{font-size:90%;}  
+.cmss-8{font-size:80%; font-family: sans-serif;}  
+.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}  
+.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}  
+.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}  
+.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}  
 .cmbx-12{font-size:120%; font-weight: bold;}  
 .cmbx-12{ font-weight: bold;}  
+.tctt-1000{font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmti-8{font-size:80%; font-style: italic;}  
 .cmitt-10{font-family: monospace; font-style: italic;}  
+.cmssi-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-style: oblique;}  
+.cmssi-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-style: oblique;}  
+.cmssi-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-style: oblique;}  
+.cmssi-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-style: oblique;}  
+.cmssi-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-style: oblique;}  
 .cmbxti-10{ font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;}  
-.cmssbx-10x-x-120{font-size:120%; font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
-.cmssbx-10x-x-120{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
-.cmssbx-10x-x-120{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
-.cmssbx-10x-x-120{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
-.cmssbx-10x-x-120{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
 .small-caps{font-variant: small-caps; }  
-p.noindent { text-indent: 0em }  
-td p.noindent { text-indent: 0em; margin-top:0em; }  
-p.nopar { text-indent: 0em; }  
-p.indent{ text-indent: 1.5em }  
+p{margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0}  
+p.indent{text-indent:0;}  
+p + p{margin-top:1em;}  
+p + div, p + pre {margin-top:1em;}  
+div + p, pre + p {margin-top:1em;}  
 @media print {div.crosslinks {visibility:hidden;}}  
 a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; }  
 center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }  
@@ -106,7 +108,7 @@
 td.displaylines {text-align:center; white-space:nowrap;}  
 .centerline {text-align:center;}  
 .rightline {text-align:right;}  
-div.verbatim {font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; clear:both; }  
+div.verbatim {font-family: monospace,monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; clear:both; }  
 .fbox {padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }  
 div.fbox {display:table}  
 div.center div.fbox {text-align:center; clear:both; padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }  
@@ -231,70 +233,1063 @@
 div.longtable{text-align:center;}  
 table.longtable{margin-left:auto; margin-right: auto;}  
 .supertabular {text-align:center}  
+pre.prompt {color: white; background: black; font-weight: bold; padding-bottom: 2ex; padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em;}  
+.warningsymbol { color: red; font-weight: bold;}  
 div.important { border : solid red; }  
 div.verbatim { font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; clear:both; padding-top: 2ex; padding-bottom: 2ex;}  
-span#textcolor1{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor2{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor3{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor4{color:#FF0000}  
-span#textcolor5{color:#FF0000}  
-span#textcolor6{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor7{color:#FF0000}  
-span#textcolor8{color:#FF0000}  
-span#textcolor9{color:#FF0000}  
-span#textcolor10{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor11{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor12{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor13{color:#FF0000}  
-span#textcolor14{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor15{color:#00FF00}  
+span#textcolor1{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor2{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor4{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor5{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor6{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor7{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor8{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor9{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor10{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor11{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor12{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor13{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor14{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor15{color:#008080}  
 span#textcolor16{color:#00FF00}  
 span#textcolor17{color:#00FF00}  
 span#textcolor18{color:#00FF00}  
 span#textcolor19{color:#FF0000}  
-span#textcolor20{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor21{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor20{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor21{color:#00FF00}  
 span#textcolor22{color:#FF0000}  
-span#textcolor23{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor24{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor25{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor23{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor24{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor25{color:#00FF00}  
 span#textcolor26{color:#00FF00}  
 span#textcolor27{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor28{color:#00FF00}  
+span#textcolor28{color:#FF0000}  
 span#textcolor29{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor30{color:#FF0000}  
-span#textcolor31{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor30{color:#00FF00}  
+span#textcolor31{color:#00FF00}  
 span#textcolor32{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor33{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor33{color:#00FF00}  
 span#textcolor34{color:#FF0000}  
-span#textcolor35{color:#FF0000}  
-span#textcolor36{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor37{color:#00FF00}  
+span#textcolor35{color:#00FF00}  
+span#textcolor36{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor37{color:#FF0000}  
 span#textcolor38{color:#00FF00}  
 span#textcolor39{color:#00FF00}  
 span#textcolor40{color:#FF0000}  
 span#textcolor41{color:#00FF00}  
 span#textcolor42{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor43{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor43{color:#00FF00}  
 span#textcolor44{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor45{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor46{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor47{color:#FF0000}  
-span#textcolor48{color:#00FF00}  
+span#textcolor45{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor46{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor47{color:#00FF00}  
+span#textcolor48{color:#FF0000}  
 span#textcolor49{color:#FF0000}  
-span#textcolor50{color:#00FF00}  
+span#textcolor50{color:#FF0000}  
 span#textcolor51{color:#00FF00}  
 span#textcolor52{color:#00FF00}  
 span#textcolor53{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor54{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor54{color:#00FF00}  
 span#textcolor55{color:#FF0000}  
 span#textcolor56{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor57{color:#FF0000}  
-span#textcolor58{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor59{color:#FF0000}  
-span#textcolor60{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor57{color:#00FF00}  
+span#textcolor58{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor59{color:#00FF00}  
+span#textcolor60{color:#00FF00}  
 span#textcolor61{color:#00FF00}  
-span#textcolor62{color:#00FF00}  
+span#textcolor62{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor63{color:#00FF00}  
+span#textcolor64{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor65{color:#00FF00}  
+span#textcolor66{color:#00FF00}  
+span#textcolor67{color:#00FF00}  
+span#textcolor68{color:#00FF00}  
+span#textcolor69{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor70{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor71{color:#00FF00}  
+span#textcolor72{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor73{color:#00FF00}  
+span#textcolor74{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor75{color:#FF0000}  
+span#textcolor76{color:#00FF00}  
+span#textcolor77{color:#00FF00}  
+span#textcolor78{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor79{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor80{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor81{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor82{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor83{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor84{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor85{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor86{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor87{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor88{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor89{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor90{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor91{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor92{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor93{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor94{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor95{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor96{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor97{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor98{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor99{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor100{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor101{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor102{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor103{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor104{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor105{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor106{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor107{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor108{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor109{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor110{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor111{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor112{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor113{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor114{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor115{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor116{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor117{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor118{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor119{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor120{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor121{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor122{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor123{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor124{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor125{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor126{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor127{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor128{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor129{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor130{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor131{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor132{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor133{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor134{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor135{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor136{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor137{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor138{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor139{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor140{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor141{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor142{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor143{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor144{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor145{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor146{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor147{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor148{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor149{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor150{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor151{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor152{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor153{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor154{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor155{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor156{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor157{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor158{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor159{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor160{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor161{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor162{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor163{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor164{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor165{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor166{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor167{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor168{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor169{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor170{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor171{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor172{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor173{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor174{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor175{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor176{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor177{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor178{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor179{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor180{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor181{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor182{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor183{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor184{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor185{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor186{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor187{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor188{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor189{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor190{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor191{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor192{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor193{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor194{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor195{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor196{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor197{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor198{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor199{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor200{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor201{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor202{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor203{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor204{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor205{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor206{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor207{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor208{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor209{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor210{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor211{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor212{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor213{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor214{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor215{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor216{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor217{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor218{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor219{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor220{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor221{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor222{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor223{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor224{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor225{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor226{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor227{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor228{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor229{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor230{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor231{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor232{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor233{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor234{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor235{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor236{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor237{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor238{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor239{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor240{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor241{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor242{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor243{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor244{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor245{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor246{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor247{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor248{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor249{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor250{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor251{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor252{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor253{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor254{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor255{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor256{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor257{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor258{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor259{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor260{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor261{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor262{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor263{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor264{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor265{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor266{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor267{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor268{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor269{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor270{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor271{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor272{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor273{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor274{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor275{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor276{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor277{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor278{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor279{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor280{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor281{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor282{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor283{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor284{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor285{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor286{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor287{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor288{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor289{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor290{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor291{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor292{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor293{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor294{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor295{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor296{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor297{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor298{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor299{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor300{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor301{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor302{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor303{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor304{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor305{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor306{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor307{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor308{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor309{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor310{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor311{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor312{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor313{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor314{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor315{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor316{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor317{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor318{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor319{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor320{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor321{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor322{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor323{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor324{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor325{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor326{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor327{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor328{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor329{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor330{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor331{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor332{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor333{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor334{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor335{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor336{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor337{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor338{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor339{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor340{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor341{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor342{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor343{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor344{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor345{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor346{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor347{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor348{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor349{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor350{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor351{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor352{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor353{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor354{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor355{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor356{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor357{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor358{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor359{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor360{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor361{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor362{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor363{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor364{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor365{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor366{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor367{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor368{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor369{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor370{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor371{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor372{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor373{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor374{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor375{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor376{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor377{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor378{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor379{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor380{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor381{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor382{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor383{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor384{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor385{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor386{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor387{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor388{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor389{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor390{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor391{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor392{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor393{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor394{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor395{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor396{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor397{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor398{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor399{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor400{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor401{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor402{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor403{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor404{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor405{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor406{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor407{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor408{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor409{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor410{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor411{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor412{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor413{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor414{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor415{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor416{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor417{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor418{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor419{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor420{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor421{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor422{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor423{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor424{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor425{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor426{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor427{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor428{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor429{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor430{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor431{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor432{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor433{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor434{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor435{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor436{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor437{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor438{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor439{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor440{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor441{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor442{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor443{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor444{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor445{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor446{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor447{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor448{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor449{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor450{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor451{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor452{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor453{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor454{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor455{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor456{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor457{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor458{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor459{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor460{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor461{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor462{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor463{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor464{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor465{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor466{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor467{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor468{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor469{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor470{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor471{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor472{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor473{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor474{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor475{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor476{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor477{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor478{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor479{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor480{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor481{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor482{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor483{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor484{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor485{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor486{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor487{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor488{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor489{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor490{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor491{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor492{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor493{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor494{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor495{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor496{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor497{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor498{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor499{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor500{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor501{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor502{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor503{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor504{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor505{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor506{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor507{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor508{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor509{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor510{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor511{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor512{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor513{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor514{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor515{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor516{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor517{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor518{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor519{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor520{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor521{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor522{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor523{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor524{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor525{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor526{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor527{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor528{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor529{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor530{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor531{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor532{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor533{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor534{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor535{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor536{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor537{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor538{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor539{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor540{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor541{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor542{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor543{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor544{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor545{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor546{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor547{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor548{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor549{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor550{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor551{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor552{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor553{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor554{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor555{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor556{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor557{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor558{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor559{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor560{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor561{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor562{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor563{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor564{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor565{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor566{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor567{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor568{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor569{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor570{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor571{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor572{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor573{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor574{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor575{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor576{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor577{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor578{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor579{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor580{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor581{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor582{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor583{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor584{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor585{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor586{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor587{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor588{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor589{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor590{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor591{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor592{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor593{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor594{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor595{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor596{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor597{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor598{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor599{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor600{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor601{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor602{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor603{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor604{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor605{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor606{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor607{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor608{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor609{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor610{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor611{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor612{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor613{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor614{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor615{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor616{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor617{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor618{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor619{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor620{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor621{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor622{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor623{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor624{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor625{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor626{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor627{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor628{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor629{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor630{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor631{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor632{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor633{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor634{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor635{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor636{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor637{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor638{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor639{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor640{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor641{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor642{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor643{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor644{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor645{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor646{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor647{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor648{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor649{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor650{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor651{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor652{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor653{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor654{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor655{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor656{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor657{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor658{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor659{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor660{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor661{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor662{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor663{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor664{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor665{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor666{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor667{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor668{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor669{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor670{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor671{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor672{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor673{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor674{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor675{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor676{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor677{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor678{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor679{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor680{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor681{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor682{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor683{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor684{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor685{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor686{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor687{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor688{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor689{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor690{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor691{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor692{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor693{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor694{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor695{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor696{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor697{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor698{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor699{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor700{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor701{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor702{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor703{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor704{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor705{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor706{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor707{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor708{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor709{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor710{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor711{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor712{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor713{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor714{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor715{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor716{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor717{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor718{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor719{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor720{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor721{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor722{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor723{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor724{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor725{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor726{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor727{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor728{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor729{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor730{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor731{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor732{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor733{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor734{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor735{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor736{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor737{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor738{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor739{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor740{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor741{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor742{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor743{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor744{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor745{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor746{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor747{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor748{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor749{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor750{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor751{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor752{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor753{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor754{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor755{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor756{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor757{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor758{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor759{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor760{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor761{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor762{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor763{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor764{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor765{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor766{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor767{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor768{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor769{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor770{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor771{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor772{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor773{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor774{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor775{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor776{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor777{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor778{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor779{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor780{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor781{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor782{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor783{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor784{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor785{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor786{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor787{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor788{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor789{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor790{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor791{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor792{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor793{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor794{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor795{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor796{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor797{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor798{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor799{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor800{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor801{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor802{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor803{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor804{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor805{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor806{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor807{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor808{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor809{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor810{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor811{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor812{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor813{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor814{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor815{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor816{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor817{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor818{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor819{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor820{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor821{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor822{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor823{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor824{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor825{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor826{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor827{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor828{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor829{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor830{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor831{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor832{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor833{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor834{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor835{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor836{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor837{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor838{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor839{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor840{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor841{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor842{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor843{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor844{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor845{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor846{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor847{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor848{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor849{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor850{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor851{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor852{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor853{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor854{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor855{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor856{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor857{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor858{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor859{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor860{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor861{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor862{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor863{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor864{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor865{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor866{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor867{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor868{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor869{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor870{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor871{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor872{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor873{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor874{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor875{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor876{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor877{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor878{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor879{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor880{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor881{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor882{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor883{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor884{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor885{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor886{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor887{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor888{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor889{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor890{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor891{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor892{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor893{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor894{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor895{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor896{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor897{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor898{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor899{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor900{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor901{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor902{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor903{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor904{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor905{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor906{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor907{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor908{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor909{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor910{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor911{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor912{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor913{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor914{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor915{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor916{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor917{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor918{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor919{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor920{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor921{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor922{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor923{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor924{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor925{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor926{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor927{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor928{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor929{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor930{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor931{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor932{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor933{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor934{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor935{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor936{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor937{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor938{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor939{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor940{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor941{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor942{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor943{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor944{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor945{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor946{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor947{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor948{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor949{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor950{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor951{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor952{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor953{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor954{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor955{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor956{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor957{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor958{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor959{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor960{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor961{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor962{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor963{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor964{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor965{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor966{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor967{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor968{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor969{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor970{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor971{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor972{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor973{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor974{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor975{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor976{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor977{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor978{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor979{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor980{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor981{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor982{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor983{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor984{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor985{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor986{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor987{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor988{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor989{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor990{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor991{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor992{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor993{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor994{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor995{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor996{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor997{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor998{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor999{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1000{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1001{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1002{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1003{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1004{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1005{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1006{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1007{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1008{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1009{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1010{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1011{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1012{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1013{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1014{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1015{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1016{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1017{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1018{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1019{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1020{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1021{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1022{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1023{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1024{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1025{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1026{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1027{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1028{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1029{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1030{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1031{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1032{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1033{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1034{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1035{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1036{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1037{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1038{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1039{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1040{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1041{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1042{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1043{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1044{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1045{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1046{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1047{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1048{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1049{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1050{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1051{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1052{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor1053{color:#008080}  
+span#textcolor3{color:#008080}  
 /* end css.sty */  
  
  
@@ -302,20 +1297,20 @@
 </style> 
 </head><body 
 >
-<!--l. 458--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 679--><p class="noindent" ><a 
  id="top"></a>
-</p><!--l. 458--><p class="indent" >
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p><!--l. 458--><p class="indent" >
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+</p><!--l. 679--><p class="indent" >
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 679--><p class="indent" >
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 458--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 458--><p class="noindent" ><span 
-class="cmr-17">User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.44</span>
+<!--l. 679--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 679--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmr-17">User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.45</span>
 </p>
 <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-1" class="tabular" 
 cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"  
@@ -322,149 +1317,148 @@
 ><colgroup id="TBL-1-1g"><col 
 id="TBL-1-1" /></colgroup><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-1-1-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-1-1-1"  
-class="td11">        <span 
-class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot            </span></td>
+class="td11">      <span 
+class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot         </span></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-1-2-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-1-2-1"  
 class="td11"> <a 
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/" class="url" ><span 
-class="cmtt-12">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a> </td></tr></table>
+href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact" ><span 
+class="cmtt-12">dickimaw-books.com/contact</span></a> </td></tr></table>
 </div>
-<!--l. 458--><p class="noindent" ><span 
-class="cmr-12">2019-12-06</span></p></div>
+<!--l. 679--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmr-12">2020-02-13</span></p></div>
    <div 
 class="abstract" 
 >
-<!--l. 460--><p class="indent" >
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 681--><p class="indent" >
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 460--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 460--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+<!--l. 681--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 681--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Abstract</span></p></div>
-<!--l. 461--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides a means to define terms or abbreviations or symbols that can be
-referenced within your document. Sorted lists with collated <a 
-href="#glo:entrylocation">locations</a> can be generated either
-using <span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;or using a supplementary <a 
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>.
-</p><!--l. 466--><p class="indent" >   Additional features not provided here may be available through the extension package
-<a 
+<!--l. 682--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides a means to define terms or abbreviations or symbols that can be referenced within
+your document. Sorted lists with collated <a 
+href="#glo:entrylocation">locations</a> can be generated either using <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;or using a
+supplementary <a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>. Sample documents are provided with the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. These are
+listed in <a 
+href="#sec:samples">§19 </a><a 
+href="#sec:samples">Sample Documents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:samples --></a>.
+</p><!--l. 688--><p class="indent" >
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   </div>
+<!--l. 690--><p class="indent" >   <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> Additional features not provided here may be available through the extension package <a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> which, if required, needs to be installed separately. New features will be added
-to <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. Versions of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package after v4.21 will mostly be just bug fixes.
-Note that <a 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> which,
+if required, needs to be installed separately. New features will be added to <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. Versions of the
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package after v4.21 will mostly be just bug fixes or minor maintenance. Note that <a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> provides an extra indexing option (<a 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
+provides an extra indexing option (<a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-2"></a></a>) which isn’t available
-with just the base <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-3"></a> package.
-</p><!--l. 474--><p class="indent" >
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-   </div>
-<!--l. 476--><p class="indent" >   If you require multilingual support you must also separately install the relevant language
-module. Each language module is distributed under the name <span 
+ id="dx1-2"></a></a>) which isn’t available with just the base <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 698--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 700--><p class="indent" >   If you require multilingual support you must also separately install the relevant language module. Each
+language module is distributed under the name <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9;,
-where &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9; is the root language name. For example, <span 
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-french </span>or
-<span 
+class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9;, where &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9; is the root language
+name. For example, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glossaries-french </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-german</span>. If a language module is required, the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package will
-automatically try to load it and will give a warning if the module isn’t found. See <a 
-href="#sec:languages"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.4
-</a><a 
-href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a> for further details. If there isn’t any support available for your
-language, use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
+package will automatically try to load it and will give a warning if the module isn’t found. See <a 
+href="#sec:languages">§1.3 </a><a 
+href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual
+Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a> for further details. If there isn’t any support available for your language, use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">nolangwarn</span><a 
- id="dx1-4"></a> package option to suppress the warning and provide your own
-translations. (For example, use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">title</span><a 
- id="dx1-5"></a> key in <span 
+ id="dx1-3"></a> package
+option to suppress the warning and provide your own translations. (For example, use the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">title</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4"></a> key in
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 489--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package requires a number of other packages including, but not limited to,
-<span 
+</p><!--l. 713--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package requires a number of other packages including, but not limited to, <span 
 class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a 
- id="dx1-6"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-5"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6"></a>,
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
  id="dx1-7"></a>, <span 
-class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
- id="dx1-8"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">xkeyval</span><a 
- id="dx1-9"></a> (at least version dated 2006/11/18), <span 
+ id="dx1-8"></a> (at least version dated 2006/11/18), <span 
 class="cmss-10">textcase</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9"></a>, <span 
+class="cmss-10">xfor</span><a 
  id="dx1-10"></a>, <span 
-class="cmss-10">xfor</span><a 
- id="dx1-11"></a>,
-<span 
 class="cmss-10">datatool-base</span><a 
- id="dx1-12"></a> (part of the <span 
+ id="dx1-11"></a> (part of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a 
- id="dx1-13"></a> bundle) and <span 
+ id="dx1-12"></a> bundle)
+and <span 
 class="cmss-10">amsgen</span><a 
- id="dx1-14"></a>. These packages are all available in the
-latest <span class="TEX">T<span 
+ id="dx1-13"></a>. These packages are all available in the latest <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live and Mik<span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distributions. If any of them are missing, please update your
-<span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distribution using your update manager. For help on this see, for example,
-<a 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distributions. If any of them
+are missing, please update your <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distribution using your update manager. For help on this
+see, for example, <a 
 href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/55437/how-do-i-update-my-tex-distribution" >How do I update my <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distribution?</a> or (for Linux users) <a 
 href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14925/updating-tex-on-linux" >Updating <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;on
 Linux</a>.
-</p><!--l. 504--><p class="indent" >   Note that occasionally you may find that certain packages need to be loaded <span 
-class="cmti-10">after</span>
-packages that are required by <span 
+</p><!--l. 728--><p class="indent" >   Note that occasionally you may find that certain packages need to be loaded <span 
+class="cmti-10">after </span>packages that are required
+by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. For example, a package &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">X</span>&#x27E9; might need to be loaded
-after <span 
+class="cmti-10">X</span>&#x27E9; might need to be loaded after <span 
 class="cmss-10">amsgen</span><a 
- id="dx1-15"></a>. In which case, load the required package first (for example, <span 
+ id="dx1-14"></a>. In which case, load the required
+package first (for example, <span 
 class="cmss-10">amsgen</span><a 
- id="dx1-16"></a>), then &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">X</span>&#x27E9;,
-and finally load <span 
+ id="dx1-15"></a>), then &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">X</span>&#x27E9;, and finally load <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 510--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Documents have wide-ranging styles when it comes to presenting glossaries or lists of
-terms or notation. People have their own preferences and to a large extent this
-is determined by the kind of information that needs to go in the glossary. They
-may just have symbols with terse descriptions or they may have long technical
-words with complicated descriptions. The <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is flexible enough to
-accommodate such varied requirements, but this flexibility comes at a price: a&#x00A0;big
+</p><!--l. 734--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Documents have wide-ranging styles when it comes to presenting glossaries or lists of terms or
+notation. People have their own preferences and to a large extent this is determined by the kind of
+information that needs to go in the glossary. They may just have symbols with terse descriptions
+or they may have long technical words with complicated descriptions. The <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is
+flexible enough to accommodate such varied requirements, but this flexibility comes at a price: a&#x00A0;big
 manual.
-</p><!--l. 520--><p class="indent" >   &#x1F631;&#x00A0;If you’re freaking out at the size of this manual, start with <span 
-class="cmtt-10">glossariesbegin.pdf </span>(“The
-glossaries package: a guide for beginnners”). You should find it in the same directory as this
-document or try <span 
-class="cmtt-10">texdoc glossariesbegin.pdf</span>. Once you’ve got to grips with
-the basics, then come back to this manual to find out how to adjust the settings.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 526--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 528--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+</p><!--l. 744--><p class="indent" >   &#x1F631;&#x00A0;If you’re freaking out at the size of this manual, start with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glossariesbegin.pdf </span>(“The glossaries package:
+a guide for beginnners”). You should find it in the same directory as this document or try <span 
+class="cmtt-10">texdoc</span>
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">glossariesbegin.pdf</span>. Once you’ve got to grips with the basics, then come back to this manual to find out how
+to adjust the settings. </div>
+</p><!--l. 750--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 752--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle comes with the following documentation:
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 <a 
 href="glossariesbegin.pdf" class="url" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossariesbegin.pdf</span></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">If  you  are  a  complete  beginner,  start  with  <a 
-href="glossariesbegin.html" >“The  glossaries
-     package: a guide for beginners”</a>.
+class="description">If you are a complete beginner, start with <a 
+href="glossariesbegin.html" >“The glossaries package: a guide for
+     beginners”</a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
 href="glossary2glossaries.pdf" class="url" ><span 
@@ -471,24 +1465,23 @@
 class="cmtt-10">glossary2glossaries.pdf</span></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">If you are moving over from the obsolete <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-17"></a> package,
-     read <a 
-href="glossary2glossaries.html" >“Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package”</a>.
+ id="dx1-16"></a> package, read <a 
+href="glossary2glossaries.html" >“Upgrading
+     from the glossary package to the glossaries package”</a>.
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">glossaries-user.pdf</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This document is the main user guide for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
 href="glossaries-code.pdf" class="url" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner workings
-     of all the packages provided in the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle should read “Documented
-     Code for glossaries v4.44”.
+class="description">Advanced  users  wishing  to  know  more  about  the  inner  workings  of  all  the
+     packages provided in the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle should read “Documented Code for glossaries v4.45”.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">INSTALL</span> </dt><dd 
@@ -499,18 +1492,15 @@
 class="description">Change log.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
-class="cmbx-10">README</span> </dt><dd 
+class="cmbx-10">README.md</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Package summary.
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 557--><p class="noindent" >Related resources: </p>
+<!--l. 781--><p class="noindent" >Related resources: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
-     <li class="itemize"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and <a 
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-18"></a></a>: An Introductory Guide. (<a 
+     <li class="itemize"><a 
 href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf" ><span 
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls-begin.pdf</span></a>).
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: An Introductory Guide</a>.
      </li>
      <li class="itemize"><a 
 href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html" ><span 
@@ -517,26 +1507,28 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>FAQ</a>
      </li>
      <li class="itemize"><a 
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries" ><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>gallery</a>
+href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries</span></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>gallery
      </li>
      <li class="itemize"><a 
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-styles/" >a summary of all glossary styles provided by <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></a>
+href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-styles/" >a summary of all glossary styles provided by <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
      </li>
      <li class="itemize"><a 
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-performance.shtml" ><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>performance</a> (comparing document build times for the different options
-     provided by <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>).
+href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-performance.shtml" ><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries  </span>performance</a>  (comparing  document  build  times  for  the  different  options  provided  by
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>).
      </li>
      <li class="itemize"><a 
 href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/" >Using LaTeX to Write a PhD Thesis</a> (chapter 6).
      </li>
      <li class="itemize"><a 
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document
-     build</a>
+href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document build</a>
      </li>
      <li class="itemize">The <a 
 href="http://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries-extra" ><span 
@@ -545,56 +1537,64 @@
      <li class="itemize"><a 
 href="http://ctan.org/pkg/bib2gls" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a></li></ul>
-<!--l. 590--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
+<!--l. 811--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"><span class="warningsymbol">⚠</span> If you use <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-19"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-17"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, you must load <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-20"></a> <span 
-class="cmti-10">first</span>. Similarly the <span 
+ id="dx1-18"></a> <span 
+class="cmti-10">first </span>(although <span 
+class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19"></a> should be loaded after
+most other packages). Similarly the <span 
 class="cmss-10">doc</span><a 
- id="dx1-21"></a> package
-must also be loaded before <span 
+ id="dx1-20"></a> package must also be loaded before <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. (If <span 
 class="cmss-10">doc</span><a 
- id="dx1-22"></a> is loaded, the file extensions for the default main
-glossary are changed to <span 
+ id="dx1-21"></a> is loaded, the file
+extensions for the default main glossary are changed to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">gls2</span><a 
- id="dx1-23"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-22"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glo2</span><a 
- id="dx1-24"></a> and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.glg2</span><a 
- id="dx1-25"></a> to avoid conflict with <span 
+ id="dx1-23"></a> and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glg2</span><a 
+ id="dx1-24"></a> to avoid conflict with <span 
 class="cmss-10">doc</span><a 
- id="dx1-26"></a>’s changes
+ id="dx1-25"></a>’s changes
 glossary.)<a 
  id="pdflatexnote"></a>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p><!--l. 599--><p class="indent" >   If you are using <span 
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 821--><p class="indent" >   If you are using <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-27"></a>, it’s best to use <span 
+ id="dx1-26"></a>, it’s best to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">pdflatex</span><a 
- id="dx1-28"></a> rather than <span 
+ id="dx1-27"></a> rather than <span 
 class="cmtt-10">latex</span><a 
- id="dx1-29"></a> (DVI format) as
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">pdflatex </span>deals with hyperlinks much better. If you use the DVI format, you will encounter
-problems where you have long hyperlinks or hyperlinks in subscripts or superscripts. This is
-an issue with the DVI format not with <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. If you really need to use the DVI format and
-have a problem with hyperlinks in maths mode, I recommend you use <a 
+ id="dx1-28"></a> (DVI format) as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">pdflatex </span>deals with
+hyperlinks much better. If you use the DVI format, you will encounter problems where you have long hyperlinks
+or hyperlinks in subscripts or superscripts. This is an issue with the DVI format not with <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. If you really
+need to use the DVI format and have a problem with hyperlinks in maths mode, I recommend you use
+<a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> with the
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">hyperoutside </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">textformat </span>attributes set to appropriate values for problematic entries.
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> with the <span id="textcolor1"><span 
+class="cmss-10">hyperoutside</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-29"></a> and <span id="textcolor2"><span 
+class="cmss-10">textformat</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-30"></a> attributes set to appropriate values for problematic entries.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 609--><p class="noindent" >
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+</p><!--l. 831--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 834--><p class="indent" >   <strong>The <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package replaces the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package which is now obsolete.</strong> Please see the document
+<a 
+href="glossary2glossaries.html" >“Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package”</a> for assistance in upgrading.
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
    <h2 class="likechapterHead"><a 
  id="x1-1000"></a>Contents</h2>
@@ -606,187 +1606,219 @@
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1.1 <a 
 href="#sec:indexingoptions" id="QQ2-1-6">Indexing Options</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1.2 <a 
-href="#sec:samples" id="QQ2-1-13">Sample Documents</a></span>
+href="#sec:lipsum" id="QQ2-1-14">Dummy Entries for Testing</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1.3 <a 
-href="#sec:lipsum" id="QQ2-1-14">Dummy Entries for Testing</a></span>
-<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1.4 <a 
 href="#sec:languages" id="QQ2-1-15">Multi-Lingual Support</a></span>
-<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.4.1 <a 
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.3.1 <a 
 href="#sec:fixednames" id="QQ2-1-16">Changing the Fixed Names</a></span>
-<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1.5 <a 
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1.4 <a 
 href="#sec:makeglossaries" id="QQ2-1-19">Generating the Associated Glossary Files</a></span>
-<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.5.1 <a 
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.4.1 <a 
 href="#sec:makeglossariesapp" id="QQ2-1-21">Using the makeglossaries Perl Script</a></span>
-<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.5.2 <a 
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.4.2 <a 
 href="#sec:makeglossarieslua" id="QQ2-1-22">Using the makeglossaries-lite Lua Script</a></span>
-<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.5.3 <a 
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.4.3 <a 
 href="#sec:xindyapp" id="QQ2-1-23">Using xindy explicitly (Option&#x00A0;3)</a></span>
-<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.5.4 <a 
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.4.4 <a 
 href="#sec:makeindexapp" id="QQ2-1-24">Using makeindex explicitly (Option&#x00A0;2)</a></span>
-<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.5.5 <a 
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1.5 <a 
 href="#sec:notedev" id="QQ2-1-25">Note to Front-End and Script Developers</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.5.1 <a 
+href="#sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy" id="QQ2-1-26">MakeIndex and Xindy</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.5.2 <a 
+href="#sec:notedev.labels" id="QQ2-1-27">Entry Labels</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.5.3 <a 
+href="#sec:notedev.bib2gls" id="QQ2-1-28">Bib2Gls</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >2 <a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts" id="QQ2-1-26">Package Options</a></span>
+href="#sec:pkgopts" id="QQ2-1-29">Package Options</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.1 <a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts-general" id="QQ2-1-27">General Options</a></span>
+href="#sec:pkgopts-general" id="QQ2-1-30">General Options</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.2 <a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sec" id="QQ2-1-28">Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options</a></span>
+href="#sec:pkgopts-sec" id="QQ2-1-42">Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.3 <a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos" id="QQ2-1-29">Glossary Appearance Options</a></span>
+href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos" id="QQ2-1-48">Glossary Appearance Options</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.4 <a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sort" id="QQ2-1-30">Sorting Options</a></span>
+href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing" id="QQ2-1-65">Indexing Options</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.5 <a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym" id="QQ2-1-31">Acronym Options</a></span>
-<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >2.5.1 <a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts-old-acronym" id="QQ2-1-32">Deprecated Acronym Style Options</a></span>
+href="#sec:pkgopts-sort" id="QQ2-1-75">Sorting Options</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.6 <a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts-other" id="QQ2-1-33">Other Options</a></span>
+href="#sec:pkgopts-type" id="QQ2-1-86">Glossary Type Options</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.7 <a 
-href="#sec:setupglossaries" id="QQ2-1-34">Setting Options After the Package is Loaded</a></span>
+href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym" id="QQ2-1-93">Acronym and Abbreviation Options</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >2.7.1 <a 
+href="#sec:pkgopts-old-acronym" id="QQ2-1-99">Deprecated Acronym Style Options</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.8 <a 
+href="#sec:pkgopts-other" id="QQ2-1-105">Other Options</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.9 <a 
+href="#sec:setupglossaries" id="QQ2-1-112">Setting Options After the Package is Loaded</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >3 <a 
-href="#sec:setup" id="QQ2-1-35">Setting Up</a></span>
+href="#sec:setup" id="QQ2-1-113">Setting Up</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >3.1 <a 
-href="#sec:setupopt1" id="QQ2-1-36">Option 1</a></span>
+href="#sec:setupopt1" id="QQ2-1-114">Option 1</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >3.2 <a 
-href="#sec:setupopt23" id="QQ2-1-37">Options 2 and 3</a></span>
+href="#sec:setupopt23" id="QQ2-1-115">Options 2 and 3</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >4 <a 
-href="#sec:newglosentry" id="QQ2-1-38">Defining Glossary Entries</a></span>
+href="#sec:newglosentry" id="QQ2-1-116">Defining Glossary Entries</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.1 <a 
-href="#sec:plurals" id="QQ2-1-39">Plurals</a></span>
+href="#sec:plurals" id="QQ2-1-117">Plurals</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.2 <a 
-href="#sec:grammar" id="QQ2-1-40">Other Grammatical Constructs</a></span>
+href="#sec:grammar" id="QQ2-1-118">Other Grammatical Constructs</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.3 <a 
-href="#sec:addkey" id="QQ2-1-41">Additional Keys</a></span>
+href="#sec:addkey" id="QQ2-1-119">Additional Keys</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >4.3.1 <a 
-href="#sec:glsaddkey" id="QQ2-1-42">Document Keys</a></span>
+href="#sec:glsaddkey" id="QQ2-1-120">Document Keys</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >4.3.2 <a 
-href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey" id="QQ2-1-43">Storage Keys</a></span>
+href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey" id="QQ2-1-121">Storage Keys</a></span>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.4 <a 
-href="#sec:expansion" id="QQ2-1-44">Expansion</a></span>
+href="#sec:expansion" id="QQ2-1-122">Expansion</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.5 <a 
-href="#sec:subentries" id="QQ2-1-46">Sub-Entries</a></span>
+href="#sec:subentries" id="QQ2-1-124">Sub-Entries</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >4.5.1 <a 
-href="#sec:hierarchical" id="QQ2-1-47">Hierarchical Categories</a></span>
+href="#sec:hierarchical" id="QQ2-1-125">Hierarchical Categories</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >4.5.2 <a 
-href="#sec:homographs" id="QQ2-1-48">Homographs</a></span>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+href="#sec:homographs" id="QQ2-1-126">Homographs</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.6 <a 
-href="#sec:loadglsentries" id="QQ2-1-49">Loading Entries From a File</a></span>
+href="#sec:loadglsentries" id="QQ2-1-127">Loading Entries From a File</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.7 <a 
-href="#sec:moveentry" id="QQ2-1-50">Moving Entries to Another Glossary</a></span>
+href="#sec:moveentry" id="QQ2-1-128">Moving Entries to Another Glossary</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.8 <a 
-href="#sec:docdefs" id="QQ2-1-51">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment</a></span>
+href="#sec:docdefs" id="QQ2-1-129">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >4.8.1 <a 
-href="#sec:techissues" id="QQ2-1-52">Technical Issues</a></span>
+href="#sec:techissues" id="QQ2-1-130">Technical Issues</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >4.8.2 <a 
-href="#sec:goodpractice" id="QQ2-1-53">Good Practice Issues</a></span>
+href="#sec:goodpractice" id="QQ2-1-131">Good Practice Issues</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >5 <a 
-href="#sec:numberlists" id="QQ2-1-54">Number lists</a></span>
+href="#sec:numberlists" id="QQ2-1-132">Number lists</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >5.1 <a 
-href="#sec:encap" id="QQ2-1-55">Encap Values</a></span>
+href="#sec:encap" id="QQ2-1-133">Encap Values</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >5.2 <a 
-href="#sec:locationsyntax" id="QQ2-1-56">Locations</a></span>
+href="#sec:locationsyntax" id="QQ2-1-134">Locations</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >5.3 <a 
-href="#sec:ranges" id="QQ2-1-57">Range Formations</a></span>
+href="#sec:ranges" id="QQ2-1-135">Range Formations</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >5.4 <a 
-href="#sec:isthook" id="QQ2-1-58">Style Hook</a></span>
+href="#sec:isthook" id="QQ2-1-136">Style Hook</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >6 <a 
-href="#sec:glslink" id="QQ2-1-59">Links to Glossary Entries</a></span>
+href="#sec:glslink" id="QQ2-1-137">Links to Glossary Entries</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >6.1 <a 
-href="#sec:gls-like" id="QQ2-1-61">The <span 
+href="#sec:gls-like" id="QQ2-1-139">The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >6.2 <a 
-href="#sec:glstext-like" id="QQ2-1-62">The <span 
+href="#sec:glstext-like" id="QQ2-1-140">The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >6.3 <a 
-href="#sec:glsdisplay" id="QQ2-1-63">Changing the format of the link text</a></span>
+href="#sec:glsdisplay" id="QQ2-1-141">Changing the format of the link text</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >6.4 <a 
-href="#sec:disablehyperlinks" id="QQ2-1-64">Enabling and disabling hyperlinks to glossary entries</a></span>
+href="#sec:disablehyperlinks" id="QQ2-1-142">Enabling and disabling hyperlinks to glossary entries</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >7 <a 
-href="#sec:glsadd" id="QQ2-1-65">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text</a></span>
+href="#sec:glsadd" id="QQ2-1-143">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >8 <a 
-href="#sec:crossref" id="QQ2-1-66">Cross-Referencing Entries</a></span>
+href="#sec:crossref" id="QQ2-1-144">Cross-Referencing Entries</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >8.1 <a 
-href="#sec:customxr" id="QQ2-1-67">Customising Cross-reference Text</a></span>
+href="#sec:customxr" id="QQ2-1-145">Customising Cross-reference Text</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >9 <a 
-href="#sec:glsnolink" id="QQ2-1-68">Using Glossary Terms Without Links</a></span>
+href="#sec:glsnolink" id="QQ2-1-146">Using Glossary Terms Without Links</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >10 <a 
-href="#sec:printglossary" id="QQ2-1-69">Displaying a glossary</a></span>
+href="#sec:printglossary" id="QQ2-1-147">Displaying a glossary</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >11 <a 
-href="#sec:xindy" id="QQ2-1-70">Xindy (Option 3)</a></span>
+href="#sec:xindy" id="QQ2-1-148">Xindy (Option 3)</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >11.1 <a 
-href="#sec:langenc" id="QQ2-1-71">Language and Encodings</a></span>
+href="#sec:langenc" id="QQ2-1-149">Language and Encodings</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >11.2 <a 
-href="#sec:xindyloc" id="QQ2-1-72">Locations and Number lists</a></span>
+href="#sec:xindyloc" id="QQ2-1-150">Locations and Number lists</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >11.3 <a 
-href="#sec:groups" id="QQ2-1-73">Glossary Groups</a></span>
+href="#sec:groups" id="QQ2-1-151">Glossary Groups</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >12 <a 
-href="#sec:newglossary" id="QQ2-1-74">Defining New Glossaries</a></span>
+href="#sec:newglossary" id="QQ2-1-152">Defining New Glossaries</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >13 <a 
-href="#sec:acronyms" id="QQ2-1-75">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations</a></span>
+href="#sec:acronyms" id="QQ2-1-153">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >13.1 <a 
-href="#sec:setacronymstyle" id="QQ2-1-77">Changing the Abbreviation Style</a></span>
+href="#sec:setacronymstyle" id="QQ2-1-155">Changing the Abbreviation Style</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.1.1 <a 
-href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles" id="QQ2-1-78">Predefined Acronym Styles</a></span>
+href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles" id="QQ2-1-156">Predefined Acronym Styles</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.1.2 <a 
-href="#sec:customacronym" id="QQ2-1-79">Defining A Custom Acronym Style</a></span>
+href="#sec:customacronym" id="QQ2-1-157">Defining A Custom Acronym Style</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >13.2 <a 
-href="#sec:disploa" id="QQ2-1-80">Displaying the List of Acronyms</a></span>
+href="#sec:disploa" id="QQ2-1-158">Displaying the List of Acronyms</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >13.3 <a 
-href="#sec:oldacronym" id="QQ2-1-81">Upgrading From the glossary Package</a></span>
+href="#sec:oldacronym" id="QQ2-1-159">Upgrading From the glossary Package</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >14 <a 
-href="#sec:glsunset" id="QQ2-1-83">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags</a></span>
+href="#sec:glsunset" id="QQ2-1-161">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >14.1 <a 
-href="#sec:enableentrycount" id="QQ2-1-84">Counting the Number of Times an Entry has been Used (First Use Flag Unset)</a></span>
+href="#sec:enableentrycount" id="QQ2-1-162">Counting the Number of Times an Entry has been Used (First Use Flag Unset)</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >15 <a 
-href="#sec:styles" id="QQ2-1-85">Glossary Styles</a></span>
+href="#sec:styles" id="QQ2-1-163">Glossary Styles</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >15.1 <a 
-href="#sec:predefinedstyles" id="QQ2-1-86">Predefined Styles</a></span>
+href="#sec:predefinedstyles" id="QQ2-1-164">Predefined Styles</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.1 <a 
-href="#sec:liststyles" id="QQ2-1-88">List Styles</a></span>
+href="#sec:liststyles" id="QQ2-1-166">List Styles</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.2 <a 
-href="#sec:longstyles" id="QQ2-1-89">Longtable Styles</a></span>
+href="#sec:longstyles" id="QQ2-1-167">Longtable Styles</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.3 <a 
-href="#sec:longraggedstyles" id="QQ2-1-90">Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)</a></span>
+href="#sec:longraggedstyles" id="QQ2-1-168">Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.4 <a 
-href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles" id="QQ2-1-91">Longtable Styles (<span 
+href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles" id="QQ2-1-169">Longtable Styles (<span 
 class="cmss-10">booktabs</span>)</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.5 <a 
-href="#sec:superstyles" id="QQ2-1-92">Supertabular Styles</a></span>
+href="#sec:superstyles" id="QQ2-1-170">Supertabular Styles</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.6 <a 
-href="#sec:superraggedstyles" id="QQ2-1-93">Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)</a></span>
+href="#sec:superraggedstyles" id="QQ2-1-171">Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.7 <a 
-href="#sec:treestyles" id="QQ2-1-94">Tree-Like Styles</a></span>
+href="#sec:treestyles" id="QQ2-1-172">Tree-Like Styles</a></span>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.8 <a 
-href="#sec:mcolstyles" id="QQ2-1-95">Multicols Style</a></span>
+href="#sec:mcolstyles" id="QQ2-1-173">Multicols Style</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.9 <a 
-href="#sec:inline" id="QQ2-1-97">In-Line Style</a></span>
+href="#sec:inline" id="QQ2-1-175">In-Line Style</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >15.2 <a 
-href="#sec:newglossarystyle" id="QQ2-1-98">Defining your own glossary style</a></span>
+href="#sec:newglossarystyle" id="QQ2-1-176">Defining your own glossary style</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >16 <a 
-href="#sec:utilities" id="QQ2-1-99">Utilities</a></span>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+href="#sec:utilities" id="QQ2-1-177">Utilities</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >16.1 <a 
-href="#sec:loops" id="QQ2-1-100">Loops</a></span>
+href="#sec:loops" id="QQ2-1-178">Loops</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >16.2 <a 
-href="#sec:conditionals" id="QQ2-1-101">Conditionals</a></span>
+href="#sec:conditionals" id="QQ2-1-179">Conditionals</a></span>
 <br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >16.3 <a 
-href="#sec:fetchset" id="QQ2-1-102">Fetching and Updating the Value of a Field</a></span>
+href="#sec:fetchset" id="QQ2-1-180">Fetching and Updating the Value of a Field</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >17 <a 
-href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-103">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span>
+href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-181">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >18 <a 
-href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-104">Accessibility Support</a></span>
+href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-182">Accessibility Support</a></span>
 <br />   <span class="chapterToc" >19 <a 
-href="#sec:trouble" id="QQ2-1-105">Troubleshooting</a></span>
+href="#sec:samples" id="QQ2-1-183">Sample Documents</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >19.1 <a 
+href="#sec:samplesbasic" id="QQ2-1-184">Basic</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >19.2 <a 
+href="#sec:sampleacronyms" id="QQ2-1-187">Acronyms and First Use</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >19.3 <a 
+href="#sec:samplecounter" id="QQ2-1-197">Non-Page Locations</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >19.4 <a 
+href="#sec:samplestype" id="QQ2-1-201">Multiple Glossaries</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >19.5 <a 
+href="#sec:samplessort" id="QQ2-1-206">Sorting</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >19.6 <a 
+href="#sec:samplesparent" id="QQ2-1-209">Child Entries</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >19.7 <a 
+href="#sec:samplescrossref" id="QQ2-1-213">Cross-Referencing</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >19.8 <a 
+href="#sec:samplescustomkeys" id="QQ2-1-215">Custom Keys</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >19.9 <a 
+href="#sec:samplesxindy" id="QQ2-1-220">Xindy (Option 3)</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >19.10 <a 
+href="#sec:samplesnoidx" id="QQ2-1-225">No Indexing Application (Option 1)</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >19.11 <a 
+href="#sec:samplesother" id="QQ2-1-228">Other</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" >20 <a 
+href="#sec:trouble" id="QQ2-1-237">Troubleshooting</a></span>
    </div>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
    <h2 class="likechapterHead"><a 
  id="x1-2000"></a>List of Tables</h2>
    <div class="tableofcontents"><span class="lotToc" >1.1&#x00A0;<a 
@@ -805,15 +1837,15 @@
 href="#tab:styles">Glossary Styles</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >15.2&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#tab:mcols">Multicolumn Styles</a></span><br />
    </div>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 <!--l. 1--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="likesection.1"></a><a 
  id="Q1-1-3"></a>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
    <h2 class="likechapterHead"><a 
  id="x1-3000"></a>Glossary</h2>
@@ -828,7 +1860,7 @@
 class="tabbing"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy,</span>
 </td></tr></table>
-<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" >                                               </p><table  
+<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" >                                                             </p><table  
 cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" 
 class="tabbing"><tr  
 style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;" 
@@ -835,7 +1867,7 @@
 class="tabbing">            </td><td  
 class="tabbing"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist,</span></td></tr></table>
-<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" >                                                                    </p><table  
+<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" >                                                                                  </p><table  
 cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" 
 class="tabbing"><tr  
 style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;" 
@@ -842,7 +1874,7 @@
 class="tabbing"></td><td  
 class="tabbing"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">toc,</span></td></tr></table>
-<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" >                                                              </p><table  
+<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" >                                                                            </p><table  
 cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" 
 class="tabbing"><tr  
 style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;" 
@@ -849,7 +1881,7 @@
 class="tabbing"></td><td  
 class="tabbing"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">nopostdot,</span></td></tr></table>
-<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" >                                                          </p><table  
+<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" >                                                                        </p><table  
 cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" 
 class="tabbing"><tr  
 style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;" 
@@ -856,7 +1888,7 @@
 class="tabbing"></td><td  
 class="tabbing"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">style=altlist,</span></td></tr></table>
-<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" >                                                </p><table  
+<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" >                                                              </p><table  
 cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" 
 class="tabbing"><tr  
 style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;" 
@@ -874,18 +1906,25 @@
  id="dx1-3001"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
 class="newline" />An <a 
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> that combines two functions in one: (1) fetches entry
-     definition from a <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file based on information provided in the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file (similar
-     to <span 
-class="cmtt-10">bibtex</span>); (2) hierarchically sorts and collates location lists (similar to <span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>
-     and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>). This application is designed for use with <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and can’t be
-     used with just the base <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. <br 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> that combines two functions in one: (1) fetches entry definition from a <span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3002"></a>
+     file based on information provided in the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3003"></a> file (similar to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">bibtex</span>); (2) hierarchically sorts and
+     collates location lists (similar to <a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3004"></a></a> and <a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3005"></a></a>). This application is designed for use with
+     <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and can’t be used with just the base <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. See <a 
+href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>. <br 
 class="newline" />
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
@@ -892,73 +1931,99 @@
  id="glo:cli"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Command Line Interface (CLI)</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
-class="newline" />An application that doesn’t have a graphical user interface. That is, an application
-     that doesn’t have any windows, buttons or menus and can be run in <a 
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/novices/html/terminal.html" >a command
-     prompt or terminal</a>. <br 
+class="newline" />An application that doesn’t have a graphical user interface. That is, an application that doesn’t
+     have any windows, buttons or menus and can be run in <a 
+href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/novices/html/terminal.html" >a command prompt or terminal</a>. <br 
 class="newline" />
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
+ id="glo:convertgls2bib"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3006"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />An application provided with <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3007"></a></a> that converts <span 
+class="cmtt-10">tex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3008"></a> files containing entry definitions to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3009"></a>
+     files suitable for use with <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3010"></a></a>. This application is designed for files that just contain entry
+     definitions, but it can work on a complete document file. However, there will be a lot of “undefined
+     command” warnings as <a 
+href="#glo:convertgls2bib"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3011"></a></a> only has a limited set of known commands. You can limit
+     it so that it only parses the preamble with the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">--preamble-only </span>switch (requires at least <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3012"></a></a>
+     v2.0). <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
  id="glo:entrylocation"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Entry location</span><a 
- id="dx1-3002"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-3013"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
-class="newline" />The location of the entry in the document. This defaults to the page number on
-     which the entry appears. An entry may have multiple locations. <br 
+class="newline" />The location of the entry in the document. This defaults to the page number on which the entry
+     appears. An entry may have multiple locations. <br 
 class="newline" />
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:exlatinalph"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Extended Latin Alphabet</span><a 
- id="dx1-3003"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-3014"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
 class="newline" />An alphabet consisting of <a 
 href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-3004"></a>s</a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-3015"></a>s</a> and <a 
 href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-3005"></a>s</a>. <br 
+ id="dx1-3016"></a>s</a>. <br 
 class="newline" />
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:exlatinchar"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Extended Latin Character</span><a 
- id="dx1-3006"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-3017"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
 class="newline" />A character that’s created by combining <a 
 href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-3007"></a>s</a> to form ligatures (e.g.&#x00A0;æ)
-     or by applying diacritical marks to a&#x00A0;Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-3008"></a> or characters (e.g.&#x00A0;á or ø).
-     See also <a 
+ id="dx1-3018"></a>s</a> to form ligatures (e.g.&#x00A0;æ) or by applying
+     diacritical marks to a&#x00A0;Latin character<a 
+ id="dx1-3019"></a> or characters (e.g.&#x00A0;á). See also <a 
 href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-3009"></a></a>. <br 
+ id="dx1-3020"></a></a>. <br 
 class="newline" />
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:firstuse"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">First use</span><a 
- id="dx1-3010"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-3021"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
-class="newline" />The first time a glossary entry is used (from the start of the document or after
-     a reset) with one of the following commands: <span 
+class="newline" />The first time a glossary entry is used (from the start of the document or after a reset) with one
+     of the following commands: <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-3011"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-3022"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-3012"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-3023"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a 
- id="dx1-3013"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-3024"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a 
- id="dx1-3014"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-3025"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a 
- id="dx1-3015"></a>,
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-3026"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a 
- id="dx1-3016"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-3027"></a> or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a 
- id="dx1-3017"></a>. (See <a 
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> & <a 
+ id="dx1-3028"></a>. (See <a 
+href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use
+     flag</a> & <a 
 href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a>.) <br 
 class="newline" />
      </dd><dt class="description">
@@ -965,36 +2030,34 @@
 <a 
  id="glo:firstuseflag"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">First use flag</span><a 
- id="dx1-3018"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-3029"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
-class="newline" />A conditional that determines whether or not the entry has been used according
-     to the rules of <a 
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. Commands to unset or reset this conditional are described
-     in <a 
-href="#sec:glsunset"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>14 </a><a 
-href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>. <br 
+class="newline" />A conditional that determines whether or not the entry has been used according to the rules of
+     <a 
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. Commands to unset or reset this conditional are described in <a 
+href="#sec:glsunset">§14 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting
+     Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>. <br 
 class="newline" />
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:firstusetext"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">First use text</span><a 
- id="dx1-3019"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-3030"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
-class="newline" />The  text  that  is  displayed  on  <a 
-href="#glo:firstuse">first  use</a>,  which  is  governed  by  the  <span 
-class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-3020"></a>  and
+class="newline" />The text that is displayed on <a 
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, which is governed by the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">first</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3031"></a> and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3032"></a> keys of
      <span 
-class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-3021"></a> keys of  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-3022"></a>. (May be overridden by <span 
+ id="dx1-3033"></a>. (May be overridden by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a 
- id="dx1-3023"></a> or by
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-3034"></a> or by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\defglsentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-3024"></a>.) <br 
+ id="dx1-3035"></a>.) <br 
 class="newline" />
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
@@ -1002,11 +2065,11 @@
 class="cmssbx-10">glossaries-extra</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
 class="newline" />A separate package that extends the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, providing new features
-     or improving existing features. If you want to use <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, you must have
-     both the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, providing new features or improving existing
+     features. If you want to use <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, you must have both the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and the
+     <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package installed. <br 
 class="newline" />
      </dd><dt class="description">
@@ -1016,38 +2079,37 @@
 class="description"><br 
 class="newline" />An application (piece of software) separate from <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>/<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;that collates and
-     sorts information that has an associated page reference. Generally the information
-     is an index entry but in this case the information is a glossary entry. There are
-     two main indexing applications that are used with <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;that collates and sorts information
+     that has an associated page reference. Generally the information is an index entry but in this case
+     the information is a glossary entry. There are two main indexing applications that are used with
+     <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>: <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-3025"></a></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-3036"></a></a> and <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-3026"></a></a>.
-     These are both <a 
+ id="dx1-3037"></a></a>. These are both <a 
 href="#glo:cli">command line interface (CLI)</a> applications. <br 
 class="newline" />
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:latinalph"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Latin Alphabet</span><a 
- id="dx1-3027"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-3038"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
 class="newline" />The alphabet consisting of <a 
 href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-3028"></a>s</a>. See also <a 
+ id="dx1-3039"></a>s</a>. See also <a 
 href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabet</a>. <br 
 class="newline" />
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:latinchar"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Latin Character</span><a 
- id="dx1-3029"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-3040"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
 class="newline" />One of the letters <span 
 class="cmtt-10">a</span>, &#x2026;, <span 
@@ -1055,51 +2117,50 @@
 class="cmtt-10">A</span>, &#x2026;, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">Z</span>. See also <a 
 href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-3030"></a></a>. <br 
+ id="dx1-3041"></a></a>. <br 
 class="newline" />
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:linktext"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Link text</span><a 
- id="dx1-3031"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-3042"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
 class="newline" />The text produced by commands such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-3032"></a>. It may or may not be a hyperlink
-     to the glossary. <br 
+ id="dx1-3043"></a>. It may or may not be a hyperlink to the glossary.
+     <br 
 class="newline" />
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:makeglossaries"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-3033"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-3044"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
-class="newline" />A  custom  designed  Perl  script  interface  to  <a 
+class="newline" />A custom designed Perl script interface to <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-3034"></a></a> and  <a 
+ id="dx1-3045"></a></a> and <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-3035"></a></a> provided
-     with the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. <span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distributions on Windows convert the original
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>script into an executable <span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe </span>for convenience
-     (but Perl is still required). <br 
+ id="dx1-3046"></a></a> provided with the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
+     package.  <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distributions  on  Windows  convert  the  original  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>script  into  an
+     executable <span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe </span>for convenience (but Perl is still required). <br 
 class="newline" />
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:makeglossariesgui"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a 
- id="dx1-3036"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-3047"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
 class="newline" />A Java GUI alternative to <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-3037"></a></a> that also provides diagnostic tools.
-     Available separately on <a 
+ id="dx1-3048"></a></a> that also provides diagnostic tools. Available separately
+     on <a 
 href="http://ctan.org/pkg/makeglossariesgui" >CTAN</a>. <br 
 class="newline" />
      </dd><dt class="description">
@@ -1106,98 +2167,130 @@
 <a 
  id="glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a 
- id="dx1-3038"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-3049"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
-class="newline" />A custom designed Lua script interface to <a 
+class="newline" />A  custom  designed  Lua  script  interface  to  <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-3039"></a></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-3050"></a></a> and  <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-3040"></a></a> provided with
-     the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. This is a cut-down alternative to the Perl <span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>
-     script. If you have Perl installed, use the Perl script instead. This script is actually
-     distributed with the file name <span 
+ id="dx1-3051"></a></a> provided  with  the  <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
+     package.  This  is  a  cut-down  alternative  to  the  Perl  <a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3052"></a></a> script.  If  you  have  Perl
+     installed,  use  the  Perl  script  instead.  This  script  is  actually  distributed  with  the  file  name
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span>, but <span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live (on
-     Unix-like systems) creates a symbolic link called <span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite </span>(without
-     the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.lua </span>extension) to the actual <span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua </span>script. <br 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live (on Unix-like systems) creates a symbolic link called
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite </span>(without  the  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.lua </span>extension)  to  the  actual  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span>
+     script. <br 
 class="newline" />
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:makeindex"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-3041"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-3053"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
 class="newline" />An <a 
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>. <br 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>. See <a 
+href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>. <br 
 class="newline" />
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:nonlatinalph"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Non-Latin Alphabet</span><a 
- id="dx1-3042"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-3054"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
 class="newline" />An alphabet consisting of <a 
 href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-3043"></a>s</a>. <br 
+ id="dx1-3055"></a>s</a>. <br 
 class="newline" />
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:nonlatinchar"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Non-Latin Character</span><a 
- id="dx1-3044"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-3056"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
 class="newline" />An <a 
 href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-3045"></a></a> or a&#x00A0;character that isn’t a&#x00A0;<a 
+ id="dx1-3057"></a></a> or a&#x00A0;character that isn’t a&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-3046"></a></a>. <br 
+ id="dx1-3058"></a></a>. <br 
 class="newline" />
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:numberlist"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Number list</span><a 
- id="dx1-3047"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-3059"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
 class="newline" />A list of <a 
-href="#glo:entrylocation">entry locations</a> (also called a location list). The number list can be
-     suppressed using the <span 
+href="#glo:entrylocation">entry locations</a> (also called a location list). The number list can be suppressed using the
+     <span 
 class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a 
- id="dx1-3048"></a> package option. <br 
+ id="dx1-3060"></a> package option. <br 
 class="newline" />
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:sanitize"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Sanitize</span><a 
- id="dx1-3049"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-3061"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
-class="newline" />Converts command names into character sequences. That is, a command called,
-     say, <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>, is converted into the sequence of characters: <span 
+class="newline" />Converts  command  names  into  character  sequences.  That  is,  a  command  called,  say,  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>,  is
+     converted into the sequence of characters: <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">f</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">o</span>, <span 
-class="cmtt-10">o</span>. Depending on
-     the font, the backslash character may appear as a dash when used in the main
-     document text, so <span 
+class="cmtt-10">o</span>. Depending on the font, the backslash character
+     may appear as a dash when used in the main document text, so <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>will appear as: —foo.
-     <!--l. 306--><p class="noindent" >Earlier versions of <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>used this technique to write information to the files
-     used by the indexing applications to prevent problems caused by fragile commands.
-     Now, this is only used for the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-3050"></a> key. <br 
+     <!--l. 496--><p class="noindent" >Earlier versions of <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>used this technique to write information to the files used by the indexing
+     applications to prevent problems caused by fragile commands. Now, this is only used for the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3062"></a>
+     key. <br 
 class="newline" />
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
+ id="glo:smallcaps"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Small caps</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3063"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />Small capitals. The <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;kernel provides <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3064"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>to produce small capitals. This uses
+     a font where lowercase letters have a small capital design. Uppercase letters have the standard
+     height and there’s no noticeable difference with uppercase characters in corresponding non-small
+     caps fonts. This means that for a small caps appearance, you need to use lowercase letters in the
+     &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; argument. The <a 
+ id="dx1-3065"></a>package provides <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3066"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>which simulates small caps by reducing
+     the size of the font, so in this case the contents of &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; should be uppercase (otherwise the effect
+     is simply smaller lowercase letters). Some fonts don’t support small caps combined with bold or
+     slanted properties. In this case, there will be a font substitution warning and one of the properties
+     (such as small caps or slanted) will be dropped. <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
  id="glo:latexexlatinchar"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Standard </span><span class="LATEX"><span 
 class="cmbx-10">L</span><span class="A"><span 
@@ -1207,208 +2300,422 @@
 class="cmbx-10">E</span></span><span 
 class="cmbx-10">X</span></span></span><span 
 class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;Extended Latin Character</span><a 
- id="dx1-3051"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-3067"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
 class="newline" />An <a 
 href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-3052"></a></a> that can be created by a&#x00A0;core <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;command,
-     such as <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\o </span>(ø) or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\’e </span>(é). That is, the character can be produced without the
-     need to load a&#x00A0;particular package. <br 
+ id="dx1-3068"></a></a> that can be created by a&#x00A0;core <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;command, such as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\o </span>(ø) or
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\’e </span>(é). That is, the character can be produced without the need to load a&#x00A0;particular package. <br 
 class="newline" />
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="glo:xindy"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-3053"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-3069"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description"><br 
 class="newline" />A flexible <a 
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> with multilingual support written in Perl. <br 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> with multilingual support written in Perl. See <a 
+href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>. <br 
 class="newline" /></dd></dl>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-<!--l. 626--><p class="indent" >   <div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">1. <a 
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+<!--l. 853--><p class="indent" >   <div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">1. <a 
  id="sec:intro"></a>Introduction</h2>
-</p><!--l. 629--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is provided to assist generating lists of terms, symbols or
-abbreviations. (For convenience, these lists are all referred to as glossaries in this manual.)
-The package has a certain amount of flexibility, allowing the user to customize
-the format of the glossary and define multiple glossaries. It also supports glossary
-styles that include symbols (in addition to a name and description) for glossary
-entries. There is provision for loading a database of glossary terms. Only those terms
+</p><!--l. 856--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is provided to assist generating lists of terms, symbols or abbreviations. (For
+convenience, these lists are all referred to as glossaries in this manual. The terms, symbols and abbreviations are
+collectively referred to as entries.) The package has a certain amount of flexibility, allowing the user
+to customize the format of the glossary and define multiple glossaries. It also supports glossary
+styles that include an associated symbol (in addition to a name and description) for each glossary
+entry.
+</p><!--l. 866--><p class="indent" >   There is provision for loading a database of glossary entries. Only those entries
 indexed<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x1" id="fn1x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.1</sup></a></span><a 
  id="x1-4001f1"></a>&#x00A0;in
-the document will be added to the glossary.
-</p><!--l. 643--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package, which is distributed as a separated bundle, extends the
-capabilities of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. The simplest document can be created with
-<span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>(which internally loads the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package):
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+the document will be displayed in the glossary. (Unless you use <a 
+href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a>, which doesn’t use any indexing but
+will instead list all defined entries in order of definition.)
+</p><!--l. 875--><p class="indent" >   It’s not necessary to actually have a glossary in the document. You may be interested in using this package
+just as means to consistently format certain types of terms, such as abbreviations, or you may prefer to have
+descriptions scattered about the document and be able to easily link to the relevant description
+(<a 
+href="#option6">Option&#x00A0;6</a>).
+</p><!--l. 881--><p class="indent" >   The simplest document is one without a glossary:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;sort=none,%&#x00A0;no&#x00A0;sorting&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;indexing&#x00A0;required
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;abbreviations,%&#x00A0;create&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;abbreviations
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;symbols,%&#x00A0;create&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;symbols
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;postdot&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;append&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;full&#x00A0;stop&#x00A0;after&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;descriptions
-&#x00A0;<br />]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;provided&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;glossaries.sty
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort=none&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;no&#x00A0;sorting&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;indexing&#x00A0;required
+&#x00A0;<br />]
+&#x00A0;<br />{glossaries}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{cafe}%&#x00A0;label
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;definition:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={caf\'e},
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={small&#x00A0;restaurant&#x00A0;selling&#x00A0;refreshments}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;provided&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;glossaries-extra.sty
+&#x00A0;<br />\setacronymstyle{long-short}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{html}%&#x00A0;label
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{HTML}%&#x00A0;short&#x00A0;form
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}%&#x00A0;long&#x00A0;form
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsxtrnewsymbol&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;provided&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;glossaries-extra.sty&#x00A0;'symbols'&#x00A0;option
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[description={Archimedes'&#x00A0;constant}]%&#x00A0;options
+&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{pi}%&#x00A0;label
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{\ensuremath{\pi}}%&#x00A0;symbol
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;definition:
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={\ensuremath{\pi}},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={Archimedes'&#x00A0;Constant}
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{distance}%&#x00A0;label
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;definition:
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={distance},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={the&#x00A0;length&#x00A0;between&#x00A0;two&#x00A0;points},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={m}
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}
 &#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
 &#x00A0;<br />First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{cafe},&#x00A0;\gls{html},&#x00A0;\gls{pi}.
 &#x00A0;<br />Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{cafe},&#x00A0;\gls{html},&#x00A0;\gls{pi}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaries&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;all&#x00A0;defined&#x00A0;entries
+&#x00A0;<br />\Gls{distance}&#x00A0;(\glsentrydesc{distance})&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;measured&#x00A0;in
+&#x00A0;<br />\glssymbol{distance}.
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 681--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 684--><p class="indent" >   <span 
-class="cmbx-10">The </span><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">glossaries </span><span 
-class="cmbx-10">package replaces the </span><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">glossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-4005"></a> <span 
-class="cmbx-10">package which is now obsolete.</span>
-Please see the document <a 
-href="glossary2glossaries.html" >“Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package”</a> for
-assistance in upgrading.
-</p><!--l. 688--><p class="indent" >   One of the strengths of this package is its flexibility, however the drawback of this is the
-necessity of having a large manual that covers all the various settings. If you are
-daunted by the size of the manual, try starting off with the much shorter <a 
-href="glossariesbegin.html" >guide for
-beginners</a>.
-</p><!--l. 694--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a&#x00A0;common misconception that you have to have Perl installed in order to use
-the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Perl is <span 
-class="cmti-10">not </span>a&#x00A0;requirement but it does increase the available
-options, particularly if you use an <a 
+<!--l. 925--><p class="nopar" > (This is a trivial example. For a real document I recommend you use <span 
+class="cmss-10">siunitx</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4006"></a> for units.)
+</p><!--l. 929--><p class="indent" >   <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>The <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package, which is distributed as a separate bundle, extends the capabilities
+of the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. The simplest document with a glossary can be created with <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> (which
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+internally loads the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package):
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2">
+\documentclass{article}
+</div>
+<!--l. 937--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;sort=none,%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;no</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;sorting</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;or</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;indexing</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;required</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor4"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">abbreviations</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">,%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;create</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;list</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;abbreviations</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;symbols,%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;create</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;list</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;symbols</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor5"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">,</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;append</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;a</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;full</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;stop</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;after</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;descriptions</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor6"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">,style=index</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;set</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;default</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossary</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;style</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]{glossaries-extra}</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3">
+\newglossaryentry&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;provided&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;glossaries.sty
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{cafe}%&#x00A0;label
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;definition:
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={caf\'e},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={small&#x00A0;restaurant&#x00A0;selling&#x00A0;refreshments}
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}
+</div>
+<!--l. 954--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;provided</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;by</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossaries-extra.sty:</span>
+<br /><span id="textcolor7"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-4007"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{long-short}</span>
+<br />
+<br /><span id="textcolor8"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-4008"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;provided</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;by</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossaries-extra.sty</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{html}%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;label</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{HTML}%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;short</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;form</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{hypertext</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;markup</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;language}%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;long</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;form</span>
+<br />
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;provided</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;by</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossaries-extra.sty</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;'symbols'</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;option:</span>
+<br /><span id="textcolor9"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-4009"></a>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;[description={Archimedes'</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;constant}]%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;options</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{pi}%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;label</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\ensuremath{\pi}}%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;symbol</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4">
+\newglossaryentry&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;provided&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;glossaries.sty
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{distance}%&#x00A0;label
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;definition:
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={distance},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={the&#x00A0;length&#x00A0;between&#x00A0;two&#x00A0;points},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={m}
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}
+&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
+&#x00A0;<br />First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{cafe},&#x00A0;\gls{html},&#x00A0;\gls{pi}.
+&#x00A0;<br />Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{cafe},&#x00A0;\gls{html},&#x00A0;\gls{pi}.
+&#x00A0;<br />\Gls{distance}&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;measured&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;\glssymbol{distance}.
+</div>
+<!--l. 984--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor10"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-4010"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;list</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;all</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;defined</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;entries</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\end{document}</span>
+</div>
+</div> Note the difference in the way the abbreviation (HTML) and symbol (<span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x03C0;</span>) are defined in the two above
+examples. The <span id="textcolor11"><span 
+class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-4011"></a>, <span id="textcolor12"><span 
+class="cmss-10">postdot</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-4012"></a> and <span id="textcolor13"><span 
+class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-4013"></a> options are specific to <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. Other options are
+passed to the base <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
+<!--l. 995--><p class="indent" >   <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> In this document, commands and options displayed in teal, such as <span id="textcolor14"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span> and <span id="textcolor15"><span 
+class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-4014"></a>, are
+only available with the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package. There are also some commands and options (such as
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>and <span 
+class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4015"></a>) that are provided by the base <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package but are redefined by the
+<a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package. See the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual for further details of those commands.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 1003--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1005--><p class="indent" >   One of the strengths of the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is its flexibility, however the drawback of this is the necessity of
+having a large manual that covers all the various settings. If you are daunted by the size of the manual, try
+starting off with the much shorter <a 
+href="glossariesbegin.html" >guide for beginners</a>.
+</p><!--l. 1011--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a&#x00A0;common misconception that you have to have Perl installed in order to use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
+package. Perl is <span 
+class="cmti-10">not </span>a&#x00A0;requirement (as demonstrated by the above examples) but it does increase the
+available options, particularly if you use an <a 
 href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabet</a> or a&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabet</a>.
 </div>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p><!--l. 699--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 701--><p class="indent" >   This document uses the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. For example, when viewing the PDF version of
-this document in a hyperlinked-enabled PDF viewer (such as Adobe Reader or
-Okular) if you click on the word “<a 
+</p><!--l. 1017--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1019--><p class="indent" >   This document uses the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. For example, when viewing the PDF version of this document in
+a hyperlinked-enabled PDF viewer (such as Adobe Reader or Okular) if you click on the word “<a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-4006"></a></a>” you’ll be taken to the entry in the glossary
-where there’s a brief description of the term “<span 
+ id="dx1-4016"></a></a>” you’ll be
+taken to the entry in the glossary where there’s a brief description of the term “<span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-4007"></a>”. This is the way the <span 
+ id="dx1-4017"></a>”. This is the way the
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>mechanism works. An <a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> is used to generated the sorted list of terms. The <a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing
+applications</a> are <a 
+href="#glo:cli">command line interface (CLI)</a> tools, which means they can be run directly from a command
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+prompt or terminal, or can be integrated into some text editors, or you can use a build tool such as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4018"></a> to
+run them.
+</p><!--l. 1031--><p class="indent" >   Neither of the above two examples require an <a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>. The first is just using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-mechanism works. An <a 
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> is used to generated the sorted list of
-terms. The <a 
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing applications</a> are <a 
-href="#glo:cli">command line interface (CLI)</a> tools, which
-means they can be run directly from a command prompt or terminal, or can be
-integrated into some text editors, or you can use a build tool such as <span 
-class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a 
- id="dx1-4008"></a> to run
-them.
-</p><!--l. 713--><p class="indent" >   The remainder of this introductory section covers the following: </p>
+package for consistent formatting, and there is no list. The second has lists but they are unsorted (see
+<a 
+href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a>).
+</p><!--l. 1036--><p class="indent" >   The remainder of this introductory section covers the following: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
      <li class="itemize"><a 
-href="#sec:indexingoptions"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.1 </a><a 
+href="#sec:indexingoptions">§1.1 </a><a 
 href="#sec:indexingoptions">Indexing Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:indexingoptions --></a> lists the available indexing options.
      </li>
      <li class="itemize"><a 
-href="#sec:samples"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.2 </a><a 
+href="#sec:samples">§19 </a><a 
 href="#sec:samples">Sample Documents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:samples --></a> lists the sample documents provided with this package.
      </li>
      <li class="itemize"><a 
-href="#sec:lipsum"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.3 </a><a 
-href="#sec:lipsum">Dummy Entries for Testing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lipsum --></a> lists the dummy glossary files that may be used
-     for testing.
+href="#sec:lipsum">§1.2 </a><a 
+href="#sec:lipsum">Dummy Entries for Testing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lipsum --></a> lists the dummy glossary files that may be used for testing.
      </li>
      <li class="itemize"><a 
-href="#sec:languages"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.4 </a><a 
-href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a> provides information for users who wish to write in a
-     language other than English.
+href="#sec:languages">§1.3 </a><a 
+href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a> provides information for users who wish to write in a language other
+     than English.
      </li>
      <li class="itemize"><a 
-href="#sec:makeglossaries"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.5 </a><a 
+href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.4 </a><a 
 href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> describes how to use an <a 
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing
-     application</a> to create the sorted glossaries for your document (Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> to create
+     the sorted glossaries for your document (Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a>).
      </li></ul>
-<!--l. 733--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 1056--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:indexingoptions"></a>Indexing Options</h3>
-<!--l. 736--><p class="noindent" >The basic idea behind the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is that you first define your entries (terms,
-symbols or abbreviations). Then you can reference these within your document (like <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\cite </span>or
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\ref</span>). You can also, optionally, display a&#x00A0;list of the entries you have referenced in your
-document (the glossary). This last part, displaying the glossary, is the part that most new
-users find difficult. There are three options available with the base <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and two
-further options with the extension package <a 
+<!--l. 1059--><p class="noindent" >The basic idea behind the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is that you first define your entries (terms, symbols or
+abbreviations). Then you can reference these within your document (like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\cite </span>or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\ref</span>). You can also,
+optionally, display a&#x00A0;list of the entries you have referenced in your document (the glossary). This last part,
+displaying the glossary, is the part that most new users find difficult. There are three options available with the
+base <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package (Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option1">1</a>–<a 
+href="#option3">3</a>). The <a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. An overview of these options is
-given in <a 
-href="#tab:options">table&#x00A0;1.1</a>.
-</p><!--l. 748--><p class="indent" >   If you are developing a class or package that loads <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, I recommend that you
-don’t force the user into a particular indexing method by adding an unconditional
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>into your class or package code. Aside from forcing the user into a
-particular indexing method, it means that they’re unable to use any commands that must
-come before <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>(such as <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span>) and they can’t switch off the indexing
-whilst working on a draft document.
-</p><!--l. 757--><p class="indent" >   For a comparison of the various methods when used with large entry sets or when used
-with symbols such as <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span>, see the <a 
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-performance.shtml" ><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>performance page</a>.
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package provides two extra options for lists
+(Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option4">4</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option5">5</a>) as well as an option for standalone descriptions within the document body
+(<a 
+href="#option6">Option&#x00A0;6</a>).
+</p><!--l. 1070--><p class="indent" >   An overview of Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option1">1</a>–<a 
+href="#option5">5</a> is given in <a 
+href="#tab:options">table&#x00A0;1.1</a>. <a 
+href="#option6">Option&#x00A0;6</a> is omitted from the table as it doesn’t
+produce a list. For a more detailed comparison of the various methods, see the <a 
+href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-performance.shtml" ><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>performance
+page</a>.
+</p><!--l. 1076--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you are developing a class or package that loads <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, I recommend that you don’t
+force the user into a particular indexing method by adding an unconditional <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>
+into your class or package code. Aside from forcing the user into a particular indexing method, it
+means that they’re unable to use any commands that must come before <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>(such
+as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span>) and they can’t switch off the indexing whilst working on a draft document.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 1085--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1087--><p class="indent" >   Strictly speaking, Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option5">5</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option6">6</a> aren’t actually indexing options as no indexing is performed. In the
+case of <a 
+href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a>, all defined entries are listed in order of definition. In the case of <a 
+href="#option6">Option&#x00A0;6</a>, the
+entry hypertargets and descriptions are manually inserted at appropriate points in the document.
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+These two options are included here for completeness and for comparison with the actual indexing
+options.
 </p>
    <div class="table">
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-<!--l. 761--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+<!--l. 1094--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="tab:options"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
 >
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
  <div class="caption" 
 ><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;1.1: </span><span  
 class="content">Glossary Options: Pros and Cons</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-50011 -->
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-2" class="tabular" 
 cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"  
 ><colgroup id="TBL-2-1g"><col 
@@ -1419,7 +2726,7 @@
 id="TBL-2-5" /><col 
 id="TBL-2-6" /></colgroup><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 769--><p class="noindent" >                          </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-2"  
+class="td01"><!--l. 1102--><p class="noindent" >                               </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-2"  
 class="td11"> <a 
 href="#option1"><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span 
@@ -1442,25 +2749,25 @@
 class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;5</span></a></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 771--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 1104--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmr-9">Requires</span>
 <a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
 class="cmss-9">glossaries-extra</span></a><span 
-class="cmr-9">?</span>                         </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-2"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor1"><span 
+class="cmr-9">?</span>                                 </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-2"  
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor16"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-3"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor2"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor17"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-4"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor3"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor18"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-5"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor4"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor19"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-6"  
-class="td10">    <span id="textcolor5"><span 
+class="td10">    <span id="textcolor20"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>       </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 773--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 1106--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmr-9">Requires</span>
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">an</span>
@@ -1467,52 +2774,52 @@
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">external</span>
 <span 
-class="cmr-9">application?</span>                             </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-2"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor6"><span 
+class="cmr-9">application?</span>                                      </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-2"  
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor21"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-3"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor7"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor22"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-4"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor8"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor23"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-5"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor9"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor24"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-6"  
-class="td10">    <span id="textcolor10"><span 
+class="td10">    <span id="textcolor25"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>       </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 775--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 1108--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmr-9">Requires</span>
 <span 
-class="cmr-9">Perl?</span>                                      </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-2"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor11"><span 
+class="cmr-9">Perl?</span>                                               </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-2"  
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor26"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-3"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor12"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor27"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-4"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor13"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor28"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-5"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor14"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor29"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-6"  
-class="td10">    <span id="textcolor15"><span 
+class="td10">    <span id="textcolor30"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>       </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 777--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 1110--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmr-9">Requires</span>
 <span 
-class="cmr-9">Java?</span>                                      </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-2"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor16"><span 
+class="cmr-9">Java?</span>                                              </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-2"  
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor31"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-3"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor17"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor32"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-4"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor18"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor33"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-5"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor19"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor34"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-6"  
-class="td10">    <span id="textcolor20"><span 
+class="td10">    <span id="textcolor35"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>       </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 779--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 1112--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmr-9">Can</span>
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">sort</span>
@@ -1530,37 +2837,37 @@
 class="cmr-9">non-Latin</span>
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">alphabets</span></a><span 
-class="cmr-9">?</span>                               </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-2"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor21"><span 
+class="cmr-9">?</span>                                       </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-2"  
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor36"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="tcrm-0900">*</span></sup>      </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-3"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor22"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor37"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-4"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor23"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor38"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-5"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor24"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor39"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-6"  
 class="td10">   N/A    </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 782--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 1115--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmr-9">Efficient</span>
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">sort</span>
 <span 
-class="cmr-9">algorithm?</span>                               </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-2"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor25"><span 
+class="cmr-9">algorithm?</span>                                       </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-2"  
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor40"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-3"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor26"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor41"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-4"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor27"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor42"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-5"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor28"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor43"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-6"  
 class="td10">   N/A    </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 784--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 1117--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmr-9">Can</span>
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">use</span>
@@ -1577,21 +2884,21 @@
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">each</span>
 <span 
-class="cmr-9">glossary?</span>                                 </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-2"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor29"><span 
+class="cmr-9">glossary?</span>                                          </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-2"  
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor44"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-3"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor30"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor45"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="tcrm-0900">†</span></sup>      </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-4"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor31"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor46"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="tcrm-0900">†</span></sup>      </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-5"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor32"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor47"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-6"  
 class="td10">   N/A    </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 788--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 1121--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmr-9">Any</span>
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">problematic</span>
@@ -1598,21 +2905,21 @@
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">sort</span>
 <span 
-class="cmr-9">values?</span>                                    </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-2"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor33"><span 
+class="cmr-9">values?</span>                                            </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-2"  
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor48"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-3"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor34"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor49"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-4"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor35"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor50"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-5"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor36"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor51"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-6"  
-class="td10">    <span id="textcolor37"><span 
+class="td10">    <span id="textcolor52"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="tcrm-0900">‡</span></sup>     </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 790--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 1123--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmr-9">Are</span>
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">entries</span>
@@ -1633,21 +2940,21 @@
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">unique</span>
 <span 
-class="cmr-9">entries?</span>                                   </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-2"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor38"><span 
+class="cmr-9">entries?</span>                                           </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-2"  
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor53"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-3"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor39"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor54"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-4"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor40"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor55"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="tcrm-0900">§</span></sup>      </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-5"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor41"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor56"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-6"  
-class="td10">    <span id="textcolor42"><span 
+class="td10">    <span id="textcolor57"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>       </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 793--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 1126--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmr-9">Can</span>
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">automatically</span>
@@ -1662,20 +2969,20 @@
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">location</span>
 <span 
-class="cmr-9">lists?</span>                                      </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-2"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor43"><span 
+class="cmr-9">lists?</span>                                               </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-2"  
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor58"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-3"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor44"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor59"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-4"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor45"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor60"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-5"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor46"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor61"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-6"  
-class="td10">    <span id="textcolor47"><span 
+class="td10">    <span id="textcolor62"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>       </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 795--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 1128--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmr-9">Can</span>
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">have</span>
@@ -1690,22 +2997,22 @@
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">location</span>
 <span 
-class="cmr-9">lists?</span>                                      </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-2"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor48"><span 
+class="cmr-9">lists?</span>                                               </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-2"  
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor63"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-3"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor49"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor64"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-4"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor50"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor65"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="msam-10x-x-90">&#x2662;</span></sup>  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-5"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor51"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor66"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-6"  
-class="td10">    <span id="textcolor52"><span 
+class="td10">    <span id="textcolor67"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="tcrm-0900">¶</span></sup>    </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 800--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 1133--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmr-9">Maximum</span>
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">hierarchical</span>
@@ -1712,7 +3019,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">depth</span>
 <span 
-class="cmr-9">(style-dependent)</span>                      </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-2"  
+class="cmr-9">(style-dependent)</span>                               </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-2"  
 class="td11">    <span 
 class="cmsy-10">&#x221E;</span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="cmr-9">#</span></sup>    </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-3"  
@@ -1725,24 +3032,24 @@
 class="cmsy-10">&#x221E;  </span></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 802--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 1135--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a 
  id="dx1-5002"></a>
 <span 
-class="cmr-9">reliable?</span>                                  </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-14-2"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor53"><span 
+class="cmr-9">reliable?</span>                                           </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-14-2"  
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor68"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-14-3"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor54"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor69"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-14-4"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor55"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor70"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-14-5"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor56"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor71"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-14-6"  
-class="td10">    <span id="textcolor57"><span 
+class="td10">    <span id="textcolor72"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>       </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 804--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 1137--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-5003"></a>
 <span 
@@ -1758,7 +3065,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">(Not</span>
 <span 
-class="cmr-9">recommended.)</span>                         </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-15-2"  
+class="cmr-9">recommended.)</span>                                 </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-15-2"  
 class="td11">    <span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;        </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-15-3"  
 class="td11">    <span 
@@ -1772,7 +3079,7 @@
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span><sup class="textsuperscript">&#x2051;</sup>       </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 807--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 1140--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmr-9">Requires</span>
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">additional</span>
@@ -1779,21 +3086,21 @@
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">write</span>
 <span 
-class="cmr-9">registers?</span>                                 </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-16-2"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor58"><span 
+class="cmr-9">registers?</span>                                         </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-16-2"  
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor73"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-16-3"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor59"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor74"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-16-4"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor60"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor75"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-16-5"  
-class="td11">    <span id="textcolor61"><span 
+class="td11">    <span id="textcolor76"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-16-6"  
-class="td10">    <span id="textcolor62"><span 
+class="td10">    <span id="textcolor77"><span 
 class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="cmmi-9">&#x22C6;</span></sup>    </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 809--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 1142--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmr-9">Default</span>
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">value</span>
@@ -1805,7 +3112,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmr-9">package</span>
 <span 
-class="cmr-9">option</span>                                     </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-17-2"  
+class="cmr-9">option</span>                                             </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-17-2"  
 class="td11">   <span 
 class="cmtt-10">false   </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-17-3"  
 class="td11">   <span 
@@ -1818,11 +3125,11 @@
 class="td10">   <span 
 class="cmtt-10">true</span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="pzdr-x-x-90">&#x273E;</span></sup>   </td>
-</tr></table>                                                                        
-                                                                        
+</tr></table>                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </div>
-<!--l. 817--><p class="noindent" >________________________________________________________________________
-</p><!--l. 819--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
+<!--l. 1150--><p class="noindent" >______________________________________________________________________________________
+</p><!--l. 1152--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="tcrm-0900">*</span></sup> <span 
 class="cmr-8">Strips standard </span><span class="LATEX"><span 
 class="cmr-8">L</span><span class="A"><span 
@@ -1838,375 +3145,535 @@
 class="E"><span 
 class="cmr-8">E</span></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">X</span></span></span><span 
-class="cmr-8">&#x00A0;commands) so, for</span>
-<span 
-class="cmr-8">example, </span><span 
+class="cmr-8">&#x00A0;commands) so, for example, </span><span 
 class="cmtt-8">\AA</span><a 
  id="dx1-5007"></a> <span 
-class="cmr-8">is treated the same as A.</span>
-</p><!--l. 822--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
+class="cmr-8">is treated</span>
+<span 
+class="cmr-8">the same as A.</span>
+</p><!--l. 1155--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="tcrm-0900">†</span></sup> <span 
-class="cmr-8">Only with the hybrid method provided with </span><span 
-class="cmss-8">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-5008"></a><span 
+class="cmr-8">Only with the hybrid method provided with </span><a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-8">glossaries-extra</span></a><span 
 class="cmr-8">.</span>
-</p><!--l. 823--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1156--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="tcrm-0900">‡</span></sup> <span 
 class="cmr-8">Provided </span><span 
-class="cmss-8">sort=none</span><a 
- id="dx1-5009"></a> <span 
+class="cmss-8">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-8">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-8">none</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5008"></a> <span 
 class="cmr-8">is used.</span>
-</p><!--l. 824--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1157--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="tcrm-0900">§</span></sup> <span 
 class="cmr-8">Entries with the same sort value are merged.</span>
-</p><!--l. 825--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
-class="msam-10x-x-90">&#x2662;</span> </sup> <span 
+</p><!--l. 1158--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
+class="msam-10x-x-90">&#x2662;</span></sup> <span 
 class="cmr-8">Requires some setting up.</span>
-</p><!--l. 826--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1159--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="tcrm-0900">¶</span></sup> <span 
-class="cmr-8">The locations must be set explicitly through the custom </span><span 
-class="cmss-8">location</span><a 
- id="dx1-5010"></a> <span 
+class="cmr-8">The locations must be set explicitly through the custom </span><span id="textcolor78"><span 
+class="cmtt-8">location</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-5009"></a> <span 
 class="cmr-8">field provided by </span><span 
 class="cmss-8">glossaries-extra</span><span 
 class="cmr-8">.</span>
-</p><!--l. 829--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1162--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="cmr-9">#</span></sup> <span 
 class="cmr-8">Unlimited but unreliable.</span>
-</p><!--l. 830--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1163--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="tcrm-0900">&#x203B;</span></sup> <span 
 class="cmr-8">Entries are defined in </span><span 
-class="cmtt-8">.bib </span><span 
+class="cmtt-8">bib</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5010"></a> <span 
 class="cmr-8">format. </span><span 
 class="cmtt-8">\newglossaryentry </span><span 
 class="cmr-8">should not be used explicitly.</span>
-</p><!--l. 832--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript">&#x2051;</sup> <span 
-class="cmr-8">Provided </span><span 
-class="cmss-8">docdefs=true </span><span 
-class="cmr-8">or </span><span 
-class="cmss-8">docdefs=restricted </span><span 
+</p><!--l. 1165--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript">&#x2051;</sup> <span 
+class="cmr-8">Provided </span><span id="textcolor79"><span 
+class="cmss-8">docdef</span><span 
+class="cmtt-8">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-8">true</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-5011"></a> <span 
+class="cmr-8">or </span><span id="textcolor80"><span 
+class="cmss-8">docdef</span><span 
+class="cmtt-8">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-8">restricted</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-5012"></a> <span 
 class="cmr-8">but not recommended.</span>
-</p><!--l. 834--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
-class="cmmi-9">&#x22C6;</span> </sup> <span 
-class="cmr-8">Provided </span><span 
-class="cmss-8">docdefs=false </span><span 
-class="cmr-8">or </span><span 
-class="cmss-8">docdefs=restricted</span><span 
+</p><!--l. 1167--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
+class="cmmi-9">&#x22C6;</span></sup> <span 
+class="cmr-8">Provided </span><span id="textcolor81"><span 
+class="cmss-8">docdef</span><span 
+class="cmtt-8">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-8">false</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-5013"></a> <span 
+class="cmr-8">or </span><span id="textcolor82"><span 
+class="cmss-8">docdef</span><span 
+class="cmtt-8">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-8">restricted</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-5014"></a><span 
 class="cmr-8">.</span>
-</p><!--l. 836--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1169--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="pzdr-x-x-90">&#x273E;</span></sup> <span 
 class="cmr-8">Irrelevant with </span><span 
-class="cmss-8">sort=none</span><a 
- id="dx1-5011"></a><span 
-class="cmr-8">. (The </span><span 
-class="cmss-8">record=only </span><span 
+class="cmss-8">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-8">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-8">none</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5015"></a><span 
+class="cmr-8">. (The </span><span id="textcolor83"><span 
+class="cmss-8">record</span><span 
+class="cmtt-8">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-8">only</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-5016"></a> <span 
 class="cmr-8">option automatically switches this on.)</span>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
    </div><hr class="endfloat" />
    </div>
 <a 
- id="x1-5012r1"></a>
+ id="x1-5017r1"></a>
    <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
- id="x1-60001"></a><a 
+ id="x1-60001"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#option1">🔗</a><a 
  id="option1"></a>Option&#x00A0;1 (<span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>)</h4>
-<!--l. 843--><p class="noindent" >This option doesn’t require an external <a 
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> but, with the default
-alphabetic sorting, it’s very slow with severe limitations. If you want a sorted list, it
-doesn’t work well for <a 
-href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabets</a> or <a 
-href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>. However, if
-you use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-6001"></a> package option (the default for Option&#x00A0;1) then the
+<!--l. 1176--><p class="noindent" >Example Document:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5">
+\documentclass{article}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1180--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6001"></a></strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;use</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;TeX</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;sort</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6">
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
+&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
+&#x00A0;<br />\gls{sample}.
+</div>
+<!--l. 1189--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6002"></a></strong>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\end{document}</span>
+</div>
+</div> You can place all your entry definitions in a separate file and load it in the preamble with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6003"></a>
+(<span 
+class="cmti-10">after </span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6004"></a>).
+<!--l. 1198--><p class="indent" >   This option doesn’t require an external <a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> but, with the default alphabetic sorting, it’s
+very slow with severe limitations. If you want a sorted list, it doesn’t work well for <a 
+href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabets</a> or
 <a 
+href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>. However, if you use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6005"></a> package option (the default for Option&#x00A0;1) then
+the <a 
 href="#glo:latexexlatinchar">standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;accent commands</a> will be ignored, so if an entry’s name is set to
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">{\’e}lite</span></span></span> then the sort value will default to <span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;accent commands</a> will be ignored, so if an entry’s name is set to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{\’e}lite</span></span></span> then the sort
+value will default to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">elite </span>if <span 
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-6002"></a> is used and
-will default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6006"></a> is used and will default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\’elite</span></span></span> if <span 
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-6003"></a> is used. If you have any other kinds of
-commands that don’t expand to ASCII characters, such as <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\alpha </span>or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\si</span>, then you
-must use <span 
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-6004"></a> or change the sort method (<span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a 
- id="dx1-6005"></a> or <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a 
- id="dx1-6006"></a>) in the
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6007"></a> is used. If
+you have any other kinds of commands that don’t expand to ASCII characters, such as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\alpha </span>or
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\si</span>, then you must use <span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6008"></a> or change the sort method (<span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">use</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6009"></a> or <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">def</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6010"></a>) in the
 package options or explicitly set the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-6007"></a> key when you define the relevant entries. For
-example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2">
-\newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;sort={alpha},description={...}}
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6011"></a> key when you define the relevant entries. For example:
+</p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6012"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{alpha}{name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort={alpha}</span></strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">,description={...}}</span>
 </div>
-<!--l. 862--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 864--><p class="indent" >   This option works best with the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a 
- id="dx1-6008"></a> or <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a 
- id="dx1-6009"></a> setting. For any other setting, be
-prepared for a long document build time, especially if you have a lot of entries defined. <span 
-class="cmbx-10">This</span>
-<span 
-class="cmbx-10">option is intended as a last resort for alphabetical sorting. </span>This option allows a
-mixture of sort methods. (For example, sorting by word order for one glossary and order of
-use for another.) This option is not suitable for hierarchical glossaries and does not form
+</div>
+<!--l. 1218--><p class="indent" >   <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has a modified <span 
+class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6013"></a> package option that provides <span id="textcolor84"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-6014"></a>, which
+automatically sets the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6015"></a> key to the entry label (instead of the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6016"></a>). </div>
+</p><!--l. 1222--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1224--><p class="indent" >   This option works best with the <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">def</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6017"></a> or <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">use</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6018"></a> setting. For any other setting, be prepared for a long
+document build time, especially if you have a lot of entries defined. <strong>This option is intended as a last resort for
+alphabetical sorting.</strong> This option allows a mixture of sort methods. (For example, sorting by word order for one
+glossary and order of use for another.) This option is not suitable for hierarchical glossaries and does not form
 ranges in the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-6010"></a>s</a>. If you really can’t use an <a 
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> consider using
-<a 
-href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a> instead.
-</p><!--l. 875--><p class="indent" >
+ id="dx1-6019"></a>s</a>. If you really can’t use an <a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> consider using <a 
+href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a>
+instead.
+</p><!--l. 1235--><p class="indent" >
      </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-6012x1">Add
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3">
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-6021x1">Add
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7">
      \makenoidxglossaries
 </div>
-     <!--l. 879--><p class="nopar" > to your preamble (before you start defining your entries, as described in <a 
-href="#sec:newglosentry"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4 </a><a 
-href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining
-     Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>).
+     <!--l. 1239--><p class="nopar" > to your preamble (before you start defining your entries, as described in <a 
+href="#sec:newglosentry">§4 </a><a 
+href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary
+     Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>).
      </p></li>
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-6014x2">Put
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4">
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-6023x2">Put
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8">
      \printnoidxglossary
 </div>
-     <!--l. 886--><p class="nopar" > where you want your list of entries to appear (described in <a 
-href="#sec:printglossary"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>10 </a><a 
-href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a>).
-     Alternatively, to display all glossaries use the iterative command:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+     <!--l. 1246--><p class="nopar" > where you want your list of entries to appear (described in <a 
+href="#sec:printglossary">§10 </a><a 
+href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a>). Alternatively, to
+     display all glossaries use the iterative command:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9">
      \printnoidxglossaries
 </div>
-     <!--l. 892--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 1252--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></li>
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-6016x3">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;twice on your document. (As you would do to make a&#x00A0;table of contents
-     appear.) For example, click twice on the “typeset” or “build” or “PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>” button
-     in your editor.</li></ol>
-<!--l. 899--><p class="indent" >   Complete example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-6025x3">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;twice on your document. (As you would do to make a&#x00A0;table of contents appear.) For
+     example, click twice on the “typeset” or “build” or “PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>” button in your editor.</li></ol>
+<a 
+ id="x1-6026r2"></a>
+<!--l. 1259--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6">
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-70002"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#option2">🔗</a><a 
+ id="option2"></a>Option&#x00A0;2 (<span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>)</h4>
+<!--l. 1261--><p class="noindent" >Example document:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makenoidxglossaries&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;TeX&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;sort
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1265--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7001"></a></strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;open</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossary</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;files</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11">
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
 &#x00A0;<br />\gls{sample}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printnoidxglossary
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 910--><p class="nopar" >
-<a 
- id="x1-6017r2"></a>
-</p><!--l. 912--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
- id="x1-70002"></a><a 
- id="option2"></a>Option&#x00A0;2 (<span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>)</h4>
-<!--l. 914--><p class="noindent" >This option uses a&#x00A0;<a 
+<!--l. 1274--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7002"></a></strong>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\end{document}</span>
+</div>
+</div> You can place all your entry definitions in a separate file and load it in the preamble with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7003"></a>
+(<span 
+class="cmti-10">after </span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7004"></a>).
+<!--l. 1283--><p class="indent" >   This option uses a&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#glo:cli">CLI</a> application called <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-7001"></a></a> to sort the entries. This application
-comes with all modern <span class="TEX">T<span 
+ id="dx1-7005"></a></a> to sort the entries. This application comes with all
+modern <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distributions, but it’s hard-coded for the non-extended <a 
-href="#glo:latinalph">Latin
-alphabet<a 
- id="dx1-7002"></a></a>. It can’t correctly sort accent commands (such as <span 
+href="#glo:latinalph">Latin alphabet<a 
+ id="dx1-7006"></a></a>. It can’t correctly sort
+accent commands (such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\’ </span>or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\c</span>) and fails with UTF-8
-characters, especially for any sort values that start with a UTF-8 character (as it separates
-the octets resulting in an invalid file encoding). This process involves making <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;write
-the glossary information to a temporary file which <a 
+class="cmtt-10">\c</span>) and fails with UTF-8 characters, especially for any sort values that start
+with a UTF-8 character (as it separates the octets resulting in an invalid file encoding). This process involves
+making <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;write the glossary information to a temporary file which <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-7003"></a></a> reads. Then <a 
+ id="dx1-7007"></a></a> reads. Then <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-7004"></a></a> writes
-a&#x00A0;new file containing the code to typeset the glossary. Then <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>reads this file in
-on the next run.
-</p><!--l. 926--><p class="indent" >   This option works best if you want to sort entries according to the English alphabet and
-you don’t want to install Perl (or Java or you don’t want to use <a 
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>). This method
-can also work with the restricted shell escape since <a 
+ id="dx1-7008"></a></a>
+writes a&#x00A0;new file containing the code to typeset the glossary. Then <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>reads this file in on the
+next run.
+</p><!--l. 1295--><p class="indent" >   This option works best if you want to sort entries according to the English alphabet and you don’t want to
+install Perl or Java. This method can also work with the restricted shell escape since <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-7005"></a></a> is considered a trusted
-application. (So you should be able to use the <span 
+ id="dx1-7009"></a></a> is considered a
+trusted application. (So you should be able to use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">automake</span><a 
- id="dx1-7006"></a> package option provided the shell
-escape hasn’t been completely disabled.)
-</p><!--l. 934--><p class="indent" >   This method can form ranges in the <a 
+ id="dx1-7010"></a> package option provided the shell escape hasn’t
+been completely disabled.)
+</p><!--l. 1302--><p class="indent" >   This method can form ranges in the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-7007"></a></a> but only accepts limited number formats:
+ id="dx1-7011"></a></a> but only accepts limited number formats: <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\arabic</span>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\roman</span>,
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\arabic</span>, <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\roman</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Roman</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alph </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Alph</span>.
-</p><!--l. 938--><p class="indent" >   This option does not allow a mixture of sort methods. All glossaries must be sorted
-according to the same method: word/letter ordering or order of use or order of definition. If
-you need word ordering for one glossary and letter ordering for another you’ll have to
-explicitly call <a 
+</p><!--l. 1306--><p class="indent" >   This option does not allow a mixture of sort methods. All glossaries must be sorted according to the same
+method: word/letter ordering or order of use or order of definition. If you need word ordering for one
+glossary and letter ordering for another you’ll have to explicitly call <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-7008"></a></a> for each glossary type. (The <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-7009"></a> package allows a hybrid
-mix of Options&#x00A0;<a 
+ id="dx1-7012"></a></a> for each glossary
+type.
+</p><!--l. 1313--><p class="indent" >   <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package allows a hybrid mix of Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option1">1</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
-href="#option2">2</a> to provide word/letter ordering with <a 
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a> and order of
-use/definition with <a 
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>. See the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-7010"></a> documentation for further
-details.)
-</p><!--l. 949--><p class="indent" >
+href="#option2">2</a> to provide word/letter ordering
+with <a 
+href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a> and order of use/definition with <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>. See the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> documentation
+for further details. See also the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> alternative to <a 
+href="#ex:sampleSort"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleSort.tex</span></a> in <a 
+href="#sec:samplessort">§19.5 </a><a 
+href="#sec:samplessort">Sorting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:samplessort --></a>.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 1320--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1322--><p class="indent" >
      </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-7012x1">If you want to use <a 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-7014x1">If you want to use <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-7013"></a>’s</a> <span 
+ id="dx1-7015"></a>’s</a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-g</span><a 
- id="dx1-7014"></a> option you must change the quote character using
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-7016"></a> option you must change the quote character using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetQuote</span><a 
- id="dx1-7015"></a>. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7">
+ id="dx1-7017"></a>. For
+     example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12">
      \GlsSetQuote{+}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 954--><p class="nopar" > This must be used before <span 
+     <!--l. 1327--><p class="nopar" > This must be used before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. Note that if you are using <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-7016"></a>, the
-     shorthands aren’t enabled until the start of the document, so you won’t be able to use
-     the shorthands in definitions made in the preamble.
+ id="dx1-7018"></a>, the shorthands aren’t
+     enabled until the start of the document, so you won’t be able to use the shorthands in definitions made in
+     the preamble.
      </p></li>
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-7018x2">Add
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8">
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-7020x2">Add
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13">
      \makeglossaries
 </div>
-     <!--l. 963--><p class="nopar" > to your preamble (before you start defining your entries, as described in <a 
-href="#sec:newglosentry"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4 </a><a 
-href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining
-     Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>).
+     <!--l. 1336--><p class="nopar" > to your preamble (before you start defining your entries, as described in <a 
+href="#sec:newglosentry">§4 </a><a 
+href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary
+     Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>).
      </p></li>
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-7020x3">Put
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9">
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-7022x3">Put
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14">
      \printglossary
 </div>
-     <!--l. 971--><p class="nopar" > where you want your list of entries to appear (described in <a 
-href="#sec:printglossary"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>10 </a><a 
-href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a>).
-     Alternatively, to display all glossaries use the iterative command:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+     <!--l. 1344--><p class="nopar" > where you want your list of entries to appear (described in <a 
+href="#sec:printglossary">§10 </a><a 
+href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a>). Alternatively, to
+     display all glossaries use the iterative command:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15">
      \printglossaries
 </div>
-     <!--l. 977--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 1350--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></li>
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-7022x4">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-7024x4">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;on your document. This creates files with the extensions <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.ist</span>
-     (for example, if your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="cmtt-10">glo</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7025"></a> and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">ist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7026"></a> (for example, if your
+     <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;document is called <span 
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then you’ll have two
-     extra files called <span 
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.ist</span>). If you look at your document
-     at this point, you won’t see the glossary as it hasn’t been created yet. (If
-     you use <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-7023"></a> you’ll see the section heading and some boilerplate
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then you’ll have two extra files called <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo </span>and
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.ist</span>). If you look at your document at this point, you won’t see the glossary as it hasn’t been
+     created yet. (If you use <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> you’ll see the section heading and some boilerplate
      text.)
-     </li>
+     <!--l. 1361--><p class="noindent" >If you have used package options such as <span 
+class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7027"></a> there will also be other sets of files corresponding to the
+     extra glossaries that were created by those options.
+     </p></li>
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-7025x5">Run <a 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-7029x5"><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#makeindex.run">🔗</a><a 
+ id="makeindex.run"></a> Run <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-7026"></a></a> with the <span 
+ id="dx1-7030"></a></a> with the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>file as the input file and the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.ist </span>file as the style so
-     that it creates an output file with the extension <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. If you have access to a
-     terminal or a command prompt (for example, the MSDOS command prompt for
-     Windows users or the bash console for Unix-like users) then you need to run the
-     command:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11">
-     makeindex&#x00A0;-s&#x00A0;myDoc.ist&#x00A0;-o&#x00A0;myDoc.gls&#x00A0;myDoc.glo
-</div>
-     <!--l. 996--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.ist </span>file as the style so that it creates an
+     output file with the extension <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. If you have access to a terminal or a command prompt (for example,
+     the MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or the bash console for Unix-like users) then you need to
+     run the command:
+     <!--l. 1371--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br />makeindex -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
+     <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     <br /></span>
+     (Replace <span 
 class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;document file. Avoid spaces in the
-     file name if possible.) If you don’t know how to use the command prompt,
-     then you can probably access <a 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;document file. Avoid spaces in the file name if
+     possible. The <span 
+class="tctt-1000">$ </span>symbol indicates the command prompt and should be omitted.)
+     </p><!--l. 1378--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The file extensions vary according to the glossary <span 
+class="cmtt-10">type</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7031"></a>. See <a 
+href="#sec:makeindexapp">§1.4.4 </a><a 
+href="#sec:makeindexapp">Using <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-7027"></a></a> via your text editor, but each editor
-     has a different method of doing this, so I&#x00A0;can’t give a&#x00A0;general description.
-     You will have to check your editor’s manual. The simplest approach is to use
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-7032"></a></a> explicitly (Option 2)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a>
+     for further details. <a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7033"></a></a> must be called for each set of files. </div>
+     </p><!--l. 1382--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1384--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t know how to use the command prompt, then you can probably access <a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7034"></a></a> via your
+     text editor, but each editor has a different method of doing this. See <a 
+href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating makeglossaries or
+     makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document build</a> for some examples.
+     </p><!--l. 1390--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively, run <a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7035"></a></a> indirectly via the <a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7036"></a></a> script:
+     </p><!--l. 1392--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br />makeglossaries myDoc
+     <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <br /></span>
+     Note that the file extension isn’t supplied in this case. (Replace <a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7037"></a></a> with
+     <a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7038"></a></a> if you don’t have Perl installed.) This will pick up all the file extensions
+     from the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7039"></a> file and run <a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7040"></a></a> the appropriate number of times with all the necessary
+     switches.
+     </p><!--l. 1402--><p class="noindent" >The simplest approach is to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a 
- id="dx1-7028"></a> and add the following comment lines to the start of your document:
+ id="dx1-7041"></a> and add the following comment lines to the start of your document:
      </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
      <span 
@@ -2224,292 +3691,359 @@
 </div>
      </div> (Replace <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>with <span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite </span>if you don’t have Perl
-     installed.)
-     <!--l. 1013--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you want letter
-     ordering you need to add the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossarieslite </span>in the second line above if you don’t have Perl
+     installed. Note that there’s no hyphen in this case.)
+     <!--l. 1413--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you want letter ordering you need to
+     add the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-l</span><a 
- id="dx1-7029"></a> switch:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12">
-     makeindex&#x00A0;-l&#x00A0;-s&#x00A0;myDoc.ist&#x00A0;-o&#x00A0;myDoc.gls&#x00A0;myDoc.glo
-</div>
-     <!--l. 1018--><p class="nopar" > (See <a 
-href="#sec:makeindexapp"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.5.4 </a><a 
+ id="dx1-7042"></a> switch:
+     </p><!--l. 1416--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br />makeindex -l -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
+     <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     <br /></span>
+     (See <a 
+href="#sec:makeindexapp">§1.4.4 </a><a 
 href="#sec:makeindexapp">Using <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-7030"></a></a> explicitly (Option 2)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a> for further details on using
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-7043"></a></a> explicitly (Option 2)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a> for further details on using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-7031"></a> explicitly.) If you use <a 
+ id="dx1-7044"></a> explicitly.) If you
+     use <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-7032"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-7045"></a></a> or <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a 
- id="dx1-7033"></a></a>
-     then use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">order=letter</span><a 
- id="dx1-7034"></a> package option and the <span 
+ id="dx1-7046"></a></a> then use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">order</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">letter</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7047"></a> package option and the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-l</span><a 
- id="dx1-7035"></a> option will be added
-     automatically.
+ id="dx1-7048"></a> option
+     will be added automatically.
      </p></li>
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-7037x6">Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;on
-     your document again. You’ll need to repeat the process if you have used the <span 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-7050x6"><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#makeindex.relatex">🔗</a><a 
+ id="makeindex.relatex"></a> Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;on your document
+     again.</li></ol>
+<!--l. 1428--><p class="noindent" >You’ll need to repeat the last step if you have used the <span 
 class="cmss-10">toc</span><a 
- id="dx1-7038"></a> option
-     (unless you’re using <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-7039"></a>) to ensure the section heading is added
-     to the table of contents. You’ll also need to repeat the process if you have
-     any cross-references which can’t be indexed until the glossary file has been
-     created.</li></ol>
-<!--l. 1034--><p class="indent" >   Complete example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-7051"></a> option (unless you’re using <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>) to ensure the
+section heading is added to the table of contents. You’ll also need to repeat steps&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#makeindex.run">5<!--tex4ht:ref: makeindex.run --></a> and&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#makeindex.relatex">6<!--tex4ht:ref: makeindex.relatex --></a> if you have any
+cross-references which can’t be indexed until the glossary file has been created.
+<a 
+ id="x1-7052r3"></a>
+</p><!--l. 1435--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13">
-\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;open&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;files
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-80003"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#option3">🔗</a><a 
+ id="option3"></a>Option&#x00A0;3 (<span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>)</h4>
+<!--l. 1437--><p class="noindent" >Example document: </p><div class="alltt">
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\documentclass{article}</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]{glossaries}</span>
+<br /><strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8001"></a></strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;open</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossary</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;files</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16">
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
 &#x00A0;<br />\gls{sample}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossary
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1045--><p class="nopar" >
-<a 
- id="x1-7040r3"></a>
-</p><!--l. 1047--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
- id="x1-80003"></a><a 
- id="option3"></a>Option&#x00A0;3 (<span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>)</h4>
-<!--l. 1049--><p class="noindent" >This option uses a&#x00A0;<a 
+<!--l. 1448--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8002"></a></strong>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\end{document}</span>
+</div>
+</div> You can place all your entry definitions in a separate file and load it in the preamble with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8003"></a>
+(<span 
+class="cmti-10">after </span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8004"></a>).
+<!--l. 1457--><p class="indent" >   This option uses a&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#glo:cli">CLI</a> application called <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-8001"></a></a> to sort the entries. This application is more
-flexible than <span 
+ id="dx1-8005"></a></a> to sort the entries. This application is more flexible than
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>and is able to sort <a 
 href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabets</a> or <a 
-href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>,
-however it does still have some limitations.
-</p><!--l. 1054--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>, however it does still have some
+limitations.
+</p><!--l. 1462--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-8002"></a></a> application comes with both <span class="TEX">T<span 
+ id="dx1-8006"></a></a> application comes with both <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live and MiK<span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>, but since <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-8003"></a></a> is a
-Perl script, you will also need to install Perl, if you don’t already have it. In a&#x00A0;similar way to
-<a 
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>, this option involves making <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;write the glossary information to
-a&#x00A0;temporary file which <a 
+ id="dx1-8007"></a></a> is a Perl script, you will
+also need to install Perl, if you don’t already have it. In a&#x00A0;similar way to <a 
+href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>, this option involves making
+<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;write the glossary information to a&#x00A0;temporary file which <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-8004"></a></a> reads. Then <a 
+ id="dx1-8008"></a></a> reads. Then <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-8005"></a></a> writes a&#x00A0;new file containing the
-code to typeset the glossary. Then <span 
+ id="dx1-8009"></a></a> writes a&#x00A0;new file
+containing the code to typeset the glossary. Then <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>reads this file in on the next
 run.
-</p><!--l. 1062--><p class="indent" >   This is the best option with just the base <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package if you want to sort according
-to a&#x00A0;language other than English or if you want non-standard location lists, but it can require
-some setting up (see <a 
-href="#sec:xindy"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11 </a><a 
-href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a>). There are some problems with certain sort
-values: </p>
+</p><!--l. 1470--><p class="indent" >   This is the best option with just the base <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package if you want to sort according to a&#x00A0;language
+other than English or if you want non-standard location lists, but it can require some setting up (see <a 
+href="#sec:xindy">§11 </a><a 
+href="#sec:xindy">Xindy
+(Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a>). There are some problems with certain sort values: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
      <li class="itemize">entries with the same sort value are merged by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-8006"></a> into a single glossary line
-     so you must make sure that each entry has a unique sort value;
+ id="dx1-8010"></a> into a single glossary line so you must make
+     sure that each entry has a unique sort value;
      </li>
      <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-8007"></a> forbids empty sort values;
+ id="dx1-8011"></a> forbids empty sort values;
      </li>
      <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-8008"></a> automatically  strips  control  sequences,  the  math-shift  character  <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">$</span></span></span> and
-     braces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span> from the sort value, which is usually desired but this can cause the sort
-     value to collapse to an empty string which <span 
+ id="dx1-8012"></a> automatically strips control sequences, the math-shift character <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">$</span></span></span> and braces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span> from the
+     sort value, which is usually desired but this can cause the sort value to collapse to an empty string
+     which <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-8009"></a> forbids.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 1077--><p class="noindent" >In these problematic cases, you must set the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-8010"></a> field explicitly. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14">
-\newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;sort={alpha},description={...}}
+ id="dx1-8013"></a> forbids.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1485--><p class="noindent" >In these problematic cases, you must set the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8014"></a> field explicitly. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort={alpha},</span></strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">description={...}}</span>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </div>
-<!--l. 1082--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1084--><p class="indent" >   All glossaries must be sorted according to the same method (word/letter ordering, order
-of use, or order of definition). (The <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-8011"></a> package allows a hybrid mix
-of Options&#x00A0;<a 
+</div>
+<!--l. 1491--><p class="indent" >   <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has a modified <span 
+class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8015"></a> package option that provides <span id="textcolor85"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-8016"></a>, which
+automatically sets the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8017"></a> key to the entry label (instead of the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8018"></a>). </div>
+</p><!--l. 1495--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1497--><p class="indent" >   All glossaries must be sorted according to the same method (word/letter ordering, order of use, or order of
+definition).
+</p><!--l. 1500--><p class="indent" >   <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package allows a hybrid mix of Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option1">1</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
-href="#option3">3</a> to provide word/letter ordering with <a 
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a> and order of
-use/definition with <a 
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>. See the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-8012"></a> documentation for further
-details.)
-</p><!--l. 1091--><p class="indent" >
+href="#option3">3</a> to provide word/letter ordering with
+<a 
+href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a> and order of use/definition with <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>. See the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> documentation for further details.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 1505--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1507--><p class="indent" >
      </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-8014x1">Add the <span 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-8020x1">Add the <span 
 class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-8015"></a> option to the <span 
+ id="dx1-8021"></a> option to the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option list:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15">
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17">
      \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1096--><p class="nopar" > If you are using a non-Latin script you’ll also need to either switch off the creation of
-     the number group:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+     <!--l. 1512--><p class="nopar" > If you are using a non-Latin script you’ll also need to either switch off the creation of the number
+     group:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18">
      \usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1101--><p class="nopar" > or use either <span 
+     <!--l. 1517--><p class="nopar" > or use either <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">letter</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>(to indicate the first letter group to follow the
+     digits) or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">spec</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>to indicate where the number group should be placed (see <a 
-href="#sec:xindy"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11 </a><a 
-href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option
-     3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a>).
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>to indicate where the number group should be placed (see
+     <a 
+href="#sec:xindy">§11 </a><a 
+href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a>).
      </p></li>
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-8017x2">Add <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start defining your entries, as
-     described in <a 
-href="#sec:newglosentry"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4 </a><a 
-href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>).
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-8023x2">Add <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start defining your entries, as described in <a 
+href="#sec:newglosentry">§4 </a><a 
+href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining
+     Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>).
      </li>
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-8019x3">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-8025x3">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;on your document. This creates files with the extensions <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span>
-     (for example, if your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="cmtt-10">glo</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8026"></a> and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8027"></a> (for example, if your
+     <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;document is called <span 
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then you’ll have two extra
-     files called <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then you’ll have two extra files called <span 
 class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.xdy</span>). If you look at your document at this point, you
-     won’t see the glossary as it hasn’t been created yet. (If you’re using the extension
-     package <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-8020"></a>, you’ll see the section header and some boilerplate
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.xdy</span>).
+     If you look at your document at this point, you won’t see the glossary as it hasn’t been created yet. (If
+     you’re using the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package, you’ll see the section header and some boilerplate
      text.)
-     </li>
+     <!--l. 1535--><p class="noindent" >If you have used package options such as <span 
+class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8028"></a> there will also be other sets of files corresponding to the
+     extra glossaries that were created by those options.
+     </p></li>
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-8022x4">Run <a 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-8030x4">Run <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-8023"></a></a> with the <span 
+ id="dx1-8031"></a></a> with the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>file as the input file and the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.xdy </span>file as a&#x00A0;module so that it
-     creates an output file with the extension <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. You also need to set the language name
-     and input encoding. If you have access to a terminal or a command prompt
-     (for example, the MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or the bash
-     console for Unix-like users) then you need to run the command (all on one
+class="cmtt-10">.xdy </span>file as a&#x00A0;module so that it creates an output
+     file with the extension <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. You also need to set the language name and input encoding. If you have
+     access to a terminal or a command prompt (for example, the MSDOS command prompt for Windows
+     users or the bash console for Unix-like users) then you need to run the command (all on one
      line):
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17">
-     xindy&#x00A0;-L&#x00A0;english&#x00A0;-C&#x00A0;utf8&#x00A0;-I&#x00A0;xindy&#x00A0;-M&#x00A0;myDoc
-     &#x00A0;<br />-t&#x00A0;myDoc.glg&#x00A0;-o&#x00A0;myDoc.gls&#x00A0;myDoc.glo
-</div>
-     <!--l. 1129--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span 
+     <!--l. 1547--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br />xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
+     <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     <br /></span>
+     (Replace <span 
 class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;document file. Avoid spaces in the
-     file name. If necessary, also replace <span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;document file. Avoid spaces in the file name. If
+     necessary, also replace <span 
 class="cmtt-10">english </span>with the name of your language and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">utf8</span>
-     with your input encoding, for example, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">utf8 </span>with your input encoding, for
+     example, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-L</span><a 
- id="dx1-8024"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-8032"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">german -C</span><a 
- id="dx1-8025"></a> <span 
-class="cmtt-10">din5007-utf8</span>.) Note that it’s
-     much simpler to use <a 
+ id="dx1-8033"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">din5007-utf8</span>.)
+     </p><!--l. 1556--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The file extensions vary according to the glossary <span 
+class="cmtt-10">type</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8034"></a>. See <a 
+href="#sec:xindyapp">§1.4.3 </a><a 
+href="#sec:xindyapp">Using <a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8035"></a></a> explicitly (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyapp --></a> for
+     further details. <a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8036"></a></a> must be called for each set of files. </div>
+     </p><!--l. 1560--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1562--><p class="noindent" >It’s much simpler to use <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-8026"></a></a> instead:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18">
-     makeglossaries&#x00A0;myDoc
-</div>
-     <!--l. 1138--><p class="nopar" > (Remember that <a 
+ id="dx1-8037"></a></a> instead:
+     </p><!--l. 1563--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br />makeglossaries myDoc
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     <br /></span>
+     Note that the file extension isn’t supplied in this case. This will pick up all the file extensions from the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8038"></a>
+     file and run <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-8027"></a></a> is a Perl script so if you can use <a 
+ id="dx1-8039"></a></a> the appropriate number of times with all the necessary switches.
+     </p><!--l. 1571--><p class="noindent" >There’s no benefit in using <a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8040"></a></a> with <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-8028"></a></a> then you can also use
-     <a 
+ id="dx1-8041"></a></a>. (Remember that <a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8042"></a></a> is a Perl
+     script so if you can use <a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8043"></a></a> then you can also use <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-8029"></a></a>, and if you don’t want to use <a 
+ id="dx1-8044"></a></a>, and if you don’t want
+     to use <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-8030"></a></a> because you don’t want
-     to install Perl, then you can’t use <a 
+ id="dx1-8045"></a></a> because you don’t want to install Perl, then you can’t use <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-8031"></a></a> either.)
-     </p><!--l. 1144--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t know how to use the command prompt, then you can probably
-     access <a 
+ id="dx1-8046"></a></a>
+     either.)
+     </p><!--l. 1577--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t know how to use the command prompt, then you can probably access <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-8032"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-8047"></a></a> or
+     <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-8033"></a></a> via your text editor, but each editor has a
-     different method of doing this, so I&#x00A0;can’t give a&#x00A0;general description. You
-     will have to check your editor’s manual. Again, a convenient method is to
-     use <span 
-class="cmtt-10">arara </span>and add the follow comment lines to the start of your document:
-     </p><div class="alltt">
+ id="dx1-8048"></a></a> via your text editor, but each editor has a different method of doing this. See
+     <a 
+href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document build</a> for some
+     examples.
+     </p><!--l. 1583--><p class="noindent" >Again, a convenient method is to use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">arara </span>and add the follow comment lines to the start of your
+     document: </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">%</span><span 
@@ -2525,1602 +4059,1193 @@
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;pdflatex</span>
 </div>
      </div>
-     <!--l. 1156--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you want letter
-     ordering you need to add the <span 
-class="cmss-10">order=letter</span><a 
- id="dx1-8034"></a> package option:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+     <!--l. 1591--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you want letter ordering you need to
+     add the <span 
+class="cmss-10">order</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">letter</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8049"></a> package option:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19">
      \usepackage[xindy,order=letter]{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1161--><p class="nopar" > (and return to the previous step). This option is picked up by <a 
+     <!--l. 1596--><p class="nopar" > (and return to the previous step). This option is picked up by <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-8035"></a></a>. If you
-     are explicitly using <a 
+ id="dx1-8050"></a></a>. If you are explicitly using
+     <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-8036"></a></a> then you’ll need to add <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-M ord/letorder </span>to the options list.
-     See <a 
-href="#sec:xindyapp"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.5.3 </a><a 
+ id="dx1-8051"></a></a> then you’ll need to add <span 
+class="cmtt-10">-M ord/letorder </span>to the options list. See <a 
+href="#sec:xindyapp">§1.4.3 </a><a 
 href="#sec:xindyapp">Using <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-8037"></a></a> explicitly (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyapp --></a> for further details on using <span 
+ id="dx1-8052"></a></a> explicitly
+     (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyapp --></a> for further details on using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-8038"></a>
-     explicitly.
+ id="dx1-8053"></a> explicitly.
      </p></li>
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-8040x5">Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run
-     <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;on your document again. As with the previous option, you may need to
-     repeat the process to ensure the table of contents and cross-references are
-     resolved.
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-8055x5">Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;on your document
+     again. As with <a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8056"></a></a> (<a 
+href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>), you may need to repeat the previous step and this step to ensure
+     the table of contents and cross-references are resolved.
      </li></ol>
-<!--l. 1175--><p class="indent" >   Complete example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20">
-\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;open&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;files
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{sample}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossary
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1186--><p class="nopar" >
 <a 
- id="x1-8041r4"></a>
-</p><!--l. 1188--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="x1-8057r4"></a>
+<!--l. 1610--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
    <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
- id="x1-90004"></a><a 
+ id="x1-90004"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#option4">🔗</a><a 
  id="option4"></a>Option&#x00A0;4 (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>)</h4>
-<!--l. 1190--><p class="noindent" >This option is only available with the extension package <a 
+<!--l. 1612--><p class="noindent" ><br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. This method uses
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>This option is only available with the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package. This method uses
 <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-9001"></a></a> to both fetch entry definitions from <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files and to hierarchically sort and
-collate.
-</p><!--l. 1195--><p class="indent" >   All entries must be provided in one or more <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files. (See the <a 
+class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9002"></a> files and to hierarchically sort and collate.
+</p><!--l. 1617--><p class="indent" >   Example document: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\documentclass{article}</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><span id="textcolor86"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">record=nameref</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]{glossaries-extra}</span>
+<br /><span id="textcolor87"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9003"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor88"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9004"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">={entries}]</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\begin{document}</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample},</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\gls{alpha},</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\gls{html}.</span>
+<br /><span id="textcolor89"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9005"></a>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\end{document}</span>
+</div>
+</div> where the file <span 
+class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>contains: <div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor90"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9006"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{sample,</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name={sample},</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={an</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;example}</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+<br /><span id="textcolor91"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">@symbol</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9007"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{alpha,</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={...}</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+<br /><span id="textcolor92"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">@abbreviation</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9008"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{html,</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;short={HTML},</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;long={hypertext</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;markup</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;language}</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 1643--><p class="indent" >   All entries must be provided in one or more <span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9009"></a> files. See the <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-9002"></a></a> user manual for
-the required format.) The <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-9003"></a> package needs to be loaded with the <span 
-class="cmss-10">record </span>package
-option
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21">
-\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
+ id="dx1-9010"></a></a> user manual for the required
+format.
+</p><!--l. 1646--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9011"></a> key should not be used. Each entry type (<span id="textcolor93"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9012"></a>, <span id="textcolor94"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">@symbol</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9013"></a>, <span id="textcolor95"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">@abbreviation</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9014"></a>)
+has a particular field that’s used for the sort value by default (<span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9015"></a>, the label, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">short</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9016"></a>). You will
+break this mechanism if you explicitly use the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9017"></a> key. See <a 
+href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-sorting" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>gallery: sorting</a> for examples.
 </div>
-<!--l. 1201--><p class="nopar" > or (equivalently)
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22">
-\usepackage[record=only]{glossaries-extra}
+</p><!--l. 1653--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1655--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package needs to be loaded with the <span id="textcolor96"><span 
+class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9018"></a> package option: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><span id="textcolor97"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">record</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]{glossaries-extra}</span>
 </div>
-<!--l. 1205--><p class="nopar" > (It’s possible to use a hybrid of this method and Options&#x00A0;<a 
+</div> or (equivalently) <div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><span id="textcolor98"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">record=only</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]{glossaries-extra}</span>
+</div>
+</div> or (with at least <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.37 and <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9019"></a></a> v1.8): <div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><span id="textcolor99"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">record=nameref</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]{glossaries-extra}</span>
+</div>
+</div> The <span id="textcolor100"><span 
+class="cmss-10">record</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">nameref</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9020"></a> option is the best method.
+<!--l. 1670--><p class="indent" >   (It’s possible to use a hybrid of this method and Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
-href="#option3">3</a> with <span 
-class="cmss-10">record=alsoindex </span>but in
-general there is little need for this and it complicates the build process.)
-</p><!--l. 1210--><p class="indent" >   Each resource set is loaded with <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+href="#option3">3</a> with <span id="textcolor101"><span 
+class="cmss-10">record</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">alsoindex</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9021"></a> but in general there is
+little need for this and it complicates the build process.)
+</p><!--l. 1674--><p class="indent" >   Each resource set is loaded with <span id="textcolor102"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9022"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23">
-\GlsXtrLoadResources
-&#x00A0;<br />[%&#x00A0;definitions&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;entries1.bib&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;entries2.bib:
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;src={entries1,entries2},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;sort={de-CH-1996}%&#x00A0;sort&#x00A0;according&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;this&#x00A0;locale
-&#x00A0;<br />]
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor103"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9023"></a>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;definitions</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;in</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;entries1.bib</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;and</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;entries2.bib:</span>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor104"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9024"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">={entries1,entries2},</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor105"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9025"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">={de-CH-1996}%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;according</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;this</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;locale</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div>
-<!--l. 1218--><p class="nopar" > You can have multiple resource commands.
-</p><!--l. 1221--><p class="indent" >   The glossary is displayed using
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24">
-\printunsrtglossary
+</div> The <span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9026"></a> files are identified as a comma-separated list in the value of the <span id="textcolor106"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9027"></a> key. The <span id="textcolor107"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9028"></a> option identifies the
+sorting method. This may be a locale identifier for alphabetic sorting, but there are other sort methods
+available, such as character code or numeric. One resource set may cover multiple glossaries or one glossary may
+be split across multiple resource sets, forming logical sub-blocks.
+<!--l. 1691--><p class="indent" >   If you want to ensure that all entries are selected, even if they haven’t been referenced in the document, then
+add the option <span id="textcolor108"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">selection</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=all</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9029"></a>. (There are also ways of filtering the selection or you can even have a
+random selection by shuffling and truncating the list. See the <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9030"></a></a> user manual for further
+details.)
+</p><!--l. 1697--><p class="indent" >   The glossary is displayed using: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor109"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9031"></a>
 </div>
-<!--l. 1224--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively all glossaries can be displayed using the iterative command:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25">
-\printunsrtglossaries
+</div> Alternatively all glossaries can be displayed using the iterative command: <div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor110"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9032"></a>
 </div>
-<!--l. 1229--><p class="nopar" > The document is build using:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26">
-pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
-&#x00A0;<br />bib2gls&#x00A0;myDoc
-&#x00A0;<br />pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
+</div> The document is built using:
+<!--l. 1707--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />pdflatex myDoc
+   <br />bib2gls myDoc
+   <br />pdflatex myDoc
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+   <br /></span>
+If letter groups are required, you need the <span id="textcolor111"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-9033"></a> switch:
+</p><!--l. 1713--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />bib2gls --group myDoc
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+   <br /></span>
+or with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9034"></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;arara:</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;bib2gls:</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;group:</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;on</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}</span>
 </div>
-<!--l. 1235--><p class="nopar" > If letter groups are required, you need the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> switch:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27">
-bib2gls&#x00A0;--group&#x00A0;myDoc
-</div>
-<!--l. 1239--><p class="nopar" > Unlike Options&#x00A0;<a 
+</div> (You will also need an appropriate glossary style.)
+<!--l. 1722--><p class="indent" >   Unlike Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
-href="#option3">3</a>, this method doesn’t create a file containing the typeset glossary but
-simply determines which entries are needed for the document, their associated locations and
-(if required) their associated letter group. This option allows a mixture of sort methods.
-(For example, sorting by word order for one glossary and order of use for another
-or even sorting one block of the glossary differently to another block in the same
-glossary.)
-</p><!--l. 1249--><p class="indent" >   This method supports Unicode and (with at least Java&#x00A0;8) uses the Common
-Locale Data Repository, which provides more extensive language support than
-<a 
+href="#option3">3</a>, this method doesn’t create a file containing the typeset glossary but simply
+determines which entries are needed for the document, their associated locations and (if required) their
+associated letter group. This option allows a mixture of sort methods. For example, sorting by word order for
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+one glossary and order of use for another or even sorting one block of the glossary differently to another block in
+the same glossary. See <a 
+href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-sorting" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>gallery: sorting</a>.
+</p><!--l. 1731--><p class="indent" >   This method supports Unicode and uses the Common Locale Data Repository, which provides more extensive language support
+than <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-9004"></a></a>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+ id="dx1-9035"></a></a>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn2x1" id="fn2x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.2</sup></a></span><a 
- id="x1-9005f2"></a>&#x00A0;The
+ id="x1-9036f2"></a>&#x00A0;The
 locations in the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-9007"></a></a> may be in any format. If <a 
+ id="dx1-9038"></a></a> may be in any format. If <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-9008"></a></a> can deduce a numerical value it
-will attempt to form ranges otherwise it will simply list the locations.
-</p><!--l. 1258--><p class="indent" >   Complete example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28">
-\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={entries}]
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{sample}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossary
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1267--><p class="nopar" > where <span 
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>contains
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29">
- at entry{sample,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;name={sample},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1274--><p class="nopar" > See the <a 
+ id="dx1-9039"></a></a> can deduce a numerical value it will attempt to
+form ranges otherwise it will simply list the locations.
+</p><!--l. 1739--><p class="indent" >   See <a 
+href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf" ><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: An Introductory Guide</a>&#x00A0;or the <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-9009"></a></a> user manual for further details.
+ id="dx1-9040"></a></a> user manual for further details of
+this method, and also <a 
+href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document
+build</a>.
 <a 
- id="x1-9010r5"></a>
-</p><!--l. 1277--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="x1-9041r5"></a>
+</p><!--l. 1745--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
    <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
- id="x1-100005"></a><a 
+ id="x1-100005"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#option5">🔗</a><a 
  id="option5"></a>Option&#x00A0;5 (no sorting)</h4>
-<!--l. 1279--><p class="noindent" >This option is only available with the extension package <a 
+<!--l. 1747--><p class="noindent" ><br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>This option is only available with the extension package <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. No <a 
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing
-application</a> is required. This method is best used with the package option <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=none</span><a 
- id="dx1-10001"></a>.
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>
+is required.
+</p><!--l. 1751--><p class="indent" >   Example document:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30">
-\usepackage[sort=none]{glossaries-extra}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20">
+\documentclass{article}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[sort=none]{glossaries-extra}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={...}}
+&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
+&#x00A0;<br />\gls{sample}.
 </div>
-<!--l. 1284--><p class="nopar" > There’s no “activation” command (such as <span 
+<!--l. 1761--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor112"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-10001"></a>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\end{document}</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 1767--><p class="indent" >   This method is best used with the package option <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">none</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10002"></a> (as shown above). There’s no “activation”
+command (such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>for Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a>).
-</p><!--l. 1288--><p class="indent" >   All entries must be defined before the glossary is displayed (preferably in the preamble) in
-the required order, and child entries must be defined immediately after their parent entry if
-they must be kept together in the glossary
-</p><!--l. 1293--><p class="indent" >   The glossary is displayed using
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">
-\printunsrtglossary
+</p><!--l. 1771--><p class="indent" >   All entries must be defined before the glossary is displayed (preferably in the preamble) in the
+required order, and child entries must be defined immediately after their parent entry if they must be
+kept together in the glossary. (Some glossary styles indent entries that have a parent but it’s the
+<a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> that ensures the child entries are listed immediately after the parent. If you’re
+opting to use this manual approach then it’s your responsibility to define the entries in the correct
+order.) You can place all your entry definitions in a separate file and load it in the preamble with
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10003"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 1782--><p class="indent" >   The glossary is displayed using: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor113"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-10004"></a>
 </div>
-<!--l. 1296--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively all glossaries can be displayed using the iterative command:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">
-\printunsrtglossaries
+</div> Alternatively all glossaries can be displayed using the iterative command: <div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor114"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-10005"></a>
 </div>
-<!--l. 1301--><p class="nopar" > This will display <span 
-class="cmti-10">all </span>defined entries, regardless of whether or not they have been used in the
-document. The <a 
+</div> This will display <span 
+class="cmti-10">all </span>defined entries, regardless of whether or not they have been used in the document. The
+<a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-10002"></a>s</a> have to be set explicitly otherwise they won’t appear. Note
-that this uses the same command for displaying the glossary as <a 
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>. This is
-because <a 
+ id="dx1-10006"></a>s</a> have to be set explicitly otherwise they won’t appear. Note that this uses the same command for
+displaying the glossary as <a 
+href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>. This is because <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-10003"></a></a> takes advantage of this method by defining the wanted entries
-in the required order and setting the locations (and letter group information, if
+ id="dx1-10007"></a></a> takes advantage of this method by defining the
+wanted entries in the required order and setting the locations (and letter group information, if
 required).
-</p><!--l. 1310--><p class="indent" >   This just requires a single <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;call
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+<!--l. 1799--><p class="indent" >   Therefore, the above example document has a glossary containing the entries: sample and <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x03B1; </span>(in
+that order). Note that the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">alpha </span>entry has been included even though it wasn’t referenced in the
+document.
+</p><!--l. 1804--><p class="indent" >   This just requires a single <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;call:
+</p><!--l. 1805--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />pdflatex myDoc
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+   <br /></span>
+unless the glossary needs to appear in the table of contents, in which case a second run is required:
+</p><!--l. 1810--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />pdflatex myDoc
+   <br />pdflatex myDoc
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+   <br /></span>
+(Naturally if the document also contains citations, and so on, then additional steps are required. Similarly for all
+the other options above.)
+</p><!--l. 1818--><p class="indent" >   See the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> documentation for further details of this method.
+<a 
+ id="x1-10008r6"></a>
+</p><!--l. 1820--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
-pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
-</div>
-<!--l. 1313--><p class="nopar" > unless the glossary needs to appear in the table of contents, in which case a second run is
-required.
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-110006"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#option6">🔗</a><a 
+ id="option6"></a>Option&#x00A0;6 (standalone)</h4>
+<!--l. 1822--><p class="noindent" ><br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>This option is only available with the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension
+package.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+href="#fn3x1" id="fn3x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.3</sup></a></span><a 
+ id="x1-11001f3"></a>
+Instead of creating a list, this has standalone definitions throughout the document. The entry name may or may
+not be in a section heading.
+</p><!--l. 1832--><p class="indent" >   You can either define entries in the document preamble (or in an external file loaded with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11004"></a>), as
+with <a 
+href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a>, for example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">
-pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
-&#x00A0;<br />pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21">
+\documentclass{article}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[sort=none,
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;nostyles%&#x00A0;&#x003C;-&#x00A0;no&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;styles&#x00A0;are&#x00A0;required
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;]{glossaries-extra}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{set}{name={set},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;collection&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;kind&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;objects},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}}
+&#x00A0;<br />}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{function}{name={function},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;rule&#x00A0;that&#x00A0;assigns&#x00A0;every&#x00A0;element&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;domain&#x00A0;\gls{set}&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;an&#x00A0;element&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;range&#x00A0;\gls{set}},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{f(x)}}
+&#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1319--><p class="nopar" > (Naturally if the document also contains citations, and so on, then additional steps are
-required. Similarly for all the other options above.)
-</p><!--l. 1324--><p class="indent" >   Complete example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">
-\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[sort=none]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{sample}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossary
+<!--l. 1852--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newcommand*{\termdef}[1]{%</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\section{</span><span id="textcolor115"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11005"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{#1}</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsentrysymbol</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11006"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{#1}}%</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\begin{quote}\em\Glsentrydesc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11007"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{#1}.\end{quote}%</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22">
+\begin{document}
+&#x00A0;<br />\tableofcontents
+&#x00A0;<br />\section{Introduction}
+&#x00A0;<br />Sample&#x00A0;document&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\glspl{function}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\glspl{set}.
+&#x00A0;<br />\termdef{set}
+&#x00A0;<br />More&#x00A0;detailed&#x00A0;information&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\glspl{set}&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;examples.
+&#x00A0;<br />\termdef{function}
+&#x00A0;<br />More&#x00A0;detailed&#x00A0;information&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\glspl{function}&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;examples.
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1334--><p class="nopar" > See the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-10004"></a> documentation for further details.
-</p><!--l. 1338--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 1338--><p class="noindent" ><a 
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.2   </span> <a 
- id="sec:samples"></a>Sample Documents</h3>
-<!--l. 1341--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is provided with some sample documents that illustrate the
-various functions. These should be located in the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">samples </span>subdirectory (folder)
-of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>documentation directory. This location varies according to your
-operating system and <span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distribution. You can use <span 
-class="cmtt-10">texdoc </span>to locate the main
-glossaries documentation. For example, in a <a 
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/novices/html/terminal.html" >terminal or command prompt</a>, type:
-<spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">texdoc -l glossaries</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 1351--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
-This should display a list of all the files in the glossaries documentation directory with
-their full pathnames. (The GUI version of <span 
-class="cmtt-10">texdoc </span>may also provide you with the
-information.)
-</p><!--l. 1356--><p class="indent" >   If you can’t find the sample files on your computer, they are also available from your nearest
-CTAN mirror at <a 
-href="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/" class="url" ><span 
-class="cmtt-10">http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1360--><p class="indent" >   The  sample  documents  are  listed
-below<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
-href="#fn3x1" id="fn3x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.3</sup></a></span><a 
- id="x1-11001f3"></a> If
-you prefer to use UTF-8 aware engines (<span 
-class="cmtt-10">xelatex </span>or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">lualatex</span>) remember that you’ll need to
-switch from <span 
-class="cmss-10">fontenc </span>& <span 
-class="cmss-10">inputenc </span>to <span 
-class="cmss-10">fontspec </span>where appropriate. The <a 
+<!--l. 1875--><p class="nopar" > Or you can use <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11008"></a></a> if you want to manage a large database of terms. For example (requires <a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package
-provides some additional sample files.
-     </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
+v1.42, see below): </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11002r1"></a> This document is a minimal working example. You can test your
-     installation using this file. To create the complete document you will need to do the
-     following steps:
-         <ol  class="enumerate1" >
-         <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-11004x1">Run <span 
-class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex </span>through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;either by typing <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-         <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex minimalgls</span></span>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-         <!--l. 1379--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-         in a terminal or by using the relevant button or menu item in your text editor or
-         front-end. This will create the required associated files but you will not see the
-         glossary. If you use PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;you will also get warnings about non-existent
-         references that look something like:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
-         pdfTeX&#x00A0;warning&#x00A0;(dest):&#x00A0;name{glo:aca}&#x00A0;has&#x00A0;been
-         &#x00A0;<br />referenced&#x00A0;but&#x00A0;does&#x00A0;not&#x00A0;exist,
-         &#x00A0;<br />replaced&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;fixed&#x00A0;one
+class="cmtt-10">\documentclass{article}</span>
+<br />
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><span id="textcolor116"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">record</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">,</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;nostyles%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#x003C;-</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;no</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossary</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;styles</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;are</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;required</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;]{glossaries-extra}</span>
+<br />
+<br /><span id="textcolor117"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11009"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor118"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11010"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=terms,</span><span id="textcolor119"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11011"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=none,</span><span id="textcolor120"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">save-locations</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11012"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=false]</span>
+<br />
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newcommand*{\termdef}[1]{%</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\section{</span><span id="textcolor121"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11013"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{#1}</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11014"></a></strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{#1}}%</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsadd</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11015"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{#1}%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#x003C;-</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;index</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;this</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;entry</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\begin{quote}\em\Glsentrydesc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11016"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{#1}.\end{quote}%</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div>
-         <!--l. 1389--><p class="nopar" > These warnings may be ignored on the first run.
-         </p><!--l. 1392--><p class="noindent" >If you get a <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">Missing</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\begin{document}</span></span></span> error, then it’s most likely that
-         your version of <span 
-class="cmss-10">xkeyval</span><a 
- id="dx1-11005"></a> is out of date. Check the log file for a warning
-         of that nature. If this is the case, you will need to update the <span 
-class="cmss-10">xkeyval</span>
-         package.
-         </p></li>
-         <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-11007x2">If you have Perl installed, run <a 
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-11008"></a></a> on the document (<a 
-href="#sec:makeglossaries"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.5 </a><a 
-href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating
-         the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>). This can be done on a terminal by typing
-         <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-         <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries minimalgls</span></span>
-         <!--l. 1402--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-         otherwise do <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-         <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite minimalgls</span></span>
-         </p><!--l. 1406--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-         If for some reason you want to call <a 
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-11009"></a></a> explicitly, you can do this in a
-         terminal by typing (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-         <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s minimalgls.ist -t minimalgls.glg -o minimalgls.gls</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.glo</span></span>
-         </p><!--l. 1411--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-         (See <a 
-href="#sec:makeindexapp"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.5.4 </a><a 
-href="#sec:makeindexapp">Using <a 
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-11010"></a></a> explicitly (Option 2)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a> for further details on using
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-11011"></a> explicitly.)
-         </p><!--l. 1415--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the file name contains spaces, you will need to use the double-quote
-         character to delimit the name.
-         </p></li>
-         <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-11013x3">Run <span 
-class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex </span>through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;again (as step&#x00A0;1)</li></ol>
-     <!--l. 1420--><p class="noindent" >You should now have a complete document. The number following each entry in the
-     glossary is the location number. By default, this is the page number where the entry
-     was referenced.
-     </p><!--l. 1424--><p class="noindent" >There are three other files that can be used as a <a 
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/" >minimal working example</a>:
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">mwe-gls.tex</span>, <span 
-class="cmtt-10">mwe-acr.tex </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">mwe-acr-desc.tex</span>.
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+</div>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23">
+\begin{document}
+&#x00A0;<br />\tableofcontents
+&#x00A0;<br />\section{Introduction}
+&#x00A0;<br />Sample&#x00A0;document&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\glspl{function}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\glspl{set}.
+&#x00A0;<br />\termdef{set}
+&#x00A0;<br />More&#x00A0;detailed&#x00A0;information&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\glspl{set}&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;examples.
+&#x00A0;<br />\termdef{function}
+&#x00A0;<br />More&#x00A0;detailed&#x00A0;information&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\glspl{function}&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;examples.
+&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1910--><p class="nopar" > Where the file <span 
+class="cmtt-10">terms.bib </span>contains: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor122"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11017"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{set,</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name={set},</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={a</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;collection</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;any</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;kind</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;objects},</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}}</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+<br /><span id="textcolor123"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11018"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{function,</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name={function},</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={a</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;rule</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;that</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;assigns</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;every</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;element</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;in</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;domain</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\gls{set}</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;an</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;element</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;in</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;range</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\gls{set}},</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{f(x)}}</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div>
+</div> The advantage in this approach (with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11019"></a> or <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11020"></a></a>) is that you can use an existing database
+of entries shared across multiple documents, ensuring consistent notation for all of them.
+<!--l. 1930--><p class="indent" >   In both cases, there’s no need to load all the glossary styles packages, as they’re not required, so I’ve used
+the <span 
+class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11021"></a> package option to prevent them from being loaded.
+</p><!--l. 1934--><p class="indent" >   In the first case, you need the <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">none</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11022"></a> package option (as in <a 
+href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a>) and then define the terms in the
+preamble. No external tool is required. Just run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;as normal. (Twice to ensure that the table of contents
+is up to date.)
+</p><!--l. 1938--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />pdflatex myDoc
+   <br />pdflatex myDoc
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+   <br /></span>
+</p><!--l. 1943--><p class="indent" >   In the second case, you need the <span id="textcolor124"><span 
+class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11023"></a> package option (as in <a 
+href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>) since <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11024"></a></a> is needed to select the
+required entries, but you don’t need a sorted list: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor125"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11025"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor126"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11026"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">={terms},</span><strong><span id="textcolor127"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=none</span></strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+</div>
+</div> This will ensure that any entries indexed in the document (through commands like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11027"></a> or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11028"></a>) will be
+selected by <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11029"></a></a>, but it will skip the sorting step. (The chances are you probably also won’t need location
+lists either. If so, you can add the option <span id="textcolor128"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">save-locations</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11030"></a>.)
+<!--l. 1955--><p class="indent" >   Remember that for this second case you need to run <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11031"></a></a> as per <a 
+href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>:
+</p><!--l. 1956--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />pdflatex myDoc
+   <br />bib2gls myDoc
+   <br />pdflatex myDoc
+   <br />pdflatex myDoc
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+   <br /></span>
+</p><!--l. 1963--><p class="indent" >   For both cases (with or without <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11032"></a></a>), instead of listing all the entries using <span id="textcolor129"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span>, you
+use <span id="textcolor130"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11033"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>where you want the name (and anchor with <span 
+class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11034"></a>) to appear in the
+document. This will allow the <a 
+href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
+ id="dx1-11035"></a></a> created by commands like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to link to that point in the document.
+The description can simply be displayed with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11036"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11037"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>, as in the above
+examples. In both examples, I’ve defined a custom command <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\termdef </span>to simplify the code and ensure
+consistency. Extra styling, such as placing the description in a coloured frame, can be added to this custom
+definition as required.
+</p><!--l. 1976--><p class="indent" >   (Instead of using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc </span>or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span>, you can use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11038"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>, which
+will obey attributes such as <span id="textcolor131"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11039"></a> and <span id="textcolor132"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossdescfont</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11040"></a>. See the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further
+details.)
+</p><!--l. 1981--><p class="indent" >   The symbol (if required) can be displayed with either <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11041"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11042"></a>
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-noidxapp.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11014r2"></a> This document illustrates how to use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package without
-     an external <a 
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> (<a 
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>). To create the complete document, you
-     need to do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-noidxapp</span>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-noidxapp</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1435--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>. In the first example, I’ve used <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol</span>. In the second I’ve used <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11043"></a>. The
+latter is necessary with <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11044"></a></a> if the symbol needs to go in a section title as the entries aren’t defined on the
+first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run.
+</p><!--l. 1988--><p class="indent" >   In normal document text, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol </span>will silently do nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined, but
+when used in a section heading it will expand to an undefined internal command when written to the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11045"></a> file,
+which triggers an error.
+</p><!--l. 1993--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11046"></a> command performs an existence check, which triggers a warning if the entry is undefined.
+(All entries will be undefined before the first <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11047"></a></a> call.) You need at least <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.42 to use this command in
+a section title.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+href="#fn4x1" id="fn4x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.4</sup></a></span><a 
+ id="x1-11048f4"></a>
+If <span 
+class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11049"></a> has been loaded, this will use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11050"></a> to allow a simple expansion for the PDF bookmarks
+(see the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual for further details).
+</p><!--l. 2004--><p class="indent" >   If you want to test if the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11051"></a> field has been set, you need to use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11052"></a> outside of the section
+title. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+<div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11015r3"></a> As the previous example, except that it uses the <span 
-class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a 
- id="dx1-11016"></a>
-     package. To create the complete document, you need to do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-noidxapp-utf8</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-noidxapp-utf8</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1443--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol{#1}%</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{\section{</span><span id="textcolor133"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{#1}</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glossentrysymbol{#1}}}</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{\section{</span><span id="textcolor134"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{#1}}}</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 2013--><p class="indent" >   In both of the above examples, the section titles start with a lowercase character (because the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11053"></a> value is
+all lowercase in entry definitions). You can apply automatic case-change with the <span id="textcolor135"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossname</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11054"></a> attribute. For
+example: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor136"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11055"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{general}{glossname}{firstuc}</span>
+</div>
+</div> or (for title-case) <div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor137"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11056"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{general}{glossname}{title}</span>
+</div>
+</div> However, this won’t apply the case-change in the table of contents or bookmarks.
+<!--l. 2027--><p class="indent" >   In the second example, you can instead use <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11057"></a></a> to apply a case-change: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample4col.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11017r4"></a> This document illustrates a four column glossary where the entries have a
-     symbol in addition to the name and description. To create the complete document, you
-     need to do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample4col</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample4col</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample4col</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1453--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     or <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample4col</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite sample4col</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample4col</span></span>
-     </p><!--l. 1459--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     The vertical gap between entries is the gap created at the start of each group. This can
-     be suppressed using the <span 
-class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a 
- id="dx1-11018"></a> package option.
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources[</span><span id="textcolor138"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11058"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=terms,</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor139"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11059"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=none,</span><span id="textcolor140"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">save-locations</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11060"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=false</span><strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">,</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor141"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">replicate-fields</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11061"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">={name=text},</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor142"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">name-case-change</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=firstuc</span></strong>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+</div>
+</div> (Or <span id="textcolor143"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">name-case-change</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=title</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11062"></a> for title-case.) This copies the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11063"></a> value to the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">text</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11064"></a> field and
+then applies a case-change to the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11065"></a> field (leaving the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">text</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11066"></a> field unchanged). The name in the
+section titles now starts with a capital but the <a 
+href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
+ id="dx1-11067"></a></a> produced by commands like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11068"></a> is still
+lowercase.
+<!--l. 2043--><p class="indent" >   In the first example (without <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11069"></a></a>) you need to do this manually. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleAcr.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11019r5"></a> This document has some sample abbreviations. It also adds the glossary to
-     the table of contents, so an extra run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;is required to ensure the
-     document is up to date: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcr</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleAcr</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcr</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcr</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1473--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     (or use <a 
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a 
- id="dx1-11020"></a></a>).
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{set}{name={</span><strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">S</span></strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">et},</span><strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">text={set}</span></strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">,</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={a</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;collection</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;any</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;kind</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;objects},</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}}</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 2052--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you use the default <span id="textcolor144"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">save-locations</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11070"></a> with <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11071"></a></a>, it’s possible to combine Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option4">4</a>
+and&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option6">6</a> to have both standalone definitions and an index. Now I do need a glossary style. In this case I’m going
+to use <span id="textcolor145"><span 
+class="cmss-10">bookindex</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11072"></a>, which is provided in the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11073"></a> package (bundled with <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>). I don’t
+need any of the other style packages, so I can still keep the <span 
+class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11074"></a> option and just load <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11075"></a>:
+</p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleAcrDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11021r6"></a> This is similar to the previous example, except that the abbreviations
-     have an associated description. As with the previous example, the glossary is
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     added to the table of contents, so an extra run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;is required:
-     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcrDesc</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleAcrDesc</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcrDesc</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcrDesc</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1485--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><span id="textcolor146"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">record=nameref</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">,%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#x003C;-</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;using</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;bib2gls</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;nostyles,%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#x003C;-</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;don't</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;load</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;default</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;style</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;packages</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor147"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">stylemods=bookindex</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">,%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#x003C;-</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;load</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossary-bookindex.sty</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;style=</span><span id="textcolor148"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bookindex</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#x003C;-</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;set</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;default</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;style</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;'bookindex'</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]{glossaries-extra}</span>
+</div>
+</div> I also need to sort the entries, so the resource command is now: <div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor149"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11076"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor150"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11077"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=terms,%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;definitions</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;in</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;terms.bib</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor151"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11078"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=en-GB,%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;by</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;this</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;locale</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor152"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">replicate-fields</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11079"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">={name=text},</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor153"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">name-case-change</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">={firstuc}</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+</div>
+</div> At the end of the document, I can add the glossary: <div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor154"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11080"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[title=Index,target=false]</span>
+</div>
+</div> Note that I’ve had to switch off the hypertargets with <a 
+ id="dx1-11081"></a><span id="textcolor155"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">target=false</span></span> (otherwise there would be duplicate
+targets). If you want letter group headings you need to use the <span id="textcolor156"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11082"></a> switch:
+<!--l. 2083--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />bib2gls --group myDoc
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+   <br /></span>
+or if you are using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11083"></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11022r7"></a> This is similar to the previous example, except that it defines the
-     abbreviations using <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-11023"></a> instead of <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-11024"></a>. As with the previous
-     example, the glossary is added to the table of contents, so an extra run through
-     <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDesc</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleDesc</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDesc</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDesc</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1497--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+class="cmtt-10">%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;arara:</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;bib2gls:</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;group:</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;on</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+<!--l. 2091--><p class="indent" >   The <span id="textcolor157"><span 
+class="cmss-10">bookindex</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11084"></a> style doesn’t show the description, so only the name and location is displayed. Remember
+that the name has had a case-conversion so it now starts with an initial capital. If you feel this is inappropriate
+for the index, you can adjust the <span id="textcolor158"><span 
+class="cmss-10">bookindex</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11085"></a> style so that it uses the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">text</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11086"></a> field instead. For example:
+</p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleCustomAcr.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11025r8"></a> This document has some sample abbreviations with a custom
-     acronym style. It also adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra run through
-     <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleCustomAcr</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleCustomAcr</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleCustomAcr</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleCustomAcr</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1507--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleFnAcrDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11026r9"></a> This is similar to <a 
-href="#x1-11021r6"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleAcrDesc.tex</span></a>, except that it uses the
-     <span 
-class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-11027"></a> style. As with the previous example, the glossary is added to the table
-     of contents, so an extra run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleFnAcrDesc</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleFnAcrDesc</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleFnAcrDesc</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleFnAcrDesc</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1518--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-FnDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11028r10"></a> This example defines a custom display format that puts the description
-     in a footnote on first use. <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-FnDesc</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-FnDesc</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-FnDesc</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1527--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-custom-acronym.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11029r11"></a> This document illustrates how to define your own acronym
-     style if the predefined styles don’t suit your requirements. <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-custom-acronym</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-custom-acronym</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-custom-acronym</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1536--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-crossref.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11030r12"></a> This document illustrates how to cross-reference entries in the
-     glossary. <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-crossref</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-crossref</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-crossref</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1545--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-dot-abbr.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11031r13"></a> This document illustrates how to use the post link hook to adjust the
-     space factor after abbreviations. <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-dot-abbr</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampledot-abbrf</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-dot-abbr</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1553--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11032r14"></a> This document illustrates how to load external files containing the glossary
-     definitions. It also illustrates how to define a new glossary type. This document has the
-     <a 
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-11033"></a></a> suppressed and uses <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a 
- id="dx1-11034"></a> to add all the entries to the
-     glossaries without referencing each one explicitly. To create the document do:
-     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDB</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleDB</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDB</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1565--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     or <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDB</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite sampleDB</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDB</span></span>
-     </p><!--l. 1571--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     The glossary definitions are stored in the accompanying files <span 
-class="cmtt-10">database1.tex </span>and
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">database2.tex</span>. If for some reason you want to call <a 
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-11035"></a></a> explicitly you must have
-     a separate call for each glossary:
-         </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
-         <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-11037x1">
-         Create
-         the
-         main
-         glossary
-         (all
-         on
-         one
-         line):
-         <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-         <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-s</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.ist</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-t</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.glg</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-o</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.gls</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.glo</span></span>
-         <!--l. 1580--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-         </p></li>
-         <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-11039x2">
-         Create
-         the
-         secondary
-         glossary
-         (all
-         on
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-         one
-         line):
-         <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-         <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-s</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.ist</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-t</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.nlg</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-o</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.not</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.ntn</span></span>
-         <!--l. 1584--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-         Note that both <a 
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-11040"></a></a> and <a 
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a 
- id="dx1-11041"></a></a> do this all in one call,
-         so they not only make it easier because you don’t need to supply all the switches
-         and remember all the extensions but they also call <a 
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-11042"></a></a> the appropriate
-         number of times.</p></li></ol>
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleEq.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11043r15"></a> This document illustrates how to change the location to something other
-     than the page number. In this case, the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">equation </span>counter is used since all glossary
-     entries appear inside an <span 
-class="cmss-10">equation</span><a 
- id="dx1-11044"></a><a 
- id="dx1-11045"></a> environment. To create the document do:
-     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEq</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleEq</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEq</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1600--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleEqPg.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11046r16"></a> This is similar to the previous example, but the <a 
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-11047"></a>s</a>
-     are a mixture of page numbers and equation numbers. This example adds
-     the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run is required:
-     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEqPg</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleEqPg</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEqPg</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEqPg</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1612--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleSec.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11048r17"></a> This document also illustrates how to change the location to something
-     other than the page number. In this case, the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">section </span>counter is used. This example
-     adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run is required:
-     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSec</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleSec</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSec</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSec</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1624--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11049r18"></a> This document illustrates how to create an additional glossary type. This
-     example adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run is required:
-     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleNtn</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleNtn</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleNtn</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleNtn</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1635--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     Note that if you want to call <a 
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-11050"></a></a> explicitly instead of using <a 
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-11051"></a></a> or
-     <a 
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a 
- id="dx1-11052"></a></a> then you need to call <a 
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-11053"></a></a> twice:
-         </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
-         <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-11055x1">
-         Create
-         the
-         main
-         glossary
-         (all
-         on
-         one
-         line):
-         <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-         <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-s</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.ist</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-t</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.glg</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-o</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.gls</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.glo</span></span>
-         <!--l. 1643--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-         </p></li>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-         <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-11057x2">
-         Create
-         the
-         secondary
-         glossary
-         (all
-         on
-         one
-         line):
-         <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-         <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-s</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.ist</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-t</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.nlg</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-o</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.not</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.ntn</span></span>
-         <!--l. 1647--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-         </p></li></ol>
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11058r19"></a> This document illustrates some of the basics, including how to create child
-     entries that use the same name as the parent entry. This example adds the glossary to
-     the table of contents and it also uses <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-11059"></a>, so an extra <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run is
-     required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1660--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     You can see the difference between word and letter ordering if you substitute
-     <span 
-class="cmss-10">order=word</span><a 
- id="dx1-11060"></a> with <span 
-class="cmss-10">order=letter</span><a 
- id="dx1-11061"></a>. (Note that this will only have an effect if you use
-     <a 
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-11062"></a></a> or <a 
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a 
- id="dx1-11063"></a></a>. If you use <a 
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-11064"></a></a> explicitly, you will
-     need to use the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-l</span><a 
- id="dx1-11065"></a> switch to indicate letter ordering.)
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-inline.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11066r20"></a> This document is like <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample.tex</span>, above, but uses the <span 
-class="cmss-10">inline</span><a 
- id="dx1-11067"></a> glossary
-     style to put the glossary in a footnote.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampletree.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11068r21"></a> This document illustrates a hierarchical glossary structure where child
-     entries have different names to their corresponding parent entry. To create the
-     document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampletree</span>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampletree</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampletree</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1680--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-dual.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11069r22"></a> This document illustrates how to define an entry that both appears in
-     the list of acronyms and in the main glossary. To create the document do:
-     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-dual</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-dual</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-dual</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1689--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-langdict.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11070r23"></a> This document illustrates how to use the glossaries package to create
-     English to French and French to English dictionaries. To create the document do:
-     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-langdict</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-langdict</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-langdict</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1699--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11071r24"></a> This document illustrates how to use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package with <a 
-href="#glo:xindy"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-11072"></a></a>
-     instead of <a 
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-11073"></a></a>. The document uses UTF8 encoding (with the <span 
-class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a 
- id="dx1-11074"></a> package).
-     The encoding is picked up by <a 
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-11075"></a></a>. By default, this document will
-     create a <a 
-href="#glo:xindy"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-11076"></a></a> style file called <span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.xdy</span>, but if you uncomment the
-     lines
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">
-     \setStyleFile{samplexdy-mc}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\noist
-     &#x00A0;<br />\GlsSetXdyLanguage{}
+class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand*{</span><span id="textcolor159"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11087"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}[1]{%</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor160"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11088"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{#1}{text}}</span>
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1712--><p class="nopar" > it will set the style file to <span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>instead. This provides an additional letter
-     group for entries starting with “Mc” or “Mac”. If you use <a 
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-11077"></a></a> or
-     <a 
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a 
- id="dx1-11078"></a></a>, you don’t need to supply any additional information. If you
-     don’t use <span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-11079"></a>, you will need to specify the required information. Note that
-     if you set the style file to <span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>you must also specify <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a 
- id="dx1-11080"></a>, otherwise
-     the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package will overwrite <span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>and you will lose the “Mc”
-     letter group.
-     </p><!--l. 1725--><p class="noindent" >To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex samplexdy</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries samplexdy</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex samplexdy</span></span>
-     </p><!--l. 1730--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     If you don’t have Perl installed then you can’t use <a 
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-11081"></a></a>, but you also can’t
-     use <a 
-href="#glo:xindy"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-11082"></a></a>! However, if for some reason you want to call <a 
-href="#glo:xindy"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-11083"></a></a> explicitly instead of using
-     <a 
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-11084"></a></a> (or <a 
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a 
- id="dx1-11085"></a></a>): </p>
-         <ul class="itemize1">
-         <li class="itemize">
-         if
-         you
-         are
-         using
-         the
-         default
-         style
-         file
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.xdy</span>,
-         then
-         do
-         (no
-         line
-         breaks):
-         <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-         <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-L</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">english</span>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-C</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">utf8</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-I</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-M</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-t</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.glg</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-o</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.gls</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.glo</span></span>
-         <!--l. 1741--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-         </p></li>
-         <li class="itemize">
-         if
-         you
-         are
-         using
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy</span>,
-         then
-         do
-         (no
-         line
-         breaks):
-         <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-         <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-I</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-M</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-t</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.glg</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-o</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.gls</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.glo</span></span>
-         <!--l. 1746--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-         </p></li></ul>
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11086r25"></a> This document illustrates how to use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package where the
-     location numbers don’t follow a standard format. This example will only work with
-     <a 
-href="#glo:xindy"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-11087"></a></a>. To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">pdflatex samplexdy2</span>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries samplexdy2</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">pdflatex samplexdy2</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1757--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     The
-     explicit
-     <a 
-href="#glo:xindy"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-11088"></a></a>
-     call
-     is:
-     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-L</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">english</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-C</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">utf8</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-I</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-M</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-t</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.glg</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-o</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.gls</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.glo</span></span>
-     </p><!--l. 1761--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     See <a 
-href="#sec:xindyloc"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11.2 </a><a 
-href="#sec:xindyloc">Locations and Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyloc --></a> for further details.
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy3.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11089r26"></a> This document is like <a 
-href="#x1-11071r24"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.tex</span></a> but uses the command
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\Numberstring </span>from the <span 
-class="cmss-10">fmtcount</span><a 
- id="dx1-11090"></a> package to format the page numbers.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11091r27"></a> This is another example that uses <a 
-href="#glo:xindy"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-11092"></a></a>. Unlike <a 
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-11093"></a></a>, <a 
-href="#glo:xindy"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-11094"></a></a> can
-     cope with <a 
-href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-11095"></a>s</a>. This document uses UTF8 encoding. To create the
-     document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleutf8</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1776--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     The
-     explicit
-     <a 
-href="#glo:xindy"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-11096"></a></a>
-     call
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     is
-     (no
-     line
-     breaks):
-     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-L</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">english</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-C</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">utf8</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-I</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-M</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-t</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.glg</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-o</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.gls</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.glo</span></span>
-     </p><!--l. 1781--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p><!--l. 1783--><p class="noindent" >If you remove the <span 
-class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-11097"></a> option from <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.tex </span>and do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleutf8</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span></span>
-     </p><!--l. 1789--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     or <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite sampleutf8</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span></span>
-     </p><!--l. 1795--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     you
-     will
-     see
-     that
-     the
-     entries
-     that
-     start
-     with
-     an
-     <a 
-href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     Latin
-     character<a 
- id="dx1-11098"></a></a>
-     now
-     appear
-     in
-     the
-     symbols
-     group,
-     and
-     the
-     word
-     “manœuvre”
-     is
-     now
-     after
-     “manor”
-     instead
-     of
-     before
-     it.
-     If
-     you
-     want
-     to
-     explicitly
-     call
-     <a 
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-11099"></a></a>
-     (no
-     line
-     breaks):
-     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-s</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.ist</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-t</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.glg</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-o</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.gls</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.glo</span></span>
-     </p><!--l. 1802--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-index.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11100r28"></a> This document uses the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to create both a glossary and
-     an index. This requires two <a 
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-11101"></a></a> (or <a 
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a 
- id="dx1-11102"></a></a>) calls to ensure
-     the document is up to date: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-index</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-index</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-index</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-index</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-index</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1815--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-newkeys.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11103r29"></a> This document illustrates how add custom keys (using <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span>).
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-storage-abbr.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11104r30"></a> This document illustrates how add custom storage keys (using
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span>).
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11105r31"></a> An extension of the previous example where the user
-     needs to provide a&#x00A0;description.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11106r32"></a> This document illustrates how to add a&#x00A0;custom key using
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>and hook into the <a 
-href="#sec:gls-like"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;and <a 
-href="#sec:glstext-like"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;mechanism used to
-     determine whether or not to hyperlink an entry.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-font-abbr.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11107r33"></a> This document illustrates how to different fonts for abbreviations
-     within the style.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-numberlist.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11108r34"></a> This document illustrates how to reference the <a 
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-11109"></a></a> in the
-     document text. This requires an additional <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-numberlist</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-numberlist</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-numberlist</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-numberlist</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1842--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">samplePeople.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11110r35"></a> This document illustrates how you can hook into the standard sort
-     mechanism to adjust the way the sort key is set. This requires an additional run to
-     ensure the table of contents is up-to-date: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex samplePeople</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries samplePeople</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex samplePeople</span>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex samplePeople</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1853--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleSort.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11111r36"></a> This is another document that illustrates how to hook into the standard
-     sort mechanism. An additional run is required to ensure the table of contents is
-     up-to-date: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSort</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleSort</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSort</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSort</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1863--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-nomathhyper.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11112r37"></a> This document illustrates how to selectively enable and disable
-     entry hyperlinks in <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a 
- id="dx1-11113"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-entryfmt.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11114r38"></a> This document illustrates how to change the way an entry is
-     displayed in the text.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-prefix.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11115r39"></a> This document illustrates the use of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a 
- id="dx1-11116"></a> package.
-     An additional run is required to ensure the table of contents is up-to-date:
-     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-prefix</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-prefix</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-prefix</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex sample-prefix</span></span>
-     <!--l. 1879--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sampleaccsupp.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11117r40"></a> This document uses the experimental <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
- id="dx1-11118"></a> package. The
-     symbol is set to the replacement text. Note that some PDF viewers don’t use the
-     accessibility support. Information about the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp </span>package can be found in
-     <a 
-href="#sec:accsupp"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>18 </a><a 
-href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-ignored.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11119r41"></a> This document defines an ignored glossary for common terms that
-     don’t need a definition.
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-entrycount.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
- id="x1-11120r42"></a> This document uses <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a 
- id="dx1-11121"></a> and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a 
- id="dx1-11122"></a> (described
-     in <a 
-href="#sec:enableentrycount"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>14.1 </a><a 
-href="#sec:enableentrycount">Counting the Number of Times an Entry has been Used (First Use
-     Flag Unset)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:enableentrycount --></a>) so that acronyms only used once don’t appear in the list of
-     acronyms.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1897--><p class="noindent" >
+</div> See the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual for further details about this style.
+<!--l. 2104--><p class="indent" >   Note that on the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run none of the entries will be defined. Once they are defined, the page
+numbers may shift due to the increased amount of document text. You may therefore need to repeat the
+document build to ensure the page numbers are correct.
+</p><!--l. 2109--><p class="indent" >   If there are extra terms that need to be included in the index that don’t have a description, you can define
+them with <span id="textcolor161"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">@index</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11089"></a> in the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11090"></a> file. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor162"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">@index</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11091"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{element}</span>
+<br /><span id="textcolor163"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">@index</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11092"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{member,</span><span id="textcolor164"><span id="textcolor165"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">alias</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-11093"></a></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">={element}}</span>
+</div>
+</div> They can be used in the document as usual:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24">
+The&#x00A0;objects&#x00A0;that&#x00A0;make&#x00A0;up&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;set&#x00A0;are&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;\glspl{element}
+&#x00A0;<br />or&#x00A0;\glspl{member}.
+</div>
+<!--l. 2120--><p class="nopar" > See <a 
+href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf" ><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: An Introductory Guide</a>&#x00A0;or the <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11094"></a></a> user manual for further
+details.
+</p><!--l. 2124--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package comes with a number of sample documents that illustrate the various functions. These
+are listed in <a 
+href="#sec:samples">§19 </a><a 
+href="#sec:samples">Sample Documents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:samples --></a>.
+</p><!--l. 2128--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 1897--><p class="noindent" ><a 
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3   </span> <a 
+<!--l. 2128--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:lipsum"></a>Dummy Entries for Testing</h3>
-<!--l. 1900--><p class="noindent" >In addition to the sample files described above, <span 
+<!--l. 2131--><p class="noindent" >In addition to the sample files described above, <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-12001"></a> also provides some files containing
-lorum ipsum dummy entries. These are provided for testing purposes and are on <span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path
-(in <span 
+ id="dx1-12001"></a> also provides some files containing lorum
+ipsum dummy entries. These are provided for testing purposes and are on <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path (in
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries</span>) so they can be included via <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\input</span><a 
- id="dx1-12002"></a> or
-<span 
+ id="dx1-12002"></a> or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><a 
- id="dx1-12003"></a>. The files are as follows:
+ id="dx1-12003"></a>. The
+<a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides <span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12004"></a> versions of all these files for use with <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12005"></a></a>. The files are as
+follows:
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-brief.tex</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">These entries all have brief descriptions. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38">
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25">
      \newglossaryentry{lorem}{name={lorem},description={ipsum}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1910--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 2145--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-long.tex</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">These entries all have long descriptions. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39">
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26">
      \newglossaryentry{loremipsum}{name={lorem&#x00A0;ipsum},
      &#x00A0;<br />description={dolor&#x00A0;sit&#x00A0;amet,&#x00A0;consectetuer&#x00A0;adipiscing
      &#x00A0;<br />elit.&#x00A0;Ut&#x00A0;purus&#x00A0;elit,&#x00A0;vestibulum&#x00A0;ut,&#x00A0;placerat&#x00A0;ac,
@@ -4127,173 +5252,301 @@
      &#x00A0;<br />adipiscing&#x00A0;vitae,&#x00A0;felis.&#x00A0;Curabitur&#x00A0;dictum&#x00A0;gravida
      &#x00A0;<br />mauris.}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1920--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 2155--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-multipar.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description">These entries all have multi-paragraph descriptions.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+class="description">These entries all have multi-paragraph descriptions. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27">
+     \longnewglossaryentry{loremi-ii}{name={lorem&#x00A0;1--2}}%
+     &#x00A0;<br />{%
+     &#x00A0;<br />Lorem&#x00A0;ipsum&#x00A0;...
+     &#x00A0;<br />Nam&#x00A0;dui&#x00A0;ligula...
+     &#x00A0;<br />}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2166--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-symbols.tex</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">These entries all use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
- id="dx1-12004"></a> key. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">
+class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12006"></a> key. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28">
      \newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={alpha},
      &#x00A0;<br />symbol={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
      &#x00A0;<br />description={Quisque&#x00A0;ullamcorper&#x00A0;placerat&#x00A0;ipsum.}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1931--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 2174--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Similar to the previous file but the <span 
-class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
- id="dx1-12005"></a> key isn’t
-     used. Instead the symbol is stored in the <span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-12006"></a> key. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">
+class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12007"></a> key isn’t used. Instead the
+     symbol is stored in the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12008"></a> key. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29">
      \newglossaryentry{sym.alpha}{sort={alpha},
      &#x00A0;<br />name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
      &#x00A0;<br />description={Quisque&#x00A0;ullamcorper&#x00A0;placerat&#x00A0;ipsum.}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1940--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 2183--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-images.tex</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">These entries use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">user1</span><a 
- id="dx1-12007"></a> key to store the name of an
-     image file. (The images are provided by the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12009"></a> key to store the name of an image file. (The
+     images are provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">mwe</span><a 
- id="dx1-12008"></a> package and should be on <span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>’s
-     path.) One entry doesn’t have an associated image to help test for a&#x00A0;missing
-     key.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-12010"></a> package and should be on <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path.) One entry doesn’t have an
+     associated image to help test for a&#x00A0;missing key. The descriptions are long to allow for tests with the text
+     wrapping around the image. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30">
+     \longnewglossaryentry{sedfeugiat}{name={sed&#x00A0;feugiat},
+     &#x00A0;<br />user1={example-image}}%
+     &#x00A0;<br />{%
+     &#x00A0;<br />Cum&#x00A0;sociis&#x00A0;natoque...
+     &#x00A0;<br />Etiam...
+     &#x00A0;<br />}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2199--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-acronym.tex</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">These entries are all abbreviations. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">
      \newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{lid}{LID}{lorem&#x00A0;ipsum
      &#x00A0;<br />dolor}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1952--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 2206--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p><!--l. 2207--><p class="noindent" ><div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you use the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package, then <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12011"></a> is redefined to use <span id="textcolor166"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-12012"></a>
+     with the <span id="textcolor167"><span id="textcolor168"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-12013"></a></span> key set to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>(rather than the default <span 
+class="cmtt-10">abbreviation</span>). This means that you need
+     to set the abbreviation style for the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>category. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">
+     \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2216--><p class="nopar" > </div>
+     </p><!--l. 2217--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description">These entries are all abbreviations that use the
+class="description">This file contains entries that are all abbreviations that use the
      <span 
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-12009"></a> key. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
+class="cmtt-10">description</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12014"></a> key. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
      \newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={fringilla&#x00A0;a,&#x00A0;euismod&#x00A0;sodales,
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sollicitudin&#x00A0;vel,&#x00A0;wisi}]{ndl}{NDL}{nam&#x00A0;dui&#x00A0;ligula}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1961--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 2227--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p><!--l. 2228--><p class="noindent" ><div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you use the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package, then <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12015"></a> is redefined to use <span id="textcolor169"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-12016"></a>
+     with the <span id="textcolor170"><span id="textcolor171"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-12017"></a></span> key set to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>(rather than the default <span 
+class="cmtt-10">abbreviation</span>). This means that you need
+     to set the abbreviation style for the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>category. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">
+     \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short-desc}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2237--><p class="nopar" > </div>
+     </p><!--l. 2238--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description">These entries are all abbreviations, where some of
-     them have a&#x00A0;translation supplied in the <span 
-class="cmss-10">user1</span><a 
- id="dx1-12010"></a> key. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
+class="description">These entries are all abbreviations, where some of them have
+     a&#x00A0;translation supplied in the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12018"></a> key. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">
      \newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,user1={love&#x00A0;itself}]
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{li}{LI}{lorem&#x00A0;ipsum}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1970--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 2247--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p><!--l. 2248--><p class="noindent" ><div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you use the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package, then <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12019"></a> is redefined to use <span id="textcolor172"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-12020"></a>
+     with the <span id="textcolor173"><span id="textcolor174"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-12021"></a></span> key set to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>(rather than the default <span 
+class="cmtt-10">abbreviation</span>). This means that you need
+     to set the abbreviation style for the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>category. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
+     \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short-user}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2257--><p class="nopar" > </div>
+     </p><!--l. 2258--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-parent.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description">These are hierarchical entries where the child entries use
-     the <span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-12011"></a> key. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
+class="description">These are hierarchical entries where the child entries use the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12022"></a> key. For
+     example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">
      \newglossaryentry{sedmattis}{name={sed&#x00A0;mattis},
      &#x00A0;<br />description={erat&#x00A0;sit&#x00A0;amet}
      &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{gravida}{parent={sedmattis},
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={gravida},description={malesuada}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1981--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 2269--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-childnoname.tex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description">These are hierarchical entries where the child
-     entries don’t use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-12012"></a> key. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">
+class="description">These are hierarchical entries where the child entries don’t use the
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12023"></a> key. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38">
      \newglossaryentry{scelerisque}{name={scelerisque},
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={at}}
+     &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{vestibulum}{parent={scelerisque},
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={eu,&#x00A0;nulla}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1989--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 2280--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-cite.tex</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">These entries use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">user1</span><a 
- id="dx1-12013"></a> key to store a citation
-     key (or comma-separated list of citation keys). The citations are defined in
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">xampl.bib</span>, which should be available on all modern <span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distributions. One
-     entry doesn’t have an associated citation to help test for a&#x00A0;missing key. For
+class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12024"></a> key to store a citation key (or comma-separated list
+     of citation keys). The citations are defined in <span 
+class="cmtt-10">xampl.bib</span>, which should be available on all modern
+     <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distributions. One entry doesn’t have an associated citation to help test for a&#x00A0;missing key. For
      example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39">
      \newglossaryentry{fusce}{name={fusce},
      &#x00A0;<br />description={suscipit&#x00A0;cursus&#x00A0;sem},user1={article-minimal}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2001--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 2292--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-url.tex</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">These entries use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">user1</span><a 
- id="dx1-12014"></a> key to store an URL associated
-     with the entry. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48">
+class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12025"></a> key to store an URL associated with the entry. For
+     example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">
      \newglossaryentry{aenean-url}{name={aenean},
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={adipiscing&#x00A0;auctor&#x00A0;est},
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;user1={http://uk.tug.org/}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2010--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 2013--><p class="indent" >   The sample file <span 
-class="cmtt-10">glossary-lipsum-examples.tex </span>in the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">doc/latex/glossaries/samples</span>
-directory uses all these files. See also <a 
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries" class="url" ><span 
-class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries</span></a>.
-The <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-12015"></a> package provides additional test files.
-</p><!--l. 2019--><p class="noindent" >
+     <!--l. 2301--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl>
+<!--l. 2304--><p class="indent" >   The sample file <a 
+href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.tex" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">glossary-lipsum-examples.tex</span></a> in the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">doc/latex/glossaries/samples </span>directory uses all
+these files. See also <a 
+href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries</span></a>.
+</p><!--l. 2308--><p class="indent" >   <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>The <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides the additional test file:
+     </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-xr.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">These entries use the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">see</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12026"></a> key provided by the base <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and also the
+     <span id="textcolor175"><span id="textcolor176"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">alias</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-12027"></a></span> and <span id="textcolor177"><span id="textcolor178"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">seealso</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-12028"></a></span> keys that require <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">
+     \newglossaryentry{alias-lorem}{name={alias-lorem},
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={ipsum},alias={lorem}}
+     &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{amet}{name={amet},description={consectetuer},
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;see={dolor}}
+     &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{arcu}{name={arcu},description={libero},
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;seealso={placerat,vitae,curabitur}}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2325--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl>
+<!--l. 2328--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2019--><p class="noindent" ><a 
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4   </span> <a 
+<!--l. 2328--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:languages"></a>Multi-Lingual Support</h3>
-<!--l. 2022--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, the <span 
+<!--l. 2331--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package uses the <span 
+class="cmss-10">tracklang </span>package to determine the document languages. Unfortunately, because
+there isn’t a standard language identification framework provided with <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>, <span 
+class="cmss-10">tracklang </span>isn’t always able to
+detect the selected languages either as a result of using an unknown interface or where the interface doesn’t
+provide a way of detecting the language. See <a 
+href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/tracklang/" >Localisation with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">tracklang.tex</span></a> for further details.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 2341--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2343--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package can be used with <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
@@ -4300,14 +5553,14 @@
  id="dx1-13001"></a></a> as well as <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-13002"></a></a>. If
-you are writing in a language that uses an <a 
+ id="dx1-13002"></a></a>. If you are writing in a
+language that uses an <a 
 href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabet</a> or <a 
-href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabet</a> it’s
-best to use <a 
+href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabet</a> it’s best to use <a 
 href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a> (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-13003"></a>) or <a 
+ id="dx1-13003"></a>) or
+<a 
 href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a> (<a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
@@ -4314,25 +5567,23 @@
  id="dx1-13004"></a></a>) as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-13005"></a> (<a 
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>) is hard-coded
-for the non-extended <a 
+href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>) is hard-coded for the non-extended <a 
 href="#glo:latinalph">Latin alphabet<a 
  id="dx1-13006"></a></a> and <a 
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> can performed limited ASCII
-comparisons.
-</p><!--l. 2030--><p class="indent" >   This means that with Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>
+can only perform limited ASCII comparisons.
+</p><!--l. 2351--><p class="indent" >   This means that with Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
-href="#option4">4</a> you are not restricted to the A, &#x2026;, Z letter
-groups. If you want to use <span 
+href="#option4">4</a> you are not restricted to the A, &#x2026;, Z letter groups. If you want to use
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-13007"></a>, remember to use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-13008"></a> package option. For
-example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-13008"></a> package option. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">
 \documentclass[frenchb]{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
@@ -4339,171 +5590,158 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{babel}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2039--><p class="nopar" > If you want to use <span 
+<!--l. 2360--><p class="nopar" > If you want to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-13009"></a>, you need to use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">record</span><a 
- id="dx1-13010"></a> option with <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-13011"></a>
-and supply the definitions in <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files. (See the <a 
+ id="dx1-13009"></a>, you need to use the <span id="textcolor179"><span 
+class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-13010"></a> option with <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and supply the definitions in
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a 
+ id="dx1-13011"></a> files. (See the <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-13012"></a></a> user manual for further
-details.)
-</p><!--l. 2045--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although a&#x00A0;<a 
+ id="dx1-13012"></a></a> user manual for further details.)
+</p><!--l. 2366--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although a&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-13013"></a></a>, such as é, looks like a plain character
-in your <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.tex</span><a 
- id="dx1-13014"></a> file, with standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;it’s actually a&#x00A0;macro and can therefore
-cause expansion problems. You may need to switch off the field expansions with
-<span 
+ id="dx1-13013"></a></a>, such as é, looks like a plain character in your <span 
+class="cmtt-10">tex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-13014"></a> file, with
+standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;it’s actually a&#x00A0;macro and can therefore cause expansion problems. You may need to switch
+off the field expansions with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span>. This issue doesn’t occur with XeLaTeX&#x00A0;or Lua<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 2051--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2053--><p class="indent" >   With <span 
+</p><!--l. 2372--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2374--><p class="indent" >   With <span 
 class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a 
  id="dx1-13015"></a>, if you use a&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-13016"></a></a> (or other expandable) character at the
-start of an entry name, you must place it in a group, or it will cause a problem for
-commands that convert the first letter to upper case (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
+ id="dx1-13016"></a></a> (or other expandable) character at the start of an entry
+name, you must place it in a group, or it will cause a problem for commands that convert the first letter to
+upper case (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-13017"></a>). For example:
-</p><div class="alltt">
+ id="dx1-13017"></a>). For example: </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
-<span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry}{elite}{name={{</span></span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">é</span><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">}lite},</span></span>
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">é</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}lite},</span>
 <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">description=</span><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">{select</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">description={select</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;group</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;or</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;class}}</span></span>
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;class}}</span>
 </div>
-</div> (With newer versions of <span 
+</div> For further details, see the “UTF-8” section in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a 
- id="dx1-13018"></a> and <span 
-class="cmss-10">datatool-base</span><a 
- id="dx1-13019"></a> you may be able to omit this grouping.)
-For further details, see the “UTF-8” section in the <span 
-class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a 
- id="dx1-13020"></a> user manual.
-<!--l. 2066--><p class="indent" >   If you are using <a 
+ id="dx1-13018"></a> user manual.
+<!--l. 2385--><p class="indent" >   If you are using <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-13021"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-13019"></a></a> or <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-13022"></a></a>, the application needs to know the encoding of the
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.tex</span><a 
- id="dx1-13023"></a> file. This information is added to the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.aux</span><a 
- id="dx1-13024"></a> file and can be picked up by <a 
+ id="dx1-13020"></a></a>, the application needs to know the encoding of the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">tex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-13021"></a> file. This
+information is added to the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a 
+ id="dx1-13022"></a> file and can be picked up by <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-13025"></a></a>
-and <a 
+ id="dx1-13023"></a></a> and <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-13026"></a></a>. If you use <a 
+ id="dx1-13024"></a></a>. If you use <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-13027"></a></a> explicitly instead of via <span 
+ id="dx1-13025"></a></a>
+explicitly instead of via <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-13028"></a>, you may need to
-specify the encoding using the <span 
+ id="dx1-13026"></a>, you may need to specify the encoding using the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-C</span><a 
- id="dx1-13029"></a> option. Read the <span 
+ id="dx1-13027"></a> option. Read the
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-13030"></a> manual for further details of this
-option.
-</p><!--l. 2075--><p class="indent" >   As from v4.24, if you are writing in German (for example, using the <span 
+ id="dx1-13028"></a> manual for further details of this option.
+</p><!--l. 2394--><p class="indent" >   As from v4.24, if you are writing in German (for example, using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a 
- id="dx1-13031"></a>
+ id="dx1-13029"></a>
 package<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
-href="#fn4x1" id="fn4x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.4</sup></a></span><a 
- id="x1-13032f4"></a>
+href="#fn5x1" id="fn5x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.5</sup></a></span><a 
+ id="x1-13030f5"></a>
 or <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-13033"></a> with the <span 
-class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a 
- id="dx1-13034"></a> package option), and you want to use <a 
+ id="dx1-13031"></a> with the <span 
+class="cmss-10">ngerman </span>package option), and you want to use <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-13035"></a>’s</a> <span 
+ id="dx1-13032"></a>’s</a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-g</span><a 
- id="dx1-13036"></a> option, you’ll
-need to change <a 
+ id="dx1-13033"></a> option, you’ll need to change
+<a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-13037"></a>’s</a> quote character using:
-</p><!--l. 2079--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetQuote</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-13038"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-13034"></a>’s</a> quote character using:
+</p><!--l. 2399--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-13035"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetQuote{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">character</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2081--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2401--><p class="noindent" >
 Note that &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">character</span>&#x27E9; may not be one of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">?</span></span></span> (question mark), <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">|</span></span></span> (pipe) or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">!</span></span></span> (exclamation mark).
-For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+class="cmtt-10">!</span></span></span> (exclamation mark). For
+example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
 \GlsSetQuote{+}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2087--><p class="nopar" > This must be done before <span 
+<!--l. 2407--><p class="nopar" > This must be done before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-13039"></a> and any entry definitions. It’s only applicable
-for <span 
+ id="dx1-13036"></a> and any entry definitions. It’s only applicable for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-13040"></a>. This option in conjunction with <span 
+ id="dx1-13037"></a>. This
+option in conjunction with <span 
 class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a 
- id="dx1-13041"></a> will also cause <span 
+ id="dx1-13038"></a> will also cause <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-13042"></a> to
-use the <span 
+ id="dx1-13039"></a> to use the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-g</span><a 
- id="dx1-13043"></a> switch when invoking <span 
+ id="dx1-13040"></a> switch when invoking
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-13044"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2094--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of <span 
+ id="dx1-13041"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 2414--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-13045"></a>’s shorthands. These aren’t switched on until the start of the
-document, so any entries defined in the preamble won’t be able to use those shorthands.
-However, if you define the entries in the document and any of those shorthands happen to be
-special characters for <a 
+ id="dx1-13042"></a>’s shorthands. These aren’t switched on until the start of the document, so any entries
+defined in the preamble won’t be able to use those shorthands. However, if you define the entries in the
+document and any of those shorthands happen to be special characters for <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-13046"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-13043"></a></a> or <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-13047"></a></a> (such as the double-quote) then this will interfere
-with code that tries to escape any of those characters that occur in the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-13048"></a> key.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 2103--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2105--><p class="indent" >   In general, it’s best not to use <span 
+ id="dx1-13044"></a></a> (such as the
+double-quote) then this will interfere with code that tries to escape any of those characters that occur in the
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-13045"></a> key. </div>
+</p><!--l. 2423--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2425--><p class="indent" >   In general, it’s best not to use <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-13049"></a>’s shorthands in entry definitions. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-13046"></a>’s shorthands in entry definitions. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
@@ -4517,19 +5755,19 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2126--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2128--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+<!--l. 2446--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2448--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a 
- id="dx1-13050"></a> package has the shorthands on in the preamble, so they can be used if
+ id="dx1-13047"></a> package has the shorthands on in the preamble, so they can be used in definitions if
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetQuote </span>has changed the <a 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetQuote </span>has been used to change the <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-13051"></a></a> quote character. Example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-13048"></a></a> quote character. Example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
@@ -4542,96 +5780,101 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2149--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2151--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2469--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2471--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2151--><p class="noindent" ><a 
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.1   </span> <a 
+<!--l. 2471--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:fixednames"></a>Changing the Fixed Names</h4>
-<!--l. 2154--><p class="noindent" >The fixed names are produced using the commands listed in <a 
-href="#tab:predefinednames">table&#x00A0;1.2</a>. If you aren’t using a
-language package such as <span 
+<!--l. 2474--><p class="noindent" >The fixed names are produced using the commands listed in <a 
+href="#tab:predefinednames">table&#x00A0;1.2</a>. If you aren’t using a language package
+such as <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
  id="dx1-14001"></a> or <span 
 class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a 
- id="dx1-14002"></a> that uses caption hooks, you can just redefine
-these commands as appropriate. If you are using <span 
+ id="dx1-14002"></a> that uses caption hooks, you can just redefine these commands as appropriate. If
+you are using <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
  id="dx1-14003"></a> or <span 
 class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a 
- id="dx1-14004"></a>, you need to use their
-caption hooks to change the defaults. See <a 
-href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=latexwords" >changing the words babel uses</a> or read the <span 
+ id="dx1-14004"></a>, you need to use their caption hooks to change the defaults.
+See <a 
+href="https://texfaq.org/FAQ-latexwords" >changing the words babel uses</a> or read the <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-14005"></a> or
-<span 
+ id="dx1-14005"></a> or <span 
 class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a 
- id="dx1-14006"></a> documentation. If you have loaded <span 
+ id="dx1-14006"></a> documentation. If you have
+loaded <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
  id="dx1-14007"></a>, then <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-14008"></a> will attempt to load
-<span 
+ id="dx1-14008"></a> will attempt to load <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
  id="dx1-14009"></a>, unless you have used the <span 
 class="cmss-10">notranslate</span><a 
- id="dx1-14010"></a>, <span 
-class="cmss-10">translate=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14010"></a>,
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">translate</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
  id="dx1-14011"></a> or <span 
-class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-14012"></a> package
-options. If the <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14012"></a> package options. If the <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
- id="dx1-14013"></a> package is loaded, the translations are provided by dictionary files
-(for example, <span 
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span>). See the <span 
+ id="dx1-14013"></a> package is loaded, the translations
+are provided by dictionary files (for example, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span>). See the
+<span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
- id="dx1-14014"></a> package for advice
-on changing translations provided by <span 
+ id="dx1-14014"></a> package for advice on changing translations provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
- id="dx1-14015"></a> dictionaries. If you can’t work out
-how to modify these dictionary definitions, try switching to <span 
+ id="dx1-14015"></a> dictionaries. If you
+can’t work out how to modify these dictionary definitions, try switching to <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
  id="dx1-14016"></a>’s interface using
 <span 
-class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a 
+class="cmss-10">translate</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
  id="dx1-14017"></a>:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">
 \documentclass[english,french]{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{babel}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2175--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span 
+<!--l. 2495--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-14018"></a>’s caption hook mechanism. Note that if you pass the language options
-directly to <span 
+ id="dx1-14018"></a>’s caption hook mechanism. Note that if you pass the language options directly to <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-14019"></a> rather that using the document class options or otherwise passing the same
-options to <span 
+ id="dx1-14019"></a>
+rather that using the document class options or otherwise passing the same options to <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
  id="dx1-14020"></a>, then <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
- id="dx1-14021"></a> won’t pick up the language and no dictionaries will be
-loaded and <span 
+ id="dx1-14021"></a>
+won’t pick up the language and no dictionaries will be loaded and <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-14022"></a>’s caption hooks will be used instead.
+ id="dx1-14022"></a>’s caption hooks will be used
+instead.
 </p>
    <div class="table">
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-<!--l. 2183--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+<!--l. 2503--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="tab:predefinednames"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
 >
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
  <div class="caption" 
 ><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;1.2: </span><span  
 class="content">Customised Text</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-140232 -->
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-3" class="tabular" 
 cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"  
 ><colgroup id="TBL-3-1g"><col 
@@ -4641,34 +5884,34 @@
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-1-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-1"  
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Command Name     </span></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-2"  
-class="td11"> <!--l. 2189--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td11"> <!--l. 2509--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Translator</span>
  <span 
 class="cmbx-10">Key</span>
  <span 
-class="cmbx-10">Word</span>                       </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-3"  
-class="td10"> <!--l. 2190--><p class="noindent" ><span 
-class="cmbx-10">Purpose</span>                             </p></td>
+class="cmbx-10">Word</span>                             </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-3"  
+class="td10"> <!--l. 2510--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Purpose</span>                                     </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-2-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-1"  
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossaryname</span><a 
  id="dx1-14024"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-2"  
-class="td11"> <!--l. 2191--><p class="noindent" ><span 
-class="cmtt-10">Glossary</span>              </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-3"  
-class="td10"> <!--l. 2191--><p class="noindent" >Title
+class="td11"> <!--l. 2511--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">Glossary</span>                  </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-3"  
+class="td10"> <!--l. 2511--><p class="noindent" >Title
  of
  the
  main
- glossary.                                  </p></td>
+ glossary.                                           </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-3-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-1"  
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymname</span><a 
  id="dx1-14025"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2"  
-class="td11"> <!--l. 2192--><p class="noindent" ><span 
-class="cmtt-10">Acronyms</span>              </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3"  
-class="td10"> <!--l. 2192--><p class="noindent" >Title
+class="td11"> <!--l. 2512--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">Acronyms</span>                  </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3"  
+class="td10"> <!--l. 2512--><p class="noindent" >Title
  of
  the
  list
@@ -4681,17 +5924,17 @@
  option
  <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-14026"></a>).                                 </p></td>
+ id="dx1-14026"></a>).                                          </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-4-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-1"  
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span><a 
  id="dx1-14027"></a>           </td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2"  
-class="td11"> <!--l. 2194--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td11"> <!--l. 2514--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">Notation</span>
  <span 
-class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>          </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3"  
-class="td10"> <!--l. 2195--><p class="noindent" >Header
+class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>              </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3"  
+class="td10"> <!--l. 2515--><p class="noindent" >Header
  for
  first
  column
@@ -4707,17 +5950,17 @@
  glossaries
  that
  support
- headers).                                  </p></td>
+ headers).                                           </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-5-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-1"  
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname</span><a 
  id="dx1-14028"></a>     </td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2"  
-class="td11"> <!--l. 2197--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td11"> <!--l. 2517--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">Description</span>
  <span 
-class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>          </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3"  
-class="td10"> <!--l. 2198--><p class="noindent" >Header
+class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>              </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3"  
+class="td10"> <!--l. 2518--><p class="noindent" >Header
  for
  second
  column
@@ -4733,17 +5976,17 @@
  glossaries
  that
  support
- headers).                                  </p></td>
+ headers).                                           </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-6-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-1"  
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span><a 
  id="dx1-14029"></a>          </td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2"  
-class="td11"> <!--l. 2200--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td11"> <!--l. 2520--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">Symbol</span>
  <span 
-class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>          </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3"  
-class="td10"> <!--l. 2200--><p class="noindent" >Header
+class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>              </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3"  
+class="td10"> <!--l. 2520--><p class="noindent" >Header
  for
  symbol
  column
@@ -4756,19 +5999,19 @@
  that
  support
  this
- option.                                    </p></td>
+ option.                                             </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-7-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-1"  
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\pagelistname</span><a 
  id="dx1-14030"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-2"  
-class="td11"> <!--l. 2202--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td11"> <!--l. 2522--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">Page</span>
  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">List</span>
  <span 
-class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>          </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-3"  
-class="td10"> <!--l. 2203--><p class="noindent" >Header
+class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>              </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-3"  
+class="td10"> <!--l. 2523--><p class="noindent" >Header
  for
  page
  list
@@ -4781,17 +6024,17 @@
  that
  support
  this
- option.                                    </p></td>
+ option.                                             </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-8-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-1"  
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolsgroupname</span><a 
  id="dx1-14031"></a> </td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-2"  
-class="td11"> <!--l. 2205--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td11"> <!--l. 2525--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">Symbols</span>
  <span 
-class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>          </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-3"  
-class="td10"> <!--l. 2206--><p class="noindent" >Header
+class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>              </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-3"  
+class="td10"> <!--l. 2526--><p class="noindent" >Header
  for
  symbols
  section
@@ -4804,17 +6047,17 @@
  that
  support
  this
- option.                                    </p></td>
+ option.                                             </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-9-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-1"  
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnumbersgroupname</span><a 
  id="dx1-14032"></a> </td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-2"  
-class="td11"> <!--l. 2208--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td11"> <!--l. 2528--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">Numbers</span>
  <span 
-class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>          </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-3"  
-class="td10"> <!--l. 2208--><p class="noindent" >Header
+class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>              </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-3"  
+class="td10"> <!--l. 2528--><p class="noindent" >Header
  for
  numbers
  section
@@ -4827,29 +6070,28 @@
  that
  support
  this
- option.                                    </p></td>
-</tr></table>                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ option.                                             </p></td>
+</tr></table>                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </div>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
    </div><hr class="endfloat" />
    </div>
-<!--l. 2214--><p class="indent" >   As from version 4.12, multilingual support is provided by separate language modules that
-need to be installed in addition to installing the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. You only need to install
-the modules for the languages that you require. If the language module has an
-unmaintained status, you can volunteer to take over the maintenance by contacting me at
-<a 
+<!--l. 2534--><p class="indent" >   As from version 4.12, multilingual support is provided by separate language modules that need to be
+installed in addition to installing the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. You only need to install the modules for the languages
+that you require. If the language module has an unmaintained status, you can volunteer to take over the
+maintenance by contacting me at <a 
 href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact.html" class="url" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact.html</span></a>. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
- id="dx1-14033"></a> dictionary files for <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-are now provided by the appropriate language module. For further details about
-information specific to a given language, please see the documentation for that language
+ id="dx1-14033"></a>
+dictionary files for <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>are now provided by the appropriate language module. For further details
+about information specific to a given language, please see the documentation for that language
 module.
-</p><!--l. 2226--><p class="indent" >   Examples of use: </p>
+</p><!--l. 2546--><p class="indent" >   Examples of use: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
      <li class="itemize">Using <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
@@ -4856,14 +6098,14 @@
  id="dx1-14034"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
  id="dx1-14035"></a>:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
      \documentclass[english,french]{article}
      &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{babel}
      &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2233--><p class="nopar" > (<span 
+     <!--l. 2553--><p class="nopar" > (<span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
  id="dx1-14036"></a> is automatically loaded).
      </p></li>
@@ -4870,110 +6112,120 @@
      <li class="itemize">Using <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
  id="dx1-14037"></a>:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48">
      \documentclass[english,french]{article}
      &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{babel}
      &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2241--><p class="nopar" > (<span 
+     <!--l. 2561--><p class="nopar" > (<span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
- id="dx1-14038"></a> isn’t loaded).
+ id="dx1-14038"></a> isn’t loaded). The <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14039"></a> as the default if <span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14040"></a> has been
+     loaded.
      </p></li>
      <li class="itemize">Using <span 
 class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a 
- id="dx1-14039"></a>:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
+ id="dx1-14041"></a>:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">
      \documentclass{article}
      &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{polyglossia}
      &#x00A0;<br />\setmainlanguage{english}
      &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2250--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 2572--><p class="nopar" >
 </p>
      </li></ul>
-<!--l. 2254--><p class="indent" >   Due to the varied nature of glossaries, it’s likely that the predefined translations may not
-be appropriate. If you are using the <span 
+<!--l. 2576--><p class="indent" >   Due to the varied nature of glossaries, it’s likely that the predefined translations may not be
+appropriate. If you are using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-14040"></a> package and the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option
+ id="dx1-14042"></a> package and the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14043"></a>, you
+need to be familiar with the advice given in <a 
+href="https://texfaq.org/FAQ-latexwords" >changing the words babel uses</a>. If you are using the
 <span 
-class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-14041"></a>, you need to be familiar with the advice given in <a 
-href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=latexwords" >changing the words
-babel uses</a>. If you are using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
- id="dx1-14042"></a> package, then you can provide your own
-dictionary with the necessary modifications (using <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\deftranslation</span>) and load it using
+ id="dx1-14044"></a> package, then you can provide your own dictionary with the necessary modifications (using
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\usedictionary</span>. If you simply want to change the title of a glossary, you can use the
-<span 
-class="cmss-10">title</span><a 
- id="dx1-14043"></a> key in commands like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\deftranslation</span>) and load it using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\usedictionary</span>. If you simply want to change the title of a glossary, you
+can use the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">title</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14045"></a> key in commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>(but not the iterative commands like
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>).
-</p><!--l. 2266--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span 
+</p><!--l. 2588--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
- id="dx1-14044"></a> dictionaries are loaded at the beginning of the document, so it
-won’t have any effect if you put <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\deftranslation </span>in the preamble. It should be put in your
-personal dictionary instead (as in the example below). See the <span 
+ id="dx1-14046"></a> dictionaries are loaded at the beginning of the document, so it won’t have any effect
+if you put <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\deftranslation </span>in the preamble. It should be put in your personal dictionary instead (as in the
+example below). See the <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
- id="dx1-14045"></a> documentation for
-further details. (Now with <span 
+ id="dx1-14047"></a> documentation for further details. (Now with <span 
 class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a 
- id="dx1-14046"></a> documentation.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 2273--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2275--><p class="indent" >   Your custom dictionary doesn’t have to be just a translation from English to another
-language. You may prefer to have a dictionary for a particular type of document. For
-example, suppose your institution’s in-house reports have to have the glossary labelled as
-“Nomenclature” and the page list should be labelled “Location”, then you can create a file
-called, say,
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-14048"></a> documentation.)
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 2595--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2597--><p class="indent" >   Your custom dictionary doesn’t have to be just a translation from English to another language. You may
+prefer to have a dictionary for a particular type of document. For example, suppose your institution’s in-house
+reports have to have the glossary labelled as “Nomenclature” and the page list should be labelled “Location”,
+then you can create a file called, say,
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50">
 myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict
 </div>
-<!--l. 2283--><p class="nopar" > that contains the following:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 2605--><p class="nopar" > that contains the following:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">
 \ProvidesDictionary{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary}{English}
 &#x00A0;<br />\deftranslation{Glossary}{Nomenclature}
 &#x00A0;<br />\deftranslation{Page&#x00A0;List&#x00A0;(glossaries)}{Location}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2289--><p class="nopar" > You can now load it using:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 2611--><p class="nopar" > You can now load it using:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
 \usedictionary{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2293--><p class="nopar" > (Make sure that <span 
-class="cmtt-10">myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict </span>can be
-found by <span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>.) If you want to share your custom dictionary, you can upload it to
-<a 
+<!--l. 2615--><p class="nopar" > (Make sure that <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict </span>can be found by <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>.) If you want to
+share your custom dictionary, you can upload it to <a 
 href="http://www.ctan.org/" >CTAN</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2298--><p class="indent" >   If you are using <span 
+</p><!--l. 2620--><p class="indent" >   If you are using <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-14047"></a> and don’t want to use the <span 
+ id="dx1-14049"></a> and don’t want to use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
- id="dx1-14048"></a> interface, you can use the
-package option <span 
-class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-14049"></a>. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-14050"></a> interface, you can use the package option
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">translate</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14051"></a>. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53">
 \documentclass[british]{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{babel}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries}
@@ -4982,66 +6234,66 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymname}{List&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Acronyms}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2311--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2313--><p class="indent" >   Note that <a 
+<!--l. 2633--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2635--><p class="indent" >   Note that <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-14050"></a></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-14052"></a></a> and <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-14051"></a></a> provide much better multi-lingual support than <a 
+ id="dx1-14053"></a></a> provide much better multi-lingual support than <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-14052"></a></a>,
-so I&#x00A0;recommend that you use Options&#x00A0;<a 
+ id="dx1-14054"></a></a>, so I&#x00A0;recommend
+that you use Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
-href="#option4">4</a> if you have glossary entries that contain
-<a 
+href="#option4">4</a> if you have glossary entries that contain <a 
 href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-14053"></a>s</a>. See <a 
-href="#sec:xindy"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11 </a><a 
-href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details on <a 
+ id="dx1-14055"></a>s</a>. See <a 
+href="#sec:xindy">§11 </a><a 
+href="#sec:xindy">Xindy
+(Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details on <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-14054"></a></a>, and see the
-<a 
+ id="dx1-14056"></a></a>, and see the <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-14055"></a></a> user manual for further details of that application.
+ id="dx1-14057"></a></a> user manual for further details of that
+application.
 </p>
    <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
  id="pluralsuffix"></a>Creating a New Language Module</h5>
-<!--l. 2323--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+<!--l. 2645--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package now uses the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a 
- id="dx1-15001"></a> package to determine which language modules
-need to be loaded. If you want to create a new language module, you should first read the
-<span 
+ id="dx1-15001"></a> package to determine which language modules need
+to be loaded. If you want to create a new language module, you should first read the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a 
- id="dx1-15002"></a> documentation.
-</p><!--l. 2328--><p class="indent" >   To create a new language module, you need to at least create two files: <span 
+ id="dx1-15002"></a>
+documentation.
+</p><!--l. 2650--><p class="indent" >   To create a new language module, you need to at least create two files called: <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.ldf</span>
-and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.ldf</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15003"></a> and
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">Lang</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.dict </span>where &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9; is the root language name (for
-example, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.dict</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15004"></a> where &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9; is the root language name (for example, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">english</span>) and &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">Lang</span>&#x27E9; is the language name used by <span 
+class="cmti-10">Lang</span>&#x27E9; is
+the language name used by <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
- id="dx1-15003"></a> (for example,
-<span 
+ id="dx1-15005"></a> (for example, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">English</span>).
-</p><!--l. 2335--><p class="indent" >   Here’s an example of <span 
+</p><!--l. 2657--><p class="indent" >   Here’s an example of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span>:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">
 \ProvidesDictionary{glossaries-dictionary}{English}
 &#x00A0;<br />\providetranslation{Glossary}{Glossary}
 &#x00A0;<br />\providetranslation{Acronyms}{Acronyms}
@@ -5052,23 +6304,22 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\providetranslation{Symbols&#x00A0;(glossaries)}{Symbols}
 &#x00A0;<br />\providetranslation{Numbers&#x00A0;(glossaries)}{Numbers}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2347--><p class="nopar" > You can use this as a template for your dictionary file. Change <span 
+<!--l. 2669--><p class="nopar" > You can use this as a template for your dictionary file. Change <span 
 class="cmtt-10">English </span>to the <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
- id="dx1-15004"></a> name
-for your language (so that it matches the file name <span 
+ id="dx1-15006"></a> name for your
+language (so that it matches the file name <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">Lang</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.dict</span>)
-and, for each <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\providetranslation</span>, change the second argument to the appropriate
-translation.
-</p><!--l. 2355--><p class="indent" >   Here’s an example of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.dict</span>) and, for each
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\providetranslation</span>, change the second argument to the appropriate translation.
+</p><!--l. 2677--><p class="indent" >   Here’s an example of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-english.ldf</span>:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">
 \ProvidesGlossariesLang{english}
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsifusedtranslatordict{English}
 &#x00A0;<br />{%
@@ -5114,8 +6365,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\csappto{captions\CurrentTrackedLanguage}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossariescaptionsenglish
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
@@ -5127,64 +6378,59 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glsacrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glsupacrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2413--><p class="nopar" > This is a somewhat longer file, but again you can use it as a template. Replace <span 
-class="cmtt-10">English </span>with
-the <span 
+<!--l. 2735--><p class="nopar" > This is a somewhat longer file, but again you can use it as a template. Replace <span 
+class="cmtt-10">English </span>with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
- id="dx1-15005"></a> language label &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-15007"></a>
+language label &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">Lang</span>&#x27E9; used for the dictionary file and replace <span 
-class="cmtt-10">english </span>with the
-root language name &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9;. Within the definition of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">english </span>with the root language name &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9;. Within
+the definition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossariescaptions</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9;, replace the
-English text (such as “Glossaries”) with the appropriate translation.
-</p><!--l. 2423--><p class="indent" >   <span 
-class="cmbx-10">Note: </span>the suffixes used to generate the plural forms when the plural hasn’t been specified
-are given by <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>(for general entries) and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsupacrpluralsuffix </span>for
-acronyms where the suffix needs to be set using <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glstextup </span>to counteract the effects of
+class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9;, replace the English text (such as “Glossaries”) with the
+appropriate translation.
+</p><!--l. 2745--><p class="indent" >   <span class="warningsymbol">⚠</span> The suffixes used to generate the plural forms when the plural hasn’t been specified are given by
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsacrpluralsuffix </span>for other acronym styles. There’s no guarantee when
-these commands will be expanded. They may be expanded on definition or they may be
-expanded on use, depending on the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>configuration.
-</p><!--l. 2433--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Therefore these plural suffix command definitions aren’t included in the caption
-mechanism as that’s typically not switched on until the start of the document. <span 
-class="cmbx-10">This means</span>
+class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>(for general entries). For abbreviations defined with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsupacrpluralsuffix</span>
+is used for acronyms where the suffix needs to be set using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstextup </span>to counteract the effects of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>and
 <span 
-class="cmbx-10">that the suffix in effect will be for the last loaded language that redefined these</span>
-<span 
-class="cmbx-10">commands. </span>It’s best to initialise these commands to the most common suffix required in
-your document and use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
- id="dx1-15006"></a>, <span 
-class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-15007"></a>, <span 
-class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-15008"></a> etc keys to override exceptions.
+class="cmtt-10">\glsacrpluralsuffix </span>for other acronym styles. There’s no guarantee when these commands will be expanded.
+They may be expanded on definition or they may be expanded on use, depending on the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
+configuration.
+</p><!--l. 2756--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Therefore these plural suffix command definitions aren’t included in the caption mechanism as that’s
+typically not switched on until the start of the document. <strong>This means that the suffix in effect will be for the last
+loaded language that redefined these commands.</strong> It’s best to initialise these commands to the most common
+suffix required in your document and use the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15008"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">longplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15009"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15010"></a> etc keys to override exceptions.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 2442--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2444--><p class="indent" >   If you want to add a regional variation, create a file called <span 
+</p><!--l. 2765--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2767--><p class="indent" >   If you want to add a regional variation, create a file called <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">iso lang</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">iso</span>
+class="cmti-10">iso country</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">.ldf</span>,
+where &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">iso lang</span>&#x27E9; is the ISO language code and &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">iso country</span>&#x27E9; is the ISO country code. For example,
 <span 
-class="cmti-10">country</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.ldf</span>, where &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">iso lang</span>&#x27E9; is the ISO language code and &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">iso country</span>&#x27E9; is the ISO country
-code. For example, <span 
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-en-GB.ldf</span>. This file can load the root language file and
-make the appropriate changes, for example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+class="cmtt-10">glossaries-en-GB.ldf</span>. This file can load the root language file and make the appropriate changes, for
+example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
 &#x00A0;\ProvidesGlossariesLang{en-GB}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\RequireGlossariesLang{english}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsifusedtranslatordict{British}
@@ -5204,20 +6450,19 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2469--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2471--><p class="indent" >   If the translations includes <a 
+<!--l. 2792--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2794--><p class="indent" >   If the translations includes <a 
 href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-15009"></a>s</a>, it’s necessary to provide code that’s
-independent of the input encoding. Remember that while some users may use UTF-8, others
-may use Latin-1 or any other supported encoding, but while users won’t appreciate
-you enforcing your preference on them, it’s useful to provide a UTF-8 version for
-XeLaTeX&#x00A0;users.
-</p><!--l. 2478--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+ id="dx1-15011"></a>s</a>, it’s necessary to provide code that’s independent of the
+input encoding. Remember that while some users may use UTF-8, others may use Latin-1 or any other
+supported encoding, but while users won’t appreciate you enforcing your preference on them, it’s useful to
+provide a UTF-8 version for XeLaTeX&#x00A0;users.
+</p><!--l. 2801--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish.ldf </span>file provides this as follows:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">
 \ProvidesGlossariesLang{irish}
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsifusedtranslatordict{Irish}
 &#x00A0;<br />{%
@@ -5253,24 +6498,24 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossariescaptionsirish
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2515--><p class="nopar" > (Again you can use this as a template. Replace <span 
-class="cmtt-10">irish </span>with your root language label and
+<!--l. 2838--><p class="nopar" > (Again you can use this as a template. Replace <span 
+class="cmtt-10">irish </span>with your root language label and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">Irish </span>with the
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">Irish </span>with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
- id="dx1-15010"></a> dictionary label.)
-</p><!--l. 2520--><p class="indent" >   There are now two extra files: <span 
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish-noenc.ldf </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish-utf8.ldf</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2523--><p class="indent" >   These both define <span 
+ id="dx1-15012"></a> dictionary label.)
+</p><!--l. 2843--><p class="indent" >   There are now two extra files: <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish-noenc.ldf </span>(no encoding information) and
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish-utf8.ldf </span>(UTF-8).
+</p><!--l. 2847--><p class="indent" >   These both define <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossariescaptionsirish </span>but the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">*-noenc.ldf </span>uses <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;accent
-commands:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;accent commands:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58">
 \@ifpackageloaded{polyglossia}%
 &#x00A0;<br />{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newcommand*{\glossariescaptionsirish}{%
@@ -5297,110 +6542,107 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2551--><p class="nopar" > whereas the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">*-utf8.ldf </span>replaces the accent commands with the appropriate UTF-8
-characters.
-</p><!--l. 2556--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2875--><p class="nopar" > whereas the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">*-utf8.ldf </span>replaces the accent commands with the appropriate UTF-8 characters.
+</p><!--l. 2880--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2556--><p class="noindent" ><a 
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5   </span> <a 
+<!--l. 2880--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4   </span> <a 
  id="sec:makeglossaries"></a>Generating the Associated Glossary Files</h3>
-<!--l. 2559--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section is only applicable if you have chosen Options&#x00A0;<a 
+<!--l. 2883--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section is only applicable if you have chosen Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
-href="#option3">3</a>. You can ignore this section
-if you have chosen any of the other options. If you want to alphabetically sort your entries
-always remember to use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
+href="#option3">3</a>. You can ignore this section if you have
+chosen any of the other options. If you want to alphabetically sort your entries always remember to
+use the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-16001"></a> key if the <span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-16002"></a> contains any <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;commands.
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;commands (except if you’re using <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16003"></a></a>).
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 2564--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2566--><p class="noindent" >If this section seriously confuses you, and you can’t work out how to run external
-tools like <a 
+</p><!--l. 2889--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2891--><p class="noindent" >If this section seriously confuses you, and you can’t work out how to run external tools like <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-16003"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-16004"></a></a> or
+<a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-16004"></a></a>, you can try using the <span 
+ id="dx1-16005"></a></a>, you can try using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">automake</span><a 
- id="dx1-16005"></a> package
-option, described in <a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sort"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.4 </a><a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>, but you will need <span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>’s shell escape
-enabled.
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p><!--l. 2572--><p class="indent" >   In order to generate a sorted glossary with compact <a 
+ id="dx1-16006"></a> package option, described in <a 
+href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5 </a><a 
+href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>, but you will need
+<span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>’s shell escape enabled. See also <a 
+href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the
+document build</a>.
+</p><!--l. 2900--><p class="indent" >   In order to generate a sorted glossary with compact <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-16006"></a>s</a>, it is necessary to use an
-external <a 
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> as an intermediate step (unless you have chosen <a 
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>,
-which uses <span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;to do the sorting or <a 
-href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a>, which doesn’t perform any sorting). It is this
-application that creates the file containing the code required to typeset the glossary. <span 
-class="cmbx-10">If this</span>
-<span 
-class="cmbx-10">step is omitted, the glossaries will not appear in your document. </span>The two
-indexing applications that are most commonly used with <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+ id="dx1-16007"></a>s</a>, it is necessary to use an external <a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+application</a> as an intermediate step (unless you have chosen <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, which uses <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;to do the
+sorting or <a 
+href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a>, which doesn’t perform any sorting). It is this application that creates the file
+containing the code required to typeset the glossary. <strong>If this step is omitted, the glossaries will
+not appear in your document.</strong> The two indexing applications that are most commonly used with
+<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;are <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-16007"></a></a> and
-<a 
+ id="dx1-16008"></a></a> and <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-16008"></a></a>. As from version 1.17, the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package can be used with either of these
-applications. Previous versions were designed to be used with <span 
+ id="dx1-16009"></a></a>. As from version 1.17, the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package can be used with either of
+these applications. Previous versions were designed to be used with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-16009"></a> only. With
-the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-16010"></a> package, you can also use <a 
+ id="dx1-16010"></a> only. With the
+<a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package, you can also use <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-16011"></a></a> as the indexing application.
-(See the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-16012"></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-16011"></a></a> as the indexing application. (See the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
+and <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-16013"></a></a> user manuals for further details.) Note that
-<span 
+ id="dx1-16012"></a></a> user manuals for further details.) Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-16014"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-16013"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-16015"></a> have much better multi-lingual support than <span 
+ id="dx1-16014"></a> have much better
+multi-lingual support than <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-16016"></a>, so
-<span 
+ id="dx1-16015"></a>, so <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-16017"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-16016"></a> or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-16018"></a> are recommended if you’re not writing in English. Commands
-that only have an effect when <span 
+ id="dx1-16017"></a> are recommended if you’re not writing in
+English. Commands that only have an effect when <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-16019"></a> is used are described in <a 
-href="#sec:xindy"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11 </a><a 
+ id="dx1-16018"></a> is used are described in <a 
+href="#sec:xindy">§11 </a><a 
 href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option
 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2592--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This is a multi-stage process, but there are methods of automating document compilation
-using applications such as <span 
+</p><!--l. 2920--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This is a multi-stage process, but there are methods of automating document compilation using applications
+such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span><a 
- id="dx1-16020"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-16019"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a 
- id="dx1-16021"></a>. With <span 
+ id="dx1-16020"></a>. With <span 
 class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a 
- id="dx1-16022"></a> you can just add special
-comments to your document source: </p><div class="alltt">
+ id="dx1-16021"></a> you can just add special comments to your document source:
+</p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">%</span><span 
@@ -5417,134 +6659,129 @@
 </div>
 </div> With <span 
 class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span><a 
- id="dx1-16023"></a> you need to set up the required dependencies. </div>
-<!--l. 2603--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2605--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+ id="dx1-16022"></a> you need to set up the required dependencies. </div>
+<!--l. 2931--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2933--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package comes with the Perl script <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-16024"></a></a> which will run
-<a 
+ id="dx1-16023"></a></a> which will run <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-16025"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-16024"></a></a> or <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-16026"></a></a> on all the glossary files using a customized style file (which is created by
-<span 
+ id="dx1-16025"></a></a> on all
+the glossary files using a customized style file (which is created by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-16027"></a>). See <a 
-href="#sec:makeglossariesapp"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.5.1 </a><a 
-href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">Using the makeglossaries Perl Script<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossariesapp --></a> for further details. Perl is
-stable, cross-platform, open source software that is used by a number of <span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>-related
-applications (including <span 
+ id="dx1-16026"></a>). See <a 
+href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.4.1
+</a><a 
+href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">Using the makeglossaries Perl Script<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossariesapp --></a> for further details. Perl is stable, cross-platform, open source
+software that is used by a number of <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>-related applications (including <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-16028"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-16027"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span><a 
- id="dx1-16029"></a>). Most Unix-like operating systems come with
-a&#x00A0;Perl interpreter. <span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live also comes with a&#x00A0;Perl interpreter. MiK<span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;doesn’t come
-with a&#x00A0;Perl interpreter so if you are a&#x00A0;Windows MiK<span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;user you will need to install Perl if
-you want to use <a 
+ id="dx1-16028"></a>).
+Most Unix-like operating systems come with a&#x00A0;Perl interpreter. <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live also comes with a&#x00A0;Perl
+interpreter. MiK<span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;doesn’t come with a&#x00A0;Perl interpreter so if you are a&#x00A0;Windows MiK<span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;user
+you will need to install Perl if you want to use <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-16030"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-16029"></a></a> or <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-16031"></a></a>. Further information is available at
-<a 
+ id="dx1-16030"></a></a>. Further information is
+available at <a 
 href="http://www.perl.org/about.html" class="url" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">http://www.perl.org/about.html</span></a> and <a 
 href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/158796/miktex-and-perl-scripts-and-one-python-script" >MiKTeX and Perl scripts (and one Python
 script)</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2621--><p class="indent" >   The advantages of using <span 
+</p><!--l. 2949--><p class="indent" >   The advantages of using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-16032"></a>: </p>
+ id="dx1-16031"></a>: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
      <li class="itemize">It automatically detects whether to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-16033"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-16032"></a> or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-16034"></a> and sets the relevant
-     application switches.
+ id="dx1-16033"></a> and sets the relevant application
+     switches.
      </li>
      <li class="itemize">One call of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-16035"></a> will run <span 
+ id="dx1-16034"></a> will run <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-16036"></a>/<span 
+ id="dx1-16035"></a>/<span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-16037"></a> for each glossary type.
+ id="dx1-16036"></a> for each glossary type.
      </li>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
      <li class="itemize">If things go wrong, <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-16038"></a></a> will scan the messages from <a 
+ id="dx1-16037"></a></a> will scan the messages from <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-16039"></a></a> or
-     <a 
+ id="dx1-16038"></a></a> or <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-16040"></a></a> and attempt to diagnose the problem in relation to the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
-     This will hopefully provide more helpful messages in some cases. If it can’t diagnose
-     the problem, you will have to read the relevant transcript file and see if you can
-     work it out from the <span 
+ id="dx1-16039"></a></a> and attempt
+     to diagnose the problem in relation to the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. This will hopefully provide more
+     helpful messages in some cases. If it can’t diagnose the problem, you will have to read the relevant
+     transcript file and see if you can work it out from the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-16041"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-16040"></a> or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-16042"></a> messages.
+ id="dx1-16041"></a> messages.
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
      </li>
      <li class="itemize">If <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-16043"></a></a> warns about multiple encap values, <a 
+ id="dx1-16042"></a></a> warns about multiple encap values, <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-16044"></a></a> will detect this
-     and attempt to correct the problem.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
-href="#fn5x1" id="fn5x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.5</sup></a></span><a 
- id="x1-16045f5"></a>
+ id="dx1-16043"></a></a> will detect this and attempt to
+     correct the problem.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+href="#fn6x1" id="fn6x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.6</sup></a></span><a 
+ id="x1-16044f6"></a>
      This correction is only provided by <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-16047"></a></a> when <a 
+ id="dx1-16046"></a></a> when <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-16048"></a></a> is used since
-     <a 
+ id="dx1-16047"></a></a> is used since <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-16049"></a></a> uses the order of the attributes list to determine which format should take
-     precedence. (See <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute </span>in <a 
-href="#sec:xindyloc"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11.2 </a><a 
-href="#sec:xindyloc">Locations and Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyloc --></a>.)
+ id="dx1-16048"></a></a> uses the
+     order of the <a 
+ id="dx1-16049"></a>attributes list to determine which format should take precedence. (see <a 
+href="#sec:xindyloc">§11.2 </a><a 
+href="#sec:xindyloc">Locations
+     and Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyloc --></a>.)
      </li></ul>
-<!--l. 2647--><p class="indent" >   As from version 4.16, the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package also comes with a&#x00A0;Lua script called
-<a 
+<!--l. 2975--><p class="indent" >   As from version 4.16, the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package also comes with a&#x00A0;Lua script called <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a 
- id="dx1-16050"></a></a>. This is a <span 
+ id="dx1-16050"></a></a>. This
+is a <span 
 class="cmti-10">trimmed-down </span>alternative to the <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-16051"></a></a> Perl
-script. It doesn’t have some of the options that the Perl version has and it doesn’t attempt to
-diagnose any problems, but since modern <span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distributions come with Lua<span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;(and
-therefore have a&#x00A0;Lua interpreter) you don’t need to install anything else in order to use
-<a 
+ id="dx1-16051"></a></a> Perl script. It doesn’t have some of the options that the
+Perl version has and it doesn’t attempt to diagnose any problems, but since modern <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distributions come
+with Lua<span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;(and therefore have a&#x00A0;Lua interpreter) you don’t need to install anything else in order to
+use <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a 
  id="dx1-16052"></a></a> so it’s an alternative to <a 
@@ -5556,12 +6793,12 @@
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-16054"></a></a>).
-</p><!--l. 2657--><p class="indent" >   If things go wrong and you can’t work out why your glossaries aren’t being generated
-correctly, you can use <a 
+</p><!--l. 2985--><p class="indent" >   If things go wrong and you can’t work out why your glossaries aren’t being generated correctly, you can use
+<a 
 href="#glo:makeglossariesgui"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a 
- id="dx1-16055"></a></a> as a diagnostic tool. Once you’ve fixed the
-problem, you can then go back to using <a 
+ id="dx1-16055"></a></a> as a diagnostic tool. Once you’ve fixed the problem, you can then go back to using
+<a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-16056"></a></a> or <a 
@@ -5568,17 +6805,16 @@
 href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a 
  id="dx1-16057"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2663--><p class="indent" >   Whilst I strongly recommended that you use the <a 
+</p><!--l. 2991--><p class="indent" >   Whilst I strongly recommended that you use the <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-16058"></a></a> Perl script or
-the <a 
+ id="dx1-16058"></a></a> Perl script or the <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a 
- id="dx1-16059"></a></a> Lua script, it is possible to use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package
-without using those applications. However, note that some commands and package
-options have no effect if you explicitly run <a 
+ id="dx1-16059"></a></a>
+Lua script, it is possible to use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package without using those applications. However, note that some
+commands and package options have no effect if you explicitly run <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-16060"></a></a>/<a 
@@ -5587,38 +6823,36 @@
  id="dx1-16061"></a></a>. These are listed in
 <a 
 href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table&#x00A0;1.3</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2670--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you are choosing not to use <span 
+</p><!--l. 2998--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you are choosing not to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-16062"></a> because you don’t want to install Perl,
-you will only be able to use <span 
+ id="dx1-16062"></a> because you don’t want to install Perl, you will only be able
+to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-16063"></a> as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-16064"></a> also requires Perl. (Other useful Perl
-scripts include <span 
+ id="dx1-16064"></a> also requires Perl. (Other useful Perl scripts include <span 
 class="cmtt-10">epstopdf </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span>, so it’s well-worth the effort to install Perl.)
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 2676--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2678--><p class="indent" >   Note that if any of your entries use an entry that is not referenced outside
-the glossary, you will need to do an additional <a 
+class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span>, so it’s
+well-worth the effort to install Perl.) </div>
+</p><!--l. 3004--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3006--><p class="indent" >   Note that if any of your entries use an entry that is not referenced outside the glossary, you will need to do an
+additional <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-16065"></a></a>, <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-16066"></a></a> or
-<a 
+ id="dx1-16066"></a></a> or <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-16067"></a></a> run, as appropriate. For example, suppose you have defined the following
 entries:<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
-href="#fn6x1" id="fn6x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.6</sup></a></span><a 
- id="x1-16068f6"></a>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+href="#fn7x1" id="fn7x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.7</sup></a></span><a 
+ id="x1-16068f7"></a>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
 \newglossaryentry{citrusfruit}{name={citrus&#x00A0;fruit},
 &#x00A0;<br />description={fruit&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;citrus&#x00A0;tree.&#x00A0;(See&#x00A0;also
 &#x00A0;<br />\gls{orange})}}
@@ -5625,104 +6859,103 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{orange}{name={orange},
 &#x00A0;<br />description={an&#x00A0;orange&#x00A0;coloured&#x00A0;fruit.}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2691--><p class="nopar" > and suppose you have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{citrusfruit}</span></span></span> in your document but don’t reference
-the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">orange </span>entry, then the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">orange </span>entry won’t appear in your glossary until you
-first create the glossary and then do another run of <a 
+<!--l. 3019--><p class="nopar" > and suppose you have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls{citrusfruit}</span></span></span> in your document but don’t reference the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">orange </span>entry, then the
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">orange </span>entry won’t appear in your glossary until you first create the glossary and then do another run of
+<a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-16070"></a></a>, <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-16071"></a></a>
-or <a 
+ id="dx1-16071"></a></a> or <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-16072"></a></a>. For example, if the document is called <span 
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then you must do:
-<spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span>
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span>
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span>
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span>
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2705--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
-(Note that if you use <a 
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, this will be done automatically for you if
-the <span 
-class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs </span>feature is enabled. See the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>user guide for further
-details.)
-</p><!--l. 2711--><p class="indent" >   Likewise, an additional <a 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then you must
+do:
+</p><!--l. 3027--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />pdflatex myDoc
+   <br />makeglossaries myDoc
+   <br />pdflatex myDoc
+   <br />makeglossaries myDoc
+   <br />pdflatex myDoc
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+   <br /></span>
+(In the case of <a 
+href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>, <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16073"></a></a> will scan the description for instances of commands like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to ensure they
+are selected but an extra <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16074"></a></a> call is required to ensure the locations are included, if locations lists are
+required. See the and <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16075"></a></a> manual for further details.)
+</p><!--l. 3040--><p class="indent" >   Likewise, an additional <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-16073"></a></a> and <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run may be required if the
-document pages shift with re-runs. For example, if the page numbering is not reset after the
-table of contents, the insertion of the table of contents on the second <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run may push
-glossary entries across page boundaries, which means that the <a 
+ id="dx1-16076"></a></a> and <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run may be required if the document pages shift with
+re-runs. For example, if the page numbering is not reset after the table of contents, the insertion of the table of
+contents on the second <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run may push glossary entries across page boundaries, which means that the
+<a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-16074"></a>s</a> in the glossary
-may need updating.
-</p><!--l. 2719--><p class="indent" >   The examples in this document assume that you are accessing <a 
+ id="dx1-16077"></a>s</a> in the glossary may need updating.
+</p><!--l. 3048--><p class="indent" >   The examples in this document assume that you are accessing <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-16075"></a></a>, <a 
+ id="dx1-16078"></a></a>, <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-16076"></a></a> or
-<a 
+ id="dx1-16079"></a></a> or <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-16077"></a></a> via a terminal. Windows users can use the MSDOS Prompt which is usually
-accessed via the <span 
+ id="dx1-16080"></a></a> via a
+terminal. Windows users can use the MSDOS Prompt which is usually accessed via the <span 
 class="cmss-10">Start-</span><span 
 class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
-class="cmss-10">All Programs </span>menu or <span 
+class="cmss-10">All Programs</span>
+menu or <span 
 class="cmss-10">Start-</span><span 
 class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
 class="cmss-10">All Programs-</span><span 
 class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
-class="cmss-10">Accessories</span>
-menu.
-</p><!--l. 2725--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, your text editor may have the facility to create a function that will call the
-required application. See <a 
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into
-the document build</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2731--><p class="indent" >   If any problems occur, remember to check the transcript files (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.glg</span><a 
- id="dx1-16078"></a> or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.alg</span><a 
- id="dx1-16079"></a>) for
-messages.
+class="cmss-10">Accessories </span>menu.
+</p><!--l. 3054--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, your text editor may have the facility to create a function that will call the required
+application. See <a 
+href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document
+build</a>.
+</p><!--l. 3060--><p class="indent" >   If any problems occur, remember to check the transcript files (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">glg</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16081"></a> or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">alg</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16082"></a>) for messages.
 </p>
    <div class="table">
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-<!--l. 2734--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+<!--l. 3063--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="tab:makeglossariesCmds"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
 >
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
  <div class="caption" 
 ><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;1.3: </span><span  
 class="content">Commands and package options that have no effect when using <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-16081"></a></a> or
-<a 
+ id="dx1-16084"></a></a> or <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-16082"></a></a> explicitly</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-160803 -->
+ id="dx1-16085"></a></a> explicitly</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-160833 -->
 <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-4" class="tabular" 
 cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"  
 ><colgroup id="TBL-4-1g"><col 
@@ -5735,28 +6968,32 @@
 class="td11"> <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-16083"></a></a> </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-3"  
+ id="dx1-16086"></a></a> </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-3"  
 class="td10"> <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-16084"></a></a>             </td>
+ id="dx1-16087"></a></a>             </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-2-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-1"  
 class="td01"><span 
-class="cmss-10">order=letter</span><a 
- id="dx1-16085"></a>                                       </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-2"  
+class="cmss-10">order</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">letter</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16088"></a>                                        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-2"  
 class="td11"> use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-l</span><a 
- id="dx1-16086"></a>     </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-3"  
+ id="dx1-16089"></a>     </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-3"  
 class="td10"> use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-M</span><a 
- id="dx1-16087"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-16090"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">ord/letorder</span></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-3-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-1"  
 class="td01"><span 
-class="cmss-10">order=word</span><a 
- id="dx1-16088"></a>                                        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-2"  
+class="cmss-10">order</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">word</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16091"></a>                                        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-2"  
 class="td11"> default       </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-3"  
 class="td10"> default                    </td>
 </tr><tr  
@@ -5763,7 +7000,7 @@
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-4-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-1"  
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-16089"></a>=<span 
+ id="dx1-16092"></a>=<span 
 class="cmsy-10">{</span><span 
 class="cmss-10">language=</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -5773,16 +7010,16 @@
 class="td11"> N/A          </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-3"  
 class="td10"> use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-L</span><a 
- id="dx1-16090"></a> &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-16093"></a> &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9; <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-C</span><a 
- id="dx1-16091"></a> &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-16094"></a> &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9;   </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-5-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-1"  
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><a 
- id="dx1-16092"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-16095"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}           </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-2"  
@@ -5789,13 +7026,13 @@
 class="td11"> N/A          </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-3"  
 class="td10"> use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-L</span><a 
- id="dx1-16093"></a> &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-16096"></a> &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9;             </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-6-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-1"  
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span><a 
- id="dx1-16094"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-16097"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}           </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-2"  
@@ -5802,50 +7039,49 @@
 class="td11"> N/A          </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-3"  
 class="td10"> use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-C</span><a 
- id="dx1-16095"></a> &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-16098"></a> &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9;             </td></tr></table>
 </div>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
    </div><hr class="endfloat" />
    </div>
-<!--l. 2757--><p class="noindent" ><a 
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5.1   </span> <a 
+<!--l. 3086--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:makeglossariesapp"></a>Using the makeglossaries Perl Script</h4>
-<!--l. 2760--><p class="noindent" >The <a 
+<!--l. 3089--><p class="noindent" >The <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-17001"></a></a> script picks up the relevant information from the auxiliary (<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.aux</span><a 
- id="dx1-17002"></a>) file
-and will either call <a 
+class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17002"></a>) file and will either call
+<a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-17003"></a></a> or <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-17004"></a></a>, depending on the supplied information. Therefore,
-you only need to pass the document’s name without the extension to <span 
+ id="dx1-17004"></a></a>, depending on the supplied information. Therefore, you only need to pass the document’s
+name without the extension to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-17005"></a>. For
-example, if your document is called <span 
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, type the following in your terminal:
-<spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span>
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span>
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2771--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ id="dx1-17005"></a>. For example, if your document is called <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, type the
+following in your terminal:
+</p><!--l. 3096--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />pdflatex myDoc
+   <br />makeglossaries myDoc
+   <br />pdflatex myDoc
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+   <br /></span>
 You may need to explicitly load <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-17006"></a></a> into Perl: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">perl makeglossaries myDoc</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2775--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
-</p><!--l. 2777--><p class="indent" >   Windows users: <span class="TEX">T<span 
+ id="dx1-17006"></a></a> into Perl:
+</p><!--l. 3102--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />perl makeglossaries myDoc
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+   <br /></span>
+</p><!--l. 3106--><p class="indent" >   Windows users: <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live on Windows has its own internal Perl interpreter and provides
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe </span>as a&#x00A0;convenient wrapper for the <a 
@@ -5857,13 +7093,13 @@
 required even if you run MiKTeX’s <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe</span>, so with MiKTeX you’ll need to install
 Perl.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
-href="#fn7x1" id="fn7x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.7</sup></a></span><a 
- id="x1-17008f7"></a>
+href="#fn8x1" id="fn8x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.8</sup></a></span><a 
+ id="x1-17008f8"></a>
 There’s more information about this at <a 
 href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/158796/19862" class="url" ><span 
-class="cmtt-10">http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/158796/19862</span></a>
-on the TeX.SX site.
-</p><!--l. 2789--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+class="cmtt-10">http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/158796/19862</span></a> on the TeX.SX
+site.
+</p><!--l. 3118--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-17009"></a></a> script attempts to fork the <a 
@@ -5872,45 +7108,43 @@
  id="dx1-17010"></a></a>/<a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-17011"></a></a> process
-using <span 
-class="cmtt-10">open() </span>on the piped redirection <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+ id="dx1-17011"></a></a> process using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">open() </span>on the piped
+redirection <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">2&#x003E;&1</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;|</span></span></span> and parses the processor output to
-help diagnose problems. If this method fails <a 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;|</span></span></span> and parses the processor output to help diagnose problems. If this method fails
+<a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-17012"></a></a> will print an “Unable
-to fork” warning and will retry without redirection. If you run <a 
+ id="dx1-17012"></a></a> will print an “Unable to fork” warning and will retry without redirection. If you run
+<a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-17013"></a></a>
-on an operating system that doesn’t support this form of redirection, then you
-can use the <span 
+ id="dx1-17013"></a></a> on an operating system that doesn’t support this form of redirection, then you can use the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-Q</span><a 
- id="dx1-17014"></a> switch to suppress this warning or you can use the <span 
+ id="dx1-17014"></a>
+switch to suppress this warning or you can use the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-k</span><a 
- id="dx1-17015"></a> switch to
-make <a 
+ id="dx1-17015"></a> switch to make <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-17016"></a></a> automatically use the fallback method without attempting
-the redirection. Without this redirection, the <span 
+ id="dx1-17016"></a></a> automatically use the
+fallback method without attempting the redirection. Without this redirection, the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-q</span><a 
- id="dx1-17017"></a> (quiet) switch doesn’t work as
-well.
-</p><!--l. 2801--><p class="indent" >   You can specify in which directory the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.aux</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17017"></a> (quiet) switch doesn’t
+work as well.
+</p><!--l. 3130--><p class="indent" >   You can specify in which directory the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a 
  id="dx1-17018"></a>, <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.glo</span><a 
+class="cmtt-10">glo</span><a 
  id="dx1-17019"></a> etc files are located using the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-d </span>switch.
-For example: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">pdflatex -output-directory myTmpDir myDoc</span>
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries -d myTmpDir myDoc</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2807--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+class="cmtt-10">-d </span>switch. For
+example:
+</p><!--l. 3133--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />pdflatex -output-directory myTmpDir myDoc
+   <br />makeglossaries -d myTmpDir myDoc
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+   <br /></span>
 Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-17020"></a> assumes by default that <span 
@@ -5917,34 +7151,36 @@
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-17021"></a>/<span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-17022"></a> is on your operating
-system’s path. If this isn’t the case, you can specify the full pathname using <span 
+ id="dx1-17022"></a> is on your operating system’s path. If
+this isn’t the case, you can specify the full pathname using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-m</span><a 
- id="dx1-17023"></a>
-&#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-17023"></a> &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">path/to/makeindex</span>&#x27E9; for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-17024"></a> or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-x</span><a 
- id="dx1-17025"></a> &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-17025"></a>
+&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">path/to/xindy</span>&#x27E9; for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-17026"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2814--><p class="indent" >   As from <a 
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 3143--><p class="indent" >   As from <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-17027"></a></a> v2.18, if you are using <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-17028"></a></a>, there’s a check for
-<span 
+ id="dx1-17028"></a></a>, there’s a check for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-17029"></a>’s multiple encap warning. This is where different encap values (location formats)
-are used on the same location for the same entry. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-17029"></a>’s multiple encap
+warning. This is where different encap values (location formats) are used on the same location for the same
+entry. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
 &#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
@@ -5954,18 +7190,17 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2830--><p class="nopar" > If you explicitly use <a 
+<!--l. 3159--><p class="nopar" > If you explicitly use <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-17030"></a></a>, this will cause a warning and the location list
-will be “1, <span 
-class="cmbx-10">1</span>”. That is, the page number will be repeated with each format. As
-from v2.18, <a 
+ id="dx1-17030"></a></a>, this will cause a warning and the location list will be “1, <span 
+class="cmbx-10">1</span>”. That is, the page
+number will be repeated with each format. As from v2.18, <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-17031"></a></a> will check for this warning and, if found, will attempt
-to correct the problem by removing duplicate locations and retrying. There’s no
-similar check for <a 
+ id="dx1-17031"></a></a> will check for this warning
+and, if found, will attempt to correct the problem by removing duplicate locations and retrying.
+There’s no similar check for <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-17032"></a></a> as <span 
@@ -5972,45 +7207,33 @@
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-17033"></a> won’t produce any warning and will simply discard
 duplicates.
-</p><!--l. 2839--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+</p><!--l. 3168--><p class="indent" >   For a complete list of options do <span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries --help</span>.
+</p><!--l. 3170--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When upgrading the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, make sure you also upgrade your version of <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-17034"></a></a> script contains POD (Plain Old Documentation). If you want, you
-can create a man page for <span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-17035"></a> using <span 
-class="cmtt-10">pod2man</span><a 
- id="dx1-17036"></a> and move the resulting file onto
-the man path. Alternatively do <span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries --help </span>for a list of all options or
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries --version </span>for the version number.
-</p><!--l. 2846--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When upgrading the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, make sure you also upgrade your version of
-<a 
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-17037"></a></a>. The current version is 4.44. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2850--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2852--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-17034"></a></a>. The
+current version is 4.45. </div>
+</p><!--l. 3174--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3176--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2852--><p class="noindent" ><a 
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5.2   </span> <a 
+<!--l. 3176--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:makeglossarieslua"></a>Using the makeglossaries-lite Lua Script</h4>
-<!--l. 2855--><p class="noindent" >The Lua alternative to the <a 
+<!--l. 3179--><p class="noindent" >The Lua alternative to the <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-18001"></a></a> Perl script requires a&#x00A0;Lua interpreter, which
-should already be available if you have a&#x00A0;modern <span class="TEX">T<span 
+ id="dx1-18001"></a></a> Perl script requires a&#x00A0;Lua interpreter, which should already be
+available if you have a&#x00A0;modern <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distribution that includes Lua<span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>.
-Lua is a&#x00A0;light-weight, cross-platform scripting language, but because it’s light-weight it
-doesn’t have the full-functionality of heavy-weight scripting languages, such as Perl. The
-<a 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>. Lua is a&#x00A0;light-weight, cross-platform
+scripting language, but because it’s light-weight it doesn’t have the full-functionality of heavy-weight scripting
+languages, such as Perl. The <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a 
- id="dx1-18002"></a></a> script is therefore limited by this and some of the options
-available to the <a 
+ id="dx1-18002"></a></a> script is therefore limited by this and some of the
+options available to the <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-18003"></a></a> Perl script aren’t available here. (In particular the <span 
@@ -6017,319 +7240,319 @@
 class="cmtt-10">-d</span><a 
  id="dx1-18004"></a>
 option.)
-</p><!--l. 2865--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live on Unix-like systems creates a symbolic link called
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite </span>(without the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.lua </span>extension) to the actual <span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span>
-script, so you may not need to supply the extension. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2871--><p class="noindent" >
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p><!--l. 2873--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+</p><!--l. 3189--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live on Unix-like systems creates a symbolic link called <span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite </span>(without
+the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">lua</span><a 
+ id="dx1-18005"></a> extension) to the actual <span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua </span>script, so you may not need to supply the
+extension. </div>
+</p><!--l. 3195--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3197--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a 
- id="dx1-18005"></a></a> script can be invoked in the same way as <a 
+ id="dx1-18006"></a></a> script can be invoked in the same way as <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-18006"></a></a>.
-For example, if your document is called <span 
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then do <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua myDoc</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2878--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
-or <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite myDoc</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2882--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
-</p><!--l. 2884--><p class="indent" >   <span 
-class="cmti-10">Some </span>of the options available with <a 
+ id="dx1-18007"></a></a>. For example, if your
+document is called <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then do
+</p><!--l. 3200--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />makeglossaries-lite.lua myDoc
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+   <br /></span>
+or
+</p><!--l. 3204--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />makeglossaries-lite myDoc
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+   <br /></span>
+</p><!--l. 3208--><p class="indent" >   <span 
+class="cmti-10">Some </span>of the options available with the Perl <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-18007"></a></a> are also available with
+ id="dx1-18008"></a></a> script are also available with the Lua
 <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a 
- id="dx1-18008"></a></a>. For a complete list of available options, do <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua --help</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2889--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
-</p><!--l. 2893--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-18009"></a></a> script. For a complete list of available options, do
+</p><!--l. 3211--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />makeglossaries-lite.lua --help
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+   <br /></span>
+</p><!--l. 3217--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2893--><p class="noindent" ><a 
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5.3   </span> <a 
+<!--l. 3217--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:xindyapp"></a>Using <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> explicitly (Option 3)</h4>
-<!--l. 2896--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3220--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">Xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-19001"></a></a> comes with <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live. It has also been added to Mik<span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>, but if you don’t have it
-installed, see <a 
-href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/71167/how-to-use-xindy-with-miktex" >How to use Xindy with MikTeX</a> on <a 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>, but if you don’t have it installed, see <a 
+href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/71167/how-to-use-xindy-with-miktex" >How to
+use Xindy with MikTeX</a> on <a 
 href="http://www.stackexchange.com/" ><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;on StackExchange</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2902--><p class="indent" >   If you want to use <a 
+</p><!--l. 3226--><p class="indent" >   If you want to use <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-19002"></a></a> to process the glossary files, you must make sure you have used
-the <span 
+ id="dx1-19002"></a></a> to process the glossary files, you must make sure you have used the <span 
 class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-19003"></a> package option:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-19003"></a> package
+option:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
 \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2907--><p class="nopar" > This is required regardless of whether you use <a 
+<!--l. 3231--><p class="nopar" > This is required regardless of whether you use <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-19004"></a></a> explicitly or whether it’s
-called implicitly via applications such as <a 
+ id="dx1-19004"></a></a> explicitly or whether it’s called implicitly via applications
+such as <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-19005"></a></a>. This causes the glossary
-entries to be written in raw <span 
+ id="dx1-19005"></a></a>. This causes the glossary entries to be written in raw <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-19006"></a> format, so you need to use <span 
+ id="dx1-19006"></a> format, so you need to use
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">-I</span><a 
  id="dx1-19007"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy </span><span 
 class="cmti-10">not </span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">-I</span><a 
- id="dx1-19008"></a>
-<span 
+ id="dx1-19008"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">tex</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2914--><p class="indent" >   To run <a 
+</p><!--l. 3238--><p class="indent" >   To run <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-19009"></a></a> type the following in your terminal (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy -L </span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">language</span>&#x27E9; <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-C </span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">encoding</span>&#x27E9; <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-I xindy -M </span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">style</span>&#x27E9; <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-t </span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">base</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.glg -o </span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">base</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>
-&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">base</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.glo</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2918--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ id="dx1-19009"></a></a> type the following in your terminal (all on one line):
+</p><!--l. 3240--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />xindy -L &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9; -C &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">encoding</span>&#x27E9; -I xindy -M &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9; -t &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9;.glg -o &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9;.gls &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9;.glo
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+   <br /></span>
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9; is the required language name, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">encoding</span>&#x27E9; is the encoding, &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9; is the name of
-the document without the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.tex</span><a 
+class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the document
+without the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">tex</span><a 
  id="dx1-19010"></a> extension and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-19011"></a></a> style file
-without the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a 
- id="dx1-19012"></a> extension. The default name for this style file is &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-19011"></a></a> style file without the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19012"></a> extension. The default
+name for this style file is &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a 
- id="dx1-19013"></a> but can be
-changed via <span 
+class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19013"></a> but can be changed via <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile</span><a 
  id="dx1-19014"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>. You may need to specify the full path name depending
-on the current working directory. If any of the file names contain spaces, you must delimit
-them using double-quotes.
-</p><!--l. 2929--><p class="indent" >   For example, if your document is called <span 
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex </span>and you are using UTF8 encoding in
-English, then type the following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls</span>
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2934--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
-</p><!--l. 2936--><p class="indent" >   Note that this just creates the main glossary. You need to do the same for each of
-the other glossaries (including the list of acronyms if you have used the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>. You may need to specify the
+full path name depending on the current working directory. If any of the file names contain spaces, you must
+delimit them using double-quotes.
+</p><!--l. 3253--><p class="indent" >   For example, if your document is called <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex </span>and you are using UTF8 encoding in English, then type
+the following in your terminal:
+</p><!--l. 3256--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+   <br /></span>
+</p><!--l. 3260--><p class="indent" >   Note that this just creates the main glossary. You need to do the same for each of the other glossaries
+(including the list of acronyms if you have used the <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-19015"></a>
-package option), substituting <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.glg</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19015"></a> package option), substituting <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glg</span><a 
  id="dx1-19016"></a>, <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.gls</span><a 
+class="cmtt-10">gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-19017"></a> and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.glo</span><a 
- id="dx1-19018"></a> with the relevant extensions. For
-example, if you have used the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glo</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19018"></a>
+with the relevant extensions. For example, if you have used the <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-19019"></a> package option, then you would need to do:
-<spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr</span>
+ id="dx1-19019"></a> package option, then you would need to
+do:
+</p><!--l. 3267--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+   <br /></span>
+For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the glossary with
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.acn</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2945--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
-For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the glossary
-with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a 
  id="dx1-19020"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2949--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you use <a 
+</p><!--l. 3273--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you use <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-19021"></a></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-19022"></a></a>
-with just one call to <span 
+ id="dx1-19022"></a></a> with just one call to
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-19023"></a>: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2954--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ id="dx1-19023"></a>:
+</p><!--l. 3276--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />makeglossaries myDoc
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+   <br /></span>
 Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you use <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-19024"></a></a> explicitly
-instead of using <span 
+ id="dx1-19024"></a></a> explicitly instead of using
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-19025"></a>. These are listed in <a 
 href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table&#x00A0;1.3</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2962--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 3286--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-<!--l. 2962--><p class="noindent" ><a 
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5.4   </span> <a 
+<!--l. 3286--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.4   </span> <a 
  id="sec:makeindexapp"></a>Using <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> explicitly (Option 2)</h4>
-<!--l. 2965--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a 
+<!--l. 3289--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-20001"></a></a> explicitly, you must make sure that you haven’t used the <span 
 class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-20002"></a>
-package option or the glossary entries will be written in the wrong format. To run <span 
+ id="dx1-20002"></a> package option or
+the glossary entries will be written in the wrong format. To run <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-20003"></a>,
-type the following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s </span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">style</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.ist -t </span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">base</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.glg -o </span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">base</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">base</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.glo</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2972--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ id="dx1-20003"></a>, type the following in your
+terminal:
+</p><!--l. 3294--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />makeindex -s &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9;.ist -t &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9;.glg -o &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9;.gls &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9;.glo
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+   <br /></span>
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9; is the name of your document without the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.tex</span><a 
+class="cmtt-10">tex</span><a 
  id="dx1-20004"></a> extension and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a 
- id="dx1-20005"></a> is the
-name of the <a 
+class="cmtt-10">ist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20005"></a> is the name of the
+<a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-20006"></a></a> style file. By default, this is &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a 
- id="dx1-20007"></a>, but may be changed via
-<span 
+class="cmtt-10">ist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20007"></a>, but may be changed via <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile</span><a 
  id="dx1-20008"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Note that there are other options, such as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Note
+that there are other options, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-l</span><a 
- id="dx1-20009"></a> (letter ordering). See
-the <span 
+ id="dx1-20009"></a> (letter ordering). See the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-20010"></a> manual for further details.
-</p><!--l. 2981--><p class="indent" >   For example, if your document is called <span 
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then type the following at the
-terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2985--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
-Note that this only creates the main glossary. If you have additional glossaries (for example, if
-you have used the <span 
+ id="dx1-20010"></a> manual for further
+details.
+</p><!--l. 3305--><p class="indent" >   For example, if your document is called <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then type the following at the terminal:
+</p><!--l. 3307--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+   <br /></span>
+Note that this only creates the main glossary. If you have additional glossaries (for example, if you have used the
+<span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-20011"></a> package option) then you must call <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-20012"></a></a> for each glossary,
-substituting <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.glg</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20012"></a></a> for each glossary, substituting <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glg</span><a 
  id="dx1-20013"></a>, <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.gls</span><a 
+class="cmtt-10">gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-20014"></a> and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.glo</span><a 
- id="dx1-20015"></a> with the relevant extensions. For example, if you have used
-the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glo</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20015"></a> with
+the relevant extensions. For example, if you have used the <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-20016"></a> package option, then you need to type the following in your terminal:
-<spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2996--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
-For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the glossary
-with <span 
+ id="dx1-20016"></a> package option, then you need to type the
+following in your terminal:
+</p><!--l. 3318--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+   <br /></span>
+For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the glossary with
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a 
  id="dx1-20017"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3000--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you use <a 
+</p><!--l. 3324--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you use <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-20018"></a></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-20019"></a></a>
-with just one call to <span 
+ id="dx1-20019"></a></a> with just one call
+to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-20020"></a>: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-   <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 3005--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ id="dx1-20020"></a>:
+</p><!--l. 3327--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br />makeglossaries myDoc
+   <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+   <br /></span>
 Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-20021"></a>
-explicitly instead of using <a 
+ id="dx1-20021"></a> explicitly instead of
+using <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-20022"></a></a>. These are listed in <a 
 href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table&#x00A0;1.3</a>.
-</p><!--l. 3012--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3335--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 3012--><p class="noindent" ><a 
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5.5   </span> <a 
- id="sec:notedev"></a>Note to Front-End and Script Developers</h4>
-<!--l. 3015--><p class="noindent" >The information needed to determine whether to use <a 
+<!--l. 3335--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5   </span> <a 
+ id="sec:notedev"></a>Note to Front-End and Script Developers</h3>
+<!--l. 3338--><p class="noindent" >The information needed to determine whether to use <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-21001"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-21001"></a></a>, <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-21002"></a></a> and the
-information needed to call those applications is stored in the auxiliary file. This
-information can be gathered by a front-end, editor or script to make the glossaries where
-appropriate. This section describes how the information is stored in the auxiliary
-file.
-</p><!--l. 3022--><p class="indent" >   The file extensions used by each defined glossary are given by
-</p><!--l. 3023--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\@newglossary</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-21003"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-21002"></a></a> or <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-21003"></a></a> is stored in the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a 
+ id="dx1-21004"></a> file.
+This information can be gathered by a front-end, editor or script to make the glossaries where appropriate. This
+section describes how the information is stored in the auxiliary file.
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 3344--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 3344--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5.1   </span> <a 
+ id="sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy"></a>MakeIndex and Xindy</h4>
+<!--l. 3347--><p class="noindent" >The file extensions used by each defined (but not ignored) glossary are given by
+</p><!--l. 3348--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-22001"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@newglossary{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -6339,80 +7562,122 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">in-ext</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3025--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3350--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">in-ext</span>&#x27E9; is the extension of the <a 
 href="#glo:indexingapp"><span 
-class="cmti-10">indexing application’s</span></a> input file (the output file from the
-<span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s point of view), &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">indexing application’s</span></a> input file (the output file from the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s
+point of view), &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">out-ext</span>&#x27E9; is the extension of the <span 
-class="cmti-10">indexing application’s</span>
-output file (the input file from the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s point of view) and &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">log</span>&#x27E9; is the
-extension of the indexing application’s transcript file. The label for the glossary
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-is also given for information purposes only, but is not required by the indexing
-applications. For example, the information for the default main glossary is written
+class="cmti-10">indexing application’s </span>output file (the input file from the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
+package’s point of view) and &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">log</span>&#x27E9; is the extension of the indexing application’s transcript file. The label for the
+glossary is also given. This isn’t required with <a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-22002"></a></a>, but with <a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-22003"></a></a> it’s needed to pick up the associated
+language and encoding (see below). For example, the information for the default main glossary is written
 as:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
 \@newglossary{main}{glg}{gls}{glo}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3038--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3040--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+<!--l. 3364--><p class="nopar" > If <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>’s</a> hybrid method has been used (with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">sub-list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>), then the sub-list of
+glossaries that need to be processed will be identified with: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor180"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at makeglossaries</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-22004"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 3372--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
 href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application’s</a> style file is specified by
-</p><!--l. 3041--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\@istfilename</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-21004"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 3373--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-22005"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@istfilename{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">filename</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3043--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3375--><p class="noindent" >
 The file extension indicates whether to use <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-21005"></a></a> (<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a 
- id="dx1-21006"></a>) or <a 
+ id="dx1-22006"></a></a> (<span 
+class="cmtt-10">ist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-22007"></a>) or <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-21007"></a></a> (<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a 
- id="dx1-21008"></a>).
-Note that the glossary information is formatted differently depending on which
-indexing application is supposed to be used, so it’s important to call the correct
-one.
-</p><!--l. 3050--><p class="indent" >   Word or letter ordering is specified by:
-</p><!--l. 3051--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\@glsorder</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-21009"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-22008"></a></a> (<span 
+class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-22009"></a>). Note that the glossary information
+is formatted differently depending on which indexing application is supposed to be used, so it’s important to call
+the correct one.
+</p><!--l. 3382--><p class="indent" >   For example, with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a 
+ id="dx1-22010"></a> you can easily determine whether to run <a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-22011"></a></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;arara:</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;makeglossaries</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;if</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;found("aux",</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;"@istfilename")</span>
+</div>
+</div> It’s more complicated if you want to explicitly run <a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-22012"></a></a> or <a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-22013"></a></a>
+<!--l. 3389--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you choose to explicitly call <a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-22014"></a></a> or <a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-22015"></a></a> then the user will miss out on the diagnostic
+information and the encap-clash fix that <a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-22016"></a></a> also provides. </div>
+</p><!--l. 3394--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3396--><p class="indent" >   Word or letter ordering is specified by:
+</p><!--l. 3397--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-22017"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@glsorder{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">order</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3053--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3399--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">order</span>&#x27E9; can be either <span 
 class="cmtt-10">word </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">letter</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3056--><p class="indent" >   If <a 
+</p><!--l. 3402--><p class="indent" >   If <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-21010"></a></a> should be used, the language and code page for each glossary is specified
-by
-</p><!--l. 3058--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\@xdylanguage</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-21011"></a><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\@gls at codepage</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-21012"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-22018"></a></a> should be used, the language and code page for each glossary is specified by
+</p><!--l. 3404--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-22019"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-22020"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@xdylanguage{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -6424,22 +7689,23 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3061--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3407--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; identifies the glossary, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9; is the root language (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">english</span>) and &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; is
-the encoding (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
+class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; is the encoding
+(e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">utf8</span>). These commands are omitted if <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-21013"></a></a> should be
-used.
-</p><!--l. 3067--><p class="indent" >   If <a 
+ id="dx1-22021"></a></a> should be used.
+</p><!--l. 3413--><p class="indent" >   If <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> has been used, the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file will contain
-</p><!--l. 3069--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a 
+ id="dx1-22022"></a> file will contain
+</p><!--l. 3414--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-22023"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@gls at reference{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -6447,1728 +7713,2483 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3070--><p class="noindent" >
-for every time an entry has been referenced. If <a 
+</p><!--l. 3416--><p class="noindent" >
+for every time an entry has been referenced.
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 3419--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 3419--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5.2   </span> <a 
+ id="sec:notedev.labels"></a>Entry Labels</h4>
+<!--l. 3422--><p class="noindent" >If you need to gather labels for auto-completion, the <span 
+class="cmss-10">writeglslabels</span><a 
+ id="dx1-23001"></a> package option will create a file containing the
+labels of all defined entries (regardless of whether or not the entry has been used in the document). The
+<a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package also provides <span id="textcolor181"><span 
+class="cmss-10">docdef</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">atom</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-23002"></a>, which will create the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glsdefs</span><a 
+ id="dx1-23003"></a> file but will act like
+<span id="textcolor182"><span 
+class="cmss-10">docdef</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">restricted</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-23004"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 3429--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 3429--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5.3   </span> <a 
+ id="sec:notedev.bib2gls"></a>Bib2Gls</h4>
+<!--l. 3432--><p class="noindent" ><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-24001"></a></a></span>If <a 
 href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a> has been used, the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file will
-contain one or more instances of
-</p><!--l. 3074--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at resource{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a 
+ id="dx1-24002"></a> file will contain one or more instances of </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor183"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at resource</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-24003"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">basename</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3075--><p class="noindent" >
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-<!--l. 3077--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 3077--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div>
+</div> where &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">basename</span>&#x27E9; is the basename of the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glstex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-24004"></a> file that needs to be created by <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-24005"></a></a>. If <span 
+class="cmtt-10">src=</span>
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">bib list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>isn’t present in &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9; then &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">basename</span>&#x27E9; also indicates the name of the associated <span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a 
+ id="dx1-24006"></a>
+file.
+<!--l. 3442--><p class="indent" >   For example, with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a 
+ id="dx1-24007"></a> you can easily determine whether or not to run <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-24008"></a></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;arara:</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;bib2gls</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;if</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;found("aux",</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;"glsxtr at resource")</span>
+</div>
+</div> (It gets more complicated if both <span id="textcolor184"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at resource</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-24009"></a> and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\@istfilename </span>are present as that indicates the
+hybrid <span id="textcolor185"><span 
+class="cmss-10">record</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">alsoindex</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-24010"></a> option.)
+<!--l. 3451--><p class="indent" >   Remember that with <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-24011"></a></a>, the entries will never be defined on the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;call (because their
+definitions are contained in the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glstex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-24012"></a> file created by <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-24013"></a></a>). You can also pick up labels from the records in
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a 
+ id="dx1-24014"></a> file, which will be in the form: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor186"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-24015"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">h-prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">loc</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div>
+</div> or (with <span id="textcolor187"><span 
+class="cmss-10">record</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">nameref</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-24016"></a>) <div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor188"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record@nameref</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-24017"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">href</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">href</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;anchor</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">href</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div>
+</div> or (with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>) <div class="alltt">
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor189"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at recordsee</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-24018"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">xr</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div>
+</div> You can also pick up the commands defined with <span id="textcolor190"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-24019"></a>, which are added to the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a 
+ id="dx1-24020"></a> file for
+<a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-24021"></a>’s</a> benefit: <div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor191"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtr at newglslike</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-24022"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">label-prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div>
+</div> If <span id="textcolor192"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-24023"></a> is used, then the modifier is identified with: <div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor193"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtr at altmodifier</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-24024"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">character</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div>
+</div> Label prefixes (for the <span id="textcolor194"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\dgls</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-24025"></a> set of commands) are identified with: <div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span id="textcolor195"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtr at prefixlabellist</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-24026"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+<!--l. 3484--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 3484--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">2. <a 
  id="sec:pkgopts"></a>Package Options</h2>
-</p><!--l. 3080--><p class="indent" >   This section describes the available <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package options. You may omit the
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">=true </span>for boolean options. (For example, <span 
+</p><!--l. 3487--><p class="indent" >   This section describes the available <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package options. You may omit the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">=true </span>for boolean options.
+(For example, <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-22001"></a> is equivalent to <span 
-class="cmss-10">acronym=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-22002"></a>).
-The <a 
+ id="dx1-25001"></a> is equivalent to <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronym</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-25002"></a>).
+</p><!--l. 3491--><p class="indent" >   <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has additional options described in the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
-manual.
-</p><!--l. 3086--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>manual. The extension
+package also has some different default settings to the base package. Those that are available at the time of
+writing are included here. Future versions of <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> may have additional package options or new values
+for existing settings that aren’t listed here. </div>
+</p><!--l. 3498--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3500--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; package options can’t be passed via the document class options.
-(This includes options where the &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; package options can’t be passed via the document class options. (This includes options
+where the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; part may be omitted, such as <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-22003"></a>.)
-This is a general limitation not restricted to the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Options that
-aren’t &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-25003"></a>.) This is a general limitation not restricted to the
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Options that aren’t &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; (such as <span 
 class="cmss-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-22004"></a>) may be passed via the document class options.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 3093--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-25004"></a>) may be passed via the document class
+options. </div>
+</p><!--l. 3507--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 3095--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3509--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:pkgopts-general"></a>General Options</h3>
-     <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
-<a 
+<!--l. 3512--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-270002.1"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:nowarn"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">nowarn</span><a 
- id="dx1-23001"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This suppresses all warnings generated by the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Don’t use this
-     option if you’re new to using <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>as the warnings are designed to help detect
-     common mistakes (such as forgetting to use <span 
+class="cmss-10">nowarn</span></h4>
+<!--l. 3512--><p class="noindent" >This suppresses all warnings generated by the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Don’t use this option if you’re new to using
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>as the warnings are designed to help detect common mistakes (such as forgetting to use
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-23002"></a>). Note that the
-     <span 
-class="cmss-10">debug=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-23003"></a> and <span 
-class="cmss-10">debug=showtargets</span><a 
- id="dx1-23004"></a> will override this option.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+ id="dx1-27001"></a>). Note that if you use <span 
+class="cmss-10">debug</span><a 
+ id="dx1-27002"></a> with any value other than <span 
+class="cmss-10">false </span>it will override this
+option.
+</p><!--l. 3519--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-280002.1"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:nolangwarn"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">nolangwarn</span><a 
- id="dx1-23005"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This suppresses the warning generated by a missing language module.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+class="cmss-10">nolangwarn</span></h4>
+<!--l. 3519--><p class="noindent" >This suppresses the warning generated by a missing language module.
+</p><!--l. 3522--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-290002.1"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:noredefwarn"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">noredefwarn</span><a 
- id="dx1-23006"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">If you load <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>with a&#x00A0;class or another package that already defines
-     glossary related commands, by default <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>will warn you that it’s redefining
-     those commands. If you are aware of the consequences of using <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>with that
-     class or package and you don’t want to be warned about it, use this option to
-     suppress those warnings. Other warnings will still be issued unless you use the
-     <span 
+class="cmss-10">noredefwarn</span></h4>
+<!--l. 3522--><p class="noindent" >If you load <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>with a&#x00A0;class or another package that already defines glossary related commands, by default
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>will warn you that it’s redefining those commands. If you are aware of the consequences of using
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>with that class or package and you don’t want to be warned about it, use this option to suppress those
+warnings. Other warnings will still be issued unless you use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">nowarn</span><a 
- id="dx1-23007"></a> option described above.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+ id="dx1-29001"></a> option described above. (This option is
+automatically switched on by <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.)
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 3532--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-300002.1"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:debug"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">debug</span><a 
- id="dx1-23008"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Introduced in version 4.24. The default setting is <span 
-class="cmss-10">debug=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-23009"></a>. This was a
-     boolean option but as from v4.32 it now accepts the values: <span 
+class="cmss-10">debug=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 3532--><p class="noindent" >Introduced in version 4.24. The default setting is <span 
+class="cmss-10">debug</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-30001"></a>. The following values are available: <span 
 class="cmss-10">false</span>, <span 
-class="cmss-10">true </span>and
-     <span 
-class="cmss-10">showtargets</span>. If no value is given, <span 
-class="cmss-10">debug=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-23010"></a> is assumed. Both <span 
-class="cmss-10">debug=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-23011"></a>
-     and <span 
-class="cmss-10">debug=showtargets</span><a 
- id="dx1-23012"></a> switch on the debug mode (and will automatically
-     cancel the <span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span>,
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">showtargets </span>(v4.32+) and <span 
+class="cmss-10">showaccsupp </span>(v4.45+). If no value is given, <span 
+class="cmss-10">debug</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-30002"></a> is assumed.
+</p><!--l. 3538--><p class="indent" >   <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides extra values <span id="textcolor196"><span 
+class="cmss-10">showwrgloss</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-30003"></a>, that may be used to show where the indexing
+is occurring, and <span id="textcolor197"><span 
+class="cmss-10">all</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-30004"></a>, which switches on all debugging options. See the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 3544--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3546--><p class="indent" >   All values other than <span 
+class="cmss-10">debug</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-30005"></a> switch on the debug mode (and will automatically cancel the <span 
 class="cmss-10">nowarn</span><a 
- id="dx1-23013"></a> option). The <span 
-class="cmss-10">debug=showtargets</span><a 
- id="dx1-23014"></a> option will additionally
-     use
-     <!--l. 3126--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsshowtarget</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-23015"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-30006"></a>
+option). The <span 
+class="cmss-10">debug</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">showtargets</span><a 
+ id="dx1-30007"></a> option will additionally use:
+</p><!--l. 3549--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-30008"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsshowtarget{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">target name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3128--><p class="noindent" >
-     to show the hypertarget or hyperlink name in the margin when <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdohypertarget </span>is
-     used by commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 3551--><p class="noindent" >
+to show the hypertarget or hyperlink name when <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdohypertarget </span>is used by commands like
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstarget </span>and when <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdohyperlink </span>is used by commands
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     like <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. This puts the information in the margin using <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\marginpar</span><a 
- id="dx1-23016"></a> unless math mode
-     or inner mode are detected, in which case it puts the information in line enclosed by
-     square brackets. The <a 
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides an additional setting that may be
-     used to show where the indexing is occurring. See the <a 
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further
-     details.
-     </p><!--l. 3139--><p class="noindent" >The purpose of the debug mode can be demonstrated with the following example
-     document:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdohyperlink </span>is used by commands like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. In math mode or inner
+mode, this puts the target name in square brackets just before the link or anchor. In outer mode it
+uses:
+</p><!--l. 3557--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-30009"></a>  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsshowtargetouter{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3559--><p class="noindent" >
+which by default places the target name in the margin. The font is given by:
+</p><!--l. 3562--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-30010"></a>  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsshowtargetfont </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3564--><p class="noindent" >
+The default definition is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\ttfamily\small</span></span></span>. This command is included in the definition of
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsshowtargetouter</span>, so if you want to redefine that command remember to include the font. For
+example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
-     \documentclass{article}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample1},
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={example}}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={example}}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\glsadd{sample2}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-     &#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\gls{sample1}.
-     &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
-     &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63">
+\renewcommand*{\glsshowtargetouter}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{\glsshowtargetfont&#x00A0;[#1]}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3154--><p class="nopar" > In this case, only the <span 
+<!--l. 3572--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3574--><p class="indent" >   Similarly, the <span 
+class="cmss-10">debug</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">showaccsupp</span><a 
+ id="dx1-30011"></a> will add the accessibility support information using:
+</p><!--l. 3576--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-30012"></a>  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsshowaccsupp{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">replacement text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3578--><p class="noindent" >
+This internally uses <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsshowtarget</span><a 
+ id="dx1-30013"></a>. This option is provided for use with <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
+ id="dx1-30014"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 3582--><p class="indent" >   The purpose of the debug mode can be demonstrated with the following example document:
+</p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\documentclass{article}</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\usepackage{glossaries}</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample1},description={example}}</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},description={example}}</span>
+<br /><strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a 
+ id="dx1-30015"></a></strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{sample2}%</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#x003C;-</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;does</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;nothing</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;here</span>
+<br /><strong><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-30016"></a></strong>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\begin{document}</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample1}.</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\end{document}</span>
+</div>
+</div> In this case, only the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample1 </span>entry has been indexed, even though <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd{sample2}</span></span></span>
-     appears in the source code. This is because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd{sample2}</span></span></span> has been used before the
-     associated file is opened by <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsadd{sample2}</span></span></span> appears in the source
+code. This is because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsadd{sample2}</span></span></span> has been used before the associated file is opened by
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-23017"></a>. Since the file isn’t open yet, the
-     information can’t be written to it, which is why the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample2 </span>entry doesn’t appear in
-     the glossary.
-     </p><!--l. 3162--><p class="noindent" >This situation doesn’t cause any errors or warnings as it’s perfectly legitimate for a user
-     to want to use <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to format the entries (e.g.&#x00A0;abbreviation expansion) but not
-     display any lists of terms, abbreviations, symbols etc. Without <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>the
-     indexing is suppressed but, other than that, commands like <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>behave as
-     usual. It’s also possible that the user may want to temporarily comment out
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-30017"></a>. Since the file isn’t open yet, the information can’t be written to it, which is why the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sample2</span>
+entry doesn’t appear in the glossary.
+<!--l. 3603--><p class="indent" >   Without <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>the indexing is suppressed with Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option3">3</a> but, other than that,
+commands like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>behave as usual.
+</p><!--l. 3606--><p class="indent" >   This situation doesn’t cause any errors or warnings as it’s perfectly legitimate for a user to want to use
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to format the entries (e.g.&#x00A0;abbreviation expansion) but not display any lists of terms, abbreviations,
+symbols etc (or the user may prefer to use the unsorted Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option5">5</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option6">6</a>). It’s also possible that the user may
+want to temporarily comment out <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>in order to suppress the indexing while working on a draft
-     version to speed compilation. Therefore <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>can’t be used to
-     enable <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. They must be enabled by default. (It
-     does, however, enable the <span 
-class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-23018"></a> key as that’s a more common problem. See
-     below.)
-     </p><!--l. 3176--><p class="noindent" >The debug mode, enabled with the <span 
+version to speed compilation, or the user may prefer to use Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option1">1</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option4">4</a> for indexing, which don’t use
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
+</p><!--l. 3616--><p class="indent" >   Therefore <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>can’t be used to enable <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>and commands like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. These commands must be enabled by default. (It does, however, enable the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">see</span><a 
+ id="dx1-30018"></a> key as that’s a more
+common problem. See below.)
+</p><!--l. 3621--><p class="indent" >   The debug mode, enabled with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">debug</span><a 
- id="dx1-23019"></a> option,
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-30019"></a> option,
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
-     \usepackage[debug]{glossaries}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
+\usepackage[debug]{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3179--><p class="nopar" > will write information to the log file when the indexing can’t occur because the
-     associated file isn’t open. The message is written in the form
-         </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 3184--><p class="noindent" >Package  glossaries  Info:  wrglossary(&#x27E8;<span 
+<!--l. 3624--><p class="nopar" > will write information to the log file when the indexing can’t occur because the associated file isn’t open. The
+message is written in the form
+     </p><div class="quote">
+     <!--l. 3629--><p class="noindent" >Package glossaries Info: wrglossary(&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9;)(&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;)  on  input  line  &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">line</span>
-         <span 
-class="cmti-10">number</span>&#x27E9;.</p></div>
-     <!--l. 3187--><p class="noindent" >where &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;) on input line &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">line number</span>&#x27E9;.</p></div>
+<!--l. 3632--><p class="noindent" >where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; is the glossary label and &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; is the line of text that would’ve been written to
-     the associated file if it had been open. So if any entries haven’t appeared in the glossary
-     but you’re sure you used commands like <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span>, try switching
-     on the <span 
+class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; is the line of text that would’ve been written to the associated file if it had
+been open. So if any entries haven’t appeared in the glossary but you’re sure you used commands like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>
+or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span>, try switching on the <span 
 class="cmss-10">debug</span><a 
- id="dx1-23020"></a> option and see if any information has been written to the log
-     file.
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
- id="pkgopt:seenoindex"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">seenoindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-23021"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Introduced in version 4.24, this option may take one of three values: <span 
-class="cmss-10">error</span>, <span 
-class="cmss-10">warn </span>or
-     <span 
-class="cmss-10">ignore</span>. The <span 
-class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-23022"></a> key automatically indexes the cross-referenced entry using <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. This
-     means that it suffers from the same problem as the above. If used before
-     the relevant glossary file has been opened, the indexing can’t be performed.
-     Since this is easy to miss, the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package by default issues an error
-     message if the <span 
-class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-23023"></a> key is used before <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. This option allows
-     you to change the error into just a warning (<span 
-class="cmss-10">seenoindex=warn</span><a 
- id="dx1-23024"></a>) or ignore it
-     (<span 
-class="cmss-10">seenoindex=ignore</span><a 
- id="dx1-23025"></a>) if, for example, you want to temporarily comment out
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to speed up the compilation of a draft document by omitting the
-     indexing.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
- id="pkgopt:nomain"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">nomain</span><a 
- id="dx1-23026"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This suppresses the creation of the main glossary and associated <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>file, if
-     unrequired. Note that if you use this option, you must create another glossary in which
-     to put all your entries (either via the <span 
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-23027"></a> (or <span 
-class="cmss-10">acronyms</span><a 
- id="dx1-23028"></a>) package option described in
-     <a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.5 </a><a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a> or via the <span 
-class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a 
- id="dx1-23029"></a>, <span 
-class="cmss-10">numbers</span><a 
- id="dx1-23030"></a> or <span 
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
- id="dx1-23031"></a> options described
-     in <a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts-other"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.6 </a><a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts-other">Other Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-other --></a> or via <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-23032"></a> described in <a 
-href="#sec:newglossary"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>12 </a><a 
-href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New
-     Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>).
-     <!--l. 3218--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the main glossary and you don’t use this option, <a 
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-23033"></a></a> will
-     produce a warning. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 3221--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><div class="alltt">
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="obeylines-v">
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">Warning:</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;File</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;'</span><span 
-class="cmitt-10">filename</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">.glo'</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;is</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;empty.</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">Have</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;you</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;used</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;any</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;entries</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;defined</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;in</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossary</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">'main'?</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">Remember</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;use</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;package</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;option</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;'nomain'</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;if</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">you</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;don't</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;want</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;use</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;main</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossary.</span>
-</div>
-     </div> If you did actually want to use the main glossary and you see this warning, check
-     that you have referenced the entries in that glossary via commands such as
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-23034"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
- id="pkgopt:sanitizesort"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">sanitizesort</span><a 
- id="dx1-23035"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a boolean option that determines whether or not to <a 
-href="#glo:sanitize">sanitize<a 
- id="dx1-23036"></a></a> the sort
-     value when writing to the external glossary file. For example, suppose you define an
-     entry as follows:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
-     \newglossaryentry{hash}{name={\#},sort={#},
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={hash&#x00A0;symbol}}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 3240--><p class="nopar" > The sort value (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">#</span></span></span>) must be sanitized before writing it to the glossary file, otherwise
-     <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;will try to interpret it as a parameter reference. If, on the other hand, you
-     want the sort value expanded, you need to switch off the sanitization. For example,
-     suppose you do:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-30020"></a> option and see if any information has been written to the log
+file.
+</p><!--l. 3639--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
-     \newcommand{\mysortvalue}{AAA}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={sample},
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={\mysortvalue},
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 3252--><p class="nopar" > and you actually want <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\mysortvalue </span>expanded, so that the entry is sorted according
-     to <span 
-class="cmtt-10">AAA</span>, then use the package option <span 
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-23037"></a>.
-     </p><!--l. 3257--><p class="noindent" >The default for Options&#x00A0;<a 
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-310002.1"></a><a 
+ id="pkgopt:savewrites"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">savewrites=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 3639--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option to minimise the number of write registers used by the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. The default is
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">savewrites</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-31001"></a>. With Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
-href="#option3">3</a> is <span 
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-23038"></a>, and the default for <a 
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> is
-     <span 
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-23039"></a>.
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+href="#option3">3</a>, one write register is required per (non-ignored) glossary and one for the
+style file.
+</p><!--l. 3645--><p class="indent" >   With all options except Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option1">1</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option4">4</a>, another write register is required if the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">docdefs</span><a 
+ id="dx1-31002"></a> file is needed to
+save document definitions. With both Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option1">1</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option4">4</a>, no write registers are required (document definitions
+aren’t permitted and indexing information is written to the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a 
+ id="dx1-31003"></a> file). If you really need document definitions
+but you want to minimise the number of write registers then consider using <span id="textcolor198"><span 
+class="cmss-10">docdef</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">restricted</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-31004"></a> with
 <a 
- id="pkgopt:esclocations"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">esclocations</span><a 
- id="dx1-23040"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a boolean option. (The default is <span 
-class="cmss-10">esclocations=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-23041"></a>, but
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-23042"></a> changes it to <span 
-class="cmss-10">esclocations=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-23043"></a>.) Both <a 
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-23044"></a></a> and <a 
-href="#glo:xindy"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-23045"></a></a>
-     are fussy about the location formats (<a 
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-23046"></a></a> more so than <a 
-href="#glo:xindy"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-23047"></a></a>) so the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-     package tries to ensure that special characters are escaped and allows for the location to
-     be substituted for a format that’s more acceptable to the indexing application. This
-     requires a bit of trickery to circumvent the problem posed by <span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>’s asynchronous
-     output routine, which can go wrong and also adds to the complexity of the document
-     build.
-     <!--l. 3271--><p class="noindent" >If you’re sure that your locations will always expand to an acceptable format (or you’re
-     prepared to post-process the glossary file before passing it to the relevant indexing
-     application) then use <span 
-class="cmss-10">esclocations=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-23048"></a> to avoid the complex escaping of location values.
-     (See “Writing information to associated files” in the documented code for further
-     details.)
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
- id="pkgopt:savewrites"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">savewrites</span><a 
- id="dx1-23049"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a boolean option to minimise the number of write registers used by the
-     <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. (Default is <span 
-class="cmss-10">savewrites=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-23050"></a>.) There are only a limited number of
-     write registers, and if you have a large number of glossaries or if you are using a class or
-     other packages that create a lot of external files, you may exceed the maximum number
-     of available registers. If <span 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
+</p><!--l. 3654--><p class="indent" >   There are only a limited number of write registers, and if you have a large number of glossaries
+or if you are using a class or other packages that create a lot of external files, you may exceed
+the maximum number of available registers. If <span 
 class="cmss-10">savewrites</span><a 
- id="dx1-23051"></a> is set, the glossary information will be stored in token
-     registers until the end of the document when they will be written to the external
-     files.
-     <!--l. 3288--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option can significantly slow document compilation and may cause the indexing to
-     fail. Page numbers in the <a 
+ id="dx1-31005"></a> is set, the glossary information will be
+stored in token registers until the end of the document when they will be written to the external
+files.
+</p><!--l. 3662--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option can significantly slow document compilation and may cause the indexing to fail. Page numbers
+in the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-23052"></a></a> will be incorrect on page boundaries due
-     to <span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>’s asynchronous output routine. As an alternative, you can use the
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-31006"></a></a> will be incorrect on page boundaries due to <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>’s asynchronous output routine. As an
+alternative, you can use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">scrwfile</span><a 
- id="dx1-23053"></a> package (part of the KOMA-Script bundle) and not use this option.
-     </div>
-     </p><!--l. 3294--><p class="noindent" >
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     </p><!--l. 3296--><p class="noindent" >You can also reduce the number of write registers by using Options&#x00A0;<a 
-href="#option1">1</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
-href="#option4">4</a> or by
-     ensuring you define all your glossary entries in the preamble.
-     </p><!--l. 3300--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span class="TEX">T<span 
+ id="dx1-31007"></a> package (part of the KOMA-Script bundle) and not use this option.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 3668--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3670--><p class="indent" >   By way of comparison, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sample-multi2.tex </span>provided with <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-31008"></a></a> has a total of
+15 glossaries. With Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option3">3</a>, this would require 46 associated files and 16 write
+registers.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+href="#fn1x2" id="fn1x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a 
+ id="x1-31009f1"></a>
+With <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-31011"></a></a>, no write registers are required and there are only 10 associated files for that particular document
+(9 resource files and 1 transcript file).
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 3680--><p class="indent" >   <span class="warningsymbol">⚠</span>  If you want to use <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>’s <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\write18</span><a 
- id="dx1-23054"></a> mechanism to call <a 
+ id="dx1-31012"></a> mechanism to call <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-23055"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-31013"></a></a> or <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-23056"></a></a> from
-     your document and use <span 
+ id="dx1-31014"></a></a> from your document and use
+<span 
 class="cmss-10">savewrites</span><a 
- id="dx1-23057"></a>, you must create the external files with
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-31015"></a>, you must create the external files with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glswritefiles </span>before you call <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-23058"></a>/<span 
+ id="dx1-31016"></a>/<span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-23059"></a>. Also set <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glswritefiles </span>to
-     nothing or <span 
+ id="dx1-31017"></a>. Also set
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glswritefiles </span>to nothing or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\relax </span>before the end of the document to avoid rewriting the files. For
-     example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">
-     \glswritefiles
-     &#x00A0;<br />\write18{makeindex&#x00A0;-s&#x00A0;\istfilename\space
-     &#x00A0;<br />-t&#x00A0;\jobname.glg&#x00A0;-o&#x00A0;\jobname.gls&#x00A0;\jobname}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\let\glswritefiles\relax
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
+\glswritefiles
+&#x00A0;<br />\write18{makeindex&#x00A0;-s&#x00A0;\istfilename\space
+&#x00A0;<br />-t&#x00A0;\jobname.glg&#x00A0;-o&#x00A0;\jobname.gls&#x00A0;\jobname}
+&#x00A0;<br />\let\glswritefiles\relax
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3312--><p class="nopar" > </div>
-     </p><!--l. 3313--><p class="noindent" >
-     In general, this package option is best avoided.
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+<!--l. 3692--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3694--><p class="noindent" >In general, this package option is best avoided.
+</p><!--l. 3697--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-320002.1"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:translate"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">translate</span><a 
- id="dx1-23060"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This can take the following values:
-         <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
-     <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">translate=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-23061"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="cmss-10">translate=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 3697--><p class="noindent" >This can take the following values:
+     </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-32001"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">If <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-23062"></a> has been loaded and the <span 
+ id="dx1-32002"></a> has been loaded and the <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
- id="dx1-23063"></a> package is installed,
-         <span 
+ id="dx1-32003"></a> package is installed, <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
- id="dx1-23064"></a> will be loaded and the translations will be provided by the <span 
+ id="dx1-32004"></a> will be loaded and the
+     translations will be provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
- id="dx1-23065"></a>
-         package interface. You can modify the translations by providing your own
-         dictionary. If the <span 
+ id="dx1-32005"></a> package interface. You can modify the translations
+     by providing your own dictionary. If the <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
- id="dx1-23066"></a> package isn’t installed and <span 
+ id="dx1-32006"></a> package isn’t installed and <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-23067"></a> is loaded, the
-         <span 
+ id="dx1-32007"></a> is loaded,
+     the  <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-23068"></a> package will be loaded and the translations will be provided
-         using <span 
-class="cmss-10">babel</span>’s <span 
+ id="dx1-32008"></a>  package  will  be  loaded  and  the  translations  will  be  provided  using  <span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span>’s
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\addto\caption</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9; mechanism. If  <span 
+class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9; mechanism. If <span 
 class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a 
- id="dx1-23069"></a> has been
-         loaded, <span 
+ id="dx1-32009"></a> has been loaded, <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-polyglossia</span><a 
- id="dx1-23070"></a> will be loaded.
-         </dd><dt class="description">
-     <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">translate=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-23071"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-32010"></a> will be
+     loaded.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-32011"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Don’t provide translations, even if <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-23072"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-32012"></a> or <span 
 class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a 
- id="dx1-23073"></a> has been
-         loaded. (Note that <span 
+ id="dx1-32013"></a> has been loaded. (Note that <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-23074"></a> provides the command <span 
+ id="dx1-32014"></a> provides
+     the command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossaryname</span><a 
- id="dx1-23075"></a> so that will
-         still be translated if you have loaded <span 
+ id="dx1-32015"></a> so that will still be translated if you have loaded <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-23076"></a>.)
-         </dd><dt class="description">
-     <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">translate=babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-23077"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-32016"></a>.)
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-32017"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Don’t load the <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
- id="dx1-23078"></a> package. Instead load <span 
+ id="dx1-32018"></a> package. Instead load <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-23079"></a>.
-         <!--l. 3339--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> I recommend you use <span 
-class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-23080"></a> if you have any problems with the
-         translations or with PDF bookmarks, but to maintain backward compatibility, if
-         <span 
+ id="dx1-32019"></a>.
+     <!--l. 3720--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> I recommend you use <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-23081"></a> has been loaded the default is <span 
-class="cmss-10">translate=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-23082"></a>. </div>
-         </p><!--l. 3344--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-32020"></a> if you have any problems with the translations or with PDF
+     bookmarks, but to maintain backward compatibility, if <span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-32021"></a> has been loaded the default is <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-32022"></a>.
+     </div>
+     </p><!--l. 3725--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-         </dd></dl>
-     <!--l. 3348--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
+     </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 3729--><p class="indent" >   If <span 
 class="cmss-10">translate</span><a 
- id="dx1-23083"></a> is specified without a value, <span 
-class="cmss-10">translate=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-23084"></a> is assumed. If <span 
+ id="dx1-32023"></a> is specified without a value, <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-32024"></a> is assumed. If <span 
 class="cmss-10">translate</span><a 
- id="dx1-23085"></a> isn’t
-     specified, <span 
-class="cmss-10">translate=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-23086"></a> is assumed if <span 
+ id="dx1-32025"></a> isn’t specified,
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">translate</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-32026"></a> is assumed if <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-23087"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-32027"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a 
- id="dx1-23088"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-32028"></a> or <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
- id="dx1-23089"></a> have been loaded.
-     Otherwise <span 
-class="cmss-10">translate=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-23090"></a> is assumed.
-     </p><!--l. 3354--><p class="noindent" >See <a 
-href="#sec:fixednames"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.4.1 </a><a 
+ id="dx1-32029"></a> have been loaded. Otherwise <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-32030"></a> is
+assumed.
+</p><!--l. 3735--><p class="indent" >   <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> With <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, if <span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-32031"></a> is detected then <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-32032"></a> is automatically passed to the base <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-32033"></a>
+package. </div>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 3739--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3741--><p class="indent" >   See <a 
+href="#sec:fixednames">§1.3.1 </a><a 
 href="#sec:fixednames">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a> for further details.
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+</p><!--l. 3743--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-330002.1"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:notranslate"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">notranslate</span><a 
- id="dx1-23091"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is equivalent to <span 
-class="cmss-10">translate=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-23092"></a> and may be passed via the document class
-     options.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
- id="pkgopt:nohypertypes"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">nohypertypes</span><a 
- id="dx1-23093"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Use this option if you have multiple glossaries and you want to suppress the
-     entry hyperlinks for a particular glossary or glossaries. The value of this option should
-     be a comma-separated list of glossary types where <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-23094"></a> etc shouldn’t have hyperlinks
-     by default. Make sure you enclose the value in braces if it contains any commas.
-     Example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
-     \usepackage[acronym,nohypertypes={acronym,notation}]
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{glossaries}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 3370--><p class="nopar" > The values must be fully expanded, so <span 
-class="cmbx-10">don’t </span>try <span 
-class="cmtt-10">nohypertypes=\acronymtype</span><a 
- id="dx1-23095"></a>. You
-     may also use
-     </p><!--l. 3374--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><a 
- id="dx1-23096"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">notranslate</span></h4>
+<!--l. 3743--><p class="noindent" >This is equivalent to <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-33001"></a> and may be passed via the document class options.
+</p><!--l. 3747--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-340002.1"></a><a 
+ id="pkgopt:hyperfirst"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3375--><p class="noindent" >
-     instead or additionally. See <a 
-href="#sec:glslink"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a 
-href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> for further details.
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
- id="pkgopt:hyperfirst"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">hyperfirst</span><a 
- id="dx1-23097"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a boolean option that specifies whether each term has a hyperlink on <a 
-href="#glo:firstuse">first
-     use</a>. The default is <span 
-class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-23098"></a> (terms on <a 
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> have a hyperlink, unless
-     explicitly suppressed using starred versions of commands such as <span 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 3747--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option that specifies whether each term has a hyperlink on <a 
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. The default is
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-34001"></a> (terms on <a 
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> have a hyperlink, unless explicitly suppressed using starred versions of
+commands such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls*</span><a 
- id="dx1-23099"></a> or
-     by identifying the glossary with <span 
+ id="dx1-34002"></a> or by identifying the glossary with <span 
 class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a 
- id="dx1-23100"></a>, described above). Note that
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-34003"></a>, described above). Note that
+<span 
 class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a 
- id="dx1-23101"></a> overrides <span 
-class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-23102"></a>. This option only affects commands that
-     check the <a 
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such as the <a 
+ id="dx1-34004"></a> overrides <span 
+class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-34005"></a>. This option only affects commands that check the <a 
+href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such as
+the <a 
 href="#sec:gls-like"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands (for example, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-23103"></a> or
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-34006"></a> or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a 
- id="dx1-23104"></a>), but not the <a 
+ id="dx1-34007"></a>), but not the <a 
 href="#sec:glstext-like"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands (for example, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands (for example,
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a 
- id="dx1-23105"></a> or
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-34008"></a> or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a 
- id="dx1-23106"></a>).
-     <!--l. 3391--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+ id="dx1-34009"></a>).
+</p><!--l. 3759--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><a 
- id="dx1-23107"></a> setting applies to all glossary types (unless identified by <span 
+ id="dx1-34010"></a> setting applies to all glossary types (unless identified by <span 
 class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a 
- id="dx1-23108"></a> or
-     defined with <span 
+ id="dx1-34011"></a> or defined
+with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-23109"></a>). It can be overridden on an individual basis by
-     explicitly setting the <span 
-class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a 
- id="dx1-23110"></a> key when referencing an entry (or by using the plus or
-     starred version of the referencing command).
-     </p><!--l. 3398--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you only want to apply this to just the acronyms (where the first use
-     explains the meaning of the acronym) but not for ordinary glossary entries (where the
-     first use is identical to subsequent uses). In this case, you can use <span 
-class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-23111"></a>
-     and apply <span 
+ id="dx1-34012"></a>). It can be overridden on an individual basis by explicitly setting the
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">hyper</span><a 
+ id="dx1-34013"></a> key when referencing an entry (or by using the plus or starred version of the referencing
+command).
+</p><!--l. 3766--><p class="indent" >   It may be that you only want to apply this to just the acronyms (where the first use explains the meaning of
+the acronym) but not for ordinary glossary entries (where the first use is identical to subsequent uses). In this
+case, you can use <span 
+class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-34014"></a> and apply <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall </span>to all the regular (non-acronym) glossaries. For
-     example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
-     &#x00A0;\usepackage[acronym,hyperfirst=false]{glossaries}
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;acronym&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;entry&#x00A0;definitions
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;at&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;end&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;preamble
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsunsetall[main]
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
+&#x00A0;\usepackage[acronym,hyperfirst=false]{glossaries}
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;acronym&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;entry&#x00A0;definitions
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;at&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;end&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;preamble
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsunsetall[main]
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3410--><p class="nopar" >
-     </p><!--l. 3412--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively you can redefine the hook
-     </p><!--l. 3413--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-23112"></a> <span 
+<!--l. 3778--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3780--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can redefine the hook
+</p><!--l. 3781--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-34015"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3415--><p class="noindent" >
-     which is used by the commands that check the <a 
+</p><!--l. 3783--><p class="noindent" >
+which is used by the commands that check the <a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-23113"></a>. Within the
-     definition of this command, you can use <span 
+ id="dx1-34016"></a>. Within the definition of this
+command, you can use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span><a 
- id="dx1-23114"></a> to reference the entry label and
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-34017"></a> to reference the entry label and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstype</span><a 
- id="dx1-23115"></a> to reference the glossary type. You can also use <span 
+ id="dx1-34018"></a> to reference the glossary type. You
+can also use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a 
- id="dx1-23116"></a> to determine if
-     the entry has been used. You can test if an entry is an acronym by checking if it has the
-     <span 
-class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
- id="dx1-23117"></a> key set using <span 
+ id="dx1-34019"></a> to determine if the entry has been used. You can test if an entry is an acronym by
+checking if it has the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">long</span><a 
+ id="dx1-34020"></a> key set using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a 
- id="dx1-23118"></a>. For example, to switch off the hyperlink on first use
-     just for acronyms:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-34021"></a>. For example, to switch off the hyperlink on first use
+just for acronyms:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
-     \renewcommand*{\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifglsused{\glslabel}{}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}}{}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67">
+\renewcommand*{\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifglsused{\glslabel}{}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}}{}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3431--><p class="nopar" >
-     </p><!--l. 3433--><p class="noindent" >Note that this hook isn’t used by the commands that don’t check the <a 
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such
-     as <span 
+<!--l. 3799--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3801--><p class="indent" >   Note that this hook isn’t used by the commands that don’t check the <a 
+href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such as
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a 
- id="dx1-23119"></a>. (You can, instead, redefine <span 
+ id="dx1-34022"></a>. (You can, instead, redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a 
- id="dx1-23120"></a>, which is used by both
-     the <a 
+ id="dx1-34023"></a>, which is used by both the <a 
 href="#sec:gls-like"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;and <a 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;and
+<a 
 href="#sec:glstext-like"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands.)
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
- id="pkgopt:indexonlyfirst"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a 
- id="dx1-23121"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a boolean option that specifies whether to only add information to the
-     external glossary file on <a 
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. The default is <span 
-class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-23122"></a>, which will add a
-     line to the file every time one of the <a 
-href="#sec:gls-like"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;or <a 
-href="#sec:glstext-like"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands are
-     used. Note that <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a 
- id="dx1-23123"></a> will always add information to the external glossary
-     file<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
-href="#fn1x2" id="fn1x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a 
- id="x1-23124f1"></a>&#x00A0;(since
-     that’s the purpose of that command).
-     <!--l. 3447--><p class="noindent" >You can customise this by redefining
-     </p><!--l. 3448--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glswriteentry</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-23125"></a> <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glswriteentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">wr-code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3450--><p class="noindent" >
-     where &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label and &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">wr-code</span>&#x27E9; is the code that writes the entry’s
-     information to the external file. The default definition of <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glswriteentry</span>
-     is:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+</p><!--l. 3806--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a method of disabling the <a 
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> hyperlink according to the entry’s
+associated category. For example, if you only to switch off the <a 
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> hyperlink for abbreviations and
+acronyms then you simply need to set the <span id="textcolor199"><span 
+class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-34024"></a> attribute for the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">abbreviation </span>and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>
+categories. (Instead of using the <span 
+class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span><a 
+ id="dx1-34025"></a> package option.) See the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further
+details.
+</p><!--l. 3815--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
-     \newcommand*{\glswriteentry}[2]{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsindexonlyfirst
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsused{#1}{}{#2}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\else
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#2%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi
-     &#x00A0;<br />}
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-350002.1"></a><a 
+ id="pkgopt:writeglslabels"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">writeglslabels</span></h4>
+<!--l. 3815--><p class="noindent" >This is a valueless option that will create a file called <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\jobname.glslabels</span><a 
+ id="dx1-35001"></a> at the end of the document. This file
+simply contains a list of all defined entry labels (including those in any ignored glossaries). It’s provided for the
+benefit of text editors that need to know labels for auto-completion<a 
+ id="dx1-35002"></a>. (See also <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>’s</a> <span id="textcolor200"><span 
+class="cmss-10">docdef</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">atom</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-35003"></a>
+package option.)
+</p><!--l. 3823--><p class="indent" >   <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> Note that with <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-35004"></a></a> the file will only contain the entries that <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-35005"></a></a> has selected from the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a 
+ id="dx1-35006"></a> files.
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3462--><p class="nopar" > This checks the <span 
-class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a 
- id="dx1-23126"></a> package option (using <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsindexonlyfirst</span>) and does
-     &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">wr-code</span>&#x27E9; if this is <span 
-class="cmss-10">false </span>otherwise it only does &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">wr-code</span>&#x27E9; of the entry hasn’t been
-     used.
-     </p><!--l. 3468--><p class="noindent" >For example, suppose you only want to index the first use for entries in the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>
-     glossary and not in the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>(or any other) glossary:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+</p><!--l. 3826--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3828--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
-     \renewcommand*{\glswriteentry}[2]{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifthenelse{\equal{\glsentrytype{#1}}{acronym}}
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{\ifglsused{#1}{}{#2}}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{#2}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 3477--><p class="nopar" > Here I’ve used <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\ifthenelse </span>to ensure the arguments of <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\equal </span>are fully expanded
-     before the comparison is made.
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
- id="pkgopt:savenumberlist"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">savenumberlist</span><a 
- id="dx1-23127"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a boolean option that specifies whether or not to gather and
-     store the <a 
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-23128"></a></a> for each entry. The default is <span 
-class="cmss-10">savenumberlist=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-23129"></a>. (See
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-360002.1"></a><span id="textcolor201"><a 
+ id="pkgopt:undefaction"></a><span id="textcolor202"><span 
+class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></span><span 
+class="cmss-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>(glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
+<!--l. 3830--><p class="noindent" >The value may be one of:
+     </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">error</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">generate an error if a referenced entry is undefined (default, and only available setting with just
      <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a 
- id="dx1-23130"></a> and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a 
- id="dx1-23131"></a> in <a 
-href="#sec:glsnolink"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a 
-href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms
-     Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>.) This is always true if you use <a 
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>.
-     </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 3490--><p class="noindent" >
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>);
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">warn</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">only warn if a referenced entry is undefined (automatically activated with <a 
+href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>).</dd></dl>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+<!--l. 3839--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 3490--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-370002.1"></a><span id="textcolor203"><a 
+ id="pkgopt:docdef"></a><span id="textcolor204"><span 
+class="cmss-10">docdef</span></span><span 
+class="cmss-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>(glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
+<!--l. 3841--><p class="noindent" >This option governs the use of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. Available values:
+     </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">false</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is not permitted in the <span 
+class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
+ id="dx1-37001"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-37002"></a> environment (default with <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
+     and for <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> with just the base <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package);
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">restricted</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is  only  permitted  in  the  <span 
+class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
+ id="dx1-37003"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-37004"></a>  environment  if  it  occurs  before
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>(not available for some indexing options);
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">atom</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">as <span 
+class="cmss-10">restricted </span>but creates the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">docdefs</span><a 
+ id="dx1-37005"></a> file for use by <span 
+class="cmtt-10">atom</span><a 
+ id="dx1-37006"></a> (without the limitations of <span id="textcolor205"><span 
+class="cmss-10">docdef</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-37007"></a>);
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">true</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is  permitted  in  the  <span 
+class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
+ id="dx1-37008"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-37009"></a>  environment  where  it  would  normally  be
+     permitted by the base <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. This will create the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">docdefs</span><a 
+ id="dx1-37010"></a> file if <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>
+     is found in the <span 
+class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
+ id="dx1-37011"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-37012"></a> environment.</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 3863--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 3863--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:pkgopts-sec"></a>Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options</h3>
-     <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
-<a 
+<!--l. 3866--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-390002.2"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:toc"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">toc</span><a 
- id="dx1-24001"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Add the glossaries to the table of contents. Note that an extra <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run is
-     required with this option. Alternatively, you can switch this function on and off
-     using
-     <!--l. 3497--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glstoctrue</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24002"></a> <span 
+class="cmss-10">toc=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 3866--><p class="noindent" >Add the glossaries to the table of contents. Note that an extra <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run is required with this option.
+Alternatively, you can switch this function on and off using
+</p><!--l. 3869--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-39001"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstoctrue </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3499--><p class="noindent" >
-     and
-     </p><!--l. 3501--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glstocfalse</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24003"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 3871--><p class="noindent" >
+and
+</p><!--l. 3873--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-39002"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstocfalse </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3503--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+</p><!--l. 3875--><p class="noindent" >
+The default value is <span 
+class="cmss-10">toc</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-39003"></a> for the base <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and <span 
+class="cmss-10">toc</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-39004"></a> for <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
+</p><!--l. 3880--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-400002.2"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:numberline"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">numberline</span><a 
- id="dx1-24004"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">When used with <span 
-class="cmss-10">toc</span><a 
- id="dx1-24005"></a>, this will add <span 
+class="cmss-10">numberline=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+<!--l. 3880--><p class="noindent" >When used with the above <span 
+class="cmss-10">toc</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-40001"></a> option, this will add <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\numberline</span><a 
- id="dx1-24006"></a><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+ id="dx1-40002"></a><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span> in the final argument of
-     <span 
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\addcontentsline</span><a 
- id="dx1-24007"></a>. This will align the table of contents entry with the numbered
-     section titles. Note that this option has no effect if the <span 
+ id="dx1-40003"></a>. This will align the table of contents entry with the numbered section titles. Note that this
+option has no effect if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">toc</span><a 
- id="dx1-24008"></a> option is omitted. If <span 
+ id="dx1-40004"></a> option is omitted. If <span 
 class="cmss-10">toc</span><a 
- id="dx1-24009"></a> is
-     used without <span 
+ id="dx1-40005"></a> is used without <span 
 class="cmss-10">numberline</span><a 
- id="dx1-24010"></a>, the title will be aligned with the section numbers rather than
-     the section titles.
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+ id="dx1-40006"></a>, the title will be aligned with
+the section numbers rather than the section titles.
+</p><!--l. 3889--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-410002.2"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:section"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">section</span><a 
- id="dx1-24011"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; option. Its value should be the name of a sectional unit
-     (e.g.&#x00A0;chapter). This will make the glossaries appear in the named sectional unit,
-     otherwise each glossary will appear in a chapter, if chapters exist, otherwise in a section.
-     Unnumbered sectional units will be used by default. Example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">
-     \usepackage[section=subsection]{glossaries}
+class="cmss-10">section=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 3891--><p class="noindent" >This option indicates the sectional unit to use for the glossary. The value should be the control
+sequence <span 
+class="cmti-10">name </span>without the leading backslash or following star (e.g.&#x00A0;just <span 
+class="cmtt-10">chapter </span>not <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\chapter </span>or
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">chapter*</span>).
+</p><!--l. 3896--><p class="indent" >   The default behaviour is for the glossary heading to use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\chapter</span>, if that command exists, or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\section</span>
+otherwise. The starred or unstarred form is determined by the <span 
+class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a 
+ id="dx1-41001"></a> option.
+</p><!--l. 3900--><p class="indent" >   Example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
+\usepackage[section=subsection]{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3521--><p class="nopar" > You can omit the value if you want to use sections, i.e.&#x00A0;
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 3903--><p class="nopar" > You can omit the value if you want to use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\section</span>, i.e.&#x00A0;
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
-     \usepackage[section]{glossaries}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
+\usepackage[section]{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3525--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 3907--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82">
-     \usepackage[section=section]{glossaries}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
+\usepackage[section=section]{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3529--><p class="nopar" > You can change this value later in the document using
-     </p><!--l. 3531--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\setglossarysection</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24012"></a> <span 
+<!--l. 3911--><p class="nopar" > You can change this value later in the document using
+</p><!--l. 3913--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-41002"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setglossarysection{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3533--><p class="noindent" >
-     where &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 3915--><p class="noindent" >
+where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the sectional unit.
-     </p><!--l. 3536--><p class="noindent" >The start of each glossary adds information to the page header via
-     </p><!--l. 3537--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsglossarymark</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24013"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 3918--><p class="indent" >   The start of each glossary adds information to the page header via
+</p><!--l. 3919--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-41003"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary title</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3539--><p class="noindent" >
-     By default this uses <span 
+</p><!--l. 3921--><p class="noindent" >
+By default this uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@mkboth</span><span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn2x2" id="fn2x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.2</sup></a></span><a 
- id="x1-24014f2"></a>
-     but you may need to redefine it. For example, to only change the right header:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="x1-41004f2"></a>
+but you may need to redefine it. For example, to only change the right header:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
-     \renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{\markright{#1}}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
+\renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{\markright{#1}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3546--><p class="nopar" > or to prevent it from changing the headers:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 3928--><p class="nopar" > or to prevent it from changing the headers:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84">
-     \renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
+\renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3550--><p class="nopar" > If you want <span 
+<!--l. 3932--><p class="nopar" > If you want <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase </span>in the header, use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">ucmark</span><a 
- id="dx1-24017"></a>
-     option described below.
-     </p><!--l. 3554--><p class="noindent" >Occasionally you may find that another package defines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\cleardoublepage </span>when it is
-     not required. This may cause an unwanted blank page to appear before each glossary.
-     This can be fixed by redefining <span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsclearpage</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24018"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-41007"></a> option described
+below.
+</p><!--l. 3936--><p class="indent" >   Occasionally you may find that another package defines <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\cleardoublepage </span>when it is not required. This
+may cause an unwanted blank page to appear before each glossary. This can be fixed by redefining
+<a 
+ id="dx1-41008"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsclearpage</span>:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
-     \renewcommand*{\glsclearpage}{\clearpage}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
+\renewcommand*{\glsclearpage}{\clearpage}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3560--><p class="nopar" >
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+<!--l. 3942--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3944--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-420002.2"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:ucmark"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">ucmark</span><a 
- id="dx1-24019"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a boolean option (default: <span 
-class="cmss-10">ucmark=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-24020"></a>, unless <span 
+class="cmss-10">ucmark=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 3944--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option. The default is <span 
+class="cmss-10">ucmark</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-42001"></a>, unless <span 
 class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a 
- id="dx1-24021"></a> has been loaded,
-     in which case it defaults to <span 
-class="cmss-10">ucmark=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-24022"></a>). If set, <span 
+ id="dx1-42002"></a> has been loaded, in which case the default
+is <span 
+class="cmss-10">ucmark</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-42003"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 3948--><p class="indent" >   If  set,  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span><a 
- id="dx1-24023"></a> uses
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-42004"></a> uses
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\MakeTextUppercase</span><a 
- id="dx1-24024"></a><span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+ id="dx1-42005"></a><span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn3x2" id="fn3x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.3</sup></a></span><a 
- id="x1-24025f3"></a>.
-     You can test whether this option has been set or not using
-     <!--l. 3573--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\ifglsucmark</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24030"></a> <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsucmark </span>&#x27E8;<span 
+ id="x1-42006f3"></a>.
+You can test whether this option has been set or not using
+</p><!--l. 3957--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\ifglsucmark</span><a 
+ id="dx1-42011"></a> &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\else </span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\fi </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3575--><p class="noindent" >
-     For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+</p><!--l. 3958--><p class="noindent" >
+For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86">
-     \renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsucmark
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\markright{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\else
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\markright{#1}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">
+\renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsucmark
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\markright{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\else
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\markright{#1}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3584--><p class="nopar" > If <span 
+<!--l. 3967--><p class="nopar" > If <span 
 class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a 
- id="dx1-24031"></a> has been loaded and <span 
-class="cmss-10">ucfirst</span><a 
- id="dx1-24032"></a> is set, then <span 
+ id="dx1-42012"></a> has been loaded and <span 
+class="cmss-10">ucmark</span><a 
+ id="dx1-42013"></a> is set, then <span 
 class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a 
- id="dx1-24033"></a>’s <span 
+ id="dx1-42014"></a>’s <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\memUChead</span><a 
- id="dx1-24034"></a> is
-     used.
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+ id="dx1-42015"></a> is used.
+</p><!--l. 3971--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-430002.2"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:numberedsection"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">numberedsection</span><a 
- id="dx1-24035"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">The glossaries are placed in unnumbered sectional units by default, but
-     this can be changed using <span 
+class="cmss-10">numberedsection=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 3972--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries are placed in unnumbered sectional units by default, but this can be changed using
+<span 
 class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a 
- id="dx1-24036"></a>. This option can take one of the following
-     values:
-         <ul class="itemize1">
-         <li class="itemize"><span 
+ id="dx1-43001"></a>. This option can take one of the following values: </p>
+     <ul class="itemize1">
+     <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
- id="dx1-24037"></a>:
-         no number, i.e.&#x00A0;use starred form of sectioning command (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\chapter* </span>or
-         <span 
+ id="dx1-43002"></a>: no number, i.e.&#x00A0;use starred form of sectioning command (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\chapter* </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\section*</span>);
-         </li>
-         <li class="itemize"><span 
+     </li>
+     <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nolabel</span><a 
- id="dx1-24038"></a>:  use  a  numbered  section,  i.e.&#x00A0;the  unstarred  form  of  sectioning
-         command (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\chapter </span>or <span 
+ id="dx1-43003"></a>: use a numbered section, i.e.&#x00A0;the unstarred form of sectioning command (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\chapter </span>or
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\section</span>), but the section not labelled;
-         </li>
-         <li class="itemize"><span 
+     </li>
+     <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmss-10">autolabel</span><a 
- id="dx1-24039"></a>: numbered with automatic labelling. Each glossary uses the unstarred
-         form of a sectioning command (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
+ id="dx1-43004"></a>: numbered with automatic labelling. Each glossary uses the unstarred form of a sectioning
+     command (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\chapter </span>or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\section</span>) and is assigned a label
-         (via <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\section</span>) and is assigned a label (via <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\label</span><a 
- id="dx1-24040"></a>). The label is formed from
-         <!--l. 3605--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsautoprefix</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-24041"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-43005"></a>). The label is formed
+     from
+     <!--l. 3988--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-43006"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9; </div><hr>
-         </p><!--l. 3607--><p class="noindent" >
-         where &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; is the label identifying that glossary. The default value of
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>is empty. For example, if you load <span 
+     </p><!--l. 3990--><p class="noindent" >
+     where &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; is the label identifying that glossary. The default value of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>is empty. For
+     example, if you load <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>using:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
-         \usepackage[section,numberedsection=autolabel]
-         &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{glossaries}
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
+     \usepackage[section,numberedsection=autolabel]
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{glossaries}
 </div>
-         <!--l. 3615--><p class="nopar" > then each glossary will appear in a numbered section, and can be referenced using
-         something like:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+     <!--l. 3998--><p class="nopar" > then each glossary will appear in a numbered section, and can be referenced using something
+     like:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88">
-         The&#x00A0;main&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;section~\ref{main}&#x00A0;and
-         &#x00A0;<br />the&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;section~\ref{acronym}.
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
+     The&#x00A0;main&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;section~\ref{main}&#x00A0;and
+     &#x00A0;<br />the&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;section~\ref{acronym}.
 </div>
-         <!--l. 3621--><p class="nopar" > If you can’t decide whether to have the acronyms in the main glossary or a
-         separate list of acronyms, you can use <span 
+     <!--l. 4004--><p class="nopar" > If you can’t decide whether to have the acronyms in the main glossary or a separate list of acronyms, you
+     can use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a 
- id="dx1-24042"></a> which is set to <span 
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>if the
-         <span 
+ id="dx1-43007"></a> which is set to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">main </span>if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-24043"></a> option is not used and is set to <span 
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>if the <span 
+ id="dx1-43008"></a> option is not used and is set to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>if the
+     <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-24044"></a> option is used. For
-         example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-43009"></a> option is used. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89">
-         The&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;section~\ref{\acronymtype}.
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
+     The&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;section~\ref{\acronymtype}.
 </div>
-         <!--l. 3629--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine the prefix if the default label clashes with another label in your
-         document. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+     <!--l. 4012--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine the prefix if the default label clashes with another label in your document. For
+     example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90">
-         \renewcommand*{\glsautoprefix}{glo:}
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
+     \renewcommand*{\glsautoprefix}{glo:}
 </div>
-         <!--l. 3635--><p class="nopar" > will add <span 
-class="cmtt-10">glo: </span>to the automatically generated label, so you can then, for example,
-         refer to the list of acronyms as follows:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+     <!--l. 4018--><p class="nopar" > will add <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glo: </span>to the automatically generated label, so you can then, for example, refer to the list of
+     acronyms as follows:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91">
-         The&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in
-         &#x00A0;<br />section~\ref{glo:\acronymtype}.
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
+     The&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in
+     &#x00A0;<br />section~\ref{glo:\acronymtype}.
 </div>
-         <!--l. 3641--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are undecided on a prefix:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+     <!--l. 4024--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are undecided on a prefix:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92">
-         The&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in
-         &#x00A0;<br />section~\ref{\glsautoprefix\acronymtype}.
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">
+     The&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in
+     &#x00A0;<br />section~\ref{\glsautoprefix\acronymtype}.
 </div>
-         <!--l. 3646--><p class="nopar" >
-         </p></li>
-         <li class="itemize"><span 
+     <!--l. 4029--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nameref</span><a 
- id="dx1-24045"></a>: this is like <span 
+ id="dx1-43010"></a>: this is like <span 
 class="cmss-10">autolabel</span><a 
- id="dx1-24046"></a> but uses an unnumbered sectioning command
-         (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
+ id="dx1-43011"></a> but uses an unnumbered sectioning command (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\chapter*</span><a 
- id="dx1-24047"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-43012"></a> or
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\section*</span><a 
- id="dx1-24048"></a>). It’s designed for use with the <span 
+ id="dx1-43013"></a>). It’s designed for use with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">nameref</span><a 
- id="dx1-24049"></a> package.
-         For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93">
-         \usepackage{nameref}
-         &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[numberedsection=nameref]{glossaries}
+ id="dx1-43014"></a> package. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
+     \usepackage{nameref}
+     &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[numberedsection=nameref]{glossaries}
 </div>
-         <!--l. 3655--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\nameref{main}</span></span></span> will display the (TOC) section title associated with the
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. As above, you can redefine <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>to provide a prefix for
-         the label.</p></li></ul>
-     </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 3663--><p class="noindent" >
+     <!--l. 4038--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\nameref{main}</span></span></span> will display the (TOC) section title associated with the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. As above,
+     you can redefine <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>to provide a prefix for the label.</p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 4044--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 3663--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4044--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:pkgopts-printglos"></a>Glossary Appearance Options</h3>
-     <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
-<a 
+<!--l. 4047--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-450002.3"></a><a 
+ id="pkgopt:savenumberlist"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">savenumberlist=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4047--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option that specifies whether or not to gather and store the <a 
+href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
+ id="dx1-45001"></a></a> for each entry. The
+default is <span 
+class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-45002"></a>. (See <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-45003"></a> and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-45004"></a> in <a 
+href="#sec:glsnolink">§9 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary
+Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>.) This is always true if you use <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>.
+</p><!--l. 4054--><p class="indent" >   <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you use the <span id="textcolor206"><span 
+class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-45005"></a> option (with either no value or <span id="textcolor207"><span 
+class="cmss-10">record</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">only</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-45006"></a> or <span id="textcolor208"><span 
+class="cmss-10">record</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">nameref</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-45007"></a>) then this package option
+has no effect. With <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-45008"></a></a>, the <a 
+href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
+ id="dx1-45009"></a>s</a> are automatically saved with the default <span id="textcolor209"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">save-locations</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-45010"></a>
+and <span id="textcolor210"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">save-loclist</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-45011"></a> resource settings. </div>
+</p><!--l. 4061--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4063--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-460002.3"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:entrycounter"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">entrycounter</span><a 
- id="dx1-25001"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a boolean option. (Default is <span 
-class="cmss-10">entrycounter=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-25002"></a>.) If set, each main
-     (level&#x00A0;0) glossary entry will be numbered when using the standard glossary styles.
-     This option creates the counter <span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">glossaryentry</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-25003"></a><a 
- id="dx1-25004"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">entrycounter=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4063--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option. (Default is <span 
+class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-46001"></a>.) If set, each main (level&#x00A0;0) glossary entry will be
+numbered when using the standard glossary styles. This option creates the counter <a 
+ id="dx1-46002"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-46003"></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span>.
-     <!--l. 3673--><p class="noindent" >If you use this option, you can reference the entry number within the document
-     using
-     </p><!--l. 3675--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsrefentry</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-25005"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 4069--><p class="indent" >   If you use this option, you can reference the entry number within the document using
+</p><!--l. 4071--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-46004"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3677--><p class="noindent" >
-     where &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the label associated with that glossary entry. The labelling
-     systems uses &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 4073--><p class="noindent" >
+where &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the label associated with that glossary entry. The labelling systems uses &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, where &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label and &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9; is given
-     by
-     </p><!--l. 3681--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\GlsEntryCounterLabelPrefix</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-25006"></a> <span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is
+the entry’s label and &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9; is given by
+</p><!--l. 4077--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-46005"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsEntryCounterLabelPrefix </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3683--><p class="noindent" >
-     (which defaults to <span 
+</p><!--l. 4079--><p class="noindent" >
+(which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glsentry-</span>).
-     </p><!--l. 3686--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
+</p><!--l. 4082--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span>, you must run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;twice after creating the glossary files
-     using <a 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;twice after creating the glossary files using
+<a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-25007"></a></a>, <a 
+ id="dx1-46006"></a></a>, <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-25008"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-46007"></a></a> or <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-25009"></a></a> to ensure the cross-references are
-     up-to-date. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 3691--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+ id="dx1-46008"></a></a> to ensure the cross-references are up-to-date. </div>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 4087--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4089--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-470002.3"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:counterwithin"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">counterwithin</span><a 
- id="dx1-25010"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmss-10">counterwithin=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4089--><p class="noindent" >This is a &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; option where &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; is the name of a counter. If used, this
-     option will automatically set <span 
-class="cmss-10">entrycounter=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-25011"></a> and the <span 
+class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; is the name of a counter. If used, this option will automatically set
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-47001"></a> and the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-25012"></a> counter will be
-     reset every time &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-47002"></a> counter will be reset every time &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; is incremented.
-     <!--l. 3700--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span 
+</p><!--l. 4096--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-25013"></a> counter isn’t automatically reset at the start of each glossary, except
-     when glossary section numbering is on and the counter used by <span 
+ id="dx1-47003"></a> counter isn’t automatically reset at the start of each glossary, except when glossary section
+numbering is on and the counter used by <span 
 class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span><a 
- id="dx1-25014"></a> is the
-     same as the counter used in the glossary’s sectioning command. </div>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     </p><!--l. 3705--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 3707--><p class="noindent" >If you want the counter reset at the start of each glossary, you can redefine
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-47004"></a> is the same as the counter used in the glossary’s
+sectioning command. </div>
+</p><!--l. 4101--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4103--><p class="indent" >   If you want the counter reset at the start of each glossary, you can modify the glossary preamble
+(<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><a 
- id="dx1-25015"></a> to use
-     </p><!--l. 3709--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsresetentrycounter</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-25016"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-47005"></a>) to use
+</p><!--l. 4105--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-47006"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsresetentrycounter </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3711--><p class="noindent" >
-     which sets <span 
+</p><!--l. 4107--><p class="noindent" >
+which sets <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-25017"></a> to zero:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-47007"></a> to zero:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94">
-     \renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsresetentrycounter
-     &#x00A0;<br />}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82">
+\renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsresetentrycounter
+&#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3717--><p class="nopar" > or if you are using <span 
+<!--l. 4113--><p class="nopar" > or if you are using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span><a 
- id="dx1-25018"></a>, add it to each glossary preamble, as
-     required. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-47008"></a>, add it to each glossary preamble, as required. For
+example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95">
-     \setglossarypreamble[acronym]{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsresetentrycounter
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;The&#x00A0;preamble&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;here&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms.
-     &#x00A0;<br />}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\setglossarypreamble{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsresetentrycounter
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;The&#x00A0;preamble&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;here&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;main&#x00A0;glossary.
-     &#x00A0;<br />}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
+\setglossarypreamble[acronym]{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsresetentrycounter
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;The&#x00A0;preamble&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;here&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms.
+&#x00A0;<br />}
+&#x00A0;<br />\setglossarypreamble{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsresetentrycounter
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;The&#x00A0;preamble&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;here&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;main&#x00A0;glossary.
+&#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3729--><p class="nopar" >
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+<!--l. 4125--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4127--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-480002.3"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:subentrycounter"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">subentrycounter</span><a 
- id="dx1-25019"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a boolean option. (Default is <span 
-class="cmss-10">subentrycounter=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-25020"></a>.) If set, each
-     level&#x00A0;1 glossary entry will be numbered when using the standard glossary
-     styles. This option creates the counter <span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">glossarysubentry</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-25021"></a><a 
- id="dx1-25022"></a><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossarysubentry</span>.
-     The counter is reset with each main (level&#x00A0;0) entry. Note that this package
-     option is independent of <span 
+class="cmss-10">subentrycounter=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4127--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option. (Default is <span 
+class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-48001"></a>.) If set, each level&#x00A0;1 glossary entry will be numbered
+when using the standard glossary styles. This option creates the counter <a 
+ id="dx1-48002"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-48003"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossarysubentry</span>. The counter is reset
+with each main (level&#x00A0;0) entry. Note that this package option is independent of <span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a 
- id="dx1-25023"></a>. You can reference the number within the
-     document using <span 
+ id="dx1-48004"></a>. You can reference
+the number within the document using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-25024"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-48005"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the label associated with the
-     sub-entry.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+sub-entry.
+</p><!--l. 4138--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-490002.3"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:style"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">style</span><a 
- id="dx1-25025"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmss-10">style=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4138--><p class="noindent" >This is a &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; option. (Default is <span 
-class="cmss-10">style=list</span><a 
- id="dx1-25026"></a>, unless <span 
+class="cmss-10">style</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">list</span><a 
+ id="dx1-49001"></a>, unless <span 
 class="cmss-10">classicthesis</span><a 
- id="dx1-25027"></a> has been loaded, in
-     which case the default is <span 
-class="cmss-10">style=index</span><a 
- id="dx1-25028"></a>.) Its value should be the name of the
-     glossary style to use. This key may only be used for styles defined in <span 
+ id="dx1-49002"></a> has been loaded, in which case the default is
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">style</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
+ id="dx1-49003"></a>.) Its value should be the name of the glossary style to use. This key may only be used for styles
+defined in <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a 
- id="dx1-25029"></a>,
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-49004"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a 
- id="dx1-25030"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-49005"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a 
- id="dx1-25031"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-49006"></a> or <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
- id="dx1-25032"></a>. Alternatively, you can set the style
-     using
-     <!--l. 3750--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+ id="dx1-49007"></a>. Alternatively, you can set the style
+using
+</p><!--l. 4146--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">style name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3751--><p class="noindent" >
-     (See <a 
-href="#sec:styles"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>15 </a><a 
+</p><!--l. 4147--><p class="noindent" >
+(See <a 
+href="#sec:styles">§15 </a><a 
 href="#sec:styles">Glossary Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:styles --></a> for further details.)
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+</p><!--l. 4150--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-500002.3"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:nolong"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">nolong</span><a 
- id="dx1-25033"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This prevents the <span 
+class="cmss-10">nolong</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4150--><p class="noindent" >This prevents the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package from automatically loading <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a 
- id="dx1-25034"></a> (which
-     means that the <span 
+ id="dx1-50001"></a> (which means that the <span 
 class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
- id="dx1-25035"></a> package also won’t be loaded). This reduces overhead by not
-     defining unwanted styles and commands. Note that if you use this option, you won’t be
-     able to use any of the glossary styles defined in the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossary-long </span>package (unless you
-     explicitly load <span 
+ id="dx1-50002"></a>
+package also won’t be loaded). This reduces overhead by not defining unwanted styles and commands. Note that
+if you use this option, you won’t be able to use any of the glossary styles defined in the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-long </span>package
+(unless you explicitly load <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a 
- id="dx1-25036"></a>).
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+ id="dx1-50003"></a>).
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 4158--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-510002.3"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:nosuper"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">nosuper</span><a 
- id="dx1-25037"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This prevents the <span 
+class="cmss-10">nosuper</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4158--><p class="noindent" >This prevents the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package from automatically loading <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a 
- id="dx1-25038"></a> (which
-     means that the <span 
+ id="dx1-51001"></a> (which means that the
+<span 
 class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a 
- id="dx1-25039"></a> package also won’t be loaded). This reduces overhead by
-     not defining unwanted styles and commands. Note that if you use this option, you won’t
-     be able to use any of the glossary styles defined in the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossary-super </span>package (unless you
-     explicitly load <span 
+ id="dx1-51002"></a> package also won’t be loaded). This reduces overhead by not defining unwanted styles and
+commands. Note that if you use this option, you won’t be able to use any of the glossary styles defined in the
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-super </span>package (unless you explicitly load <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a 
- id="dx1-25040"></a>).
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+ id="dx1-51003"></a>).
+</p><!--l. 4166--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-520002.3"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:nolist"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">nolist</span><a 
- id="dx1-25041"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This prevents the <span 
+class="cmss-10">nolist</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4166--><p class="noindent" >This prevents the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package from automatically loading <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a 
- id="dx1-25042"></a>. This
-     reduces overhead by not defining unwanted styles. Note that if you use this option, you
-     won’t be able to use any of the glossary styles defined in the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossary-list </span>package (unless
-     you explicitly load <span 
+ id="dx1-52001"></a>. This reduces overhead by not
+defining unwanted styles. Note that if you use this option, you won’t be able to use any of the glossary styles
+defined in the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-list </span>package (unless you explicitly load <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a 
- id="dx1-25043"></a>). Note that since the default style is <span 
+ id="dx1-52002"></a>). Note that since the default style is <span 
 class="cmss-10">list</span><a 
- id="dx1-25044"></a> (unless
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-52003"></a>
+(unless <span 
 class="cmss-10">classicthesis</span><a 
- id="dx1-25045"></a> has been loaded), you will also need to use the <span 
+ id="dx1-52004"></a> has been loaded), you will also need to use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">style</span><a 
- id="dx1-25046"></a> option to set the style
-     to something else.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+ id="dx1-52005"></a> option to set the style to something
+else.
+</p><!--l. 4177--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-530002.3"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:notree"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">notree</span><a 
- id="dx1-25047"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This prevents the <span 
+class="cmss-10">notree</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4177--><p class="noindent" >This prevents the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package from automatically loading <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
- id="dx1-25048"></a>. This
-     reduces overhead by not defining unwanted styles. Note that if you use this
-     option, you won’t be able to use any of the glossary styles defined in the
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-53001"></a>. This reduces overhead by not
+defining unwanted styles. Note that if you use this option, you won’t be able to use any of the glossary styles
+defined in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-tree </span>package (unless you explicitly load <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
- id="dx1-25049"></a>). Note that if
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-53002"></a>). Note that if <span 
 class="cmss-10">classicthesis</span><a 
- id="dx1-25050"></a> has been loaded, the default style is <span 
+ id="dx1-53003"></a> has been
+loaded, the default style is <span 
 class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
- id="dx1-25051"></a>, which is provided by
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-53004"></a>, which is provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
- id="dx1-25052"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+ id="dx1-53005"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 4186--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-540002.3"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:nostyles"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">nostyles</span><a 
- id="dx1-25053"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This prevents all the predefined styles from being loaded. If you use this option, you
-     need to load a glossary style package (such as <span 
+class="cmss-10">nostyles</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4186--><p class="noindent" >This prevents all the predefined styles from being loaded. If you use this option, you need to load a glossary
+style package (such as <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a 
- id="dx1-25054"></a>). Also if you use
-     this option, you can’t use the <span 
+ id="dx1-54001"></a>). Also if you use this option, you can’t use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">style</span><a 
- id="dx1-25055"></a> package option. Instead you must either
-     use <span 
+ id="dx1-54002"></a> package option. Instead
+you must either use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a 
- id="dx1-25056"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-54003"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>or the <span 
-class="cmss-10">style</span><a 
- id="dx1-25057"></a> key in the optional argument to
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">style</span><a 
+ id="dx1-54004"></a> key in the optional argument to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-25058"></a>. Example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96">
-     \usepackage[nostyles]{glossaries}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossary-mcols}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\setglossarystyle{mcoltree}
+ id="dx1-54005"></a>.
+Example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84">
+\usepackage[nostyles]{glossaries}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossary-mcols}
+&#x00A0;<br />\setglossarystyle{mcoltree}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3801--><p class="nopar" >
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+<!--l. 4197--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4199--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-550002.3"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:nonumberlist"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">nonumberlist</span><a 
- id="dx1-25059"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This option will suppress the associated <a 
+class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4199--><p class="noindent" >This option will suppress the associated <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-25060"></a>s</a> in the glossaries (see also
-     <a 
-href="#sec:numberlists"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5 </a><a 
-href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>). Note that if you use Options&#x00A0;<a 
+ id="dx1-55001"></a>s</a> in the glossaries (see also <a 
+href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a 
+href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>). Note
+that if you use Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a> (<a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-25061"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-55002"></a></a> or <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-25062"></a></a>) then the
-     locations must still be valid. This package option merely prevents the <a 
+ id="dx1-55003"></a></a>) then the locations must still be valid. This
+package option merely prevents the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-25063"></a></a> from
-     being displayed, but both <a 
+ id="dx1-55004"></a></a> from being displayed, but both <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-25064"></a></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-55005"></a></a> and <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-25065"></a></a> still require a location or
-     cross-reference for each term that’s indexed. Remember that <a 
+ id="dx1-55006"></a></a>
+still require a location or cross-reference for each term that’s indexed. Remember that <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-25066"></a></a> includes any
-     cross-references, so suppressing the <a 
+ id="dx1-55007"></a></a>
+includes any cross-references, so suppressing the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-25067"></a></a> will also hide the cross-references (see
-     below).
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+ id="dx1-55008"></a></a> will also hide the cross-references (see
+below).
+</p><!--l. 4210--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-560002.3"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:seeautonumberlist"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">seeautonumberlist</span><a 
- id="dx1-25068"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">If you suppress the <a 
+class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4210--><p class="noindent" >If you suppress the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-25069"></a>s</a> with <span 
+ id="dx1-56001"></a>s</a> with <span 
 class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a 
- id="dx1-25070"></a>, described
-     above, this will also suppress any cross-referencing information supplied by
-     the <span 
-class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-25071"></a> key in <span 
+ id="dx1-56002"></a>, described above, this will also suppress any cross-referencing
+information supplied by the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">see</span><a 
+ id="dx1-56003"></a> key in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-25072"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-56004"></a> or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span><a 
- id="dx1-25073"></a>. If you use <span 
+ id="dx1-56005"></a>. If you use <span 
 class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span><a 
- id="dx1-25074"></a>,
-     the <span 
-class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-25075"></a> key will automatically implement <span 
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-25076"></a> for that entry.
-     (Note this doesn’t affect <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>.) For further details see <a 
-href="#sec:crossref"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>8 </a><a 
-href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing
-     Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+ id="dx1-56006"></a>, the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">see</span><a 
+ id="dx1-56007"></a>
+key will automatically implement <span 
+class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-56008"></a> for that entry. (Note this doesn’t affect <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>.) For
+further details see <a 
+href="#sec:crossref">§8 </a><a 
+href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>.
+</p><!--l. 4219--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-570002.3"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:counter"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">counter</span><a 
- id="dx1-25077"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmss-10">counter=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4219--><p class="noindent" >This is a &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; option. (Default is <span 
-class="cmss-10">counter=page</span><a 
- id="dx1-25078"></a>.) The value should be
-     the name of the default counter to use in the <a 
+class="cmss-10">counter</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">page</span><a 
+ id="dx1-57001"></a>.) The value should be the name of the default counter to
+use in the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-25079"></a>s</a> (see <a 
-href="#sec:numberlists"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5 </a><a 
-href="#sec:numberlists">Number
-     lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>).
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+ id="dx1-57002"></a>s</a> (see <a 
+href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a 
+href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>).
+</p><!--l. 4224--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-580002.3"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:nopostdot"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">nopostdot</span><a 
- id="dx1-25080"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a boolean option. If no value is specified, <span 
-class="cmtt-10">true </span>is assumed. When set to
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">true</span>, this option suppresses the default post description dot used by some of the
-     predefined styles. The default setting is <span 
-class="cmss-10">nopostdot=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-25081"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+class="cmss-10">nopostdot=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4224--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option. If no value is specified, <span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-58001"></a> is assumed. When set to <span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-58002"></a>, this option suppresses the
+default post description dot used by some of the predefined styles.
+</p><!--l. 4229--><p class="indent" >   The default setting is <span 
+class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-58003"></a> for the base <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and <span 
+class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-58004"></a> for
 <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 4233--><p class="indent" >   <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides <span id="textcolor211"><span 
+class="cmss-10">postdot</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-58005"></a>, which is equivalent to <span 
+class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-58006"></a>, and also <span id="textcolor212"><span 
+class="cmss-10">postpunc</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-58007"></a>,
+which allows you to choose a different punctuation character. </div>
+</p><!--l. 4238--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4240--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-590002.3"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:nogroupskip"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">nogroupskip</span><a 
- id="dx1-25082"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a boolean option. If no value is specified, <span 
-class="cmtt-10">true </span>is assumed. When set to
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">true</span>, this option suppresses the default vertical gap between groups used by some of
-     the predefined styles. The default setting is <span 
-class="cmss-10">nogroupskip=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-25083"></a>.
-     </dd></dl>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-<!--l. 3842--><p class="noindent" >
+class="cmss-10">nogroupskip=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4240--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option. If no value is specified, <span 
+class="cmss-10">true </span>is assumed. When set to <span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span>, this option suppresses the
+default vertical gap between letter groups used by some of the predefined styles. The default setting is
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-59001"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 4246--><p class="indent" >   <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you are using <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-59002"></a></a> without the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">--group </span>(or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">-g</span>) switch then you don’t need to use <span 
+class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true </span>as
+there won’t be any letter groups. </div>
+</p><!--l. 4251--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4253--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 3842--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-600002.3"></a><span id="textcolor213"><a 
+ id="pkgopt:stylemods"></a><span id="textcolor214"><span 
+class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></span><span 
+class="cmss-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>(glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4255--><p class="noindent" >Load the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a 
+ id="dx1-60001"></a> package and patch the predefined styles. The &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9; argument is
+optional. If present, this will also load <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">element</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmss-10">.sty </span>for each &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">element</span>&#x27E9; in the comma-separated
+&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9;.
+</p><!--l. 4260--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 4260--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4   </span> <a 
+ id="sec:pkgopts-indexing"></a>Indexing Options</h3>
+<!--l. 4263--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-620002.4"></a><a 
+ id="pkgopt:seenoindex"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">seenoindex=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4263--><p class="noindent" >Introduced in version 4.24, this option may take one of three values: <span 
+class="cmss-10">error</span>, <span 
+class="cmss-10">warn </span>or <span 
+class="cmss-10">ignore</span>. The <span 
+class="cmtt-10">see</span><a 
+ id="dx1-62001"></a> key
+automatically indexes the cross-referenced entry using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. This means that if this key is
+used in an entry definition before the relevant glossary file has been opened, the indexing can’t be
+performed. Since this is easy to miss, the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package by default issues an error message if the
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">see</span><a 
+ id="dx1-62002"></a> key is used before <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-62003"></a>. This option allows you to change the error into just a
+warning (<span 
+class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">warn</span><a 
+ id="dx1-62004"></a>) or ignore it (<span 
+class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">ignore</span><a 
+ id="dx1-62005"></a>) if, for example, you want to temporarily
+comment out <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to speed up the compilation of a draft document by omitting the
+indexing.
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 4277--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-630002.4"></a><a 
+ id="pkgopt:esclocations"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">esclocations=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4277--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option. The default is <span 
+class="cmss-10">esclocations</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-63001"></a>, which is needed for Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option3">3</a>. With <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-63002"></a> changes it to <span 
+class="cmss-10">esclocations</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-63003"></a>. With <a 
+href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a> (<a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-63004"></a></a>), this setting is
+ignored.
+</p><!--l. 4283--><p class="indent" >   Both <a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-63005"></a></a> and <a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-63006"></a></a> are fussy about the location formats (<a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-63007"></a></a> more so than <a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-63008"></a></a>) so the
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package tries to ensure that special characters are escaped and allows for the location to be substituted
+for a format that’s more acceptable to the indexing application. This requires a bit of trickery to circumvent the
+problem posed by <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>’s asynchronous output routine, which can go wrong and also adds to the complexity of
+the document build.
+</p><!--l. 4292--><p class="indent" >   If you’re sure that your locations will always expand to an acceptable format (or you’re prepared to
+post-process the glossary file before passing it to the relevant indexing application) then use <span 
+class="cmss-10">esclocations</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-63009"></a> to
+avoid the complex escaping of location values. (See “Writing information to associated files” in the documented
+code for further details.)
+</p><!--l. 4300--><p class="indent" >   This isn’t an issue for Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option1">1</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option4">4</a> as the locations are written to the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a 
+ id="dx1-63010"></a> file so no syntax conversion is
+required.
+</p><!--l. 4303--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-640002.4"></a><a 
+ id="pkgopt:indexonlyfirst"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4303--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option that specifies whether to only add information to the external glossary file on <a 
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
+The default is <span 
+class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-64001"></a>, which will add a line to the file every time one of the <a 
+href="#sec:gls-like"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;or
+<a 
+href="#sec:glstext-like"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands are used. Note that <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a 
+ id="dx1-64002"></a> will always add information to the external glossary
+file<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+href="#fn4x2" id="fn4x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.4</sup></a></span><a 
+ id="x1-64003f4"></a>&#x00A0;(since
+that’s the purpose of that command).
+</p><!--l. 4312--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Resetting the <a 
+href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> with commands like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsreset</span><a 
+ id="dx1-64004"></a> after an entry has been indexed will cause that
+entry to be indexed multiple times if it’s used again after the reset. Likewise unsetting the <a 
+href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> before
+an entry has been indexed will prevent it from being indexed (unless specifically indexed with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>).
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 4319--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4321--><p class="indent" >   You can customise this by redefining
+</p><!--l. 4322--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-64005"></a>  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glswriteentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">wr-code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4324--><p class="noindent" >
+where &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label and &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">wr-code</span>&#x27E9; is the code that writes the entry’s information to the external file.
+The default definition of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glswriteentry </span>is:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
+\newcommand*{\glswriteentry}[2]{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsindexonlyfirst
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsused{#1}{}{#2}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\else
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#2%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi
+&#x00A0;<br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 4336--><p class="nopar" > This checks the <span 
+class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a 
+ id="dx1-64006"></a> package option (using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\ifglsindexonlyfirst</span>) and does &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">wr-code</span>&#x27E9; if this is <span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span>
+otherwise it only does &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">wr-code</span>&#x27E9; of the entry hasn’t been used.
+</p><!--l. 4342--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose you only want to index the first use for entries in the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossary and not in the
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">main </span>(or any other) glossary:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86">
+\renewcommand*{\glswriteentry}[2]{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifthenelse{\equal{\glsentrytype{#1}}{acronym}}
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{\ifglsused{#1}{}{#2}}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{#2}%
+&#x00A0;<br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 4351--><p class="nopar" > Here I’ve used <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\ifthenelse </span>to ensure the arguments of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\equal </span>are fully expanded before the comparison is
+made.
+</p><!--l. 4355--><p class="indent" >   With the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package it’s possible to only index <a 
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for particular categories. For example, if
+you only want this enabled for abbreviations and acronyms then you can set the <span id="textcolor215"><span 
+class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-64007"></a> attribute for the
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">abbreviation </span>and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>categories. (Instead of using the <span 
+class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a 
+ id="dx1-64008"></a> package option.) See the
+<a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.
+</p><!--l. 4363--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-650002.4"></a><span id="textcolor216"><a 
+ id="pkgopt:indexcrossrefs"></a><span id="textcolor217"><span 
+class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></span><span 
+class="cmss-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>(glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4365--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span>, this will automatically index any cross-referenced entries that haven’t been marked as used at
+the end of the document. Increases document build time. See <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further
+details.
+</p><!--l. 4370--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-660002.4"></a><span id="textcolor218"><a 
+ id="pkgopt:autoseeindex"></a><span id="textcolor219"><span 
+class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span></span><span 
+class="cmss-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>(glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4372--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span>, makes the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">see</span><a 
+ id="dx1-66001"></a> and <span id="textcolor220"><span id="textcolor221"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">seealso</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-66002"></a></span> keys automatically index the cross-reference when the entry is defined
+(default, and the only option with just the base <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package).
+</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-670002.4"></a><span id="textcolor222"><a 
+ id="pkgopt:record"></a><span id="textcolor223"><span 
+class="cmss-10">record</span></span><span 
+class="cmss-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>(glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4379--><p class="noindent" >If not <span 
+class="cmss-10">off</span>, this option indicates that <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-67001"></a></a> is required. If the value is omitted, <span 
+class="cmss-10">only </span>is assumed. Permitted
+values:
+     </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">off</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-67002"></a></a> isn’t being used;
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">only</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-67003"></a></a> is being used to fetch entries from a <span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a 
+ id="dx1-67004"></a> file, to sort the entries and collate the <a 
+href="#glo:numberlist">number
+     list<a 
+ id="dx1-67005"></a>s</a>, where the location information is the same as for Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option1">1</a>–<a 
+href="#option3">3</a>;
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">nameref</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">like <span 
+class="cmss-10">only </span>but provides extra information that allows the associated title to be used instead of
+     the location number;
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">alsoindex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">a hybrid approach where <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-67006"></a></a> is begin used to fetch entries from a <span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a 
+ id="dx1-67007"></a> file but <a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-67008"></a></a>
+     or <a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-67009"></a></a> are used for the indexing. This requires a more complicated document build and isn’t
+     recommended.</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 4398--><p class="noindent" >See <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.
+</p><!--l. 4400--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-680002.4"></a><span id="textcolor224"><a 
+ id="pkgopt:equations"></a><span id="textcolor225"><span 
+class="cmss-10">equations</span></span><span 
+class="cmss-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>(glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4402--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span>, this option will cause the default location counter to automatically switch to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">equation </span>when inside a
+numbered equation environment.
+</p><!--l. 4406--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-690002.4"></a><span id="textcolor226"><a 
+ id="pkgopt:floats"></a><span id="textcolor227"><span 
+class="cmss-10">floats</span></span><span 
+class="cmss-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>(glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4408--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span>, this option will cause the default location counter to automatically switch to the corresponding counter
+when inside a float. (Remember that with floats it’s the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\caption </span>command that increments the counter so the
+location will be incorrect if an entry is indexed within the float before the caption.)
+</p><!--l. 4414--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-700002.4"></a><span id="textcolor228"><a 
+ id="pkgopt:indexcounter"></a><span id="textcolor229"><span 
+class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span></span> (glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4416--><p class="noindent" >This valueless option is primarily intended for use with <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-70001"></a></a> and <span 
+class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
+ id="dx1-70002"></a> allowing the page location
+hyperlink to the relevant point in the page (rather than the top of the page). Unexpected results will occur with
+other indexing methods. See <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.
+</p><!--l. 4422--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 4422--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5   </span> <a 
  id="sec:pkgopts-sort"></a>Sorting Options</h3>
-     <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<!--l. 4425--><p class="noindent" >This section is mostly for Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option3">3</a>. Only the <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-71001"></a> and <span 
+class="cmss-10">order</span><a 
+ id="dx1-71002"></a> options are applicable for
 <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>.
+</p><!--l. 4428--><p class="indent" >   <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> With Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option4">4</a>–<a 
+href="#option6">6</a>, only <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">none</span><a 
+ id="dx1-71003"></a> is applicable (and this is automatically implemented by
+<span id="textcolor230"><span 
+class="cmss-10">record</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">only</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-71004"></a> and <span id="textcolor231"><span 
+class="cmss-10">record</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">nameref</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-71005"></a>). With <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-71006"></a></a>, the sort method is provided in the optional argument of
+<span id="textcolor232"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-71007"></a> not with the <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort </span>package option. There’s no sorting with Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option5">5</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option6">6</a>.
+</div>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 4435--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4437--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-720002.5"></a><a 
+ id="pkgopt:sanitizesort"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4437--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option that determines whether or not to <a 
+href="#glo:sanitize">sanitize<a 
+ id="dx1-72001"></a></a> the sort value when writing to the external
+glossary file. For example, suppose you define an entry as follows:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
+\newglossaryentry{hash}{name={\#},sort={#},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={hash&#x00A0;symbol}}
+</div>
+<!--l. 4444--><p class="nopar" > The sort value (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">#</span></span></span>) must be sanitized before writing it to the glossary file, otherwise <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;will try to
+interpret it as a parameter reference. If, on the other hand, you want the sort value expanded, you need to
+switch off the sanitization. For example, suppose you do:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88">
+\newcommand{\mysortvalue}{AAA}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={sample},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={\mysortvalue},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
+</div>
+<!--l. 4456--><p class="nopar" > and you actually want <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\mysortvalue </span>expanded, so that the entry is sorted according to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">AAA</span>, then use the
+package option <span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-72002"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 4461--><p class="indent" >   The default for Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option3">3</a> is <span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-72003"></a>, and the default for <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> is <span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-72004"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 4464--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-730002.5"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:sort"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-26001"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">If you use Options&#x00A0;<a 
+class="cmss-10">sort=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4464--><p class="noindent" >If you use Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
-href="#option3">3</a>, this package option is the only way of specifying how to
-     sort the glossaries. Only <a 
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> allows you to specify sort methods for individual
-     glossaries via the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-26002"></a> key in the optional argument of <span 
+href="#option3">3</a>, this package option is the only way of specifying how to sort the glossaries. Only
+<a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> allows you to specify sort methods for individual glossaries via the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73001"></a> key in the optional argument
+of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-26003"></a>. If
-     you have multiple glossaries in your document and you are using <a 
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, only
-     use the package options <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a 
- id="dx1-26004"></a> or <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a 
- id="dx1-26005"></a> if you want to set this sort method
-     for <span 
-class="cmti-10">all </span>your glossaries.
-     <!--l. 3856--><p class="noindent" >This is a &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-73002"></a>. If you have multiple glossaries in your document and you are using <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>,
+only use the package options <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">def</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73003"></a> or <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">use</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73004"></a> if you want to set this sort method for <span 
+class="cmti-10">all </span>your
+glossaries.
+</p><!--l. 4474--><p class="indent" >   This is a &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; option where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; may be one of the following: </p>
-         <ul class="itemize1">
-         <li class="itemize"><span 
+     <ul class="itemize1">
+     <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmss-10">standard</span><a 
- id="dx1-26006"></a> : entries are sorted according to the value of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-26007"></a> key used in
-         <span 
+ id="dx1-73005"></a> : entries are sorted according to the value of the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73006"></a> key used in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-26008"></a> (if present) or the <span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26009"></a> key (if <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-26010"></a> key is missing);
-         </li>
-         <li class="itemize"><span 
+ id="dx1-73007"></a> (if
+     present) or the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73008"></a> key (if <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73009"></a> key is missing);
+     </li>
+     <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmss-10">def</span><a 
- id="dx1-26011"></a> : entries are sorted in the order in which they were defined (the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-26012"></a> key
-         in <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is ignored);
-         </li>
-         <li class="itemize"><span 
+ id="dx1-73010"></a> : entries are sorted in the order in which they were defined (the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73011"></a> key in <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>
+     is ignored);
+     </li>
+     <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmss-10">use</span><a 
- id="dx1-26013"></a> : entries are sorted according to the order in which they are used in the
-         document (the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-26014"></a> key in <span 
+ id="dx1-73012"></a> : entries are sorted according to the order in which they are used in the document (the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73013"></a>
+     key in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is ignored).
-         <!--l. 3872--><p class="noindent" >Both <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a 
- id="dx1-26015"></a> and <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a 
- id="dx1-26016"></a> set the sort key to a six digit number via
-         </p><!--l. 3874--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glssortnumberfmt</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26017"></a> <span 
+     <!--l. 4490--><p class="noindent" >Both <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">def</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73014"></a> and <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">use</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73015"></a> set the sort key to a six digit number via
+     </p><!--l. 4492--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-73016"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssortnumberfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">number</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-         </p><!--l. 3876--><p class="noindent" >
-         (padded with leading zeros, where necessary). This can be redefined, if required,
-         before the entries are defined (in the case of <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a 
- id="dx1-26018"></a>) or before the entries are
-         used (in the case of <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a 
- id="dx1-26019"></a>).
-         </p></li>
-         <li class="itemize"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 4494--><p class="noindent" >
+     (padded with leading zeros, where necessary). This can be redefined, if required, before the entries are
+     defined (in the case of <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">def</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73017"></a>) or before the entries are used (in the case of <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">use</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73018"></a>).
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmss-10">none</span><a 
- id="dx1-26020"></a> : this setting is new to version 4.30 and is only for documents that don’t use
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>(Options&#x00A0;<a 
+ id="dx1-73019"></a> : this setting is new to version 4.30 and is only for documents that don’t use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>
+     (Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a>) or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>(<a 
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>). It
-         omits the code used to sanitize or escape the sort value, since it’s not
-         required. This can help to improve the document build speed, especially
-         if there are a large number of entries. This option can’t be used with
-         <span 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>). It omits the code used to sanitize or escape the
+     sort value, since it’s not required. This can help to improve the document build speed, especially if there
+     are a large number of entries.
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <!--l. 4507--><p class="noindent" >This option can’t be used with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(or the iterative versions
-         <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(or the iterative
+     versions <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span>or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>). It may be used with
-         <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-26021"></a>’s <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>). It may be used with <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>’s
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>(<a 
-href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a>).</li></ul>
-     <!--l. 3893--><p class="noindent" >Note that the group styles (such as <span 
+href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a>).</p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 4513--><p class="noindent" >Note that the group styles (such as <span 
 class="cmss-10">listgroup</span><a 
- id="dx1-26022"></a>) are incompatible with the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a 
- id="dx1-26023"></a> and
-     <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a 
- id="dx1-26024"></a> options.
-     </p><!--l. 3897--><p class="noindent" >The default is <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=standard</span><a 
- id="dx1-26025"></a>. When the standard sort option is in use, you can hook into
-     the sort mechanism by redefining:
-     </p><!--l. 3900--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsprestandardsort</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26026"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-73020"></a>) are incompatible with the <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">use</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73021"></a> and <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">def</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73022"></a> options.
+</p><!--l. 4517--><p class="indent" >   The default is <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">standard</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73023"></a>. When the standard sort option is in use, you can hook into the sort mechanism
+by redefining:
+</p><!--l. 4520--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-73024"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">sort cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -8176,652 +10197,1173 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     </p><!--l. 3902--><p class="noindent" >
-     where &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>&#x27E9; is a temporary control sequence that stores the sort value (which was
-     either explicitly set via the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-26027"></a> key or implicitly set via the <span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26028"></a> key) before any
-     escaping of the <a 
+</p><!--l. 4522--><p class="noindent" >
+where &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>&#x27E9; is a temporary control sequence that stores the sort value (which was either explicitly set via the
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73025"></a> key or implicitly set via the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73026"></a> key) before any escaping of the <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-26029"></a></a>/<a 
+ id="dx1-73027"></a></a>/<a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-26030"></a></a> special characters is performed. By default
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-73028"></a></a> special characters is
+performed. By default <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>just does:
-     </p><!--l. 3908--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsdosanitizesort</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-26031"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 4528--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-73029"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdosanitizesort </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3910--><p class="noindent" >
-     which <a 
+</p><!--l. 4530--><p class="noindent" >
+which <a 
 href="#glo:sanitize">sanitize<a 
- id="dx1-26032"></a>s</a> &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-73030"></a>s</a> &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>&#x27E9; if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><a 
- id="dx1-26033"></a> package option is set (or does nothing if the
-     package option <span 
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-26034"></a> is used).
-     </p><!--l. 3915--><p class="noindent" >The other arguments, &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-73031"></a> package option is set (or does nothing if the package option
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73032"></a> is used).
+</p><!--l. 4535--><p class="indent" >   The other arguments, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, are the glossary type and the entry label for the
-     current entry. Note that &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, are the glossary type and the entry label for the current entry. Note
+that &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; will always be a control sequence, but &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; will be in the
-     form used in the first argument of <span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; will be in the form used in the first argument of
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-26035"></a>.
-     </p><!--l. 3920--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Redefining <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>won’t affect any entries that have already been
-     defined and will have no effect at all if you are using <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a 
- id="dx1-26036"></a> or <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a 
- id="dx1-26037"></a>.
-     </div>
-     </p><!--l. 3924--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-73033"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 4540--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Redefining <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>won’t affect any entries that have already been defined and will have no
+effect at all if you are using <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">def</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73034"></a> or <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">use</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73035"></a>. </div>
+</p><!--l. 4544--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
- id="x1-26038r1"></a>
-     </p><!--l. 3926--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+ id="ex:diffsorts"></a>
+</p><!--l. 4546--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 1</span><span 
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Mixing Alphabetical and Order of Definition</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmbx-12">Sorting)</span><a 
- id="x1-26039"></a>
-     </p><!--l. 3927--><p class="noindent" >Suppose I have three glossaries: <span 
+class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Mixing Alphabetical and Order of Definition Sorting)</span><a 
+ id="x1-73037"></a>
+</p><!--l. 4547--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I have three glossaries: <span 
 class="cmtt-10">main</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">notation</span>, and let’s suppose I want
-     the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">notation</span>, and let’s suppose I want the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">main </span>and
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossaries to be sorted alphabetically, but the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">notation </span>type
-     should be sorted in order of definition.
-     </p><!--l. 3933--><p class="noindent" >For <a 
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, I&#x00A0;just need to set the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-26040"></a> key in the optional argument of
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">notation </span>type should be sorted in order of
+definition.
+</p><!--l. 4553--><p class="indent" >   For <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73038"></a> option can be used in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-26041"></a>:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-73039"></a>:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97">
-     \printnoidxglossary[sort=word]
-     &#x00A0;<br />\printnoidxglossary[type=acronym,sort=word]
-     &#x00A0;<br />\printnoidxglossary[type=notation,sort=def]
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89">
+\printnoidxglossary[sort=word]
+&#x00A0;<br />\printnoidxglossary[type=acronym,sort=word]
+&#x00A0;<br />\printnoidxglossary[type=notation,sort=def]
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3939--><p class="nopar" >
-     </p><!--l. 3941--><p class="noindent" >For Options&#x00A0;<a 
+<!--l. 4559--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4561--><p class="indent" >   For Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a>, I can set the sort to <span 
-class="cmtt-10">standard </span>(which is the default, but can be
-     explicitly set via the package option <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=standard</span><a 
- id="dx1-26042"></a>), and I can either define all my <span 
-class="cmtt-10">main</span>
-     and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>entries, then redefine <span 
+class="cmtt-10">standard </span>(which is the default, but can be explicitly set via the
+package option <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">standard</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73040"></a>), and I can either define all my <span 
+class="cmtt-10">main </span>and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>entries, then redefine
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>to set &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>&#x27E9; to an
-     incremented integer, and then define all my <span 
-class="cmtt-10">notation </span>entries. Alternatively, I can
-     redefine <span 
+class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>&#x27E9; to an incremented integer, and then define all my <span 
+class="cmtt-10">notation </span>entries.
+Alternatively, I can redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>to check for the glossary type and only modify &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>&#x27E9; if
-     &#x27E8;<span 
+&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; is <span 
 class="cmtt-10">notation</span>.
-     </p><!--l. 3951--><p class="noindent" >The first option can be achieved as follows:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+</p><!--l. 4571--><p class="indent" >   The first option can be achieved as follows:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98">
-     \newcounter{sortcount}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\stepcounter{sortcount}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\edef#1{\glssortnumberfmt{\arabic{sortcount}}}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90">
+\newcounter{sortcount}
+&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\stepcounter{sortcount}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\edef#1{\glssortnumberfmt{\arabic{sortcount}}}%
+&#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3959--><p class="nopar" > The second option can be achieved as follows:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 4579--><p class="nopar" > The second option can be achieved as follows:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-99">
-     \newcounter{sortcount}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifdefstring{#2}{notation}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\stepcounter{sortcount}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\edef#1{\glssortnumberfmt{\arabic{sortcount}}}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsdosanitizesort
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91">
+\newcounter{sortcount}
+&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifdefstring{#2}{notation}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\stepcounter{sortcount}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\edef#1{\glssortnumberfmt{\arabic{sortcount}}}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsdosanitizesort
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3974--><p class="nopar" > (<span 
+<!--l. 4594--><p class="nopar" > (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstring </span>is defined by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
- id="dx1-26043"></a> package.) For a complete document, see the
-     sample file <a 
-href="#x1-11111r36"><span 
+ id="dx1-73041"></a> package.) For a complete document, see the sample file
+<a 
+href="#ex:sampleSort"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">sampleSort.tex</span></a>. </p>
-     <div class="center" 
+<div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 3977--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3977--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 4597--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4597--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
 <a 
- id="x1-26044r2"></a>
-     <!--l. 3979--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+ id="ex:customsort"></a>
+<!--l. 4599--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 2</span><span 
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Customizing Standard Sort (Options 2 or</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmbx-12">3))</span><a 
- id="x1-26045"></a>
-     </p><!--l. 3980--><p class="noindent" >Suppose you want a glossary of people and you want the names listed as &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">first-name</span>&#x27E9;
-     &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">surname</span>&#x27E9; in the glossary, but you want the names sorted by &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Customizing Standard Sort (Options 2 or 3))</span><a 
+ id="x1-73043"></a>
+</p><!--l. 4600--><p class="indent" >   Suppose you want a glossary of people and you want the names listed as &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">first-name</span>&#x27E9; &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">surname</span>&#x27E9; in the glossary,
+but you want the names sorted by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">surname</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">first-name</span>&#x27E9;. You
-     can do this by defining a command called, say, <span 
+class="cmti-10">first-name</span>&#x27E9;. You can do this by defining a command called, say,
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\name{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">first-name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">surname</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>that you
-     can use in the <span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-26046"></a> key when you define the entry, but hook into the standard
-     sort mechanism to temporarily redefine <span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>that you can use in the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-73044"></a> key when you define the entry, but
+hook into the standard sort mechanism to temporarily redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\name </span>while the sort value is being
-     set.
-     </p><!--l. 3989--><p class="noindent" >First, define two commands to set the person’s name:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+set.
+</p><!--l. 4609--><p class="indent" >   First, define two commands to set the person’s name:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100">
-     \newcommand{\sortname}[2]{#2,&#x00A0;#1}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\newcommand{\textname}[2]{#1&#x00A0;#2}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92">
+\newcommand{\sortname}[2]{#2,&#x00A0;#1}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newcommand{\textname}[2]{#1&#x00A0;#2}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3993--><p class="nopar" > and <span 
+<!--l. 4613--><p class="nopar" > and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\name </span>needs to be initialised to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textname</span>:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101">
-     \let\name\textname
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93">
+\let\name\textname
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3997--><p class="nopar" > Now redefine <span 
+<!--l. 4617--><p class="nopar" > Now redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>so that it temporarily sets <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\name </span>to <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\sortname</span>
-     and expands the sort value, then sets <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\sortname </span>and expands the sort
+value, then sets <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\name </span>to <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\textname </span>so that the person’s name
-     appears as &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\textname </span>so that the person’s name appears as &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">first-name</span>&#x27E9; &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">surname</span>&#x27E9; in the text:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+class="cmti-10">surname</span>&#x27E9; in the
+text:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102">
-     \renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\let\name\sortname
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\edef#1{\expandafter\expandonce\expandafter{#1}}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\let\name\textname
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsdosanitizesort
-     &#x00A0;<br />}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94">
+\renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\let\name\sortname
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\edef#1{\expandafter\expandonce\expandafter{#1}}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\let\name\textname
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsdosanitizesort
+&#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4009--><p class="nopar" > (The somewhat complicate use of <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\expandafter </span>etc helps to protect fragile commands,
-     but care is still needed.)
-     </p><!--l. 4013--><p class="noindent" >Now the entries can be defined:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 4629--><p class="nopar" > (The somewhat complicate use of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\expandafter </span>etc helps to protect fragile commands, but care is still
+needed.)
+</p><!--l. 4633--><p class="indent" >   Now the entries can be defined:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103">
-     \newglossaryentry{joebloggs}{name={\name{Joe}{Bloggs}},
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={some&#x00A0;information&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;Joe&#x00A0;Bloggs}}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{johnsmith}{name={\name{John}{Smith}},
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={some&#x00A0;information&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;John&#x00A0;Smith}}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95">
+\newglossaryentry{joebloggs}{name={\name{Joe}{Bloggs}},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={some&#x00A0;information&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;Joe&#x00A0;Bloggs}}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{johnsmith}{name={\name{John}{Smith}},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={some&#x00A0;information&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;John&#x00A0;Smith}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4020--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a 
-href="#x1-11110r35"><span 
+<!--l. 4640--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a 
+href="#ex:samplePeople"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">samplePeople.tex</span></a>. </p>
-     <div class="center" 
+<div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 4022--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4022--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+<!--l. 4642--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4642--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 4644--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-740002.5"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:order"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">order</span><a 
- id="dx1-26047"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This may take two values: <span 
+class="cmss-10">order=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4644--><p class="noindent" >This may take two values: <span 
 class="cmss-10">word</span><a 
- id="dx1-26048"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-74001"></a> or <span 
 class="cmss-10">letter</span><a 
- id="dx1-26049"></a>. The default is word ordering.
-     <!--l. 4028--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span 
+ id="dx1-74002"></a>. The default is word ordering.
+</p><!--l. 4648--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that with Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option3">3</a>, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">order</span><a 
- id="dx1-26050"></a> option has no effect if you don’t use <a 
+ id="dx1-74003"></a> option has no effect if you don’t use <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-26051"></a></a>.
-     </div>
-     </p><!--l. 4031--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 4033--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a 
+ id="dx1-74004"></a></a>.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 4651--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4653--><p class="indent" >   If you use <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, this setting will be used if you use <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-26052"></a><span 
-class="cmtt-10">=standard </span>in the optional
-     argument of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-74005"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=standard </span>in the optional argument of
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-26053"></a>:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-74006"></a>:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104">
-     \printnoidxglossary[sort=standard]
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96">
+\printnoidxglossary[sort=standard]
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4038--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can specify the order for individual glossaries:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 4658--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can specify the order for individual glossaries:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105">
-     \printnoidxglossary[sort=word]
-     &#x00A0;<br />\printnoidxglossary[type=acronym,sort=letter]
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97">
+\printnoidxglossary[sort=word]
+&#x00A0;<br />\printnoidxglossary[type=acronym,sort=letter]
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4043--><p class="nopar" >
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+<!--l. 4663--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4665--><p class="indent" >   <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> With <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-74007"></a></a>, use the <span id="textcolor233"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">break-at</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-74008"></a> option in <span id="textcolor234"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-74009"></a> instead of <span 
+class="cmss-10">order</span>. </div>
+</p><!--l. 4668--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4670--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-750002.5"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:makeindex"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-26054"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(<a 
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>) The glossary information and indexing style file will be written in
-     <a 
+class="cmss-10">makeindex</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4670--><p class="noindent" >(<a 
+href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>) The glossary information and indexing style file will be written in <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-26055"></a></a> format. If you use <a 
+ id="dx1-75001"></a></a> format. If you use
+<a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-26056"></a></a>, it will automatically detect that it
-     needs to call <span 
+ id="dx1-75002"></a></a>, it will automatically detect that it needs to call <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-26057"></a>. If you don’t use <span 
+ id="dx1-75003"></a>. If you don’t use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-26058"></a>, you need to remember
-     to use <span 
+ id="dx1-75004"></a>,
+you need to remember to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-26059"></a> not <a 
+ id="dx1-75005"></a> not <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-26060"></a></a>. The indexing style file will been given a&#x00A0;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a 
- id="dx1-26061"></a>
-     extension.
-     <!--l. 4053--><p class="noindent" >You may omit this package option if you are using <a 
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a> as this is the default. It’s
-     available in case you need to override the effect of an earlier occurrence of <span 
+ id="dx1-75006"></a></a>. The indexing style file will been given a&#x00A0;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">ist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-75007"></a>
+extension.
+</p><!--l. 4678--><p class="indent" >   You may omit this package option if you are using <a 
+href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a> as this is the default. It’s available in case you
+need to override the effect of an earlier occurrence of <span 
 class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-26062"></a> in the
-     package option list.
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+ id="dx1-75008"></a> in the package option list.
+</p><!--l. 4682--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-760002.5"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:xindy"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-26063"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(<a 
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>) The glossary information and indexing style file will be written in
-     <a 
+class="cmss-10">xindy</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4682--><p class="noindent" >(<a 
+href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>) The glossary information and indexing style file will be written in <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-26064"></a></a> format. If you use <a 
+ id="dx1-76001"></a></a> format. If you use
+<a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-26065"></a></a>, it will automatically detect that it
-     needs to call <span 
+ id="dx1-76002"></a></a>, it will automatically detect that it needs to call <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-26066"></a>. If you don’t use <span 
+ id="dx1-76003"></a>. If you don’t use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-26067"></a>, you need to remember
-     to use <span 
+ id="dx1-76004"></a>,
+you need to remember to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-26068"></a> not <a 
+ id="dx1-76005"></a> not <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-26069"></a></a>. The indexing style file will been given a <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a 
- id="dx1-26070"></a>
-     extension.
-     <!--l. 4064--><p class="noindent" >This package option may additionally have a value that is a &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-76006"></a></a>. The indexing style file will been given a <span 
+class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-76007"></a>
+extension.
+</p><!--l. 4689--><p class="indent" >   This package option may additionally have a value that is a &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; comma-separated
-     list to override the language and codepage. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; comma-separated list to override the
+language and codepage. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106">
-     \usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{glossaries}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98">
+\usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4070--><p class="nopar" > You can also specify whether you want a number group in the glossary. This defaults to
-     true, but can be suppressed. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 4695--><p class="nopar" > You can also specify whether you want a number group in the glossary. This defaults to true, but can be
+suppressed. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107">
-     \usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-99">
+\usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4075--><p class="nopar" > If no value is supplied to this package option (either simply writing <span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>or writing
-     <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy={}</span></span></span>) then the language, codepage and number group settings are unchanged. See
-     <a 
-href="#sec:xindy"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11 </a><a 
-href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details on using <a 
+<!--l. 4700--><p class="nopar" > If no value is supplied to this package option (either simply writing <span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>or writing <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy={}</span></span></span>) then the
+language, codepage and number group settings are unchanged. See <a 
+href="#sec:xindy">§11 </a><a 
+href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details on
+using <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-26071"></a></a> with the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-     package.
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+ id="dx1-76008"></a></a> with the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
+</p><!--l. 4707--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-770002.5"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:xindygloss"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">xindygloss</span><a 
- id="dx1-26072"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(<a 
+class="cmss-10">xindygloss</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4707--><p class="noindent" >(<a 
 href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>) This is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy={}</span></span></span> (that is, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-26073"></a> option without any
-     value supplied) and may be used as a document class option. The language and code
-     page can be set via <span 
+ id="dx1-77001"></a> option without any value supplied) and may be
+used as a document class option. The language and code page can be set via <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><a 
- id="dx1-26074"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-77002"></a> and
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span><a 
- id="dx1-26075"></a> (see <a 
-href="#sec:langenc"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11.1
-     </a><a 
+ id="dx1-77003"></a> (see <a 
+href="#sec:langenc">§11.1 </a><a 
 href="#sec:langenc">Language and Encodings<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:langenc --></a>.)
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+</p><!--l. 4713--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-780002.5"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:xindynoglsnumbers"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">xindynoglsnumbers</span><a 
- id="dx1-26076"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(<a 
+class="cmss-10">xindynoglsnumbers</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4713--><p class="noindent" >(<a 
 href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>) This is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy={glsnumbers=false}</span></span></span> and may
-     be used as a document class option.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy={glsnumbers=false}</span></span></span> and may be used as a document class
+option.
+</p><!--l. 4717--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-790002.5"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:automake"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">automake</span><a 
- id="dx1-26077"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is option was introduced to version 4.08 as a boolean option. As from version
-     4.42 it may now take three values: <span 
+class="cmss-10">automake=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4717--><p class="noindent" >This is option was introduced to version 4.08 as a boolean option. As from version 4.42 it may now take three
+values: <span 
 class="cmtt-10">false </span>(default), <span 
 class="cmtt-10">true </span>or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">immediate</span>. If no option is
-     supplied, <span 
-class="cmtt-10">immediate </span>is assumed. The option <span 
-class="cmss-10">automake=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-26078"></a> will attempt to run
-     <a 
+class="cmtt-10">immediate</span>. If no option is supplied, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">immediate </span>is assumed. The
+option <span 
+class="cmss-10">automake</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-79001"></a> will attempt to run <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-26079"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-79002"></a></a> or <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-26080"></a></a> using <span class="TEX">T<span 
+ id="dx1-79003"></a></a> using <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>’s <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\write18</span><a 
- id="dx1-26081"></a> mechanism at the end of the document.
-     The option <span 
-class="cmss-10">automake=immediate</span><a 
- id="dx1-26082"></a> will attempt to run <a 
+ id="dx1-79004"></a> mechanism
+at the end of the document. The option <span 
+class="cmss-10">automake</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">immediate</span><a 
+ id="dx1-79005"></a> will attempt to run <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-26083"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-79006"></a></a> or
+<a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-26084"></a></a> at the start
-     of <span 
+ id="dx1-79007"></a></a> at the start of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-26085"></a> using <span 
+ id="dx1-79008"></a> using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\immediate </span>(before the glossary files have been
-     opened).
-     <!--l. 4103--><p class="noindent" >In the case of <span 
-class="cmss-10">automake=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-26086"></a>, the associated files are created at the end of the
-     document ready for the next <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run. Since there is a possibility of commands such
-     as <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>occurring on the last page of the document, it’s not possible to use <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\immediate</span>
-     to close the associated file or with <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\write18 </span>since the writing of the final
-     indexing lines may have been delayed. In certain situations this can mean that
-     the <span 
+opened).
+</p><!--l. 4728--><p class="indent" >   In the case of <span 
+class="cmss-10">automake</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-79009"></a>, the associated files are created at the end of the document ready for
+the next <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run. Since there is a possibility of commands such as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>occurring on the
+last page of the document, it’s not possible to use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\immediate </span>to close the associated file or with
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\write18 </span>since the writing of the final indexing lines may have been delayed. In certain situations
+this can mean that the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\write18 </span>fails. In such cases, you will need to use <span 
-class="cmss-10">automake=immediate</span><a 
- id="dx1-26087"></a>
-     instead.
-     </p><!--l. 4113--><p class="noindent" >With <span 
-class="cmss-10">automake=immediate</span><a 
- id="dx1-26088"></a>, you will get a warning on the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run as the
-     associated glossary files don’t exist yet.
-     </p><!--l. 4117--><p class="noindent" >Since this mechanism can be a security risk, some <span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distributions disable it
-     completely, in which case this option won’t have an effect. (If this option doesn’t appear
-     to work, search the log file for “runsystem” and see if it is followed by “enabled” or
-     “disabled”.)
-     </p><!--l. 4123--><p class="noindent" >Some distributions allow <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\write18 </span>in a restricted mode. This mode has a&#x00A0;limited
-     number of trusted applications, which usually includes <a 
+class="cmss-10">automake</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">immediate</span><a 
+ id="dx1-79010"></a>
+instead.
+</p><!--l. 4738--><p class="indent" >   With <span 
+class="cmss-10">automake</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">immediate</span><a 
+ id="dx1-79011"></a>, you will get a warning on the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run as the associated glossary files
+don’t exist yet.
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 4742--><p class="indent" >   Since this mechanism can be a security risk, some <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distributions disable it completely, in which case
+this option won’t have an effect. (If this option doesn’t appear to work, search the log file for “runsystem” and
+see if it is followed by “enabled” or “disabled”.)
+</p><!--l. 4748--><p class="indent" >   Some distributions allow <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\write18 </span>in a restricted mode. This mode has a&#x00A0;limited number of trusted
+applications, which usually includes <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-26089"></a></a> but may not include
-     <a 
+ id="dx1-79012"></a></a> but may not include <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-26090"></a></a>. So if you have the restricted mode on, <span 
+ id="dx1-79013"></a></a>. So if you have the restricted mode
+on, <span 
 class="cmss-10">automake</span><a 
- id="dx1-26091"></a> should work with <span 
+ id="dx1-79014"></a> should work with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-26092"></a>
-     but may not work with <a 
+ id="dx1-79015"></a> but may not work with <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-26093"></a></a>.
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     </p><!--l. 4129--><p class="noindent" >However even in unrestricted mode this option may not work with <span 
+ id="dx1-79016"></a></a>.
+</p><!--l. 4754--><p class="indent" >   However even in unrestricted mode this option may not work with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-26094"></a> as <span 
+ id="dx1-79017"></a> as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-26095"></a> uses
-     language names that don’t always correspond with <span 
+ id="dx1-79018"></a> uses language names that
+don’t always correspond with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-26096"></a>’s language names. (The
-     <a 
+ id="dx1-79019"></a>’s language names. (The <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-26097"></a></a> script applies mappings to assist you.) Note that you still need
-     at least two <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+ id="dx1-79020"></a></a> script applies mappings to assist
+you.) Note that you still need at least two <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;runs to ensure the document is up-to-date with this
-     setting.
-     </p><!--l. 4136--><p class="noindent" >Since this package option attempts to run the <a 
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> on every
-     <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run, its use should be considered a last resort for those who can’t work out
-     how to incorporate the indexing application into their document build. The default
-     value for this option is <span 
-class="cmss-10">automake=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-26098"></a>.
+setting.
+</p><!--l. 4761--><p class="indent" >   Since this package option attempts to run the <a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> on every <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run, its use should be
+considered a last resort for those who can’t work out how to incorporate the indexing application into their
+document build. The default value for this option is <span 
+class="cmss-10">automake</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-79021"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 4767--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-     </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4144--><p class="noindent" >
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-800002.5"></a><a 
+ id="pkgopt:disablemakegloss"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">disablemakegloss</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4767--><p class="noindent" >This valueless option indicates that <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-80001"></a> and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-80002"></a> should be disabled. This
+option is provided in the event that you have to use a class or package that disregards the advice in <a 
+href="#sec:indexingoptions">§1.1 </a><a 
+href="#sec:indexingoptions">Indexing
+Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:indexingoptions --></a> and automatically performs <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-80003"></a> or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-80004"></a> but you don’t want this. (For
+example, you want to use a different indexing method or you want to disable indexing while working on a draft
+document.)
+</p><!--l. 4777--><p class="indent" >   This option may be passed in the standard document class option list or passed using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\PassOptionsToPackage</span>
+before <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-80005"></a> is loaded. Note that this does nothing if <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-80006"></a> or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-80007"></a> has
+already been used whilst enabled.
+</p><!--l. 4783--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 4144--><p class="noindent" ><a 
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5   </span> <a 
- id="sec:pkgopts-acronym"></a>Acronym Options</h3>
-     <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
-<a 
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-810002.5"></a><a 
+ id="pkgopt:restoremakegloss"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">restoremakegloss</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4783--><p class="noindent" >Cancels the effect of <span 
+class="cmss-10">disablemakegloss</span><a 
+ id="dx1-81001"></a>. This option may be used in <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries</span>. It issues a
+warning if <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-81002"></a> or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-81003"></a> has already been used whilst enabled. For
+example, suppose the class <span 
+class="cmss-10">customclass.cls </span>automatically loads <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and does <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>
+but you need an extra glossary, which has to be defined before <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>, then you can
+do:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100">
+\documentclass[disablemakegloss]{customclass}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newglossary*{functions}{Functions}
+&#x00A0;<br />\setupglossaries{restoremakegloss}
+&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
+</div>
+<!--l. 4796--><p class="nopar" > or
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101">
+\PassOptionsToPackage{disablemakegloss}{glossaries}
+&#x00A0;<br />\documentclass{customclass}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newglossary*{functions}{Functions}
+&#x00A0;<br />\setupglossaries{restoremakegloss}
+&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
+</div>
+<!--l. 4804--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4806--><p class="indent" >   Note that restoring these commands doesn’t necessarily mean that they can be used. It just means that their
+normal behaviour given the current settings will apply. For example, if you use the <span id="textcolor235"><span 
+class="cmss-10">record</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">only</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-81004"></a> or <span id="textcolor236"><span 
+class="cmss-10">record</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">nameref</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-81005"></a>
+options with <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> then you can’t use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>regardless of
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">restoremakegloss</span><a 
+ id="dx1-81006"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 4813--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 4813--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6   </span> <a 
+ id="sec:pkgopts-type"></a>Glossary Type Options</h3>
+<!--l. 4816--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-830002.6"></a><a 
+ id="pkgopt:nohypertypes"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">nohypertypes=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4816--><p class="noindent" >Use this option if you have multiple glossaries and you want to suppress the entry hyperlinks for a particular
+glossary or glossaries. The value of this option should be a comma-separated list of glossary types where <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-83001"></a>
+etc shouldn’t have hyperlinks by default. Make sure you enclose the value in braces if it contains any commas.
+Example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102">
+\usepackage[acronym,nohypertypes={acronym,notation}]
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{glossaries}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation}
+</div>
+<!--l. 4826--><p class="nopar" > The values must be fully expanded, so <strong>don’t</strong> try <span 
+class="cmtt-10">nohypertypes=\acronymtype</span><a 
+ id="dx1-83002"></a>. You may also
+use
+</p><!--l. 4830--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><a 
+ id="dx1-83003"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4831--><p class="noindent" >
+instead or additionally. See <a 
+href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> for further details.
+</p><!--l. 4835--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-840002.6"></a><a 
+ id="pkgopt:nomain"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">nomain</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4835--><p class="noindent" >This suppresses the creation of the main glossary and associated <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glo</span><a 
+ id="dx1-84001"></a> file, if unrequired. Note that if you use this
+option, you must create another glossary in which to put all your entries (either via the <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-84002"></a> (or <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronyms</span><a 
+ id="dx1-84003"></a>)
+package option described in <a 
+href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7 </a><a 
+href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">Acronym and Abbreviation Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a> or via the <span 
+class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a 
+ id="dx1-84004"></a>, <span 
+class="cmss-10">numbers</span><a 
+ id="dx1-84005"></a> or
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
+ id="dx1-84006"></a> options described in <a 
+href="#sec:pkgopts-other">§2.8 </a><a 
+href="#sec:pkgopts-other">Other Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-other --></a> or via <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-84007"></a> described in <a 
+href="#sec:newglossary">§12 </a><a 
+href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New
+Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>).
+</p><!--l. 4845--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the main glossary and you don’t use this option, <a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-84008"></a></a> will produce a warning.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 4848--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">Warning:</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;File</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;'</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">filename</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">.glo'</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;is</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;empty.</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">Have</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;you</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;used</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;any</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;entries</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;defined</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;in</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossary</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">'main'?</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">Remember</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;use</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;package</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;option</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;'nomain'</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;if</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">you</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;don't</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;want</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;use</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;main</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossary.</span>
+</div>
+</div> If you did actually want to use the main glossary and you see this warning, check that you have referenced the
+entries in that glossary via commands such as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-84009"></a>.
+<!--l. 4860--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-850002.6"></a><a 
+ id="pkgopt:symbols"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">symbols</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4860--><p class="noindent" >This valueless option defines a new glossary type with the label <span 
+class="cmtt-10">symbols </span>via
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103">
+\newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname}
+</div>
+<!--l. 4864--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
+</p><!--l. 4866--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-85001"></a>  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printsymbols[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4868--><p class="noindent" >
+which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-85002"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[type=symbols,</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 4874--><p class="indent" >   If you use <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-85003"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[type=symbols,</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+</div>
+</div> to display the list of symbols.
+<!--l. 4880--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a 
+ id="dx1-85004"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this <span 
+class="cmtt-10">symbols </span>glossary and
+don’t intend to use the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. </div>
+</p><!--l. 4884--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4886--><p class="indent" >   <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has a slightly modified version of this option which additionally provides
+<span id="textcolor237"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-85005"></a> as a convenient shortcut method for defining symbols. See the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for
+further details. </div>
+</p><!--l. 4891--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4893--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-860002.6"></a><a 
+ id="pkgopt:numbers"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">numbers</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4893--><p class="noindent" >This valueless option defines a new glossary type with the label <span 
+class="cmtt-10">numbers </span>via
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104">
+\newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname}
+</div>
+<!--l. 4897--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
+</p><!--l. 4899--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-86001"></a>  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printnumbers[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4901--><p class="noindent" >
+which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-86002"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[type=numbers,</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 4907--><p class="indent" >   If you use <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-86003"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[type=numbers,</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+</div>
+</div> to display the list of numbers.
+<!--l. 4913--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a 
+ id="dx1-86004"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this <span 
+class="cmtt-10">numbers </span>glossary and
+don’t intend to use the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. </div>
+</p><!--l. 4917--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4919--><p class="indent" >   <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has a slightly modified version of this option which additionally provides
+<span id="textcolor238"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-86005"></a> as a convenient shortcut method for defining numbers. See the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for
+further details. </div>
+</p><!--l. 4924--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4926--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-870002.6"></a><a 
+ id="pkgopt:index"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">index</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4926--><p class="noindent" >This valueless option defines a new glossary type with the label <span 
+class="cmtt-10">index </span>via
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105">
+\newglossary[ilg]{index}{ind}{idx}{\indexname}%
+</div>
+<!--l. 4930--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
+</p><!--l. 4932--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-87001"></a>  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newterm[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">term</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4934--><p class="noindent" >
+which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
+ id="dx1-87002"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">term</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}[type=index,name={</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">term</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">},%</span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">description=\nopostdesc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-87003"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">,</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+</div>
+</div> and
+<!--l. 4941--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-87004"></a>  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printindex[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4943--><p class="noindent" >
+which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-87005"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[type=index,</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 4949--><p class="indent" >   If you use <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-87006"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[type=index,</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+</div>
+</div> to display this glossary.
+<!--l. 4955--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a 
+ id="dx1-87007"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this <span 
+class="cmtt-10">index </span>glossary and
+don’t intend to use the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. Note that you can’t mix this option with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a 
+ id="dx1-87008"></a>. Either use
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>for the indexing or use a&#x00A0;custom indexing package, such as <span 
+class="cmss-10">makeidx</span><a 
+ id="dx1-87009"></a>, <span 
+class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
+ id="dx1-87010"></a> or <span 
+class="cmss-10">imakeidx</span><a 
+ id="dx1-87011"></a>. (You
+can, of course, load one of those packages and load <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>without the <span 
+class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
+ id="dx1-87012"></a> package option.)
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 4964--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4966--><p class="indent" >   Since the index isn’t designed for terms with descriptions, you might also want to disable the hyperlinks for
+this glossary using the package option <span 
+class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
+ id="dx1-87013"></a> or the command <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><a 
+ id="dx1-87014"></a><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{index}</span></span>
+   <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
+</p><!--l. 4973--><p class="indent" >   The example file <a 
+href="#ex:sample-index"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">sample-index.tex</span></a> illustrates the use of the <span 
+class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
+ id="dx1-87015"></a> package option.
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 4976--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-880002.6"></a><a 
+ id="pkgopt:noglossaryindex"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">noglossaryindex</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4976--><p class="noindent" >This valueless option switches off <span 
+class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
+ id="dx1-88001"></a> if <span 
+class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
+ id="dx1-88002"></a> has been passed implicitly (for example, through global
+document options). This option can’t be used in <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries</span>.
+</p><!--l. 4982--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 4982--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7   </span> <a 
+ id="sec:pkgopts-acronym"></a>Acronym and Abbreviation Options</h3>
+<!--l. 4985--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-900002.7"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:acronym"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-27001"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This creates a new glossary with the label <span 
-class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>. This is equivalent
-     to:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108">
-     \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname}
+class="cmss-10">acronym=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 4985--><p class="noindent" >If true, this creates a new glossary with the label <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>. This is equivalent to:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106">
+\newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4152--><p class="nopar" > It will also define
-     </p><!--l. 4154--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\printacronyms</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27002"></a> <span 
+<!--l. 4989--><p class="nopar" > It will also define
+</p><!--l. 4991--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-90001"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printacronyms[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4156--><p class="noindent" >
-     that’s equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
-     <div class="obeylines-v">
-     <span 
+</p><!--l. 4993--><p class="noindent" >
+that’s equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-27003"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-90002"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">[type=acronym,</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div>
-     </div> (unless that command is already defined before the beginning of the document or the
-     package option <span 
+</div> (unless that command is already defined before the beginning of the document or the package option
+<span 
 class="cmss-10">compatible-3.07</span><a 
- id="dx1-27004"></a> is used).
-     <!--l. 4164--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a 
+ id="dx1-90003"></a> is used).
+<!--l. 5001--><p class="indent" >   If you are using <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you need to use </p><div class="alltt">
-     <div class="obeylines-v">
-     <span 
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-27005"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-90004"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">[type=acronym,</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div>
-     </div> to display the list of acronyms.
-     <!--l. 4170--><p class="noindent" >If the <span 
+</div> to display the list of acronyms.
+<!--l. 5007--><p class="indent" >   If the <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-27006"></a> package option is used, <span 
+ id="dx1-90005"></a> package option is used, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a 
- id="dx1-27007"></a> is set to <span 
+ id="dx1-90006"></a> is set to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>otherwise it is set to
-     <span 
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">main</span>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
-href="#fn4x2" id="fn4x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.4</sup></a></span><a 
- id="x1-27008f4"></a>
-     Entries that are defined using <span 
+href="#fn5x2" id="fn5x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.5</sup></a></span><a 
+ id="x1-90007f5"></a>
+Entries that are defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-27014"></a> are placed in the glossary whose label is
-     given by <span 
+ id="dx1-90013"></a> are placed in the glossary whose label is given by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a 
- id="dx1-27015"></a>, unless another glossary is explicitly specified.
-     </p><!--l. 4180--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span 
+ id="dx1-90014"></a>,
+unless another glossary is explicitly specified.
+</p><!--l. 5017--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a 
- id="dx1-27016"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using
-     this <span 
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossary. (That is, you don’t intend to use the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary.)
-     </div>
-     </p><!--l. 4184--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+ id="dx1-90015"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossary. (That
+is, you don’t intend to use the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary.) </div>
+</p><!--l. 5021--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5023--><p class="indent" >   <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package comes with an analogous <span id="textcolor239"><span 
+class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-90016"></a> option, which creates a new
+glossary with the label <span 
+class="cmtt-10">abbreviations </span>and sets the command <span id="textcolor240"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-90017"></a> to this. If the <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-90018"></a> option
+hasn’t also been used, then <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a 
+ id="dx1-90019"></a> will be set to <span id="textcolor241"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-90020"></a>. This enables both <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-90021"></a>
+and <span id="textcolor242"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-90022"></a> to use the same glossary.
+</p><!--l. 5032--><p class="indent" >   Make sure you have at least v1.42 of <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> if you use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-90023"></a> (or <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronyms</span><a 
+ id="dx1-90024"></a>) package option
+with the extension package to avoid a bug that interferes with the abbreviation style. </div>
+</p><!--l. 5036--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5038--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-910002.7"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:acronyms"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">acronyms</span><a 
- id="dx1-27017"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is equivalent to <span 
-class="cmss-10">acronym=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-27018"></a> and may be used in the document class option
-     list.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+class="cmss-10">acronyms</span></h4>
+<!--l. 5038--><p class="noindent" >This is equivalent to <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronym</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-91001"></a> and may be used in the document class option list.
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 5042--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-920002.7"></a><span id="textcolor243"><a 
+ id="pkgopt:abbreviations"></a><span id="textcolor244"><span 
+class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></span> (glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
+<!--l. 5044--><p class="noindent" >This valueless option creates a new glossary type using:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107">
+\newglossary[glg-abr]{abbreviations}{gls-abr}{glo-abr}{\abbreviationsname}
+</div>
+<!--l. 5047--><p class="nopar" > The label can be accessed with <span id="textcolor245"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-92001"></a>, which is analogous to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span>. See <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
+manual for further details.
+</p><!--l. 5052--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-930002.7"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:acronymlists"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">acronymlists</span><a 
- id="dx1-27019"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">By default, only the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype </span>glossary is considered to be a list of
-     acronyms. If you have other lists of acronyms, you can specify them as a
-     comma-separated list in the value of <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronymlists=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 5052--><p class="noindent" >By default, only the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype </span>glossary is considered to be a list of acronyms. If you have other lists of
+acronyms, you can specify them as a comma-separated list in the value of <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a 
- id="dx1-27020"></a>. For example, if you use the <span 
+ id="dx1-93001"></a>. For example, if you use
+the <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-27021"></a>
-     package option but you also want the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary to also contain a list of acronyms,
-     you can do:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109">
-     \usepackage[acronym,acronymlists={main}]{glossaries}
+ id="dx1-93002"></a> package option but you also want the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary to also contain a list of acronyms, you can
+do:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108">
+\usepackage[acronym,acronymlists={main}]{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4198--><p class="nopar" > No check is performed to determine if the listed glossaries exist, so you can add
-     glossaries you haven’t defined yet. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 5060--><p class="nopar" > No check is performed to determine if the listed glossaries exist, so you can add glossaries you haven’t defined
+yet. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110">
-     \usepackage[acronym,acronymlists={main,acronym2}]
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{glossaries}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\newglossary[alg2]{acronym2}{acr2}{acn2}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{Statistical&#x00A0;Acronyms}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109">
+\usepackage[acronym,acronymlists={main,acronym2}]
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{glossaries}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newglossary[alg2]{acronym2}{acr2}{acn2}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{Statistical&#x00A0;Acronyms}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4206--><p class="nopar" > You can use
-     </p><!--l. 4208--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\DeclareAcronymList</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27022"></a> <span 
+<!--l. 5068--><p class="nopar" > You can use
+</p><!--l. 5070--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-93003"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4210--><p class="noindent" >
-     instead of or in addition to the <span 
+</p><!--l. 5072--><p class="noindent" >
+instead of or in addition to the <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a 
- id="dx1-27023"></a> option. This will add the glossaries given in
-     &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9; to the list of glossaries that are identified as lists of acronyms. To replace the list of
-     acronym lists with a new list use:
-     </p><!--l. 4215--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\SetAcronymLists</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27024"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-93004"></a> option. This will add the glossaries given in &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9; to the list of
+glossaries that are identified as lists of acronyms. To replace the list of acronym lists with a new list
+use:
+</p><!--l. 5077--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-93005"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\SetAcronymLists{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4217--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 4219--><p class="noindent" >You can determine if a glossary has been identified as being a list of acronyms
-     using:
-     </p><!--l. 4221--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsIfListOfAcronyms</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27025"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 5079--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5081--><p class="indent" >   You can determine if a glossary has been identified as being a list of acronyms using:
+</p><!--l. 5083--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-93006"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsIfListOfAcronyms{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -8828,1321 +11370,1091 @@
 class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-     </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4223--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 5085--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5087--><p class="indent" >   <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> This option is incompatible with <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>’s</a> abbreviation mechanism. </div>
+</p><!--l. 5090--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5092--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-940002.7"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:shortcuts"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span><a 
- id="dx1-27026"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This option provides shortcut commands for acronyms. See <a 
-href="#sec:acronyms"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>13 </a><a 
-href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and
-     Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details. Alternatively you can use:
-     <!--l. 4228--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\DefineAcronymSynonyms</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-27027"></a> <span 
+class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></h4>
+<!--l. 5092--><p class="noindent" >This option provides shortcut commands for acronyms. See <a 
+href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a 
+href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further
+details. Alternatively you can use:
+</p><!--l. 5095--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-94001"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\DefineAcronymSynonyms </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4230--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4233--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5097--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5099--><p class="indent" >   <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides additional shortcuts. </div>
+</p><!--l. 5101--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5103--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 4233--><p class="noindent" ><a 
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5.1   </span> <a 
+<!--l. 5103--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:pkgopts-old-acronym"></a>Deprecated Acronym Style Options</h4>
-<!--l. 4236--><p class="noindent" >The package options listed in this section are now deprecated but are kept for
-backward-compatibility. Use <span 
+<!--l. 5106--><p class="noindent" >The package options listed in this section are now deprecated but are kept for backward-compatibility. Use
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a 
- id="dx1-28001"></a> instead. See <a 
-href="#sec:acronyms"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>13 </a><a 
-href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other
-Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details.
-     </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
-<a 
+ id="dx1-95001"></a> instead. See <a 
+href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a 
+href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details.
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 5110--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-960002.7.1"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:description"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-28002"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This option changes the definition of <span 
+class="cmss-10">description</span></h4>
+<!--l. 5110--><p class="noindent" >This option changes the definition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-28003"></a> to allow a description. This
-     option may be replaced by
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111">
-     \setacronymstyle{long-short-desc}
+ id="dx1-96001"></a> to allow a description. This option may be replaced
+by
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110">
+\setacronymstyle{long-short-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4246--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+<!--l. 5115--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a 
- id="dx1-28004"></a>)
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-96002"></a>)
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-112">
-     \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111">
+\setacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4250--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+<!--l. 5119--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a 
- id="dx1-28005"></a>)
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-96003"></a>)
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-113">
-     \setacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-112">
+\setacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4254--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+<!--l. 5123--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-28006"></a>)
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-96004"></a>)
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114">
-     \setacronymstyle{footnote-desc}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-113">
+\setacronymstyle{footnote-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4258--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+<!--l. 5127--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-28007"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-96005"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a 
- id="dx1-28008"></a>)
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-96006"></a>)
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115">
-     \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114">
+\setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4262--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+<!--l. 5131--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-28009"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-96007"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a 
- id="dx1-28010"></a>)
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-96008"></a>)
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116">
-     \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115">
+\setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4266--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+<!--l. 5135--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">dua</span><a 
- id="dx1-28011"></a>)
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-96009"></a>)
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117">
-     \setacronymstyle{dua-desc}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116">
+\setacronymstyle{dua-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4270--><p class="nopar" >
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+<!--l. 5139--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5141--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-970002.7.1"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:smallcaps"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">smallcaps</span><a 
- id="dx1-28012"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This option changes the definition of <span 
+class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span></h4>
+<!--l. 5141--><p class="noindent" >This option changes the definition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-28013"></a> and the way that acronyms are
-     displayed. This option may be replaced by:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118">
-     \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short}
+ id="dx1-97001"></a> and the way that acronyms are displayed. This option may
+be replaced by:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117">
+\setacronymstyle{long-sc-short}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4277--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+<!--l. 5146--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-28014"></a>)
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-97002"></a>)
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119">
-     \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118">
+\setacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4281--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+<!--l. 5150--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-28015"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-97003"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-28016"></a>)
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-97004"></a>)
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120">
-     \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119">
+\setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4285--><p class="nopar" >
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+<!--l. 5154--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5156--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-980002.7.1"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:smaller"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">smaller</span><a 
- id="dx1-28017"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This option changes the definition of <span 
+class="cmss-10">smaller</span></h4>
+<!--l. 5156--><p class="noindent" >This option changes the definition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-28018"></a> and the way that acronyms are
-     displayed.
-     <!--l. 4289--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use this option, you will need to include the <span 
+ id="dx1-98001"></a> and the way that acronyms are displayed.
+</p><!--l. 5158--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use this option, you will need to include the <span 
 class="cmss-10">relsize</span><a 
- id="dx1-28019"></a> package or otherwise define
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-98002"></a> package or otherwise define <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a 
- id="dx1-28020"></a> or redefine <span 
+ id="dx1-98003"></a> or
+redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-28021"></a>. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 4293--><p class="noindent" >
-     This option may be replaced by:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-98004"></a>. </div>
+</p><!--l. 5162--><p class="noindent" >
+This option may be replaced by:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121">
-     \setacronymstyle{long-sm-short}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120">
+\setacronymstyle{long-sm-short}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4297--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+<!--l. 5166--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-28022"></a>)
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-98005"></a>)
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122">
-     \setacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121">
+\setacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4301--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+<!--l. 5170--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-28023"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-98006"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-28024"></a>)
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-98007"></a>)
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123">
-     \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122">
+\setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4305--><p class="nopar" >
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+<!--l. 5174--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5176--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-990002.7.1"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:footnote"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">footnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-28025"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This option changes the definition of <span 
+class="cmss-10">footnote</span></h4>
+<!--l. 5176--><p class="noindent" >This option changes the definition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-28026"></a> and the way that acronyms are
-     displayed. This option may be replaced by:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124">
-     \setacronymstyle{footnote}
+ id="dx1-99001"></a> and the way that acronyms are displayed. This option may
+be replaced by:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123">
+\setacronymstyle{footnote}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4312--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+<!--l. 5181--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a 
- id="dx1-28027"></a>)
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-99002"></a>)
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125">
-     \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124">
+\setacronymstyle{footnote-sc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4316--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+<!--l. 5185--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a 
- id="dx1-28028"></a>)
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-99003"></a>)
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126">
-     \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125">
+\setacronymstyle{footnote-sm}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4320--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+<!--l. 5189--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-28029"></a>)
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-99004"></a>)
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127">
-     \setacronymstyle{footnote-desc}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126">
+\setacronymstyle{footnote-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4324--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+<!--l. 5193--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a 
- id="dx1-28030"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-99005"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-28031"></a>)
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-99006"></a>)
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128">
-     \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127">
+\setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4328--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+<!--l. 5197--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a 
- id="dx1-28032"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-99007"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-28033"></a>)
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-99008"></a>)
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129">
-     \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128">
+\setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4332--><p class="nopar" >
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+<!--l. 5201--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5203--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-1000002.7.1"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:dua"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">dua</span><a 
- id="dx1-28034"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This option changes the definition of <span 
+class="cmss-10">dua</span></h4>
+<!--l. 5203--><p class="noindent" >This option changes the definition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-28035"></a> so that acronyms are always
-     expanded. This option may be replaced by:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130">
-     \setacronymstyle{dua}
+ id="dx1-100001"></a> so that acronyms are always expanded. This option may be
+replaced by:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129">
+\setacronymstyle{dua}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4340--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+<!--l. 5208--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-28036"></a>)
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-100002"></a>)
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131">
-     \setacronymstyle{dua-desc}
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130">
+\setacronymstyle{dua-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4344--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 5212--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5214--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-     </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4348--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 5214--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8   </span> <a 
+ id="sec:pkgopts-other"></a>Other Options</h3>
+<!--l. 5217--><p class="noindent" >Other available options that don’t fit any of the above categories are described below.
+</p><!--l. 5220--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 4348--><p class="noindent" ><a 
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6   </span> <a 
- id="sec:pkgopts-other"></a>Other Options</h3>
-<!--l. 4351--><p class="noindent" >Other available options that don’t fit any of the above categories are:
-     </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
-<a 
- id="pkgopt:symbols"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">symbols</span><a 
- id="dx1-29001"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This option defines a new glossary type with the label <span 
-class="cmtt-10">symbols </span>via
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132">
-     \newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 4358--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
-     </p><!--l. 4360--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\printsymbols</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29002"></a> <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\printsymbols[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4362--><p class="noindent" >
-     which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
-     <div class="obeylines-v">
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-29003"></a><span 
-class="cmtt-10">[type=symbols,</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-     </div>
-     <!--l. 4368--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a 
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt">
-     <div class="obeylines-v">
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-29004"></a><span 
-class="cmtt-10">[type=symbols,</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-     </div> to display the list of symbols.
-     <!--l. 4374--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a 
- id="dx1-29005"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">symbols </span>glossary and don’t intend to use the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 4378--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 4380--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package has a slightly modified version of this option which
-     additionally provides <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><a 
- id="dx1-29006"></a> as a convenient shortcut method for defining
-     symbols. See the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>manual for further details.
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
- id="pkgopt:numbers"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">numbers</span><a 
- id="dx1-29007"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This option defines a new glossary type with the label <span 
-class="cmtt-10">numbers </span>via
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133">
-     \newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 4389--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
-     </p><!--l. 4391--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\printnumbers</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29008"></a> <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\printnumbers[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4393--><p class="noindent" >
-     which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
-     <div class="obeylines-v">
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-29009"></a><span 
-class="cmtt-10">[type=numbers,</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-     </div>
-     <!--l. 4399--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a 
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt">
-     <div class="obeylines-v">
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-29010"></a><span 
-class="cmtt-10">[type=numbers,</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-     </div> to display the list of numbers.
-     <!--l. 4405--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a 
- id="dx1-29011"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">numbers </span>glossary and don’t intend to use the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 4409--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 4411--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package has a slightly modified version of this option which
-     additionally provides <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><a 
- id="dx1-29012"></a> as a convenient shortcut method for defining
-     numbers. See the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>manual for further details.
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
- id="pkgopt:index"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">index</span><a 
- id="dx1-29013"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This option defines a new glossary type with the label <span 
-class="cmtt-10">index </span>via
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134">
-     \newglossary[ilg]{index}{ind}{idx}{\indexname}%
-</div>
-     <!--l. 4420--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
-     </p><!--l. 4422--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\newterm</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29014"></a> <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newterm[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">term</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4424--><p class="noindent" >
-     which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
-     <div class="obeylines-v">
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-29015"></a><span 
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-1020002.8"></a><span id="textcolor246"><a 
+ id="pkgopt:accsupp"></a><span id="textcolor247"><span 
+class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></span> (glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
+<!--l. 5222--><p class="noindent" >Load the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
+ id="dx1-102001"></a> package.
+</p><!--l. 5224--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-1030002.8"></a><span id="textcolor248"><a 
+ id="pkgopt:prefix"></a><span id="textcolor249"><span 
+class="cmss-10">prefix</span></span> (glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
+<!--l. 5226--><p class="noindent" >Load the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a 
+ id="dx1-103001"></a> package.
+</p><!--l. 5228--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-1040002.8"></a><span id="textcolor250"><a 
+ id="pkgopt:nomissingglstext"></a><span id="textcolor251"><span 
+class="cmss-10">nomissingglstext</span></span><span 
+class="cmss-10">=</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">term</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">}[type=index,name={</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">term</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">},%</span>
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">description=\nopostdesc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29016"></a><span 
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-     </div> and
-     <!--l. 4431--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\printindex</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-29017"></a> <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\printindex[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4433--><p class="noindent" >
-     which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
-     <div class="obeylines-v">
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-29018"></a><span 
-class="cmtt-10">[type=index,</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-     </div>
-     <!--l. 4439--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a 
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt">
-     <div class="obeylines-v">
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-29019"></a><span 
-class="cmtt-10">[type=index,</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-     </div> to display this glossary.
-     <!--l. 4445--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a 
- id="dx1-29020"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">index </span>glossary and don’t intend to use the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. Note that you can’t mix this
-     option with <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a 
- id="dx1-29021"></a>. Either use <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>for the indexing or use a&#x00A0;custom
-     indexing package, such as <span 
-class="cmss-10">makeidx</span><a 
- id="dx1-29022"></a>, <span 
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
- id="dx1-29023"></a> or <span 
-class="cmss-10">imakeidx</span><a 
- id="dx1-29024"></a>. (You can, of course, load
-     one of those packages and load <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>without the <span 
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
- id="dx1-29025"></a> package option.)
-     </div>
-     </p><!--l. 4454--><p class="noindent" >
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     </p><!--l. 4456--><p class="noindent" >Since the index isn’t designed for terms with descriptions, you might also want to
-     disable the hyperlinks for this glossary using the package option <span 
-class="cmss-10">nohypertypes=index</span><a 
- id="dx1-29026"></a> or
-     the command <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
-     <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><a 
- id="dx1-29027"></a><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">{index}</span></span>
-     <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-     </p><!--l. 4463--><p class="noindent" >The example file <a 
-href="#x1-11100r28"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">sample-index.tex</span></a> illustrates the use of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
- id="dx1-29028"></a> package
-     option.
-     </p></dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
- id="pkgopt:noglossaryindex"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">noglossaryindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-29029"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This option switches off <span 
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
- id="dx1-29030"></a> if <span 
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
- id="dx1-29031"></a> has been passed implicitly (for
-     example, through global document options). This option can’t be used in
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries</span>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>(glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
+<!--l. 5230--><p class="noindent" >This option may be used to suppress the boilerplate text generated by <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>if the glossary file is
+missing.
+</p><!--l. 5233--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-1050002.8"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:compatible-2.07"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">compatible-2.07</span><a 
- id="dx1-29032"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Compatibility mode for old documents created using version 2.07 or
-     below.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+class="cmss-10">compatible-2.07=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 5233--><p class="noindent" >Compatibility mode for old documents created using version 2.07 or below.
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 5236--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-1060002.8"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:compatible-3.07"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">compatible-3.07</span><a 
- id="dx1-29033"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Compatibility mode for old documents created using version 3.07 or
-     below.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
-<a 
+class="cmss-10">compatible-3.07=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 5236--><p class="noindent" >Compatibility mode for old documents created using version 3.07 or below.
+</p><!--l. 5239--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+   <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a 
+ id="x1-1070002.8"></a><a 
  id="pkgopt:kernelglossredefs"></a><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">kernelglossredefs</span><a 
- id="dx1-29034"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">As a legacy from the precursor <span 
+class="cmss-10">kernelglossredefs=</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
+<!--l. 5239--><p class="noindent" >As a legacy from the precursor <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-29035"></a> package, the standard glossary
-     commands provided by the <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+ id="dx1-107001"></a> package, the standard glossary commands provided by the
+<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;kernel (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossary </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glossary</span>) are
-     redefined in terms of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s commands. However, they were never
-     documented in this user manual, and the conversion guide (<a 
-href="glossary2glossaries.html" >“Upgrading from
-     the glossary package to the glossaries package”</a>) explicitly discourages their
-     use.
-     <!--l. 4486--><p class="noindent" >The use of those kernel commands (instead of the appropriate commands documented
-     in this user guide) are deprecated, and you will now get a warning if you try using
-     them.
-     </p><!--l. 4490--><p class="noindent" >In the event that you require the original form of these kernel commands,
-     for example, if you need to use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package with another class or
-     package that also performs glossary-style indexing, then you can restore these
-     commands to their previous definition (that is, their definitions prior to loading the
-     <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package) with the package option <span 
-class="cmss-10">kernelglossredefs=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-29036"></a>. You may
-     also need to use the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glossary</span>) are redefined in terms of the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s commands.
+However, they were never documented in this user manual, and the conversion guide (<a 
+href="glossary2glossaries.html" >“Upgrading from the
+glossary package to the glossaries package”</a>) explicitly discourages their use.
+</p><!--l. 5248--><p class="indent" >   The use of those kernel commands (instead of the appropriate commands documented in this user guide) are
+deprecated, and you will now get a warning if you try using them.
+</p><!--l. 5252--><p class="indent" >   In the event that you require the original form of these kernel commands, for example, if you need to use the
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package with another class or package that also performs glossary-style indexing, then you can restore
+these commands to their previous definition (that is, their definitions prior to loading the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package)
+with the package option <span 
+class="cmss-10">kernelglossredefs</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-107002"></a>. You may also need to use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a 
- id="dx1-29037"></a> option in the event of file extension conflicts. (In
-     which case, you must provide a new default glossary for use with the <span 
+ id="dx1-107003"></a> option in the event of file
+extension conflicts. (In which case, you must provide a new default glossary for use with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-29038"></a>
-     package.)
-     </p><!--l. 4501--><p class="noindent" >This option may take one of three values: <span 
-class="cmss-10">true </span>(redefine with warnings, default),
-     <span 
-class="cmss-10">false </span>(restore previous definitions) or <span 
-class="cmss-10">nowarn </span>(redefine without warnings, not
-     recommended).
-     </p><!--l. 4506--><p class="noindent" >Note that the only glossary-related commands provided by the <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;kernel are
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-107004"></a>
+package.)
+</p><!--l. 5263--><p class="indent" >   This option may take one of three values: <span 
+class="cmss-10">true </span>(redefine with warnings, default), <span 
+class="cmss-10">false </span>(restore previous
+definitions) or <span 
+class="cmss-10">nowarn </span>(redefine without warnings, not recommended).
+</p><!--l. 5268--><p class="indent" >   The only glossary-related commands provided by the <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;kernel are <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossary </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glossary</span>. Other packages or classes may provide additional
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     glossary-related commands or environments that conflict with <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>(such as
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glossary</span>.
+Other packages or classes may provide additional glossary-related commands or environments that conflict with
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>(such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>and <span 
 class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-29039"></a><a 
- id="dx1-29040"></a>). These non-kernel commands aren’t affected by this
-     package option, and you will have to find some way to resolve the conflict if you require
-     both glossary mechanisms. (The <span 
+ id="dx1-107005"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-107006"></a>). These non-kernel commands aren’t affected by this
+package option, and you will have to find some way to resolve the conflict if you require both glossary
+mechanisms. (The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-29041"></a> package will override the existing definitions
-     of <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>and <span 
+ id="dx1-107007"></a> package will override the existing definitions of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>and
+<span 
 class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-29042"></a><a 
- id="dx1-29043"></a>.)
-     </p><!--l. 4516--><p class="noindent" >In general, if possible, it’s best to stick with just one package that provides a glossary
-     mechanism. (The <span 
+ id="dx1-107008"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-107009"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 5278--><p class="indent" >   In general, if possible, it’s best to stick with just one package that provides a glossary mechanism. (The
+<span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package does check for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">doc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29044"></a> package and patches
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-107010"></a> package and patches <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\PrintChanges</span>.)
+</p><!--l. 5282--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-     </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4522--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 4522--><p class="noindent" ><a 
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7   </span> <a 
+<!--l. 5282--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.9   </span> <a 
  id="sec:setupglossaries"></a>Setting Options After the Package is Loaded</h3>
-<!--l. 4525--><p class="noindent" >Some of the options described above may also be set after the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has been
-loaded using
-</p><!--l. 4527--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\setupglossaries</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-30001"></a> <span 
+<!--l. 5285--><p class="noindent" >Some of the options described above may also be set after the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has been loaded
+using
+</p><!--l. 5287--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-108001"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">key-val list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4529--><p class="noindent" >
-The following package options <span 
-class="cmbx-10">can’t </span>be used in <span 
+</p><!--l. 5289--><p class="noindent" >
+The following package options <strong>can’t</strong> be used in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries</span>: <span 
 class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-30002"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-108002"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">xindygloss</span><a 
- id="dx1-30003"></a>,
+ id="dx1-108003"></a>, <span 
+class="cmss-10">xindynoglsnumbers</span><a 
+ id="dx1-108004"></a>,
 <span 
-class="cmss-10">xindynoglsnumbers</span><a 
- id="dx1-30004"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-30005"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-108005"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">nolong</span><a 
- id="dx1-30006"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-108006"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">nosuper</span><a 
- id="dx1-30007"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-108007"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">nolist</span><a 
- id="dx1-30008"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-108008"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">notree</span><a 
- id="dx1-30009"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-108009"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a 
- id="dx1-30010"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-108010"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a 
- id="dx1-30011"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-108011"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">compatible-2.07</span><a 
- id="dx1-30012"></a>,
-<span 
+ id="dx1-108012"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">translate</span><a 
- id="dx1-30013"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-108013"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">notranslate</span><a 
- id="dx1-30014"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-108014"></a>,
+<span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-30015"></a>. These options have to be set while the package is loading,
-except for the <span 
+ id="dx1-108015"></a>. These options have to be set while the package is loading, except for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-30016"></a> sub-options which can be set using commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-108016"></a> sub-options
+which can be set using commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><a 
- id="dx1-30017"></a>
-(see <a 
-href="#sec:xindy"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11 </a><a 
-href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details).
-</p><!--l. 4541--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you need to use this command, use it as soon as possible after loading <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-otherwise you might end up using it too late for the change to take effect. For example, if you
-try changing the acronym styles (such as <span 
+ id="dx1-108017"></a> (see <a 
+href="#sec:xindy">§11 </a><a 
+href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further
+details).
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 5301--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you need to use this command, use it as soon as possible after loading <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>otherwise you might end
+up using it too late for the change to take effect. For example, if you try changing the acronym styles (such as
+<span 
 class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a 
- id="dx1-30018"></a>) after you have started defining your
-acronyms, you are likely to get unexpected results. If you try changing the sort
-option after you have started to define entries, you may get unexpected results.
+ id="dx1-108018"></a>) after you have started defining your acronyms, you are likely to get unexpected results. If you try
+changing the sort option after you have started to define entries, you may get unexpected results.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 4549--><p class="noindent" >
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+</p><!--l. 5309--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-<!--l. 4551--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 4551--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5311--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 5311--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a 
  id="sec:setup"></a>Setting Up</h2>
-</p><!--l. 4554--><p class="indent" >   In the preamble you need to indicate whether you want to use <a 
+</p><!--l. 5314--><p class="indent" >   In the preamble you need to indicate whether you want to use <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, <a 
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a> or
-<a 
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>. It’s not possible to mix these options within a&#x00A0;document, although some
-combinations are possible with <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (For Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a> or <a 
+href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>. It’s not
+possible to mix these options within a&#x00A0;document, although some combinations are possible with <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>.
+(For Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option4">4</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option5">5</a> see the <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-31001"></a></a> and
-<a 
+ id="dx1-109001"></a></a> and <a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manuals.)
 </p>
-<!--l. 4560--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5320--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:setupopt1"></a>Option 1</h3>
-<!--l. 4563--><p class="noindent" >The command
-</p><!--l. 4564--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\makenoidxglossaries</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-32001"></a> <span 
+<!--l. 5323--><p class="noindent" >The command
+</p><!--l. 5324--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-110001"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4566--><p class="noindent" >
-must be placed in the preamble. This sets up the internal commands required to make
-<a 
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> work. <span 
-class="cmbx-10">If you omit </span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span><span 
-class="cmbx-10">none of the glossaries will be</span>
-<span 
-class="cmbx-10">displayed.</span>
-</p><!--l. 4572--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5326--><p class="noindent" >
+must be placed in the preamble. This sets up the internal commands required to make <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> work. <strong>If you
+omit <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>none of the glossaries will be displayed.</strong>
+</p><!--l. 5332--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 4572--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5332--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:setupopt23"></a>Options 2 and 3</h3>
-<!--l. 4575--><p class="noindent" >The command
-</p><!--l. 4576--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\makeglossaries</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-33001"></a> <span 
+<!--l. 5335--><p class="noindent" >The command
+</p><!--l. 5336--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-111001"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4578--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5338--><p class="noindent" >
 must be placed in the preamble in order to create the customised <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-33002"></a></a> (<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a 
- id="dx1-33003"></a>) or <a 
+ id="dx1-111002"></a></a> (<span 
+class="cmtt-10">ist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-111003"></a>) or <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-33004"></a></a>
-(<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a 
- id="dx1-33005"></a>) style file (for Options&#x00A0;<a 
+ id="dx1-111004"></a></a> (<span 
+class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-111005"></a>) style file (for
+Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
-href="#option3">3</a>, respectively) and to ensure that glossary entries are
-written to the appropriate output files. <span 
-class="cmbx-10">If you omit </span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span><span 
-class="cmbx-10">none of the</span>
+href="#option3">3</a>, respectively) and to ensure that glossary entries are written to the appropriate output files. <strong>If
+you omit <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>none of the glossary files will be created.</strong>
+</p><!--l. 5346--><p class="indent" >   <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you are using <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>has an optional argument that allows you to
+have a hybrid of Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option1">1</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option2">2</a> or Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option1">1</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option3">3</a>. See <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 5350--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5353--><p class="indent" >   <span class="warningsymbol">⚠</span> Note that some of the commands provided by the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package must not be used after
 <span 
-class="cmbx-10">glossary files will be created.</span>
-</p><!--l. 4586--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that some of the commands provided by the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package must not be used
-after <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>as they are required when creating the customised style file. If
-you attempt to use those commands after <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>you will generate an
-error.
-</p><!--l. 4593--><p class="indent" >   Similarly, there are some commands that must not be used before <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>as they are required when creating the customised style file. If you attempt to use those
+commands after <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>you will generate an error. Similarly, there are some commands that must
+not be used before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 4595--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4597--><p class="indent" >   You can suppress the creation of the customised <a 
+</p><!--l. 5361--><p class="indent" >   You can suppress the creation of the customised <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-33006"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-111006"></a></a> or <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-33007"></a></a> style file
-using
-</p><!--l. 4599--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\noist</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-33008"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-111007"></a></a> style file using
+</p><!--l. 5363--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-111008"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\noist </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4601--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5365--><p class="noindent" >
 That this command must not be used after <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4603--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you have a custom <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a 
- id="dx1-33009"></a> file created when using <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>version 2.07 or
-below, you will need to use the <span 
+</p><!--l. 5367--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you have a custom <span 
+class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-111009"></a> file created when using <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>version 2.07 or below, you will need to
+use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">compatible-2.07</span><a 
- id="dx1-33010"></a> package option with it. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4607--><p class="noindent" >
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p><!--l. 4609--><p class="indent" >   The default name for the customised style file is given by <span 
+ id="dx1-111010"></a> package option with it. </div>
+</p><!--l. 5371--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5373--><p class="indent" >   The default name for the customised style file is given by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span><a 
- id="dx1-33011"></a><span 
-class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a 
- id="dx1-33012"></a> (<a 
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>) or
-<span 
+ id="dx1-111011"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">ist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-111012"></a> (<a 
+href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>) or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span><a 
- id="dx1-33013"></a><span 
-class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a 
- id="dx1-33014"></a> (<a 
+ id="dx1-111013"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-111014"></a>
+(<a 
 href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>). This name may be changed using:
-</p><!--l. 4613--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\setStyleFile</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-33015"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 5377--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-111015"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4615--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 5379--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the style file without the extension. Note that this command must
-not be used after <span 
+class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the style file without the extension. Note that this command must not be used after
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4620--><p class="indent" >   Each glossary entry is assigned a <a 
+</p><!--l. 5384--><p class="indent" >   Each glossary entry is assigned a <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-33016"></a></a> that lists all the locations in the document
-where that entry was used. By default, the location refers to the page number but this may
-be overridden using the <span 
+ id="dx1-111016"></a></a> that lists all the locations in the document where that entry
+was used. By default, the location refers to the page number but this may be overridden using the
+<span 
 class="cmss-10">counter</span><a 
- id="dx1-33017"></a> package option. The default form of the location number
-assumes a full stop compositor (e.g.&#x00A0;1.2), but if your location numbers use a different
-compositor (e.g. 1-2) you need to set this using
-</p><!--l. 4627--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsSetCompositor</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-33018"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-111017"></a> package option. The default form of the location number assumes a full stop compositor
+(e.g.&#x00A0;1.2), but if your location numbers use a different compositor (e.g. 1-2) you need to set this
+using
+</p><!--l. 5391--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-111018"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsSetCompositor{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4629--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5393--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131">
 \glsSetCompositor{-}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4633--><p class="nopar" > This command must not be used after <span 
+<!--l. 5397--><p class="nopar" > This command must not be used after <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4636--><p class="indent" >   If you use <a 
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>, you can have a different compositor for page numbers starting with
-an upper case alphabetical character using:
-</p><!--l. 4638--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsSetAlphaCompositor</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-33019"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 5400--><p class="indent" >   If you use <a 
+href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>, you can have a different compositor for page numbers starting with an upper case
+alphabetical character using:
+</p><!--l. 5402--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-111019"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsSetAlphaCompositor{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5404--><p class="noindent" >
 This command has no effect if you use <a 
 href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>. For example, if you want <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-33020"></a>s</a>
-containing a mixture of A-1 and 2.3 style formats, then do:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-111020"></a>s</a> containing a mixture of
+A-1 and 2.3 style formats, then do:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132">
 \glsSetCompositor{.}\glsSetAlphaCompositor{-}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4646--><p class="nopar" > See <a 
-href="#sec:numberlists"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5 </a><a 
+<!--l. 5410--><p class="nopar" > See <a 
+href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a 
 href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a> for further information about <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-33021"></a>s</a>.
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-111021"></a>s</a>.
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-<!--l. 4650--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 4650--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5414--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 5414--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a 
  id="sec:newglosentry"></a>Defining Glossary Entries</h2>
-</p><!--l. 4653--><p class="indent" >   All glossary entries must be defined before they are used, so it is better to define them in
-the preamble to ensure this. In fact, some commands such as <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span>
-may only be used in the preamble. See <a 
-href="#sec:docdefs"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.8 </a><a 
-href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in
-the Document Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a> for a discussion of the problems with defining entries
-within the document instead of in the preamble. (The <a 
+</p><!--l. 5417--><p class="indent" >   All glossary entries must be defined before they are used, so it is better to define them in the
+preamble to ensure this. In fact, some commands such as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>may only be used
+in the preamble. See <a 
+href="#sec:docdefs">§4.8 </a><a 
+href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a> for a
+discussion of the problems with defining entries within the document instead of in the preamble.
+(The <a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has an
-option that provides a restricted form of document definitions that avoids some of
-the issues discussed in <a 
-href="#sec:docdefs"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.8 </a><a 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has an option that provides a restricted form of document definitions
+that avoids some of the issues discussed in <a 
+href="#sec:docdefs">§4.8 </a><a 
 href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document
 Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 4662--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <a 
+</p><!--l. 5426--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> enforces the preamble-only restriction on <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-34001"></a>. <a 
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>
-requires that definitions are provided in <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>format. <a 
-href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a> requires either
-preamble-only definitions or the use of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-34002"></a> package option <span 
-class="cmss-10">docdef=restricted</span>.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 4668--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4670--><p class="indent" >   Only those entries that are indexed in the document (using any of the commands
-described in <a 
-href="#sec:glslink"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a 
-href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>, <a 
-href="#sec:glsadd"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>7 </a><a 
-href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without
-Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> or <a 
-href="#sec:crossref"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>8 </a><a 
-href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>) will appear in the glossary. See <a 
-href="#sec:printglossary"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>10
-</a><a 
-href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a> to find out how to display the glossary.
-</p><!--l. 4678--><p class="indent" >   New glossary entries are defined using the command:
-</p><!--l. 4679--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\newglossaryentry</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-34003"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-112001"></a>. <a 
+href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a> requires that definitions
+are provided in <span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112002"></a> format. <a 
+href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a> requires either preamble-only definitions or the use of the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
+package option <span 
+class="cmss-10">docdef=restricted</span>. </div>
+</p><!--l. 5432--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5434--><p class="indent" >   Only those entries that are indexed in the document (using any of the commands described in <a 
+href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glslink">Links to
+Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>, <a 
+href="#sec:glsadd">§7 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> or <a 
+href="#sec:crossref">§8 </a><a 
+href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing
+Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>) will appear in the glossary. See <a 
+href="#sec:printglossary">§10 </a><a 
+href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a> to find out how to display the
+glossary.
+</p><!--l. 5442--><p class="indent" >   New glossary entries are defined using the command:
+</p><!--l. 5443--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-112003"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">key=value list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4681--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5445--><p class="noindent" >
 This is a short command, so values in &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">key-val list</span>&#x27E9; can’t contain any paragraph breaks. Take
-care to enclose values containing any commas (<span 
+class="cmti-10">key-val list</span>&#x27E9; can’t contain any paragraph breaks. Take care to enclose
+values containing any commas (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">,</span>) or equal signs (<span 
-class="cmtt-10">=</span>) with braces to hide them
-from the key=value list parser. Be careful to ensure that no spurious spaces are included at
-the start and end of the braces.
-</p><!--l. 4688--><p class="indent" >   If you have a long description that needs to span multiple paragraphs, use
-</p><!--l. 4690--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\longnewglossaryentry</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-34004"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span>) with braces to hide them from the key=value list
+parser.
+</p><!--l. 5451--><p class="indent" >   If you have a long description that needs to span multiple paragraphs, use
+</p><!--l. 5453--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-112004"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">key=value list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">long</span>
+class="cmitt-10">long description</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 5456--><p class="noindent" >
+instead. Note that this command may only be used in the preamble. Be careful of unwanted spaces.
 <span 
-class="cmitt-10">description</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4693--><p class="noindent" >
-instead. Note that this command may only be used in the preamble. Be careful of unwanted
-spaces. <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>will remove trailing spaces in the description (via <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\unskip</span>)
-but won’t remove leading spaces (otherwise it would interfere with commands like
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span>). This command also appends <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc </span>to the end of the description,
-which suppresses the post-description hook. The <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-34005"></a> package provides a
-starred version of <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>that doesn’t append either <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\unskip </span>or
-<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\unskip</span>) but won’t remove leading
+spaces. This command also appends <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc </span>to the end of the description, which suppresses the
+post-description hook. The <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a starred version of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>that
+doesn’t append either <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\unskip </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4704--><p class="indent" >   There are also commands that will only define the entry if it hasn’t already been
-defined:
-</p><!--l. 4706--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\provideglossaryentry</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-34006"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 5466--><p class="indent" >   There are also commands that will only define the entry if it hasn’t already been defined:
+</p><!--l. 5468--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-112005"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\provideglossaryentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">key=value list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4708--><p class="noindent" >
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 5470--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 4710--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\longprovideglossaryentry</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-34007"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 5472--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-112006"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\longprovideglossaryentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">key=value list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long description</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4713--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5475--><p class="noindent" >
 (These are both preamble-only commands.)
-</p><!--l. 4716--><p class="indent" >   For all the above commands, the first argument, &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, must be a&#x00A0;unique label with which
-to identify this entry. <span 
-class="cmbx-10">This can’t contain any non-expandable commands</span>
-<span 
-class="cmbx-10">or active characters. </span>The reason for this restriction is that the label is used to
-construct internal commands that store the associated information (similarly to
-commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 5478--><p class="indent" >   For all the above commands, the first argument, &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, must be a&#x00A0;unique label with which to identify this
+entry. <strong>This can’t contain any non-expandable commands or active characters.</strong> The reason for this restriction
+is that the label is used to construct internal commands that store the associated information
+(similarly to commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\label</span>) and therefore must be able to expand to a valid control sequence
 name.
-</p><!--l. 4724--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an <a 
+</p><!--l. 5486--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an <a 
 href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-34008"></a></a> or other <a 
+ id="dx1-112007"></a></a> or other <a 
 href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-34009"></a></a>, such as é
-or ß, looks like a plain character in your <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.tex </span>file, it’s actually a&#x00A0;macro (an active character)
-and therefore can’t be used in the label. (This applies to <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;rather than XeLaTeX.)
-Also be careful of <span 
+ id="dx1-112008"></a></a>, such as é or ß, looks
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+like a plain character in your <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.tex </span>file, it’s actually a&#x00A0;macro (an active character) and therefore
+can’t be used in the label. (This applies to <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;rather than XeLaTeX.) Also be careful of
+<span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-34010"></a>’s options that change certain punctuation characters (such as <span 
+ id="dx1-112009"></a>’s options that change certain punctuation characters (such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">: </span>or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">-</span>)
-to active characters. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4732--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4734--><p class="indent" >   The second argument, &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">-</span>) to active characters.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 5494--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5496--><p class="indent" >   The second argument, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key=value list</span>&#x27E9;, is a &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; list that supplies the relevant
-information about this entry. There are two required fields: <span 
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-34011"></a> and either <span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-34012"></a> or
-<span 
-class="cmss-10">parent</span><a 
- id="dx1-34013"></a>. The description is set in the third argument of <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>and
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\longprovideglossaryentry</span>. With the other commands it’s set via the <span 
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-34014"></a> key. As is
-typical with &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; list that supplies the relevant information about this
+entry. There are two required fields: <span 
+class="cmtt-10">description</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112010"></a> and either <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112011"></a> or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">parent</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112012"></a>. The description is set in the third
+argument of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\longprovideglossaryentry</span>. With the other commands it’s set via
+the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">description</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112013"></a> key. As is typical with &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; lists, values that contain a comma or equal sign must be enclosed in
-braces. Available fields are listed below. Additional fields are provided by the supplementary
-packages <span 
+class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; lists, values that contain a comma or equal sign
+must be enclosed in braces. Available fields are listed below. Additional fields are provided by the
+supplementary packages <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a 
- id="dx1-34015"></a> (<a 
-href="#sec:prefix"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>17 </a><a 
+ id="dx1-112014"></a> (<a 
+href="#sec:prefix">§17 </a><a 
 href="#sec:prefix">Prefixes or Determiners<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:prefix --></a>) and <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
- id="dx1-34016"></a> (<a 
-href="#sec:accsupp"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>18
-</a><a 
-href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) and also by <a 
+ id="dx1-112015"></a> (<a 
+href="#sec:accsupp">§18 </a><a 
+href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility
+Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) and also by <a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. You can also define your own custom keys
-(see <a 
-href="#sec:addkey"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.3 </a><a 
-href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>).
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. You can also define your own custom keys (see <a 
+href="#sec:addkey">§4.3 </a><a 
+href="#sec:addkey">Additional
+Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>).
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-34017"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">The name of the entry (as it will appear in the glossary). If this key is omitted
-     and the <span 
-class="cmss-10">parent</span><a 
- id="dx1-34018"></a> key is supplied, this value will be the same as the parent’s name.
-     <!--l. 4755--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the <span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-34019"></a> key contains any commands, you must also use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-34020"></a> key (described
-     below) if you intend sorting the entries alphabetically, otherwise the entries can’t be
-     sorted correctly. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 4759--><p class="noindent" >
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112016"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">The name of the entry (as it will appear in the glossary). If this key is omitted and the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">parent</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112017"></a>
+     key is supplied, this value will be the same as the parent’s name.
+     <!--l. 5517--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112018"></a> key contains any commands, you must also use the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112019"></a> key (described below) if
+     you intend sorting the entries alphabetically, otherwise the entries can’t be sorted correctly.
+     </div>
+     </p><!--l. 5521--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-34021"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">A brief description of this term (to appear in the glossary). Within this value,
-     you can use
-     <!--l. 4763--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\nopostdesc</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-34022"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">description</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112020"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">A brief description of this term (to appear in the glossary). Within this value, you can
+     use:
+     <!--l. 5525--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-112021"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4765--><p class="noindent" >
-     to suppress the description terminator for this entry. For example, if this
-     entry is a parent entry that doesn’t require a description, you can do
-     <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">description={\nopostdesc}</span></span></span>. If you want a paragraph break in the description
-     use
-     </p><!--l. 4771--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glspar</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-34023"></a> <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5527--><p class="noindent" >
+     to suppress the description terminator for this entry. For example, if this entry is a parent entry that
+     doesn’t require a description, you can do <span 
+class="cmtt-10">description={\nopostdesc}</span>. If you want a paragraph break in
+     the description use:
+     </p><!--l. 5533--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-112022"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspar </span></div><hr>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     </p><!--l. 4773--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5535--><p class="noindent" >
      or, better, use <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span>. However, note that not all glossary styles
-     support multi-line descriptions. If you are using one of the tabular-like glossary styles
-     that permit multi-line descriptions, use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span>. However, note that not all glossary styles support multi-line
+     descriptions. If you are using one of the tabular-like glossary styles that permit multi-line descriptions, use
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newline</span><a 
- id="dx1-34024"></a> not <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\\</span></span></span> if you want to force a line
-     break.
+ id="dx1-112023"></a> not <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\\</span></span></span> if you want to force a line break.
+     </p><!--l. 5542--><p class="noindent" ><div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> With <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, use <span id="textcolor252"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-112024"></a> instead of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc </span>to suppress the post-description
+     punctuation. </div>
+     </p><!--l. 5545--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">parent</span><a 
- id="dx1-34025"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">The label of the parent entry. Note that the parent entry must be defined before its
-     sub-entries. See <a 
-href="#sec:subentries"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.5 </a><a 
+class="cmtt-10">parent</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112025"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">The label of the parent entry. Note that the parent entry must be defined before its sub-entries. See <a 
+href="#sec:subentries">§4.5
+     </a><a 
 href="#sec:subentries">Sub-Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:subentries --></a> for further details.
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">descriptionplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-34026"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">The plural form of the description, if required. If omitted, the value is set to
-     the same as the <span 
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-34027"></a> key.
+class="cmtt-10">descriptionplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112026"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">The plural form of the description, if required. If omitted, the value is set to the same as
+     the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">description</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112027"></a> key.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">text</span><a 
- id="dx1-34028"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="cmtt-10">text</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112028"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">How this entry will appear in the document text when using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-34029"></a> (or one of its
-     upper case variants). If this field is omitted, the value of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-34030"></a> key is
-     used.
+ id="dx1-112029"></a> (or one of its upper case variants). If
+     this field is omitted, the value of the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112030"></a> key is used.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-34031"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="cmtt-10">first</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112031"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">How the entry will appear in the document text on <a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-34032"></a> (or one of its
-     upper case variants). If this field is omitted, the value of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
- id="dx1-34033"></a> key is used. Note that
-     if you use <span 
+ id="dx1-112032"></a> (or one of its upper case
+     variants). If this field is omitted, the value of the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">text</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112033"></a> key is used. Note that if you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a 
- id="dx1-34034"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-112034"></a>,
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a 
- id="dx1-34035"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-112035"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a 
- id="dx1-34036"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-112036"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a 
- id="dx1-34037"></a> before using <span 
+ id="dx1-112037"></a> before using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-34038"></a>, the <span 
-class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-34039"></a> value
-     won’t be used with <span 
+ id="dx1-112038"></a>, the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112039"></a> value won’t be used with
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-34040"></a>.
+ id="dx1-112040"></a>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">plural</span><a 
- id="dx1-34041"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112041"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">How the entry will appear in the document text when using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a 
- id="dx1-34042"></a> (or one
-     of its upper case variants). If this field is omitted, the value is obtained by
-     appending <span 
+ id="dx1-112042"></a> (or one of its upper case variants).
+     If this field is omitted, the value is obtained by appending <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a 
- id="dx1-34043"></a> to the value of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
- id="dx1-34044"></a> field. The default value of
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-112043"></a> to the value of the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">text</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112044"></a>
+     field. The default value of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a 
- id="dx1-34045"></a> is the letter “s”.
+ id="dx1-112045"></a> is the letter “s”.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">firstplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-34046"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112046"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">How the entry will appear in the document text on <a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a 
- id="dx1-34047"></a> (or one
-     of its upper case variants). If this field is omitted, the value is obtained from the <span 
-class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
- id="dx1-34048"></a>
-     key, if the <span 
-class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-34049"></a> key is omitted, or by appending <span 
+ id="dx1-112047"></a> (or one of its upper case
+     variants). If this field is omitted, the value is obtained from the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112048"></a> key, if the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">first</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112049"></a> key is omitted, or
+     by appending <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a 
- id="dx1-34050"></a> to the value of
-     the <span 
-class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-34051"></a> field, if the <span 
-class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-34052"></a> field is present. Note that if you use <span 
+ id="dx1-112050"></a> to the value of the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">first</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112051"></a> field, if the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">first</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112052"></a> field is present. Note that if
+     you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-34053"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-112053"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-34054"></a>,
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-112054"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a 
- id="dx1-34055"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-112055"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp </span>before using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a 
- id="dx1-34056"></a>, the <span 
-class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-34057"></a> value won’t be used with
+ id="dx1-112056"></a>, the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112057"></a> value won’t be used with
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a 
- id="dx1-34058"></a>.
-     <!--l. 4815--><p class="noindent" ><span 
-class="cmbx-10">Note: </span>prior to version 1.13, the default value of <span 
-class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-34059"></a> was always taken by
-     appending “s” to the <span 
-class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-34060"></a> key, which meant that you had to specify both <span 
-class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
- id="dx1-34061"></a> and
+ id="dx1-112058"></a>.
+     <!--l. 5583--><p class="noindent" ><span class="warningsymbol">⚠</span> Note: prior to version 1.13, the default value of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112059"></a> was always taken by appending “s” to the
      <span 
-class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-34062"></a>, even if you hadn’t used the <span 
-class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-34063"></a> key.
+class="cmtt-10">first</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112060"></a> key, which meant that you had to specify both <span 
+class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112061"></a> and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112062"></a>, even if you hadn’t used
+     the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">first</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112063"></a> key.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">symbol</span><a 
- id="dx1-34064"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This field is provided to allow the user to specify an associated symbol. If
-     omitted, the value is set to <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\relax</span>. Note that not all glossary styles display the
-     symbol.
+class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112064"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This field is provided to allow the user to specify an associated symbol. If omitted, the value is set to
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\relax</span>. Note that not all glossary styles display the symbol.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">symbolplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-34065"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="cmtt-10">symbolplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112065"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This is the plural form of the symbol (as passed to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplay</span><a 
- id="dx1-34066"></a> and
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-112066"></a> and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112067"></a> by
      <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a 
- id="dx1-34067"></a> by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a 
- id="dx1-34068"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-112068"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a 
- id="dx1-34069"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-112069"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a 
- id="dx1-34070"></a>). If omitted, the value is set to the
-     same as the <span 
-class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
- id="dx1-34071"></a> key.
+ id="dx1-112070"></a>). If omitted, the value is set to the same as the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112071"></a> key.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-34072"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112072"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This value indicates how this entry should be sorted. If omitted, the value is given by the
      <span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-34073"></a> field unless one of the package options <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a 
- id="dx1-34074"></a> and <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a 
- id="dx1-34075"></a> have been
-     used. In general, it’s best to use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-34076"></a> key if the <span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-34077"></a> contains commands
-     (e.g.&#x00A0;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\ensuremath{\alpha}</span></span></span>). You can also override the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-34078"></a> key by redefining
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112073"></a> field unless one of the package options <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">def</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112074"></a> and <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">use</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112075"></a> have been used. In general,
+     it’s best to use the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112076"></a> key if the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112077"></a> contains commands (e.g.&#x00A0;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\ensuremath{\alpha}</span></span></span>).
+     You can also override the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112078"></a> key by redefining <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort</span><a 
- id="dx1-34079"></a> (see <a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sort"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.4 </a><a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>).
-     <!--l. 4839--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+ id="dx1-112079"></a> (see <a 
+href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5 </a><a 
+href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting
+     Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>).
+     <!--l. 5607--><p class="noindent" ><div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112080"></a> key shouldn’t be used with <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112081"></a></a>. It has a system of fallbacks that allow different types of
+     entries to obtain the sort value from the most relevant field. See the <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112082"></a></a> manual for further details
+     and see also <a 
+href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-sorting" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>gallery: sorting</a>. </div>
+     </p><!--l. 5613--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     </p><!--l. 5615--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> by default strips the <a 
 href="#glo:latexexlatinchar">standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;accents</a> (that is, accents generated by
-     core <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;accents</a> (that is, accents generated by core
+     <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;commands) from the <span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-34080"></a> key when it sets the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-34081"></a> key. So with
-     <a 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112083"></a> key when it sets the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112084"></a> key. So with <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133">
      \newglossaryentry{elite}{%
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={{\'e}lite},
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={select&#x00A0;group&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;people}
      &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4848--><p class="nopar" > This is equivalent to:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+     <!--l. 5624--><p class="nopar" > This is equivalent to:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134">
      \newglossaryentry{elite}{%
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={{\'e}lite},
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={select&#x00A0;group&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;people},
@@ -10149,14 +12461,15 @@
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={elite}
      &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4856--><p class="nopar" > Unless you use the package option <span 
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-34082"></a>, in which case it’s equivalent
-     to:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+     <!--l. 5632--><p class="nopar" > Unless you use the package option <span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112085"></a>, in which case it’s equivalent to:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135">
      \newglossaryentry{elite}{%
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={{\'e}lite},
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={select&#x00A0;group&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;people},
@@ -10163,236 +12476,209 @@
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={\'elite}
      &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4865--><p class="nopar" > This will place the entry before the “A” letter group since the sort value starts with a
-     symbol.
-     </p><!--l. 4869--><p class="noindent" >Similarly if you use the <span 
+     <!--l. 5641--><p class="nopar" > This will place the entry before the “A” letter group since the sort value starts with a symbol.
+     </p><!--l. 5645--><p class="noindent" >Similarly if you use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a 
- id="dx1-34083"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt">
+ id="dx1-112086"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
-     <span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}{%</span></span>
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}{%</span>
      <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name=</span><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">{{</span></span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">é</span><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">lite</span><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name={{</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">é</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}lite},</span>
      <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description=</span><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">{select</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={select</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;group</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;people}</span></span>
-     <br /><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span>
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;people}</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div>
      </div> This is equivalent to <div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
-     <span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}{%</span></span>
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}{%</span>
      <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name=</span><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">{{</span></span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">é</span><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">lite</span><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name=i{{</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">é</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}lite},</span>
      <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description=</span><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">{select</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={select</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;group</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;people}</span></span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;people},</span>
      <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;sort=elite</span>
-     <br /><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div>
      </div> Unless you use the package option <span 
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-34084"></a>, in which case it’s equivalent to:
-     <div class="alltt">
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112087"></a>, in which case it’s equivalent to: <div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
-     <span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}{%</span></span>
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}{%</span>
      <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name=</span><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">{{</span></span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">é</span><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">lite</span><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name={{</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">é</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}lite},</span>
      <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description=</span><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">{select</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={select</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;group</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;people}</span></span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;people},</span>
      <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;sort=</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">é</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">lite</span>
-     <br /><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div>
      </div> Again, this will place the entry before the “A” group.
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <!--l. 4895--><p class="noindent" >With Options&#x00A0;<a 
+     <!--l. 5671--><p class="noindent" >With Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a>, the default value of <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-34085"></a> will either be set to the <span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-34086"></a>
-     key (if <span 
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-34087"></a>) or it will set it to the expansion of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-34088"></a> key (if
-     <span 
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-34089"></a>).
-     </p><!--l. 4900--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with <a 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112088"></a> will either be set to the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112089"></a> key (if <span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112090"></a>) or
+     it will set it to the expansion of the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112091"></a> key (if <span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112092"></a>).
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     </p><!--l. 5676--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-34090"></a></a> (<a 
+ id="dx1-112093"></a></a> (<a 
 href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>): if you have entries with the same <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-34091"></a> value they will
-     be treated as the same entry. If you use <a 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112094"></a> value they will be treated as
+     the same entry. If you use <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-34092"></a></a> and aren’t using the <span 
+ id="dx1-112095"></a></a> and aren’t using the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">def </span>or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">use </span>sort
-     methods, <span 
-class="cmbx-10">always </span>use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-34093"></a> key for entries where the name just consists of a control
-     sequence (for example <span 
+class="cmtt-10">use </span>sort methods, <strong>always</strong> use
+     the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112096"></a> key for entries where the name just consists of a control sequence (for example
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">name=</span><span 
 class="cmsy-10">{</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><span 
 class="cmsy-10">}</span>).
-     </p><!--l. 4908--><p class="noindent" >Take care if you use <a 
+     </p><!--l. 5684--><p class="noindent" >Take care if you use <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> and the <span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-34094"></a> contains fragile commands. You will either
-     need to explicitly set the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-34095"></a> key or use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-34096"></a> package option (unless you
-     use the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112097"></a> contains fragile commands. You will either need to explicitly
+     set the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112098"></a> key or use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112099"></a> package option (unless you use the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">def </span>or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">use </span>sort methods). </div>
-     </p><!--l. 4912--><p class="noindent" >
+class="cmtt-10">use </span>sort methods).
+     </div>
+     </p><!--l. 5688--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">type</span><a 
- id="dx1-34097"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This specifies the label of the glossary in which this entry belongs. If omitted, the
-     default glossary is assumed unless <span 
+class="cmtt-10">type</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112100"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This specifies the label of the glossary in which this entry belongs. If omitted, the default glossary is
+     assumed unless <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-34098"></a> is used (see <a 
-href="#sec:acronyms"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>13 </a><a 
-href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other
-     Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>).
+ id="dx1-112101"></a> is used (see <a 
+href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a 
+href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>).
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">user1</span><a 
- id="dx1-34099"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112102"></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">, </span><span 
 class="cmbx-10">&#x2026;, </span><span 
-class="cmssbx-10">user6</span><a 
- id="dx1-34100"></a><a 
- id="dx1-34101"></a><a 
- id="dx1-34102"></a><a 
- id="dx1-34103"></a><a 
- id="dx1-34104"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Six keys provided for any additional information the user may want to
-     specify. (For example, an associated dimension or an alternative plural or some other
-     grammatical construct.) Alternatively, you can add new keys using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">user6</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112103"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-112104"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-112105"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-112106"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-112107"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">Six keys provided for any additional information the user may want to specify. (For
+     example, an associated dimension or an alternative plural or some other grammatical construct.)
+     Alternatively, you can add new keys using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><a 
- id="dx1-34105"></a> or
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-112108"></a> or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span><a 
- id="dx1-34106"></a> (see <a 
-href="#sec:addkey"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.3 </a><a 
-href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>).
+ id="dx1-112109"></a> (see <a 
+href="#sec:addkey">§4.3 </a><a 
+href="#sec:addkey">Additional
+     Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>).
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">nonumberlist</span><a 
- id="dx1-34107"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112110"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">A boolean key. If the value is missing or is <span 
 class="cmtt-10">true</span>, this will suppress the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number
      list<a 
- id="dx1-34108"></a></a> just for this entry. Conversely, if you have used the package option <span 
+ id="dx1-112111"></a></a> just for this entry. Conversely, if you have used the package option <span 
 class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a 
- id="dx1-34109"></a>, you
+ id="dx1-112112"></a>, you
      can activate the number list<a 
- id="dx1-34110"></a> just for this entry with <span 
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-34111"></a>. (See <a 
-href="#sec:numberlists"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5 </a><a 
+ id="dx1-112113"></a> just for this entry with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112114"></a>. (See <a 
+href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a 
 href="#sec:numberlists">Number
      lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.)
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-34112"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="cmtt-10">see</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112115"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">Cross-reference another entry. Using the <span 
-class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-34113"></a> key will <span 
-class="cmti-10">automatically add this entry to the</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmti-10">glossary</span>, but will not automatically add the cross-referenced entry. The referenced entry
-     should be supplied as the value to this key. If you want to override the “see” tag,
-     you can supply the new tag in square brackets before the label. For example
-     <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">see</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112116"></a> key will <span 
+class="cmti-10">automatically add this entry to the glossary</span>, but will
+     not automatically add the cross-referenced entry. The referenced entry should be supplied as the value to
+     this key. If you want to override the “see” tag, you can supply the new tag in square brackets before the
+     label. For example <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">see=[see</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;also]{anotherlabel}</span></span></span>. <span 
-class="cmbx-10">Note that if you have suppressed the </span><a 
-href="#glo:numberlist"><span 
-class="cmbx-10">number</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmbx-10">list</span><a 
- id="dx1-34114"></a></a><span 
-class="cmbx-10">, the cross-referencing information won’t appear in the glossary, as it</span>
-     <span 
-class="cmbx-10">forms part of the number list</span><a 
- id="dx1-34115"></a><span 
-class="cmbx-10">. </span>You can override this for individual glossary
-     entries using <span 
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-34116"></a> (see above). Alternatively, you can use the
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;also]{anotherlabel}</span></span></span>. <strong>Note that if you have suppressed the <a 
+href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
+ id="dx1-112117"></a></a>,
+     the cross-referencing information won’t appear in the glossary, as it forms part of the number list<a 
+ id="dx1-112118"></a>.</strong> You can
+     override this for individual glossary entries using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112119"></a> (see above). Alternatively, you
+     can use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span><a 
- id="dx1-34117"></a> package option. For further details, see <a 
-href="#sec:crossref"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>8 </a><a 
+ id="dx1-112120"></a> package option. For further details, see <a 
+href="#sec:crossref">§8 </a><a 
 href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing
      Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>.
-     <!--l. 4947--><p class="noindent" >This key essentially provides a convenient shortcut that performs </p><div class="alltt">
+     <!--l. 5723--><p class="noindent" >This key essentially provides a convenient shortcut that performs </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssee[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -10404,185 +12690,258 @@
 class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
      </div> after the entry has been defined.
-     <!--l. 4953--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> For Options&#x00A0;<a 
+     <!--l. 5729--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> For Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-34118"></a> must be used before any occurrence of
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-112121"></a> must be used before any occurrence of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-34119"></a> that contains the <span 
-class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-34120"></a> key. This key should not be used with entries
-     defined in the <span 
+ id="dx1-112122"></a> that
+     contains the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">see</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112123"></a> key. This key should not be used with entries defined in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
- id="dx1-34121"></a><a 
- id="dx1-34122"></a> environment. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 4957--><p class="noindent" >
-     Since it’s useful to suppress the indexing while working on a draft document,
-     consider using the <span 
+ id="dx1-112124"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-112125"></a> environment.
+     </div>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     </p><!--l. 5733--><p class="noindent" >
+     Since it’s useful to suppress the indexing while working on a draft document, consider using the
+     <span 
 class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-34123"></a> package option to warn or ignore the <span 
-class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-34124"></a> key while
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>is commented out.
-     </p><!--l. 4963--><p class="noindent" >If you use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-34125"></a> key, you may want to consider using the <a 
+ id="dx1-112126"></a> package option to warn or ignore the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">see</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112127"></a> key while <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>is commented
+     out.
+     </p><!--l. 5739--><p class="noindent" >If you use the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">see</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112128"></a> key, you may want to consider using the <a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package which
-     additionally provides a <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package which additionally
+     provides a <span 
 class="cmtt-10">seealso </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">alias </span>key. If you want to avoid the automatic
-     indexing triggered by the <span 
-class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-34126"></a> key, consider using <a 
+class="cmtt-10">alias </span>key. If you want to avoid the automatic indexing triggered by the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">see</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112129"></a> key,
+     consider using <a 
 href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>.
-</p>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span id="textcolor253"><span id="textcolor254"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">seealso</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-112130"></a></span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This key is only available with <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and is similar to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">see</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112131"></a> but it doesn’t allow for the
+     optional tag. The <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides <span id="textcolor255"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-112132"></a> and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">seealso={</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>is essentially like
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">see=[</span><span id="textcolor256"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-112133"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9; (Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option3">3</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option4">4</a> may treat these differently).
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span id="textcolor257"><span id="textcolor258"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">alias</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-112134"></a></span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This key is only available with <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and is another form of cross-referencing. An entry can be
+     aliased to another entry with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">alias={</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>. This behaves like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">see={</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>but also alters the
+     behaviour of commands like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>so that they index the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; instead of the original entry.
+     More variations with the key are available with <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112135"></a></a>.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span id="textcolor259"><span id="textcolor260"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-112136"></a></span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This key is only available with <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and is used to assign a category to the entry. The value
+     should be a label that can be used to identify the category. See <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further
+     details.
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4971--><p class="indent" >   The following keys are reserved for <span 
+<!--l. 5770--><p class="indent" >   The following keys are reserved for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-34127"></a> (see <a 
-href="#sec:acronyms"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>13 </a><a 
-href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other
-Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>): <span 
-class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
- id="dx1-34128"></a>, <span 
-class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-34129"></a>, <span 
-class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
- id="dx1-34130"></a> and <span 
-class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-34131"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4975--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid using any of the <a 
+ id="dx1-112137"></a> (see <a 
+href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a 
+href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>)
+and also for <span id="textcolor261"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-112138"></a> (see the <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual): <span 
+class="cmtt-10">long</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112139"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">longplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112140"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">short</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112141"></a> and
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112142"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 5775--><p class="indent" >   <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> There are also special internal field names used by <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112143"></a></a>. See the <a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112144"></a></a> manual for further details.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 5778--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5780--><p class="indent" >   The supplementary packages <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix </span>(<a 
+href="#sec:prefix">§17 </a><a 
+href="#sec:prefix">Prefixes or Determiners<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:prefix --></a>) and <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp </span>(<a 
+href="#sec:accsupp">§18
+</a><a 
+href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) provide additional keys.
+</p><!--l. 5783--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid using any of the <a 
 href="#sec:gls-like"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;or <a 
 href="#sec:glstext-like"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands within the <span 
-class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
- id="dx1-34132"></a>, <span 
-class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-34133"></a>, <span 
-class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
- id="dx1-34134"></a>
-or <span 
-class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
- id="dx1-34135"></a> keys (or their plural equivalent) or any other key that you plan to access through
-those commands. (For example, the <span 
-class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
- id="dx1-34136"></a> key if you intend to use <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span>.) Otherwise
-you end up with nested links, which can cause complications and they won’t work with the
-case-changing commands. You can use them within the value of keys that won’t be accessed
-through those commands. For example, the <span 
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-34137"></a> key if you don’t use <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span>.
-Additionally, they’ll confuse the entry formatting commands, such as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">text</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112145"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">first</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112146"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">short</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112147"></a> or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">long</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112148"></a> keys
+(or their plural equivalent) or any other key that you plan to access through those commands. (For example, the
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112149"></a> key if you intend to use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span>.) Otherwise you end up with nested links, which can cause
+complications and they won’t work with the case-changing commands. You can use them within the value of
+keys that won’t be accessed through those commands. For example, the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">description</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112150"></a> key if you don’t
+use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span>. Additionally, they’ll confuse the entry formatting commands, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 4988--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4990--><p class="indent" >   Note that if the name starts with <a 
+</p><!--l. 5796--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5798--><p class="indent" >   Note that if the name starts with <a 
 href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-34138"></a></a>, you must group the
-character, otherwise it will cause a problem for commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-112151"></a></a>, you must group the character, otherwise it will cause
+a problem for commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-34139"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-112152"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a 
- id="dx1-34140"></a>. For
-example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-112153"></a>. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136">
 \newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{\'e}lite},
 &#x00A0;<br />description={select&#x00A0;group&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;class}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4997--><p class="nopar" > Note that the same applies if you are using the <span 
+<!--l. 5805--><p class="nopar" > Note that the same applies if you are using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a 
- id="dx1-34141"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt">
+ id="dx1-112154"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
-<span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{</span></span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">é</span><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">}lite},</span></span>
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">é</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}lite},</span>
 <br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">description=</span><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">{select</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">description={select</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;group</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;or</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;class}}</span></span>
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;class}}</span>
 </div>
 </div> (This doesn’t apply for XeLaTeX&#x00A0;documents using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">fontspec</span><a 
- id="dx1-34142"></a> package. For further details,
-see the “UTF-8” section in the <span 
+ id="dx1-112155"></a> package. For further details, see the “UTF-8”
+section in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a 
- id="dx1-34143"></a> user manual.)
-<!--l. 5008--><p class="indent" >   Note that in both of the above examples, you will also need to supply the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-34144"></a> key if you
-are using <a 
+ id="dx1-112156"></a> user manual.)
+<!--l. 5816--><p class="indent" >   Note that in both of the above examples, you will also need to supply the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112157"></a> key if you are
+using <a 
 href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a> whereas <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-34145"></a></a> (<a 
+ id="dx1-112158"></a></a> (<a 
 href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>) is usually able to sort <a 
 href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-34146"></a>s</a>
-correctly. <a 
+ id="dx1-112159"></a>s</a> correctly.
+<a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> discards accents from <a 
 href="#glo:latexexlatinchar">standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;extended Latin character<a 
- id="dx1-34147"></a>s</a> unless
-you use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-34148"></a>.
+ id="dx1-112160"></a>s</a> unless you use the
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-112161"></a>.
 </p>
-<!--l. 5016--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5824--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:plurals"></a>Plurals</h3>
-<!--l. 5019--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form when you define a
-term. If you omit this, the plural will be obtained by appending
-</p><!--l. 5022--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glspluralsuffix</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-35001"></a> <span 
+<!--l. 5827--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form when you define a term. If you omit this,
+the plural will be obtained by appending
+</p><!--l. 5830--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-113001"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5024--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5832--><p class="noindent" >
 to the singular form. This command defaults to the letter “s”. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137">
 \newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,description={a&#x00A0;fully&#x00A0;grown
 &#x00A0;<br />female&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;bovine&#x00A0;animal}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5030--><p class="nopar" > defines a new entry whose singular form is “cow” and plural form is “cows”. However, if you
-are writing in archaic English, you may want to use “kine” as the plural form, in which case
-you would have to do:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 5838--><p class="nopar" > defines a new entry whose singular form is “cow” and plural form is “cows”. However, if you are writing in
+archaic English, you may want to use “kine” as the plural form, in which case you would have to
+do:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138">
 \newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,plural=kine,
 &#x00A0;<br />description={a&#x00A0;fully&#x00A0;grown&#x00A0;female&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;bovine&#x00A0;animal}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5038--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5040--><p class="indent" >   If you are writing in a language that supports multiple plurals (for a given term) then use
-the <span 
-class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
- id="dx1-35002"></a> key for one of them and one of the user keys to specify the other plural form. For
-example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 5846--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5848--><p class="indent" >   If you are writing in a language that supports multiple plurals (for a given term) then use the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-113002"></a> key for
+one of them and one of the user keys to specify the other plural form. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139">
 \newglossaryentry{cow}{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name=cow,%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;fully&#x00A0;grown&#x00A0;female&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;bovine&#x00A0;animal
@@ -10589,45 +12948,42 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(plural&#x00A0;cows,&#x00A0;archaic&#x00A0;plural&#x00A0;kine)},%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;user1={kine}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5050--><p class="nopar" > You can then use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 5858--><p class="nopar" > You can then use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl{cow}</span></span></span> to produce “cows” and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsuseri{cow}</span></span></span> to produce “kine”.
-You can, of course, define an easy to remember synonym. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+class="cmtt-10">\glsuseri{cow}</span></span></span> to produce “kine”. You can, of course,
+define an easy to remember synonym. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140">
 \let\glsaltpl\glsuseri
 </div>
-<!--l. 5056--><p class="nopar" > Then you don’t have to remember which key you used to store the second plural.
-Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span 
+<!--l. 5864--><p class="nopar" > Then you don’t have to remember which key you used to store the second plural. Alternatively, you can define
+your own keys using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><a 
- id="dx1-35003"></a>, described in <a 
-href="#sec:addkey"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.3 </a><a 
-href="#sec:addkey">Additional
-Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5061--><p class="indent" >   If you are using a language that usually forms plurals by appending a different letter, or
-sequence of letters, you can redefine <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>as required. However, this must be
-done <span 
-class="cmti-10">before </span>the entries are defined. For languages that don’t form plurals by simply
-appending a suffix, all the plural forms must be specified using the <span 
-class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
- id="dx1-35004"></a> key (and the
+ id="dx1-113003"></a>, described in <a 
+href="#sec:addkey">§4.3 </a><a 
+href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>.
+</p><!--l. 5869--><p class="indent" >   If you are using a language that usually forms plurals by appending a different letter, or sequence of letters,
+you can redefine <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>as required. However, this must be done <span 
+class="cmti-10">before </span>the entries are defined. For
+languages that don’t form plurals by simply appending a suffix, all the plural forms must be specified using the
 <span 
-class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-35005"></a> key where necessary).
-</p><!--l. 5069--><p class="noindent" >
+class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-113004"></a> key (and the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-113005"></a> key where necessary).
+</p><!--l. 5877--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5069--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5877--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:grammar"></a>Other Grammatical Constructs</h3>
-<!--l. 5072--><p class="noindent" >You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as participles. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 5880--><p class="noindent" >You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as participles. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141">
 \let\glsing\glsuseri
 &#x00A0;<br />\let\glsd\glsuserii
 &#x00A0;<br />\newcommand*{\ingkey}{user1}
@@ -10641,73 +12997,66 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5089--><p class="nopar" > With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 5897--><p class="nopar" > With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142">
 \newword{play}{to&#x00A0;take&#x00A0;part&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;activities&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;enjoyment}
 &#x00A0;<br />\newword[\edkey={ran},\ingkey={running}]{run}{to&#x00A0;move&#x00A0;fast&#x00A0;using
 &#x00A0;<br />the&#x00A0;legs}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5095--><p class="nopar" > and use them in the text:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 5903--><p class="nopar" > and use them in the text:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-147">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143">
 Peter&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;\glsing{play}&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;park&#x00A0;today.
 &#x00A0;<br />Jane&#x00A0;\glsd{play}&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;park&#x00A0;yesterday.
 &#x00A0;<br />Peter&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;Jane&#x00A0;\glsd{run}&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;park&#x00A0;last&#x00A0;week.
 </div>
-<!--l. 5103--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5105--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span 
+<!--l. 5911--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5913--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><a 
- id="dx1-36001"></a>, described below in <a 
-href="#sec:addkey"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.3
-</a><a 
-href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5108--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-114001"></a>, described below in <a 
+href="#sec:addkey">§4.3 </a><a 
+href="#sec:addkey">Additional
+Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>.
+</p><!--l. 5916--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5108--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5916--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:addkey"></a>Additional Keys</h3>
-<!--l. 5111--><p class="noindent" >You can now also define your own custom keys using the commands described in this section.
-There are two types of keys: those for use within the document and those to store information
-used behind the scenes by other commands.
-</p><!--l. 5116--><p class="indent" >   For example, if you want to add a key that indicates the associated unit for a&#x00A0;term, you
-might want to reference this unit in your document. In this case use <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>described in
-<a 
-href="#sec:glsaddkey"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.3.1 </a><a 
-href="#sec:glsaddkey">Document Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddkey --></a>. If, on the other hand, you want to add a key to indicate to a
-glossary style or acronym style that this entry should be formatted differently to
-other entries, then you can use <span 
+<!--l. 5919--><p class="noindent" >You can now also define your own custom keys using the commands described in this section. There are two
+types of keys: those for use within the document and those to store information used behind the scenes by other
+commands.
+</p><!--l. 5924--><p class="indent" >   For example, if you want to add a key that indicates the associated unit for a&#x00A0;term, you might want to
+reference this unit in your document. In this case use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>described in <a 
+href="#sec:glsaddkey">§4.3.1 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glsaddkey">Document Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddkey --></a>. If, on the
+other hand, you want to add a key to indicate to a glossary style or acronym style that this entry should be
+formatted differently to other entries, then you can use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>described in <a 
-href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.3.2 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey">§4.3.2 </a><a 
 href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey">Storage
 Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddstoragekey --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5124--><p class="indent" >   In both cases, a new command &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">no link cs</span>&#x27E9; will be defined that can be used to access the
-value of this key (analogous to commands such as <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>). This can be used in an
-expandable context (provided any fragile commands stored in the key have been protected).
-The new keys must be added using <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>before glossary
-entries are defined.
-</p><!--l. 5131--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5932--><p class="indent" >   In both cases, a new command &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">no link cs</span>&#x27E9; will be defined that can be used to access the value of this key
+(analogous to commands such as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>). This can be used in an expandable context (provided any
+fragile commands stored in the key have been protected). The new keys must be added using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>or
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>before glossary entries are defined.
+</p><!--l. 5939--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5131--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5939--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:glsaddkey"></a>Document Keys</h4>
-<!--l. 5134--><p class="noindent" >A custom key that can be used in the document is defined using:
-</p><!--l. 5135--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsaddkey</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-38001"></a> <span 
+<!--l. 5942--><p class="noindent" >A custom key that can be used in the document is defined using:
+</p><!--l. 5943--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-116001"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">key</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -10716,86 +13065,84 @@
 class="cmitt-10">no link cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">no link ucfirst cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">link cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">link ucfirst cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">link ucfirst</span>
+<span 
+class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">link allcaps cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5143--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5951--><p class="noindent" >
 where:
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmbxti-10">key</span>&#x27E9; </dt><dd 
-class="description">is  the  new  key  to  use  in  <span 
+class="description">is    the    new    key    to    use    in    <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-38002"></a> (or  similar  commands  such  as
+ id="dx1-116002"></a>  (or    similar    commands    such    as
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-38003"></a>);
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-116003"></a>);
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
      </dd><dt class="description">
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmbxti-10">default value</span>&#x27E9; </dt><dd 
-class="description">is the default value to use if this key isn’t used in an entry definition
-     (this may reference the current entry label via <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>, but you will have to
-     switch on expansion via the starred version of  <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>and protect fragile
-     commands);
+class="description">is the default value to use if this key isn’t used in an entry definition (this may reference
+     the current entry label via <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>, but you will have to switch on expansion via the starred
+     version of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>and protect fragile commands);
      </dd><dt class="description">
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmbxti-10">no link cs</span>&#x27E9; </dt><dd 
 class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a 
- id="dx1-38004"></a>;
+ id="dx1-116004"></a>;
      </dd><dt class="description">
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmbxti-10">no link ucfirst cs</span>&#x27E9; </dt><dd 
-class="description">is  the  control  sequence  to  use  analogous  to  commands  like
-     <span 
+class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><a 
- id="dx1-38005"></a>;
+ id="dx1-116005"></a>;
      </dd><dt class="description">
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmbxti-10">link cs</span>&#x27E9; </dt><dd 
 class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a 
- id="dx1-38006"></a>;
+ id="dx1-116006"></a>;
      </dd><dt class="description">
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmbxti-10">link ucfirst cs</span>&#x27E9; </dt><dd 
 class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glstext</span><a 
- id="dx1-38007"></a>;
+ id="dx1-116007"></a>;
      </dd><dt class="description">
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmbxti-10">link allcaps cs</span>&#x27E9; </dt><dd 
 class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLStext</span><a 
- id="dx1-38008"></a>.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 5164--><p class="noindent" >The starred version of <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>switches on expansion for this key. The unstarred version
-doesn’t override the current expansion setting.
+ id="dx1-116008"></a>.</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 5972--><p class="noindent" >The starred version of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>switches on expansion for this key. The unstarred version doesn’t override the
+current expansion setting.
 <a 
- id="x1-38009r3"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5168--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+ id="ex:addkey"></a>
+</p><!--l. 5976--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 3</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Defining Custom Keys)</span><a 
- id="x1-38010"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5169--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I want to define two new keys, <span 
+ id="x1-116010"></a>
+</p><!--l. 5977--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I want to define two new keys, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">ed </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">ing</span>, that default to the entry text followed
-by “ed” and “ing”, respectively. The default value will need expanding in both cases, so I
-need to use the starred form:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+class="cmtt-10">ing</span>, that default to the entry text followed by “ed” and
+“ing”, respectively. The default value will need expanding in both cases, so I need to use the starred
+form:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144">
 &#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Define&#x00A0;"ed"&#x00A0;key:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsaddkey*
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{ed}%&#x00A0;key
@@ -10815,11 +13162,11 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\Glsing}%&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;analogous&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\Glstext
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\GLSing}%&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;analogous&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\GLStext
 </div>
-<!--l. 5193--><p class="nopar" > Now I can define some entries:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 6001--><p class="nopar" > Now I can define some entries:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145">
 &#x00A0;%&#x00A0;No&#x00A0;need&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;override&#x00A0;defaults&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;this&#x00A0;entry:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{jump}{name={jump},description={}}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Need&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;override&#x00A0;defaults&#x00A0;on&#x00A0;these&#x00A0;entries:
@@ -10832,33 +13179,31 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;ing={waddling},%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5211--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5213--><p class="indent" >   These entries can later be used in the document:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 6019--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6021--><p class="indent" >   These entries can later be used in the document:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146">
 The&#x00A0;dog&#x00A0;\glsed{jump}&#x00A0;over&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;duck.
 &#x00A0;<br />The&#x00A0;duck&#x00A0;was&#x00A0;\glsing{waddle}&#x00A0;round&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;dog.
 &#x00A0;<br />The&#x00A0;dog&#x00A0;\glsed{run}&#x00A0;away&#x00A0;from&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;duck.
 </div>
-<!--l. 5220--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a 
-href="#x1-11103r29"><span 
+<!--l. 6028--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a 
+href="#ex:sample-newkeys"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-newkeys.tex</span></a>. </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 5222--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5222--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 5224--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6030--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6030--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 6032--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5224--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6032--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:glsaddstoragekey"></a>Storage Keys</h4>
-<!--l. 5227--><p class="noindent" >A custom key that can be used for simply storing information is defined using:
-</p><!--l. 5229--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsaddstoragekey</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-39001"></a> <span 
+<!--l. 6035--><p class="noindent" >A custom key that can be used for simply storing information is defined using:
+</p><!--l. 6037--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-117001"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">key</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -10865,58 +13210,52 @@
 class="cmitt-10">default value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">no link cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5231--><p class="noindent" >
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 6039--><p class="noindent" >
 where the arguments are as the first three arguments of <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span>, described above in
+class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span>, described above in <a 
+href="#sec:glsaddkey">§4.3.1 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glsaddkey">Document
+Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddkey --></a>.
+</p><!--l. 6043--><p class="indent" >   This is essentially the same as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>except that it doesn’t define the additional commands. You can
+access or update the value of your new field using the commands described in <a 
+href="#sec:fetchset">§16.3 </a><a 
+href="#sec:fetchset">Fetching and Updating the
+Value of a Field<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fetchset --></a>.
 <a 
-href="#sec:glsaddkey"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.3.1 </a><a 
-href="#sec:glsaddkey">Document Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddkey --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5235--><p class="indent" >   This is essentially the same as <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>except that it doesn’t define the additional
-commands. You can access or update the value of your new field using the commands
-described in <a 
-href="#sec:fetchset"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>16.3 </a><a 
-href="#sec:fetchset">Fetching and Updating the Value of a Field<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fetchset --></a>.
-<a 
- id="x1-39002r4"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5240--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+ id="ex:addstoragekey"></a>
+</p><!--l. 6048--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 4</span><span 
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Defining Custom Storage Key (Acronyms and</span>
-<span 
-class="cmbx-12">Initialisms))</span><a 
- id="x1-39003"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5241--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I want to define acronyms and other forms of abbreviations, such as initialisms,
-but I want them all in the same glossary and I want the acronyms on first use to be displayed
-with the short form followed by the long form in parentheses, but the opposite way round for
-other forms of abbreviations. (The <a 
+class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Defining Custom Storage Key (Acronyms and Initialisms))</span><a 
+ id="x1-117003"></a>
+</p><!--l. 6049--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I want to define acronyms and other forms of abbreviations, such as initialisms, but I want them all
+in the same glossary and I want the acronyms on first use to be displayed with the short form followed by the
+long form in parentheses, but the opposite way round for other forms of abbreviations. (The <a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a simpler way of achieving
-this.)
-</p><!--l. 5248--><p class="indent" >   Here I can define a new key that determines whether the term is actually an acronym
-rather than some other form of abbreviation. I’m going to call this key <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
+package provides a simpler way of achieving this.)
+</p><!--l. 6056--><p class="indent" >   Here I can define a new key that determines whether the term is actually an acronym rather
+than some other form of abbreviation. I’m going to call this key <span 
 class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>(since <span 
-class="cmtt-10">type</span>
-already exists):
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+class="cmtt-10">type </span>already
+exists):
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-147">
 \glsaddstoragekey
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{abbrtype}%&#x00A0;key/field&#x00A0;name
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{word}%&#x00A0;default&#x00A0;value&#x00A0;if&#x00A0;not&#x00A0;explicitly&#x00A0;set
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{\abbrtype}%&#x00A0;custom&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;access&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;value&#x00A0;if&#x00A0;required
 </div>
-<!--l. 5257--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5259--><p class="indent" >   Now I can define a style that looks up the value of this new key to determine how to
-display the full form:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 6065--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6067--><p class="indent" >   Now I can define a style that looks up the value of this new key to determine how to display the full
+form:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148">
 \newacronymstyle
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{mystyle}%&#x00A0;style&#x00A0;name
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;Use&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;generic&#x00A0;display
@@ -10963,8 +13302,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;plural&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;first&#x00A0;letter&#x00A0;upper&#x00A0;case
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{word}
@@ -10990,31 +13329,31 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5332--><p class="nopar" > Remember that the new style needs to be set before defining any terms:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 6140--><p class="nopar" > Remember that the new style needs to be set before defining any terms:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149">
 \setacronymstyle{mystyle}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5337--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5339--><p class="indent" >   Since it’s a bit confusing to use <span 
+<!--l. 6145--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6147--><p class="indent" >   Since it’s a bit confusing to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-39004"></a> for something that’s not technically an
-acronym, let’s define a new command for initialisms:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-117004"></a> for something that’s not technically an acronym, let’s define a
+new command for initialisms:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-154">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150">
 \newcommand*{\newinitialism}[4][]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newacronym[abbrtype=initialism,#1]{#2}{#3}{#4}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5346--><p class="nopar" > Now the entries can all be defined:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 6154--><p class="nopar" > Now the entries can all be defined:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-155">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151">
 \newacronym{radar}{radar}{radio&#x00A0;detecting&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;ranging}
 &#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light&#x00A0;amplification&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;stimulated
 &#x00A0;<br />emission&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;radiation}
@@ -11023,152 +13362,151 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\newinitialism{dsp}{DSP}{digital&#x00A0;signal&#x00A0;processing}
 &#x00A0;<br />\newinitialism{atm}{ATM}{automated&#x00A0;teller&#x00A0;machine}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5356--><p class="nopar" > On <a 
+<!--l. 6164--><p class="nopar" > On <a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{radar}</span></span></span> will produce “radar (radio detecting and ranging)” but <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{dsp}</span></span></span>
-will produce “DSP (digital signal processing)”.
-</p><!--l. 5361--><p class="indent" >   For a complete document, see the sample file <a 
-href="#x1-11104r30"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls{dsp}</span></span></span> will produce
+“DSP (digital signal processing)”.
+</p><!--l. 6169--><p class="indent" >   For a complete document, see the sample file <a 
+href="#ex:sample-storage-abbr"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-storage-abbr.tex</span></a>. </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 5363--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5363--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 5365--><p class="indent" >   In the above example, if <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is explicitly used (instead of through
+<!--l. 6171--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6171--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 6173--><p class="indent" >   In the above example, if <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is explicitly used (instead of through <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>) the
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>) the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>key will be set to its default value of “word” but the
+class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>key will be set to its default value of “word” but the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong </span>test in the custom acronym style
+will be false (since the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">long</span><a 
+ id="dx1-117005"></a> key hasn’t been set) so the display style will switch to that given by
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong </span>test in the custom acronym style will be false (since the <span 
-class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
- id="dx1-39005"></a> key hasn’t been
-set) so the display style will switch to that given by <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span>and they’ll be no test
-performed on the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span>and they’ll be no test performed on the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>field.
 <a 
- id="x1-39006r5"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5374--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+ id="ex:addstoragekey2"></a>
+</p><!--l. 6182--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 5</span><span 
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Defining Custom Storage Key (Acronyms and</span>
+class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Defining Custom Storage Key (Acronyms and Non-Acronyms with</span>
 <span 
-class="cmbx-12">Non-Acronyms with Descriptions))</span><a 
- id="x1-39007"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5375--><p class="indent" >   The previous example can be modified if the <span 
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-39008"></a> also needs to be provided. Here
-I’ve changed “word” to “acronym”:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+class="cmbx-12">Descriptions))</span><a 
+ id="x1-117007"></a>
+</p><!--l. 6183--><p class="indent" >   The previous example can be modified if the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">description</span><a 
+ id="dx1-117008"></a> also needs to be provided. Here I’ve changed
+“word” to “acronym”:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152">
 \glsaddstoragekey
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{abbrtype}%&#x00A0;key/field&#x00A0;name
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{acronym}%&#x00A0;default&#x00A0;value&#x00A0;if&#x00A0;not&#x00A0;explicitly&#x00A0;set
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{\abbrtype}%&#x00A0;custom&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;access&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;value&#x00A0;if&#x00A0;required
 </div>
-<!--l. 5383--><p class="nopar" > This may seem a little odd for non-abbreviated entries defined using <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>
-directly, but <span 
+<!--l. 6191--><p class="nopar" > This may seem a little odd for non-abbreviated entries defined using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>directly, but
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a 
- id="dx1-39009"></a> can be used to determine whether or not to reference the value
-of this new <span 
-class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>field.
-</p><!--l. 5389--><p class="indent" >   The new acronym style has a&#x00A0;minor modification that forces the user to specify a
-description. In the previous example, the line:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-117009"></a> can be used to determine whether or not to reference the value of this new <span 
+class="cmtt-10">abbrtype</span>
+field.
+</p><!--l. 6197--><p class="indent" >   The new acronym style has a&#x00A0;minor modification that forces the user to specify a description. In the
+previous example, the line:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-157">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153">
 &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={\the\glslongtok}}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 5394--><p class="nopar" > needs to be changed to:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 6202--><p class="nopar" > needs to be changed to:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-154">
 &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 5398--><p class="nopar" > Additionally, to accommodate the change in the default value of the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>key, all
-instances of
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 6206--><p class="nopar" > Additionally, to accommodate the change in the default value of the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>key, all instances
+of
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-155">
 &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{word}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5403--><p class="nopar" > need to be changed to:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 6211--><p class="nopar" > need to be changed to:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156">
 &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{acronym}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5407--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5409--><p class="indent" >   Once this new style has been set, the new acronyms can be defined using the optional
-argument to set the description:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 6215--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6217--><p class="indent" >   Once this new style has been set, the new acronyms can be defined using the optional argument to set the
+description:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-157">
 \newacronym[description={system&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;detecting&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;position&#x00A0;and
 &#x00A0;<br />speed&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;aircraft,&#x00A0;ships,&#x00A0;etc}]{radar}{radar}{radio&#x00A0;detecting
 &#x00A0;<br />and&#x00A0;ranging}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5415--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5417--><p class="indent" >   No change is required for the definition of <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newinitialism </span>but again the optional
-argument is required to set the description:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 6223--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6225--><p class="indent" >   No change is required for the definition of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newinitialism </span>but again the optional argument is required to
+set the description:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158">
 \newinitialism[description={mathematical&#x00A0;manipulation&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;an
 &#x00A0;<br />information&#x00A0;signal}]{dsp}{DSP}{digital&#x00A0;signal&#x00A0;processing}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5422--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5424--><p class="indent" >   We can also accommodate contractions in a similar manner to the initialisms:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 6230--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6232--><p class="indent" >   We can also accommodate contractions in a similar manner to the initialisms:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159">
 \newcommand*{\newcontraction}[4][]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newacronym[abbrtype=contraction,#1]{#2}{#3}{#4}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5430--><p class="nopar" > The contractions can similarly been defined using this new command:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 6238--><p class="nopar" > The contractions can similarly been defined using this new command:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160">
 \newcontraction[description={front&#x00A0;part&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;ship&#x00A0;below&#x00A0;the
 &#x00A0;<br />deck}]{focsle}{fo'c's'le}{forecastle}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5435--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5437--><p class="indent" >   Since the custom acronym style just checks if <span 
+<!--l. 6243--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6245--><p class="indent" >   Since the custom acronym style just checks if <span 
 class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>is <span 
-class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>, the contractions will
-be treated the same as the initialisms, but the style could be modified by a further test of the
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>value if required.
-</p><!--l. 5442--><p class="indent" >   To test regular non-abbreviated entries, I’ve also defined a simple word:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>, the contractions will be treated the
+same as the initialisms, but the style could be modified by a further test of the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>value if
+required.
+</p><!--l. 6250--><p class="indent" >   To test regular non-abbreviated entries, I’ve also defined a simple word:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161">
 \newglossaryentry{apple}{name={apple},description={a&#x00A0;fruit}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5446--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5448--><p class="indent" >   Now for a new glossary style that provides information about the abbreviation (in
-addition to the description):
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 6254--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6256--><p class="indent" >   Now for a new glossary style that provides information about the abbreviation (in addition to the
+description):
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162">
 \newglossarystyle
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{mystyle}%&#x00A0;style&#x00A0;name
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;base&#x00A0;it&#x00A0;on&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;"list"&#x00A0;style
@@ -11181,101 +13519,96 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space&#x00A0;##2}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5462--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span 
+<!--l. 6270--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a 
- id="dx1-39010"></a> to determine whether or not the term is an abbreviation. If it has
-an abbreviation, the full form is supplied in parentheses and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\abbrtype </span>(defined by
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>earlier) is used to indicate the type of abbreviation.
-</p><!--l. 5469--><p class="indent" >   With this style set, the <span 
+ id="dx1-117010"></a> to determine whether or not the term is an abbreviation. If it has an abbreviation,
+the full form is supplied in parentheses and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\abbrtype </span>(defined by <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>earlier) is used to
+indicate the type of abbreviation.
+</p><!--l. 6277--><p class="indent" >   With this style set, the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">apple </span>entry is simply displayed in the glossary as
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">apple</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">a fruit.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 5474--><p class="noindent" >but the abbreviations are displayed in the form
+<!--l. 6282--><p class="noindent" >but the abbreviations are displayed in the form
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">laser</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(acronym: light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation) device that
-     creates a narrow beam of intense light.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 5480--><p class="noindent" >(for acronyms) or
+class="description">(acronym: light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation) device that creates a narrow
+     beam of intense light.</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 6288--><p class="noindent" >(for acronyms) or
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">DSP</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(initialism:   digital   signal   processing)   mathematical   manipulation   of   an
-     information signal.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 5485--><p class="noindent" >(for initalisms) or
+class="description">(initialism: digital signal processing) mathematical manipulation of an information signal.</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 6293--><p class="noindent" >(for initalisms) or
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">fo’c’s’le</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">(contraction: forecastle) front part of a ship below the deck.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 5490--><p class="noindent" >(for contractions).
-</p><!--l. 5492--><p class="indent" >   For a complete document, see <a 
-href="#x1-11105r31"><span 
+<!--l. 6298--><p class="noindent" >(for contractions).
+</p><!--l. 6300--><p class="indent" >   For a complete document, see <a 
+href="#ex:sample-storage-abbr-desc"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex</span></a>. </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 5493--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5493--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-<!--l. 5495--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6301--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6301--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+<!--l. 6303--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5495--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6303--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4   </span> <a 
  id="sec:expansion"></a>Expansion</h3>
-<!--l. 5498--><p class="noindent" >When you define new glossary entries expansion is performed by default, except for the <span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-40001"></a>,
+<!--l. 6306--><p class="noindent" >When you define new glossary entries expansion is performed by default, except for the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-118001"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">description</span><a 
+ id="dx1-118002"></a>,
 <span 
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-40002"></a>, <span 
-class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-40003"></a>, <span 
-class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
- id="dx1-40004"></a>, <span 
-class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-40005"></a> and <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-40006"></a> keys (these keys all have expansion
-suppressed via <span 
+class="cmtt-10">descriptionplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-118003"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a 
+ id="dx1-118004"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">symbolplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-118005"></a> and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-118006"></a> keys (these keys all have expansion suppressed via
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield</span>).
-</p><!--l. 5504--><p class="indent" >   You can switch expansion on or off for individual keys using
-</p><!--l. 5505--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glssetexpandfield</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-40007"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 6312--><p class="indent" >   You can switch expansion on or off for individual keys using
+</p><!--l. 6313--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-118007"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5507--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6315--><p class="noindent" >
 or
-</p><!--l. 5509--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glssetnoexpandfield</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-40008"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 6317--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-118008"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5511--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6319--><p class="noindent" >
 respectively, where &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; is the field tag corresponding to the key. In most cases, this is the
-same as the name of the key except for those listed in <a 
+class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; is the field tag corresponding to the key. In most cases, this is the same as the name of
+the key except for those listed in <a 
 href="#tab:fieldmap">table&#x00A0;4.1</a>.
 </p>
    <div class="table">
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-<!--l. 5516--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+<!--l. 6324--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="tab:fieldmap"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
 >
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
  <div class="caption" 
 ><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;4.1: </span><span  
-class="content">Key to Field Mappings</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-400091 -->
+class="content">Key to Field Mappings</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-1180091 -->
 <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-5" class="tabular" 
 cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"  
 ><colgroup id="TBL-5-1g"><col 
@@ -11283,191 +13616,178 @@
 id="TBL-5-2" /></colgroup><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-1-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
-class="cmbx-10">Key             </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-2"  
+class="cmbx-10">Key                   </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-2"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmbx-10">Field         </span></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-2-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-40010"></a>                  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-2"  
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-118010"></a>              </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-2"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sortvalue  </span></td></tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-3-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
-class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-40011"></a> </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-2"  
+class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-118011"></a> </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-2"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">firstpl</span></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-4-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-40012"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-2"  
+class="cmtt-10">description</span><a 
+ id="dx1-118012"></a>       </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-2"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">desc       </span></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-5-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-5-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
-class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-40013"></a>  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-5-2"  
+class="cmtt-10">descriptionplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-118013"></a> </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-5-2"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">descplural </span></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-6-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-6-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
-class="cmss-10">user1</span><a 
- id="dx1-40014"></a>                </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-6-2"  
+class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a 
+ id="dx1-118014"></a>             </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-6-2"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">useri      </span></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-7-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-7-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
-class="cmss-10">user2</span><a 
- id="dx1-40015"></a>                </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-7-2"  
+class="cmtt-10">user2</span><a 
+ id="dx1-118015"></a>             </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-7-2"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">userii     </span></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-8-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-8-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
-class="cmss-10">user3</span><a 
- id="dx1-40016"></a>                </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-8-2"  
+class="cmtt-10">user3</span><a 
+ id="dx1-118016"></a>             </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-8-2"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">useriii    </span></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-9-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-9-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
-class="cmss-10">user4</span><a 
- id="dx1-40017"></a>                </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-9-2"  
+class="cmtt-10">user4</span><a 
+ id="dx1-118017"></a>             </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-9-2"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">useriv     </span></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-10-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-10-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
-class="cmss-10">user5</span><a 
- id="dx1-40018"></a>                </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-10-2"  
+class="cmtt-10">user5</span><a 
+ id="dx1-118018"></a>             </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-10-2"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">userv      </span></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-11-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-11-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
-class="cmss-10">user6</span><a 
- id="dx1-40019"></a>                </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-11-2"  
+class="cmtt-10">user6</span><a 
+ id="dx1-118019"></a>             </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-11-2"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">uservi     </span></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-12-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-12-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
-class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-40020"></a>          </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-12-2"  
+class="cmtt-10">longplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-118020"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-12-2"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">longpl     </span></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-13-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-13-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
-class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-40021"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-13-2"  
+class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-118021"></a>       </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-13-2"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shortpl    </span></td></tr></table>
 </div>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
    </div><hr class="endfloat" />
    </div>
-<!--l. 5537--><p class="indent" >   Any keys that haven’t had the expansion explicitly set using <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield </span>or
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield </span>are governed by
-</p><!--l. 5539--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsexpandfields</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-40022"></a> <span 
+<!--l. 6345--><p class="indent" >   Any keys that haven’t had the expansion explicitly set using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield </span>or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield</span>
+are governed by
+</p><!--l. 6347--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-118022"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsexpandfields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5541--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6349--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 5543--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsnoexpandfields</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-40023"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 6351--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-118023"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5545--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5547--><p class="indent" >   If your entries contain any fragile commands, I recommend you switch off expansion via
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span>. (This should be used before you define the entries.)
+</p><!--l. 6353--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6355--><p class="indent" >   If your entries contain any fragile commands, I recommend you switch off expansion via <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span>.
+(This should be used before you define the entries.)
 </p>
-<!--l. 5551--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6359--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5   </span> <a 
  id="sec:subentries"></a>Sub-Entries</h3>
-<!--l. 5554--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, it is possible to specify sub-entries. These may be used to order the
-glossary into categories, in which case the sub-entry will have a different name to its parent
-entry, or it may be used to distinguish different definitions for the same word, in which
-case the sub-entries will have the same name as the parent entry. Note that not all
-glossary styles support hierarchical entries and may display all the entries in a
-flat format. Of the styles that support sub-entries, some display the sub-entry’s
-name whilst others don’t. Therefore you need to ensure that you use a suitable
-style. (See <a 
-href="#sec:styles"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>15 </a><a 
-href="#sec:styles">Glossary Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:styles --></a> for a list of predefined styles.) As from version 3.0,
-level&#x00A0;1 sub-entries are automatically numbered in the predefined styles if you use the
-<span 
+<!--l. 6362--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, it is possible to specify sub-entries. These may be used to order the glossary into
+categories, in which case the sub-entry will have a different name to its parent entry, or it may be used to
+distinguish different definitions for the same word, in which case the sub-entries will have the same name as the
+parent entry. Note that not all glossary styles support hierarchical entries and may display all the entries in a
+flat format. Of the styles that support sub-entries, some display the sub-entry’s name whilst others don’t.
+Therefore you need to ensure that you use a suitable style. (See <a 
+href="#sec:styles">§15 </a><a 
+href="#sec:styles">Glossary Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:styles --></a> for a list of predefined
+styles.) As from version 3.0, level&#x00A0;1 sub-entries are automatically numbered in the predefined styles
+if you use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a 
- id="dx1-41001"></a> package option (see <a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.3 </a><a 
+ id="dx1-119001"></a> package option (see <a 
+href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3 </a><a 
 href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for further
 details).
-</p><!--l. 5569--><p class="indent" >   Note that the parent entry will automatically be added to the glossary if any of its child
-entries are used in the document. If the parent entry is not referenced in the document, it will
-not have a <a 
+</p><!--l. 6377--><p class="indent" >   Note that the parent entry will automatically be added to the glossary if any of its child entries are used in
+the document. If the parent entry is not referenced in the document, it will not have a <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-41002"></a></a>. Note also that <a 
+ id="dx1-119002"></a></a>. Note also
+that <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-41003"></a></a> has a restriction on the maximum
-sub-entry depth.
-</p><!--l. 5575--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-119003"></a></a> has a restriction on the maximum sub-entry depth.
+</p><!--l. 6383--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5575--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6383--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:hierarchical"></a>Hierarchical Categories</h4>
-<!--l. 5578--><p class="noindent" >To arrange a glossary with hierarchical categories, you need to first define the category and
-then define the sub-entries using the relevant category entry as the value of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">parent</span><a 
- id="dx1-42001"></a>
-key.
+<!--l. 6386--><p class="noindent" >To arrange a glossary with hierarchical categories, you need to first define the category and then define the
+sub-entries using the relevant category entry as the value of the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">parent</span><a 
+ id="dx1-120001"></a> key.
 <a 
- id="x1-42002r6"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5583--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+ id="ex:hierarchical"></a>
+</p><!--l. 6391--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 6</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Hierarchical Categories—Greek and Roman Mathematical</span>
 <span 
 class="cmbx-12">Symbols)</span><a 
- id="x1-42003"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5585--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I want a glossary of mathematical symbols that are divided into Greek letters
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-and Roman letters. Then I can define the categories as follows:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="x1-120003"></a>
+</p><!--l. 6393--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I want a glossary of mathematical symbols that are divided into Greek letters and Roman letters.
+Then I can define the categories as follows:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163">
 \newglossaryentry{greekletter}{name={Greek&#x00A0;letters},
 &#x00A0;<br />description={\nopostdesc}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{romanletter}{name={Roman&#x00A0;letters},
 &#x00A0;<br />description={\nopostdesc}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5594--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5596--><p class="indent" >   Note that in this example, the category entries don’t need a description so I have set the
-descriptions to <span 
+<!--l. 6402--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6404--><p class="indent" >   Note that in this example, the category entries don’t need a description so I have set the descriptions to
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a 
- id="dx1-42004"></a>. This gives a blank description and suppresses the description
-terminator.
-</p><!--l. 5601--><p class="indent" >   I can now define my sub-entries as follows:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-120004"></a>. This gives a blank description and suppresses the description terminator.
+</p><!--l. 6409--><p class="indent" >   I can now define my sub-entries as follows:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164">
 \newglossaryentry{pi}{name={\ensuremath{\pi}},sort={pi},
 &#x00A0;<br />description={ratio&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;circumference&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;circle&#x00A0;to
 &#x00A0;<br />the&#x00A0;diameter},
@@ -11476,41 +13796,40 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />description={Euler's&#x00A0;constant},
 &#x00A0;<br />parent=romanletter}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5611--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a 
-href="#x1-11068r21"><span 
+<!--l. 6419--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a 
+href="#ex:sampletree"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">sampletree.tex</span></a>. </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 5613--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5613--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 5615--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6421--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6421--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 6423--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5615--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6423--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:homographs"></a>Homographs</h4>
-<!--l. 5618--><p class="noindent" >Sub-entries that have the same name as the parent entry, don’t need to have the
-<span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-43001"></a> key. For example, the word “glossary” can mean a list of technical words or a
-collection of glosses. In both cases the plural is “glossaries”. So first define the parent
-entry:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 6426--><p class="noindent" >Sub-entries that have the same name as the parent entry, don’t need to have the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-121001"></a> key. For example, the
+word “glossary” can mean a list of technical words or a collection of glosses. In both cases the plural is
+“glossaries”. So first define the parent entry:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165">
 \newglossaryentry{glossary}{name=glossary,
 &#x00A0;<br />description={\nopostdesc},
 &#x00A0;<br />plural={glossaries}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5627--><p class="nopar" > Again, the parent entry has no description, so the description terminator needs to be
-suppressed using <span 
+<!--l. 6435--><p class="nopar" > Again, the parent entry has no description, so the description terminator needs to be suppressed using
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a 
- id="dx1-43002"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5631--><p class="indent" >   Now define the two different meanings of the word:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-121002"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 6439--><p class="indent" >   Now define the two different meanings of the word:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166">
 \newglossaryentry{glossarylist}{
 &#x00A0;<br />description={list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;technical&#x00A0;words},
 &#x00A0;<br />sort={1},
@@ -11520,38 +13839,39 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />sort={2},
 &#x00A0;<br />parent={glossary}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5642--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I reference the parent entry, the location will be added to the parent’s <a 
-href="#glo:numberlist">number
-list<a 
- id="dx1-43003"></a></a>, whereas if I reference any of the child entries, the location will be added to the child
-entry’s number list. Note also that since the sub-entries have the same name, the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-43004"></a> key is
-required unless you are using the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a 
- id="dx1-43005"></a> or <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a 
- id="dx1-43006"></a> package options (see <a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sort"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.4
-</a><a 
+<!--l. 6450--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I reference the parent entry, the location will be added to the parent’s <a 
+href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
+ id="dx1-121003"></a></a>, whereas if I
+reference any of the child entries, the location will be added to the child entry’s number list. Note also that since
+the sub-entries have the same name, the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-121004"></a> key is required unless you are using the <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">use</span><a 
+ id="dx1-121005"></a> or
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">def</span><a 
+ id="dx1-121006"></a> package options (see <a 
+href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5 </a><a 
 href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>). You can use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a 
- id="dx1-43007"></a> package option to automatically
-number the first-level child entries. See <a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.3 </a><a 
+ id="dx1-121007"></a> package option to
+automatically number the first-level child entries. See <a 
+href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3 </a><a 
 href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for further
 details.
-</p><!--l. 5654--><p class="indent" >   In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries is the same as the
-parent entry, so the <span 
-class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
- id="dx1-43008"></a> key was not required for the child entries. However, if the
-sub-entries have different plurals, they will need to be specified. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+</p><!--l. 6462--><p class="indent" >   In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries is the same as the parent entry, so the
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-121008"></a> key was not required for the child entries. However, if the sub-entries have different plurals, they will
+need to be specified. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167">
 \newglossaryentry{bravo}{name={bravo},
 &#x00A0;<br />description={\nopostdesc}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{bravocry}{description={cry&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;approval
@@ -11565,89 +13885,84 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />plural={bravoes},
 &#x00A0;<br />parent=bravo}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5673--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5676--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6481--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6484--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5676--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6484--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.6   </span> <a 
  id="sec:loadglsentries"></a>Loading Entries From a File</h3>
-<!--l. 5679--><p class="noindent" >You can store all your glossary entry definitions in another file and use:
-</p><!--l. 5681--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\loadglsentries</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-44001"></a> <span 
+<!--l. 6487--><p class="noindent" >You can store all your glossary entry definitions in another file and use:
+</p><!--l. 6489--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-122001"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">filename</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5683--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6491--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">filename</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the file containing all the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-44002"></a> or
-<span 
+ id="dx1-122002"></a> or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-44003"></a> commands. The optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the glossary
-to which those entries should belong, for those entries where the <span 
-class="cmss-10">type</span><a 
- id="dx1-44004"></a> key has been omitted
-(or, more specifically, for those entries whose type has been specified by <span 
+ id="dx1-122003"></a>
+commands. The optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the glossary to which those entries should
+belong, for those entries where the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">type</span><a 
+ id="dx1-122004"></a> key has been omitted (or, more specifically, for those entries
+whose type has been specified by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span><a 
- id="dx1-44005"></a>,
-which is what <span 
+ id="dx1-122005"></a>, which is what <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-44006"></a> uses by default).
-</p><!--l. 5693--><p class="indent" >   This is a&#x00A0;preamble-only command. You may also use <span 
+ id="dx1-122006"></a> uses by
+default).
+</p><!--l. 6501--><p class="indent" >   This is a&#x00A0;preamble-only command. You may also use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\input</span><a 
- id="dx1-44007"></a> to load the file but don’t use
-<span 
+ id="dx1-122007"></a> to load the file but don’t use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\include</span><a 
- id="dx1-44008"></a>. If you find that your file is becoming unmanageably large, you may want to
-consider switching to <a 
+ id="dx1-122008"></a>. If you
+find that your file is becoming unmanageably large, you may want to consider switching to <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-44009"></a></a> and use an application such as JabRef to manage the entry
-definitions.
-</p><!--l. 5699--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span 
+ id="dx1-122009"></a></a> and use an
+application such as JabRef to manage the entry definitions.
+</p><!--l. 6507--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\AtBeginDocument</span><a 
- id="dx1-44010"></a> to <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\input </span>all your entries automatically at the
-start of the document, add the <span 
+ id="dx1-122010"></a> to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\input </span>all your entries automatically at the start of the document,
+add the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\AtBeginDocument </span>command <span 
 class="cmti-10">before </span>you load the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-44011"></a>
-package (and <span 
+ id="dx1-122011"></a> package (and <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-44012"></a>, if you are also loading that) to avoid the creation of the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs</span><a 
- id="dx1-44013"></a> file and
-any associated problems that are caused by defining commands in the <span 
+ id="dx1-122012"></a>, if you are also loading
+that) to avoid the creation of the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glsdefs</span><a 
+ id="dx1-122013"></a> file and any associated problems that are caused by defining
+commands in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
- id="dx1-44014"></a><a 
- id="dx1-44015"></a>
-environment. (See <a 
-href="#sec:docdefs"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.8 </a><a 
-href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a>.)
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 5708--><p class="noindent" >
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-122014"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-122015"></a> environment. (See <a 
+href="#sec:docdefs">§4.8 </a><a 
+href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document
+Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a>.) </div>
+</p><!--l. 6516--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 <a 
- id="x1-44016r7"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5710--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+ id="ex:loadgls"></a>
+</p><!--l. 6518--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 7</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Loading Entries from Another File)</span><a 
- id="x1-44017"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5711--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I have a file called <span 
+ id="x1-122017"></a>
+</p><!--l. 6519--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I have a file called <span 
 class="cmtt-10">myentries.tex </span>which contains:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168">
 \newglossaryentry{perl}{type=main,
 &#x00A0;<br />name={Perl},
 &#x00A0;<br />description={A&#x00A0;scripting&#x00A0;language}}
@@ -11657,127 +13972,123 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />name={html},
 &#x00A0;<br />description={A&#x00A0;mark&#x00A0;up&#x00A0;language}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5723--><p class="nopar" > and suppose in my document preamble I use the command:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 6531--><p class="nopar" > and suppose in my document preamble I use the command:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169">
 \loadglsentries[languages]{myentries}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5727--><p class="nopar" > then this will add the entries <span 
+<!--l. 6535--><p class="nopar" > then this will add the entries <span 
 class="cmtt-10">tex </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">html </span>to the glossary whose type is given by
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">languages</span>, but the entry <span 
-class="cmtt-10">perl </span>will be added to the main glossary, since it explicitly sets the
-type to <span 
-class="cmtt-10">main</span>. </p>
+class="cmtt-10">html </span>to the glossary whose type is given by <span 
+class="cmtt-10">languages</span>,
+but the entry <span 
+class="cmtt-10">perl </span>will be added to the main glossary, since it explicitly sets the type to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">main</span>.
+</p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 5732--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5732--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 5734--><p class="indent" >   <span 
-class="cmbx-10">Note: </span>if you use <span 
+<!--l. 6540--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6540--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 6543--><p class="indent" >   <span class="warningsymbol">⚠</span> Note: if you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-44018"></a> (see <a 
-href="#sec:acronyms"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>13 </a><a 
-href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>) the type is
-set as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">type=\acronymtype</span></span></span> unless you explicitly override it. For example, if my file
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">myacronyms.tex </span>contains:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-122018"></a> (see <a 
+href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a 
+href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>) the type is set
+as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">type=\acronymtype</span></span></span> unless you explicitly override it. For example, if my file <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myacronyms.tex</span>
+contains:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-174">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170">
 \newacronym{aca}{aca}{a&#x00A0;contrived&#x00A0;acronym}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5740--><p class="nopar" > then (supposing I have defined a new glossary type called <span 
+<!--l. 6548--><p class="nopar" > then (supposing I have defined a new glossary type called <span 
 class="cmtt-10">altacronym</span>)
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171">
 \loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5745--><p class="nopar" > will add <span 
+<!--l. 6553--><p class="nopar" > will add <span 
 class="cmtt-10">aca </span>to the glossary type <span 
 class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>, if the package option <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-44019"></a> has been specified,
+ id="dx1-122019"></a> has been specified,
 or will add <span 
 class="cmtt-10">aca </span>to the glossary type <span 
 class="cmtt-10">altacronym</span>, if the package option <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-44020"></a> is not
+ id="dx1-122020"></a> is not
 specified.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x4" id="fn1x4-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><a 
- id="x1-44021f1"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5753--><p class="indent" >   If you have used the <span 
+ id="x1-122021f1"></a>
+</p><!--l. 6561--><p class="indent" >   If you have used the <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-44025"></a> package option, there are two possible solutions to this
-problem:
+ id="dx1-122025"></a> package option, there are two possible solutions to this problem:
      </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-44027x1">Change <span 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-122027x1">Change <span 
 class="cmtt-10">myacronyms.tex </span>so that entries are defined in the form:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-176">
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172">
      \newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{aca}{aca}{a
      &#x00A0;<br />contrived&#x00A0;acronym}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5761--><p class="nopar" > and do:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+     <!--l. 6569--><p class="nopar" > and do:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173">
      \loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5765--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 6573--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></li>
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-44029x2">Temporarily change <span 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-122029x2">Temporarily change <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype </span>to the target glossary:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178">
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-174">
      \let\orgacronymtype\acronymtype
      &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\acronymtype}{altacronym}
      &#x00A0;<br />\loadglsentries{myacronyms}
      &#x00A0;<br />\let\acronymtype\orgacronymtype
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5773--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol>
-<!--l. 5776--><p class="indent" >   Note that only those entries that have been used in the text will appear in the relevant
-glossaries. Note also that <span 
+     <!--l. 6581--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol>
+<!--l. 6584--><p class="indent" >   Note that only those entries that have been used in the text will appear in the relevant glossaries. Note also
+that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries </span>may only be used in the preamble.
-</p><!--l. 5781--><p class="indent" >   Remember that you can use <span 
+</p><!--l. 6589--><p class="indent" >   Remember that you can use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\provideglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-44030"></a> rather than <span 
+ id="dx1-122030"></a> rather than <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-44031"></a>.
-Suppose you want to maintain a large database of acronyms or terms that you’re likely to use
-in your documents, but you may want to use a modified version of some of those entries.
-(Suppose, for example, one document may require a more detailed description.) Then if you
-define the entries using <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\provideglossaryentry </span>in your database file, you can override the
-definition by simply using <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>before loading the file. For example, suppose
-your file (called, say, <span 
+ id="dx1-122031"></a>. Suppose you want
+to maintain a large database of acronyms or terms that you’re likely to use in your documents, but you may
+want to use a modified version of some of those entries. (Suppose, for example, one document may require a
+more detailed description.) Then if you define the entries using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\provideglossaryentry </span>in your database file,
+you can override the definition by simply using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>before loading the file. For example,
+suppose your file (called, say, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">terms.tex</span>) contains:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175">
 \provideglossaryentry{mallard}{name=mallard,
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;type&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;duck}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5794--><p class="nopar" > but suppose your document requires a more detailed description, you can do:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 6602--><p class="nopar" > but suppose your document requires a more detailed description, you can do:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-176">
 \usepackage{glossaries}
 &#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{mallard}{name=mallard,
@@ -11784,534 +14095,502 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;dabbling&#x00A0;duck&#x00A0;where&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;male&#x00A0;has&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;green&#x00A0;head}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\loadglsentries{terms}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5805--><p class="nopar" > Now the <span 
+<!--l. 6613--><p class="nopar" > Now the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">mallard </span>definition in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">terms.tex </span>file will be ignored.
-</p><!--l. 5809--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6617--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5809--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6617--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.7   </span> <a 
  id="sec:moveentry"></a>Moving Entries to Another Glossary</h3>
-<!--l. 5812--><p class="noindent" >As from version&#x00A0;3.02, you can move an entry from one glossary to another using:
-</p><!--l. 5814--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsmoveentry</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-45001"></a> <span 
+<!--l. 6620--><p class="noindent" >As from version&#x00A0;3.02, you can move an entry from one glossary to another using:
+</p><!--l. 6622--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-123001"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsmoveentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">target glossary label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5816--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6624--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the unique label identifying the required entry and &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">target glossary label</span>&#x27E9; is the
-unique label identifying the glossary in which to put the entry.
-</p><!--l. 5821--><p class="indent" >   Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of the target glossary. If
-you want to move an entry to a glossary that’s skipped by <span 
+class="cmti-10">target glossary label</span>&#x27E9; is the unique label
+identifying the glossary in which to put the entry.
+</p><!--l. 6629--><p class="indent" >   Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of the target glossary. If you want to move an
+entry to a glossary that’s skipped by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-45002"></a>,
-then define an ignored glossary with <span 
+ id="dx1-123002"></a>, then define an ignored glossary with
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-45003"></a>. (See <a 
-href="#sec:newglossary"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>12 </a><a 
-href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New
-Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5827--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Unpredictable results may occur if you move an entry to a different glossary from its
-parent or children. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5830--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5832--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-123003"></a>. (See <a 
+href="#sec:newglossary">§12 </a><a 
+href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 6635--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Unpredictable results may occur if you move an entry to a different glossary from its parent or children.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 6638--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6640--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5832--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6640--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8   </span> <a 
  id="sec:docdefs"></a>Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment</h3>
-<!--l. 5835--><p class="noindent" >Originally, <span 
+<!--l. 6643--><p class="noindent" >Originally, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-46001"></a> (and <span 
+ id="dx1-124001"></a> (and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-46002"></a>) could only be used in the preamble. I
-reluctantly removed this restriction in version 1.13, but there are issues with defining
-commands in the <span 
+ id="dx1-124002"></a>) could only be used in the preamble. I reluctantly removed
+this restriction in version 1.13, but there are issues with defining commands in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
- id="dx1-46003"></a><a 
- id="dx1-46004"></a> environment instead of the preamble, which is why the restriction
-is maintained for newer commands. This restriction is also reimposed for <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>
-by the new <a 
+ id="dx1-124003"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-124004"></a> environment
+instead of the preamble, which is why the restriction is maintained for newer commands. This restriction is also
+reimposed for <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>by the new <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>. (The <a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package automatically reimposes this
-restriction for Options&#x00A0;<a 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package automatically
+reimposes this restriction for Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a> but provides a package option to allow document
 definitions.)
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p><!--l. 5845--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 6653--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5845--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6653--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:techissues"></a>Technical Issues</h4>
-<!--l. 5848--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6656--><p class="noindent" >
      </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-47002x1">If you define an entry mid-way through your document, but subsequently shuffle
-     sections around, you could end up using an entry before it has been defined.
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-125002x1">If you define an entry mid-way through your document, but subsequently shuffle sections around,
+     you could end up using an entry before it has been defined.
      </li>
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-47004x2">Entry information is required when displaying the glossary. If this occurs at the
-     start of the document, but the entries aren’t defined until later, then the entry
-     details are being looked up before the entry has been defined.
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-125004x2">Entry  information  is  required  when  displaying  the  glossary.  If  this  occurs  at  the  start  of  the
+     document, but the entries aren’t defined until later, then the entry details are being looked up
+     before the entry has been defined.
      </li>
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-47006x3">If you use a package, such as <span 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-125006x3">If you use a package, such as <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-47007"></a>, that makes certain characters active at the start
-     of the <span 
+ id="dx1-125007"></a>, that makes certain characters active at the start of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
- id="dx1-47008"></a><a 
- id="dx1-47009"></a> environment, there will be a&#x00A0;problem if those characters have
-     a&#x00A0;special significance when defining glossary entries. These characters include the
-     double-quote <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+ id="dx1-125008"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-125009"></a>
+     environment, there will be a&#x00A0;problem if those characters have a&#x00A0;special significance when defining
+     glossary entries. These characters include the double-quote <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span> character, the exclamation mark <span 
-class="cmtt-10">! </span>character, the question mark
-     <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">!</span>
+     character, the question mark <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">?</span></span></span> character, and the pipe <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">|</span></span></span> character. They must not be active when defining
-     a&#x00A0;glossary entry where they occur in the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-47010"></a> key (and they should be avoided in
-     the label if they may be active at any point in the document). Additionally, the
-     comma <span 
-class="cmtt-10">, </span>character and the equals <span 
-class="cmtt-10">= </span>character should not be active when using
-     commands that have &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">|</span></span></span> character. They must not be active when
+     defining a&#x00A0;glossary entry where they occur in the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-125010"></a> key (and they should be avoided in the label
+     if they may be active at any point in the document). Additionally, the comma <span 
+class="cmtt-10">, </span>character and the
+     equals <span 
+class="cmtt-10">= </span>character should not be active when using commands that have &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; arguments.
      </li></ol>
-<!--l. 5874--><p class="noindent" >To overcome the first two problems, as from version 4.0 the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package modifies the
-definition of <span 
+<!--l. 6682--><p class="noindent" >To overcome the first two problems, as from version 4.0 the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package modifies the definition of
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>at the beginning of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
- id="dx1-47011"></a><a 
- id="dx1-47012"></a> environment so that the
-definitions are written to an external file (<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\jobname.glsdefs</span><a 
- id="dx1-47013"></a>) which is then read in at the
-start of the document on the next run. The entry will then only be defined in the
-<span 
+ id="dx1-125011"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-125012"></a> environment so that the definitions are written to an
+external file (<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\jobnameglsdefs</span><a 
+ id="dx1-125013"></a>) which is then read in at the start of the document on the next run. The entry
+will then only be defined in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
- id="dx1-47014"></a><a 
- id="dx1-47015"></a> environment if it doesn’t already exist. This means that the entry can now
-be looked up in the glossary, even if the glossary occurs at the beginning of the
+ id="dx1-125014"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-125015"></a> environment if it doesn’t already exist. This means that the
+entry can now be looked up in the glossary, even if the glossary occurs at the beginning of the
 document.
-</p><!--l. 5884--><p class="indent" >   There are drawbacks to this mechanism: if you modify an entry definition, you need a
-second run to see the effect of your modification; this method requires an extra <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newwrite</span>,
-which may exceed <span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>’s maximum allocation; unexpected expansion issues could occur; the
-<span 
-class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-47016"></a> key isn’t stored, which means it can’t be added to the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs</span><a 
- id="dx1-47017"></a> file when it’s
-created at the end of the document (and therefore won’t be present on subsequent
+</p><!--l. 6692--><p class="indent" >   There are drawbacks to this mechanism: if you modify an entry definition, you need a second run to see the
+effect of your modification; this method requires an extra <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newwrite</span>, which may exceed <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>’s maximum
+allocation; unexpected expansion issues could occur; the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">see</span><a 
+ id="dx1-125016"></a> key isn’t stored, which means it can’t be added to
+the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glsdefs</span><a 
+ id="dx1-125017"></a> file when it’s created at the end of the document (and therefore won’t be present on subsequent
 runs).
-</p><!--l. 5892--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+</p><!--l. 6700--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a setting (but only for Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
-href="#option3">3</a>) that allows
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to occur in the document environment but doesn’t create the
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs</span><a 
- id="dx1-47018"></a> file. This circumvents some problems but it means that you can’t display
-any of the glossaries before all the entries have been defined (so it’s all right if all
-the glossaries are at the end of the document but not if any occur in the front
+href="#option3">3</a>) that allows <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>
+to occur in the document environment but doesn’t create the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glsdefs</span><a 
+ id="dx1-125018"></a> file. This circumvents some problems but
+it means that you can’t display any of the glossaries before all the entries have been defined (so
+it’s all right if all the glossaries are at the end of the document but not if any occur in the front
 matter).
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p><!--l. 5900--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6708--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5900--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6708--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:goodpractice"></a>Good Practice Issues</h4>
-<!--l. 5903--><p class="noindent" >The above section covers technical issues that can cause your document to have compilation
-errors or produce incorrect output. This section focuses on good writing practice. The main
-reason cited by users wanting to define entries within the <span 
+<!--l. 6711--><p class="noindent" >The above section covers technical issues that can cause your document to have compilation errors or produce
+incorrect output. This section focuses on good writing practice. The main reason cited by users wanting to
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+define entries within the <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
- id="dx1-48001"></a><a 
- id="dx1-48002"></a> environment
-rather than in the preamble is that they want to write the definition as they type in
-their document text. This suggests a “stream of consciousness” style of writing
-that may be acceptable in certain literary genres but is inappropriate for factual
+ id="dx1-126001"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-126002"></a> environment rather than in the preamble is that they want to
+write the definition as they type in their document text. This suggests a “stream of consciousness”
+style of writing that may be acceptable in certain literary genres but is inappropriate for factual
 documents.
-</p><!--l. 5912--><p class="indent" >   When you write technical documents, regardless of whether it’s a PhD thesis or an article
-for a&#x00A0;journal or proceedings, you must plan what you write in advance. If you plan in
-advance, you should have a fairly good idea of the type of terminology that your
-document will contain, so while you are planning, create a new file with all your
-entry definitions. If, while you’re writing your document, you remember another
-term you need, then you can switch over to your definition file and add it. Most
-text editors have the ability to have more than one file open at a time. The other
-advantage to this approach is that if you forget the label, you can look it up in
-the definition file rather than searching through your document text to find the
+</p><!--l. 6720--><p class="indent" >   When you write technical documents, regardless of whether it’s a PhD thesis or an article for a&#x00A0;journal or
+proceedings, you must plan what you write in advance. If you plan in advance, you should have a fairly good
+idea of the type of terminology that your document will contain, so while you are planning, create a new file
+with all your entry definitions. If, while you’re writing your document, you remember another term you need,
+then you can switch over to your definition file and add it. Most text editors have the ability to have more than
+one file open at a time. The other advantage to this approach is that if you forget the label, you
+can look it up in the definition file rather than searching through your document text to find the
 definition.
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-<!--l. 5925--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 5925--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6733--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 6733--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">5. <a 
  id="sec:numberlists"></a>Number lists</h2>
-</p><!--l. 5928--><p class="indent" >   Each entry in the glossary has an associated <a 
+</p><!--l. 6736--><p class="indent" >   Each entry in the glossary has an associated <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-49001"></a></a>. By default, these numbers refer
-to the pages on which that entry has been indexed (using any of the commands described in
-<a 
-href="#sec:glslink"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a 
-href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> and <a 
-href="#sec:glsadd"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>7 </a><a 
-href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating
-Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>). The number list can be suppressed using the <span 
+ id="dx1-127001"></a></a>. By default, these numbers refer to the
+pages on which that entry has been indexed (using any of the commands described in <a 
+href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glslink">Links to
+Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> and <a 
+href="#sec:glsadd">§7 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>). The number list
+can be suppressed using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a 
- id="dx1-49002"></a> package option, or an
-alternative counter can be set as the default using the <span 
+ id="dx1-127002"></a> package option, or an alternative counter can be set as
+the default using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">counter</span><a 
- id="dx1-49003"></a> package option. The number
-list is also referred to as the location list<a 
- id="dx1-49004"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5937--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+ id="dx1-127003"></a> package option. The number list is also referred to as the location
+list<a 
+ id="dx1-127004"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 6745--><p class="indent" >   <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">Number list<a 
- id="dx1-49005"></a>s</a> are more common with indexes rather than glossaries (although you can use
-the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package for indexes as well). However, the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package makes use of
-<a 
+ id="dx1-127005"></a>s</a> are more common with indexes rather than glossaries (although you can use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
+package for indexes as well). However, the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package makes use of <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-49006"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-127006"></a></a> or <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-49007"></a></a> to hierarchically sort and collate the entries since they are readily
-available with most modern <span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distributions. Since these are both designed as <a 
+ id="dx1-127007"></a></a> to hierarchically
+sort and collate the entries since they are readily available with most modern <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distributions. Since these
+are both designed as <a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing applications</a> they both require that terms either have a valid location or a
+cross-reference. Even if you use <span 
+class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-127008"></a>, the locations must still be provided and acceptable to the <a 
 href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing
-applications</a> they both require that terms either have a valid location or a cross-reference.
-Even if you use <span 
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a 
- id="dx1-49008"></a>, the locations must still be provided and acceptable
-to the <a 
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> or they will cause an error during the indexing stage,
-which will interrupt the document build. However, if you’re not interested in the
-locations, each entry only needs to be indexed once, so consider using <span 
+application</a> or they will cause an error during the indexing stage, which will interrupt the document build.
+However, if you’re not interested in the locations, each entry only needs to be indexed once, so consider using
+<span 
 class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a 
- id="dx1-49009"></a>,
-which can improve the document build time by only indexing the <a 
+ id="dx1-127009"></a>, which can improve the document build time by only indexing the <a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of each
 term.
-</p><!--l. 5952--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 6760--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a 
- id="dx1-49010"></a> command (see <a 
-href="#sec:glsadd"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>7 </a><a 
-href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating
-Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>), which is used to automatically index all entries, iterates over all defined entries and
-does <span 
+ id="dx1-127010"></a> command (see <a 
+href="#sec:glsadd">§7 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>), which is used
+to automatically index all entries, iterates over all defined entries and does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>for each entry (where &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is that entry’s label). This means that
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>automatically adds the same location to every entry’s <a 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>for
+each entry (where &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is that entry’s label). This means that <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>automatically adds
+the same location to every entry’s <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-49011"></a></a>, which looks
-weird if the number list<a 
- id="dx1-49012"></a> hasn’t been suppressed.
-</p><!--l. 5959--><p class="indent" >   With <a 
+ id="dx1-127011"></a></a>, which looks weird if the number list<a 
+ id="dx1-127012"></a> hasn’t been
+suppressed.
+</p><!--l. 6767--><p class="indent" >   With <a 
 href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>, the indexing is performed by <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-49013"></a></a>, which was specifically designed for
-the <a 
+ id="dx1-127013"></a></a>, which was specifically designed for the <a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package. So it will allow any location format, and its <span 
-class="cmtt-10">selection=all</span>
-option will select all entries without adding an unwanted location to the <a 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
+package. So it will allow any location format, and its <span 
+class="cmtt-10">selection=all </span>option will select all entries without
+adding an unwanted location to the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-49014"></a></a>. If
-<a 
+ id="dx1-127014"></a></a>. If <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-49015"></a></a> can deduce a numerical value for a location, it will attempt to form a range over
-consecutive locations, otherwise it won’t try to form a range and the location will just form
-an individual item in the list. <a 
+ id="dx1-127015"></a></a> can deduce a numerical value for a location, it will
+attempt to form a range over consecutive locations, otherwise it won’t try to form a range and the location will
+just form an individual item in the list. <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> also allows any location but it doesn’t form
 ranges.
 </p>
-<!--l. 5969--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6777--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:encap"></a>Encap Values</h3>
-<!--l. 5972--><p class="noindent" >Each location in the <a 
+<!--l. 6780--><p class="noindent" >Each location in the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-50001"></a></a> is encapsulated with a command formed from the <span 
+ id="dx1-128001"></a></a> is encapsulated with a command formed from the <span 
 class="cmti-10">encap</span><a 
- id="dx1-50002"></a>
-value. By default this is the <span 
+ id="dx1-128002"></a> value. By default this
+is the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberformat</span><a 
- id="dx1-50003"></a> command, which corresponds to the encap
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>, but this may be overridden using the <span 
-class="cmss-10">format</span><a 
- id="dx1-50004"></a> key in the optional argument
-to commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-128003"></a> command, which corresponds to the encap <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>, but this may be
+overridden using the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">format</span><a 
+ id="dx1-128004"></a> key in the optional argument to commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. (See <a 
-href="#sec:glslink"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a 
-href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>.) For example, you may want the
-location to appear in bold to indicate the principle use of a term or symbol. If the encap
-starts with an open parenthesis&#x00A0;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary
+Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>.) For example, you may want the location to appear in bold to indicate the principle use of a term or
+symbol. If the encap starts with an open parenthesis&#x00A0;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">(</span></span></span> this signifies the start of a range and if the encap starts
 with close parenthesis&#x00A0;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> this signifies the end of a range. These must always occur in
-matching pairs.
-</p><!--l. 5984--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> this signifies the end of a range. These must always occur in matching
+pairs.
+</p><!--l. 6792--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides the command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsignore</span><a 
- id="dx1-50005"></a> which ignores its argument.
-This is the format used by <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused </span>to suppress the location, which works fine as
-long as no other locations are added to the <a 
+ id="dx1-128005"></a> which ignores its argument. This is the format
+used by <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused </span>to suppress the location, which works fine as long as no other locations are added to
+the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-50006"></a></a>. For example, if you use
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+ id="dx1-128006"></a></a>. For example, if you use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> on page&#x00A0;2 then reset the <a 
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> and then use <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused </span>on
-page&#x00A0;10, the <a 
+href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> and then use
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused </span>on page&#x00A0;10, the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-50007"></a></a> for <span 
+ id="dx1-128007"></a></a> for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample </span>will be <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">2,</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsignore{10}</span></span></span> which will result in “2,&#x00A0;”
-which has a spurious comma.
-</p><!--l. 5993--><p class="indent" >   This isn’t a problem with <a 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsignore{10}</span></span></span> which will result in
+“2,&#x00A0;” which has a spurious comma.
+</p><!--l. 6801--><p class="indent" >   This isn’t a problem with <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-50008"></a></a> because you’d use <span 
-class="cmtt-10">selection=all </span>instead of
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused</span>, but even if you explicitly had, for example, <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=glsignore]</span>
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-128008"></a></a> because you’d use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">selection=all </span>instead of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused</span>, but
+even if you explicitly had, for example, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=glsignore]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>for some reason, <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-50009"></a></a> will recognise <span 
-class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>as a special encap indicating an
-ignored location, so it will select the entry but not add that location to the <a 
+ id="dx1-128009"></a></a> will
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+recognise <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>as a special encap indicating an ignored location, so it will select the entry but not add
+that location to the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-50010"></a></a>. It’s a
-problem for all the other options (except <a 
-href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a>, which doesn’t perform any
-indexing).
-</p><!--l. 6003--><p class="indent" >   Complications can arise if you use different encap values for the same location. For
-example, suppose on page&#x00A0;10 you have both the default <span 
+ id="dx1-128010"></a></a>. It’s a problem for all the other options (except <a 
+href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a>, which doesn’t
+perform any indexing).
+</p><!--l. 6811--><p class="indent" >   Complications can arise if you use different encap values for the same location. For example, suppose on
+page&#x00A0;10 you have both the default <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">textbf</span>
-encaps. While it may seem apparent that <span 
+class="cmtt-10">textbf </span>encaps. While it may seem apparent that
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">textbf </span>should override <span 
-class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat </span>in this
-situation, the <a 
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> may not know it. This is therefore something you need to
-be careful about if you use the <span 
-class="cmss-10">format</span><a 
- id="dx1-50011"></a> key or if you use a command that implicitly sets
-it.
-</p><!--l. 6012--><p class="indent" >   In the case of <a 
+class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat </span>in this situation, the <a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> may not know it. This is
+therefore something you need to be careful about if you use the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">format</span><a 
+ id="dx1-128011"></a> key or if you use a command that
+implicitly sets it.
+</p><!--l. 6820--><p class="indent" >   In the case of <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-50012"></a></a>, it only accepts one encap (according to the order of precedence given
-in the <a 
+ id="dx1-128012"></a></a>, it only accepts one encap (according to the order of precedence given in the <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-50013"></a></a> module) and discards the others for identical locations (for the same
-entry). This can cause a problem if a discarded location forms the start or end of a
-range.
-</p><!--l. 6017--><p class="indent" >   In the case of <a 
+ id="dx1-128013"></a></a>
+module) and discards the others for identical locations (for the same entry). This can cause a problem if a
+discarded location forms the start or end of a range.
+</p><!--l. 6825--><p class="indent" >   In the case of <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-50014"></a></a>, it accepts different encaps for the same location, but warns
-about it. This leads to a <a 
+ id="dx1-128014"></a></a>, it accepts different encaps for the same location, but warns about it. This leads to
+a <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-50015"></a></a> with the same location repeated in different formats. If
-you use the <a 
+ id="dx1-128015"></a></a> with the same location repeated in different formats. If you use the <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-50016"></a></a> Perl script with <a 
+ id="dx1-128016"></a></a> Perl script
+with <a 
 href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a> it will detect <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-50017"></a></a>’s warning
-and attempt to fix the problem, ensuring that the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat </span>encap always has the
-least precedence unless it includes a range identifier. Other conflicting encaps will have the
-last one override earlier ones for the same location with range identifiers taking
+ id="dx1-128017"></a></a>’s warning and attempt to fix the problem, ensuring that the
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat </span>encap always has the least precedence unless it includes a range identifier. Other conflicting
+encaps will have the last one override earlier ones for the same location with range identifiers taking
 priority.
-</p><!--l. 6027--><p class="indent" >   No discard occurs with <a 
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> so again you get the same location repeated in different
-formats. With <a 
+</p><!--l. 6835--><p class="indent" >   No discard occurs with <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> so again you get the same location repeated in different formats. With
+<a 
 href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>, <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-50018"></a></a> will discard according to order of precedence,
-giving priority to start and end range encaps. (See the <a 
+ id="dx1-128018"></a></a> will discard according to order of precedence, giving priority to start and end range encaps.
+(See the <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-50019"></a></a> manual for further
-details.)
-</p><!--l. 6032--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-128019"></a></a> manual for further details.)
+</p><!--l. 6840--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 6032--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6840--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:locationsyntax"></a>Locations</h3>
-<!--l. 6035--><p class="noindent" >Neither <a 
+<!--l. 6843--><p class="noindent" >Neither <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> nor <a 
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a> care about the location syntax as long as it’s valid
-<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;code (and doesn’t contain fragile commands). In both cases, the indexing is
-performed by writing a line to the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. The write operation is deferred to avoid the
-problems associated with <span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span>’s asynchronous output routine. (See, for example, <a 
-href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=oddpage" >Finding if
-you’re on an odd or an even page</a> for more details on this issue.) Unfortunately Options&#x00A0;<a 
-href="#option2">2</a>
-and&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a> care about the location syntax as long as it’s valid <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;code (and doesn’t
+contain fragile commands). In both cases, the indexing is performed by writing a line to the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a 
+ id="dx1-129001"></a> file. The write
+operation is deferred to avoid the problems associated with <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>’s asynchronous output routine. (See, for
+example, <a 
+href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=oddpage" >Finding if you’re on an odd or an even page</a> for more details on this issue.) Unfortunately
+Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a> are far more problematic and need some complex code to deal with awkward
 locations.
-</p><!--l. 6046--><p class="indent" >   If you know that your locations will always expand to a format acceptable to your chosen
-<a 
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> then use the package option <span 
-class="cmss-10">esclocations=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-51001"></a> to bypass this operation.
-This setting only affects Options&#x00A0;<a 
+</p><!--l. 6854--><p class="indent" >   If you know that your locations will always expand to a format acceptable to your chosen <a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing
+application</a> then use the package option <span 
+class="cmss-10">esclocations</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-129002"></a> to bypass this operation. This setting only affects
+Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
-href="#option3">3</a> as the problem doesn’t arise with the other
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-indexing options.
-</p><!--l. 6052--><p class="indent" >   Both <a 
+href="#option3">3</a> as the problem doesn’t arise with the other indexing options.
+</p><!--l. 6860--><p class="indent" >   Both <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-51002"></a></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-129003"></a></a> and <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-51003"></a></a> are fussy about the syntax of the locations. In the
-case of <a 
+ id="dx1-129004"></a></a> are fussy about the syntax of the locations. In the case of <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-51004"></a></a>, only the numbering system obtained with <span 
+ id="dx1-129005"></a></a>, only the
+numbering system obtained with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\arabic</span>, <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\roman</span>,
-<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\roman</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Roman</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alph </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\Alph </span>or composites formed from them with the same separator
-(set with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\Alph </span>or composites formed from them
+with the same separator (set with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsSetCompositor{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>) are accepted. (<a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-51005"></a></a> won’t accept an
-empty location.) In the case of <a 
+ id="dx1-129006"></a></a> won’t accept an empty
+location.) In the case of <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-51006"></a></a>, you can define your own location classes,
-but if the location contains a robust command then the leading backslash must be
-escaped. The <span 
+ id="dx1-129007"></a></a>, you can define your own location classes, but if the location contains a robust
+command then the leading backslash must be escaped. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-51007"></a> package tries to do this, but it’s caught between two conflicting
-requirements:
+ id="dx1-129008"></a> package tries to do this, but it’s caught
+between two conflicting requirements:
      </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-51009x1">The location must be fully expanded before <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-129010x1">The location must be fully expanded before <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span> can be converted to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\\</span></span></span> (there’s no
-     point converting <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\\</span></span></span> (there’s no point converting
+     <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\thepage</span></span></span> to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\\thepage</span></span></span>);
      </li>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
      <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-51011x2">The page number can’t be expanded until the deferred write operation (so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\c at page</span></span></span>
-     mustn’t expand in the previous step but <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\the\c at page</span></span></span> mustn’t be converted to
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-129012x2">The  page  number  can’t  be  expanded  until  the  deferred  write  operation  (so  <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\c at page</span></span></span> mustn’t
+     expand  in  the  previous  step  but  <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\the\c at page</span></span></span> mustn’t  be  converted  to  <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\\the\\c at page</span></span></span> and
      <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\\the\\c at page</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\number\c at page</span></span></span> mustn’t be converted to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\\number\\c at page</span></span></span>
-     etc).</li></ol>
-<!--l. 6072--><p class="noindent" >There’s a certain amount of trickery needed to deal with this conflict and the code requires
-the location to be in a form that doesn’t embed the counter’s internal register in
-commands like <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\value</span>. For example, suppose you have a robust command called
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\tallynum </span>that takes a number as the argument and an expandable command called
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\tally </span>that converts a counter name into the associated register or number to
-pass to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\\number\\c at page</span></span></span> etc).</li></ol>
+<!--l. 6880--><p class="noindent" >There’s a certain amount of trickery needed to deal with this conflict and the code requires the location to be in a
+form that doesn’t embed the counter’s internal register in commands like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\value</span>. For example,
+suppose you have a robust command called <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\tallynum </span>that takes a number as the argument and an
+expandable command called <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\tally </span>that converts a counter name into the associated register or
+number to pass to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\tallynum</span>. Let’s suppose that this command is used to represent the page
 number:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177">
 \renewcommand{\thepage}{\tally{page}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6082--><p class="nopar" > Now let’s suppose that a term is indexed at the beginning of page&#x00A0;2 at the end of a
-paragraph that started on page&#x00A0;1. With <a 
+<!--l. 6890--><p class="nopar" > Now let’s suppose that a term is indexed at the beginning of page&#x00A0;2 at the end of a paragraph that started on
+page&#x00A0;1. With <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-51012"></a></a>, the location <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\tally{page}</span></span></span> needs to be
-written to the file as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\\tallynum{2}</span></span></span>. If it’s written as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+ id="dx1-129013"></a></a>, the location <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\tally{page}</span></span></span> needs to be written to the file as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\\tallynum{2}</span></span></span>. If it’s written
+as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\tallynum{2}</span></span></span> then <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-51013"></a></a> will
-interpret <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\t</span></span></span> as the character “t” (which means the location would appear as “tallynum2”). So
-<span 
+ id="dx1-129014"></a></a> will interpret <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\t</span></span></span> as the character “t” (which means the location would appear as
+“tallynum2”). So <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-51014"></a> tries to expand <span 
+ id="dx1-129015"></a> tries to expand <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>without expanding <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\c at page </span>and then escapes all the
-backslashes, except for the page counter’s internal command. The following definitions of
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\tally </span>will work: </p>
+backslashes, except for the page counter’s internal command. The following definitions of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\tally </span>will work:
+</p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
      <li class="itemize">In the following, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\arabic </span>works as its internal command <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\c at arabic </span>is temporarily
-     redefined to check for <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\c at arabic </span>is temporarily redefined to check for
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\c at page</span>:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182">
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178">
      \newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\arabic{#1}}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6098--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 6906--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></li>
      <li class="itemize">The form <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\expandafter\the\csname</span><span 
@@ -12318,386 +14597,371 @@
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;c@</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\endcsname</span></span></span> also works (provided <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\the</span>
-     is allowed to be temporarily redefined, see below):
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183">
+class="cmtt-10">\the </span>is allowed to be
+     temporarily redefined, see below):
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179">
      \newcommand{\tally}[1]{%
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\tallynum{\expandafter\the\csname&#x00A0;c@#1\endcsname}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6106--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 6914--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></li>
      <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\expandafter\the\value</span></span></span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>now also works (with the same condition as
-     above):
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184">
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>now also works (with the same condition as above):
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180">
      \newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\expandafter\the\value{#1}}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6112--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 6920--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></li>
      <li class="itemize">Another variation that will work:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185">
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181">
      \newcommand{\tally}[1]{%
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\expandafter\tallynum\expandafter{\the\csname&#x00A0;c@#1\endcsname}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6118--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 6926--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></li>
      <li class="itemize">and also:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186">
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182">
      \newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\the\csname&#x00A0;c@#1\endcsname}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6123--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 6125--><p class="noindent" >The following <span 
+     <!--l. 6931--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 6933--><p class="noindent" >The following <span 
 class="cmti-10">don’t work</span>: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
      <li class="itemize">This definition leads to the premature expansion of <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\c at page </span>to “1” when, in this case,
-     it should be “2”:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187">
+class="cmtt-10">\c at page </span>to “1” when, in this case, it should be
+     “2”:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183">
      \newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\the\value{#1}}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6131--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 6939--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></li>
      <li class="itemize">This definition leads to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\\c at page</span></span></span> in the glossary file:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188">
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184">
      \newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\csname&#x00A0;c@#1\endcsname}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6135--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 6137--><p class="noindent" >If you have a numbering system where <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+     <!--l. 6943--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 6945--><p class="noindent" >If you have a numbering system where <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{page}</span></span></span> expands to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\c at page</span>
-(for example, if <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\c at page </span>(for example, if
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\tally{page}</span></span></span> expands to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\tallynum\c at page</span></span></span>) then you need to
-use:
-</p><!--l. 6142--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51015"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\tallynum\c at page</span></span></span>) then you need to use:
+</p><!--l. 6950--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-129016"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6144--><p class="noindent" >
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 6952--><p class="noindent" >
 Note that the backslash must be omitted from &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9; and the corresponding
-command must be able to process a count register as the (sole) argument.
-</p><!--l. 6149--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose you have a style <span 
+class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9; and the corresponding command must be able
+to process a count register as the (sole) argument.
+</p><!--l. 6957--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose you have a style <span 
 class="cmtt-10">samplenum </span>that is implemented as follows:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-189">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185">
 &#x00A0;\newcommand*{\samplenum}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\expandafter\@samplenum\csname&#x00A0;c@#1\endcsname}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\newcommand*{\@samplenum}[1]{\two at digits{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6156--><p class="nopar" > (That is, it displays the value of the counter as a two-digit number.) Then to ensure the
-location is correct for entries in page-spanning paragraphs, you need to do:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 6964--><p class="nopar" > (That is, it displays the value of the counter as a two-digit number.) Then to ensure the location is correct for
+entries in page-spanning paragraphs, you need to do:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-190">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186">
 \glsaddprotectedpagefmt{@samplenum}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6162--><p class="nopar" > (If you are using a different counter for the location, such as <span 
+<!--l. 6970--><p class="nopar" > (If you are using a different counter for the location, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">section </span>or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">equation</span>, you don’t
-need to worry about this provided the inner command is expandable.)
-</p><!--l. 6167--><p class="indent" >   If the inner macro (as given by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">equation</span>, you don’t need to worry
+about this provided the inner command is expandable.)
+</p><!--l. 6975--><p class="indent" >   If the inner macro (as given by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9;) contains non-expandable
-commands then you may need to redefine <span 
+class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9;) contains non-expandable commands then you may need
+to redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">page </span>after using
+class="cmtt-10">page </span>after using </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>. This command doesn’t take any arguments as
-<span 
+class="cmitt-10">internal</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;cs</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div>
+</div> This command doesn’t take any arguments as <span 
 class="cmti-10">the location is assumed to be given by </span><span 
-class="cmitt-10">\c at page </span>because that’s the only occasion this
-command should be used. For example, suppose now my page counter format uses small caps
-Roman numerals:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191">
+class="cmitt-10">\c at page </span>because that’s
+the only occasion this command should be used. For example, suppose now my page counter format uses small
+caps Roman numerals:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187">
 &#x00A0;\newcommand*{\samplenum}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\expandafter\@samplenum\csname&#x00A0;c@#1\endcsname}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\newcommand*{\@samplenum}[1]{\textsc{\romannumeral#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6178--><p class="nopar" > Again, the inner macro needs to be identified using:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 6989--><p class="nopar" > Again, the inner macro needs to be identified using:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-192">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188">
 \glsaddprotectedpagefmt{@samplenum}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6182--><p class="nopar" > However, since <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>isn’t fully expandable, the location is written to the file as
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 6993--><p class="nopar" > However, since <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>isn’t fully expandable, the location is written to the file as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{i}</span></span></span> (for page&#x00A0;1), <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{i}</span></span></span> (for page&#x00A0;1),
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{ii}</span></span></span> (for page&#x00A0;2), etc. This format may cause a
-problem for the <a 
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> (particularly for <a 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{ii}</span></span></span> (for page&#x00A0;2), etc. This format may cause a problem for the <a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>
+(particularly for <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-51016"></a></a>). To compensate for this,
-the <span 
+ id="dx1-129017"></a></a>). To compensate for this, the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">page </span>command may be redefined so that it expands to a format
-that’s acceptable to the indexing application. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+class="cmtt-10">page </span>command
+may be redefined so that it expands to a format that’s acceptable to the indexing application. For
+example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-193">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-189">
 \renewcommand*{\gls at samplenumpage}{\romannumeral\c at page}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6192--><p class="nopar" > While this modification means that the <a 
+<!--l. 7003--><p class="nopar" > While this modification means that the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-51017"></a></a> in the glossary won’t exactly match the
-format of the page numbers (displaying lower case Roman numbers instead of small cap
-Roman numerals) this method will at least work correctly for both <a 
+ id="dx1-129018"></a></a> in the glossary won’t exactly match the format of the page
+numbers (displaying lower case Roman numbers instead of small cap Roman numerals) this method
+will at least work correctly for both <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-51018"></a></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-129019"></a></a> and <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-51019"></a></a>. If
-you are using <a 
+ id="dx1-129020"></a></a>. If you are using <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-51020"></a></a>, the following definition:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-129021"></a></a>, the following
+definition:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-194">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-190">
 &#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\gls at samplenumpage}{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsbackslash\string\textsc{\romannumeral\c at page}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6202--><p class="nopar" > combined with
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 7013--><p class="nopar" > combined with
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191">
 \GlsAddXdyLocation{romansc}{:sep&#x00A0;"\string\textsc\glsopenbrace"
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;"roman-numbers-lowercase"&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"\glsclosebrace"}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6207--><p class="nopar" > will now have lowercase Roman numerals in the location list (see <a 
-href="#sec:xindyloc"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11.2 </a><a 
-href="#sec:xindyloc">Locations and
-Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyloc --></a> for further details on that command). Take care of the backslashes. The location
-(which ends up in the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">:locref</span></span></span> attribute) needs <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\\</span></span></span> but the location class (identified with
+<!--l. 7018--><p class="nopar" > will now have lowercase Roman numerals in the location list (see <a 
+href="#sec:xindyloc">§11.2 </a><a 
+href="#sec:xindyloc">Locations and Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyloc --></a> for
+further details on that command). Take care of the backslashes. The location (which ends up in the
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span>) just has a single backslash. Note that this example will cause problems
-if your locations should be hyperlinks.
-</p><!--l. 6216--><p class="indent" >   Another possibility that may work with both <a 
+class="cmtt-10">:locref</span><a 
+ id="dx1-129022"></a> attribute) needs <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\\</span></span></span> but the location class (identified with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span>) just
+has a single backslash. Note that this example will cause problems if your locations should be
+hyperlinks.
+</p><!--l. 7027--><p class="indent" >   Another possibility that may work with both <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-51021"></a></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-129023"></a></a> and <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-51022"></a></a> is to redefine
-<span 
+ id="dx1-129024"></a></a> is to redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">page </span>(<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls at samplenumpage </span>in this example) to just expand to the
-decimal page number (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\number\c at page</span></span></span>) and redefine <span 
+class="cmtt-10">page</span>
+(<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls at samplenumpage </span>in this example) to just expand to the decimal page number (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\number\c at page</span></span></span>) and
+redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberformat</span><a 
- id="dx1-51023"></a> to change the
-displayed format:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-129025"></a> to change the displayed format:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-192">
 \renewcommand*{\gls at samplenumpage}{\number\c at page}
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glsnumberformat}[1]{\textsc{\romannumeral#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6224--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6226--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine <span 
+<!--l. 7035--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7037--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">page</span>, you must make sure that <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\c at page </span>is expanded
-when it’s written to the file. (So don’t, for example, hide <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\c at page </span>inside a robust command.)
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 6231--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6233--><p class="indent" >   The mechanism that allows this to work temporarily redefines <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\c at page </span>is expanded when it’s written
+to the file. (So don’t, for example, hide <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\c at page </span>inside a robust command.) </div>
+</p><!--l. 7042--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7044--><p class="indent" >   The mechanism that allows this to work temporarily redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\the</span><a 
- id="dx1-51024"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-129026"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\number</span><a 
- id="dx1-51025"></a> while it
-processes the location. If this causes a problem you can disallow it using
-</p><!--l. 6236--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-51026"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-129027"></a> while it processes the
+location. If this causes a problem you can disallow it using
+</p><!--l. 7047--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-129028"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6238--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7049--><p class="noindent" >
 but you will need to find some other way to ensure the location expands correctly.
-</p><!--l. 6242--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7053--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 6242--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 7053--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:ranges"></a>Range Formations</h3>
-<!--l. 6245--><p class="noindent" >Both <a 
+<!--l. 7056--><p class="noindent" >Both <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-52001"></a></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-130001"></a></a> and <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-52002"></a></a> (Options&#x00A0;<a 
+ id="dx1-130002"></a></a> (Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
-href="#option3">3</a>) concatenate a sequence of&#x00A0;3 or more
-consecutive pages into&#x00A0;a range. With <span 
+href="#option3">3</a>) concatenate a sequence of&#x00A0;3 or more consecutive pages into&#x00A0;a
+range. With <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-52003"></a> (<a 
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>) you can vary the minimum sequence
-length using <span 
+ id="dx1-130003"></a> (<a 
+href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>) you can vary the minimum sequence length using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</span><a 
- id="dx1-52004"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-130004"></a>
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>where &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9; is either an integer or the keyword
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">none </span>which indicates that there should be no range formation (see <a 
-href="#sec:xindyloc"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11.2 </a><a 
-href="#sec:xindyloc">Locations and
-Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyloc --></a> for further details).
-</p><!--l. 6253--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
+class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9; is either an integer or the keyword <span 
+class="cmtt-10">none </span>which indicates that there should be no range formation
+(see <a 
+href="#sec:xindyloc">§11.2 </a><a 
+href="#sec:xindyloc">Locations and Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyloc --></a> for further details).
+</p><!--l. 7064--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>must be used before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-52005"></a> and has
-no effect if <span 
+ id="dx1-130005"></a> and has no effect if <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a 
- id="dx1-52006"></a> is used. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6256--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6258--><p class="indent" >   With both <a 
+ id="dx1-130006"></a>
+is used. </div>
+</p><!--l. 7067--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7069--><p class="indent" >   With both <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-52007"></a></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-130007"></a></a> and <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-52008"></a></a> (Options&#x00A0;<a 
+ id="dx1-130008"></a></a> (Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
-href="#option3">3</a>), you can replace the separator and
-the closing number in the range using:
-</p><!--l. 6260--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsSetSuffixF</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-52009"></a> <span 
+href="#option3">3</a>), you can replace the separator and the closing number
+in the range using:
+</p><!--l. 7071--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-130009"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixF{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">suffix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6262--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6263--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsSetSuffixFF</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-52010"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7073--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7074--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-130010"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">suffix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6265--><p class="noindent" >
-where the former command specifies the suffix to use for a 2 page list and the latter specifies
-the suffix to use for longer lists. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+</p><!--l. 7076--><p class="noindent" >
+where the former command specifies the suffix to use for a 2 page list and the latter specifies the suffix to use for
+longer lists. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-193">
 \glsSetSuffixF{f.}
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsSetSuffixFF{ff.}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6272--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use <a 
+<!--l. 7083--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-52011"></a></a> (<a 
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>), you will also need to set the minimum range length
-to 1 if you want to change these suffixes:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-130011"></a></a> (<a 
+href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>), you will also need to set the minimum range length to 1 if you want to
+change these suffixes:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-194">
 \GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{1}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6278--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use the <span 
+<!--l. 7089--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-52012"></a> package, you will need to use <span 
+ id="dx1-130012"></a> package, you will need to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\nohyperpage</span><a 
- id="dx1-52013"></a> in the suffix to
-ensure that the hyperlinks work correctly. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-130013"></a> in the suffix to ensure that the
+hyperlinks work correctly. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195">
 \glsSetSuffixF{\nohyperpage{f.}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsSetSuffixFF{\nohyperpage{ff.}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6285--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6287--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
+<!--l. 7096--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7098--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixF </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF </span>must be used before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-52014"></a>
-and have no effect if <span 
+ id="dx1-130014"></a> and have no
+effect if <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a 
- id="dx1-52015"></a> is used. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6291--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6293--><p class="indent" >   It’s also possible to concatenate a sequence of consecutive locations into a range or have
-suffixes with <a 
+ id="dx1-130015"></a> is used. </div>
+</p><!--l. 7102--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7104--><p class="indent" >   It’s also possible to concatenate a sequence of consecutive locations into a range or have suffixes with
+<a 
 href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>, but with <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-52016"></a></a> these implicit ranges can’t be merged with
-explicit ranges (created with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">(</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+ id="dx1-130016"></a></a> these implicit ranges can’t be merged with explicit ranges (created with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">(</span></span></span> and
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> encaps). See the <a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-52017"></a></a> manual for further
-details.
-</p><!--l. 6299--><p class="indent" >   <a 
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> doesn’t form ranges. However, with this option you can iterate over an entry’s
-<a 
+ id="dx1-130017"></a></a> manual for further details.
+</p><!--l. 7110--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> doesn’t form ranges. However, with this option you can iterate over an entry’s <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-52018"></a></a> using:
-</p><!--l. 6301--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsnumberlistloop</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-52019"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-130018"></a></a>
+using:
+</p><!--l. 7112--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-130019"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberlistloop{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -12704,14 +14968,12 @@
 class="cmitt-10">handler cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr handler cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6304--><p class="noindent" >
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 7115--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label and &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">handler cs</span>&#x27E9; is a handler control sequence of the
-form:
-</p><!--l. 6308--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition">&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">handler cs</span>&#x27E9; is a handler control sequence of the form:
+</p><!--l. 7119--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition">&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">handler cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -12722,19 +14984,19 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6309--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7120--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9; is the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-52020"></a> prefix, &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the counter used for the location,
-&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9; is the format used to display the location (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
+ id="dx1-130020"></a> prefix, &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the counter used for the location, &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9; is the
+format used to display the location (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">textbf</span>) and &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">location</span>&#x27E9; is the location.
-The third argument is the control sequence to use for any cross-references in the list. This
-handler should have the syntax:
-</p><!--l. 6317--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition">&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">location</span>&#x27E9; is the location. The third argument
+is the control sequence to use for any cross-references in the list. This handler should have the
+syntax:
+</p><!--l. 7128--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition">&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr handler cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -12741,49 +15003,46 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6318--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7129--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">tag</span>&#x27E9; is the cross-referenced text (e.g.&#x00A0;“see”) and &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9; is a&#x00A0;comma-separated list of
-labels. (This actually has a third argument but it’s always empty when used with
-<a 
+class="cmti-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9; is a&#x00A0;comma-separated list of labels. (This actually
+has a third argument but it’s always empty when used with <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>.)
-</p><!--l. 6323--><p class="indent" >   For example, if on page&#x00A0;12 I&#x00A0;have used
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+</p><!--l. 7134--><p class="indent" >   For example, if on page&#x00A0;12 I&#x00A0;have used
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196">
 \gls[format=textbf]{apple}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6327--><p class="nopar" > and on page&#x00A0;18 I&#x00A0;have used
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 7138--><p class="nopar" > and on page&#x00A0;18 I&#x00A0;have used
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197">
 \gls[format=emph]{apple}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6331--><p class="nopar" > then
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 7142--><p class="nopar" > then
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198">
 \glsnumberlistloop{apple}{\myhandler}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6335--><p class="nopar" > will be equivalent to:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 7146--><p class="nopar" > will be equivalent to:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199">
 \myhandler{}{page}{textbf}{12}%
 &#x00A0;<br />\myhandler{}{page}{emph}{18}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 6340--><p class="nopar" > There is a predefined handler that’s used to display the <a 
+<!--l. 7151--><p class="nopar" > There is a predefined handler that’s used to display the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-52021"></a></a> in the glossary:
-</p><!--l. 6343--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-52022"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-130021"></a></a> in the glossary:
+</p><!--l. 7154--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-130022"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -12792,11 +15051,10 @@
 class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6345--><p class="noindent" >
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 7156--><p class="noindent" >
 The predefined handler used for the cross-references in the glossary is:
-</p><!--l. 6348--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7159--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -12804,485 +15062,450 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6349--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7160--><p class="noindent" >
 which is described in <a 
-href="#sec:customxr"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>8.1 </a><a 
+href="#sec:customxr">§8.1 </a><a 
 href="#sec:customxr">Customising Cross-reference Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:customxr --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6352--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7163--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberlistloop </span>is not available for Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6354--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6356--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7165--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7167--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 6356--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 7167--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.4   </span> <a 
  id="sec:isthook"></a>Style Hook</h3>
-<!--l. 6359--><p class="noindent" >As from version 4.24, there’s a hook that’s used near the end of <span 
+<!--l. 7170--><p class="noindent" >As from version 4.24, there’s a hook that’s used near the end of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\writeist</span><a 
- id="dx1-53001"></a> before the file is
-closed. You can set the code to be performed then using:
-</p><!--l. 6362--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetWriteIstHook</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-53002"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-131001"></a> before the file is closed. You can set
+the code to be performed then using:
+</p><!--l. 7173--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-131002"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetWriteIstHook{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6364--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7175--><p class="noindent" >
 If you want the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; to write any information to the file, you need to use
-</p><!--l. 6367--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glswrite</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-53003"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7178--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-131003"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\write\glswrite{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">style information</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6369--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7180--><p class="noindent" >
 Make sure you use the correct format within &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">style information</span>&#x27E9;. For example, if you are using
-<span 
+class="cmti-10">style information</span>&#x27E9;. For example, if you are using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-53004"></a>:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-131004"></a>:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200">
 \GlsSetWriteIstHook{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\write\glswrite{page_precedence&#x00A0;"arnAR"}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\write\glswrite{line_max&#x00A0;80}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6377--><p class="nopar" > This changes the page type precedence<a 
- id="dx1-53005"></a> and the maximum line length used by
-<span 
+<!--l. 7188--><p class="nopar" > This changes the page type precedence<a 
+ id="dx1-131005"></a> and the maximum line length used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-53006"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6381--><p class="indent" >   Remember that if you switch to <span 
+ id="dx1-131006"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 7192--><p class="indent" >   Remember that if you switch to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-53007"></a>, this will no longer be valid code.
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-131007"></a>, this will no longer be valid code.
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-<!--l. 6384--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 6384--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 7195--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 7195--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">6. <a 
  id="sec:glslink"></a>Links to Glossary Entries</h2>
-</p><!--l. 6387--><p class="indent" >   Once you have defined a glossary entry using <span 
+</p><!--l. 7198--><p class="indent" >   Once you have defined a glossary entry using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-54001"></a> (<a 
-href="#sec:newglosentry"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4 </a><a 
-href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining
-Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>) or <span 
+ id="dx1-132001"></a> (<a 
+href="#sec:newglosentry">§4 </a><a 
+href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>) or
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-54002"></a> (see <a 
-href="#sec:acronyms"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>13 </a><a 
-href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>), you
-can refer to that entry in the document using one of the commands listed in <a 
-href="#sec:gls-like"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.1
-</a><a 
+ id="dx1-132002"></a> (see <a 
+href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a 
+href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>), you can refer to that entry in the document using
+one of the commands listed in <a 
+href="#sec:gls-like">§6.1 </a><a 
 href="#sec:gls-like">The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a> or <a 
-href="#sec:glstext-like"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.2 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glstext-like">§6.2 </a><a 
 href="#sec:glstext-like">The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like
-Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glstext-like --></a>. The text which appears at that point in the
-document when using one of these commands is referred to as the <a 
+Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glstext-like --></a>. The text which appears at that point in the document when using
+one of these commands is referred to as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-54003"></a></a> (even if
-there are no hyperlinks). These commands also add a line to an external file that is
-used to generate the relevant entry in the glossary. This information includes an
-associated location that is added to the <a 
+ id="dx1-132003"></a></a> (even if there are no hyperlinks). These commands also
+add a line to an external file that is used to generate the relevant entry in the glossary. This information
+includes an associated location that is added to the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-54004"></a></a> for that entry. By default, the
-location refers to the page number. For further information on number lists, see <a 
-href="#sec:numberlists"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5
-</a><a 
-href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>. These external files need to be post-processed by <a 
+ id="dx1-132004"></a></a> for that entry. By default, the location refers to
+the page number. For further information on number lists, see <a 
+href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a 
+href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>. These external files need to be
+post-processed by <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-54005"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-132005"></a></a> or <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-54006"></a></a>
-unless you have chosen Options&#x00A0;<a 
+ id="dx1-132006"></a></a> unless you have chosen Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option1">1</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
-href="#option4">4</a>. If you don’t use <span 
+href="#option4">4</a>. If you don’t use
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-54007"></a> these
-external files won’t be created. (Options&#x00A0;<a 
+ id="dx1-132007"></a> these external files won’t be created. (Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option1">1</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option4">4</a> write the information to the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.aux</span><a 
- id="dx1-54008"></a>
+class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a 
+ id="dx1-132008"></a>
 file.)
-</p><!--l. 6405--><p class="indent" >   Note that repeated use of these commands for the same entry can cause the <a 
+</p><!--l. 7216--><p class="indent" >   Note that repeated use of these commands for the same entry can cause the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
- id="dx1-54009"></a></a> to
-become quite long, which may not be particular helpful to the reader. In this case,
-you can use the non-indexing commands described in <a 
-href="#sec:glsnolink"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a 
-href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms
-Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a> or you can use the supplemental <a 
+ id="dx1-132009"></a></a> to become quite
+long, which may not be particular helpful to the reader. In this case, you can use the non-indexing commands
+described in <a 
+href="#sec:glsnolink">§9 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a> or you can use the supplemental <a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package, which
-provides a means to suppress the automated indexing of the commands listed in this
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
+package, which provides a means to suppress the automated indexing of the commands listed in this
 chapter.
-</p><!--l. 6413--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> I strongly recommend that you don’t use the commands defined in this chapter in the
-arguments of sectioning or caption commands or any other command that has a moving
-argument.
-</p><!--l. 6418--><p class="indent" >   Aside from problems with expansion issues, PDF bookmarks and possible nested
-hyperlinks in the table of contents (or list of whatever) any use of the commands
-described in <a 
-href="#sec:gls-like"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.1 </a><a 
+</p><!--l. 7224--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> I strongly recommend that you don’t use the commands defined in this chapter in the arguments of
+sectioning or caption commands or any other command that has a moving argument.
+</p><!--l. 7229--><p class="indent" >   Aside from problems with expansion issues, PDF bookmarks and possible nested hyperlinks in the table of
+contents (or list of whatever) any use of the commands described in <a 
+href="#sec:gls-like">§6.1 </a><a 
 href="#sec:gls-like">The <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a> will have their
-<a 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use
+Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a> will have their <a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;unset when they appear in the table of contents (or list of whatever).
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 6423--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6425--><p class="indent" >   The above warning is particularly important if you are using the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package in
-conjunction with the <span 
+</p><!--l. 7234--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7236--><p class="indent" >   The above warning is particularly important if you are using the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package in conjunction with the
+<span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-54010"></a> package. Instead, use one of the <span 
-class="cmti-10">expandable </span>commands listed in
-<a 
-href="#sec:glsnolink"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a 
-href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a> (such as <span 
+ id="dx1-132010"></a> package. Instead, use one of the <span 
+class="cmti-10">expandable </span>commands listed in <a 
+href="#sec:glsnolink">§9 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>
+(such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a 
- id="dx1-54011"></a> <span 
-class="cmti-10">but not </span>the non-expandable
-case changing versions like <span 
+ id="dx1-132011"></a> <span 
+class="cmti-10">but not </span>the non-expandable case changing versions like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><a 
- id="dx1-54012"></a>). Alternatively, provide an alternative via the
-optional argument to the sectioning/caption command or use <span 
+ id="dx1-132012"></a>). Alternatively,
+provide an alternative via the optional argument to the sectioning/caption command or use <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-54013"></a>’s <span 
+ id="dx1-132013"></a>’s
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a 
- id="dx1-54014"></a>.
-Examples:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-132014"></a>. Examples:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201">
 \chapter{An&#x00A0;overview&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;\glsentrytext{perl}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\chapter[An&#x00A0;overview&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Perl]{An&#x00A0;overview&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;\gls{perl}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\chapter{An&#x00A0;overview&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;\texorpdfstring{\gls{perl}}{Perl}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6437--><p class="nopar" > If you want to retain the formatting that’s available through commands like <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>(for
-example, if you are using one of the small caps styles), then you might want to consider the
-<a 
+<!--l. 7248--><p class="nopar" > If you want to retain the formatting that’s available through commands like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>(for example, if you are
+using one of the small caps styles), then you might want to consider the <a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package which provides commands for this purpose.
-</p><!--l. 6444--><p class="indent" >   If you want the <a 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package which provides
+commands for this purpose.
+</p><!--l. 7255--><p class="indent" >   If you want the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-54015"></a></a> to produce a hyperlink to the corresponding entry details in the
-glossary, you should load the <span 
+ id="dx1-132015"></a></a> to produce a hyperlink to the corresponding entry details in the glossary, you
+should load the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-54016"></a> package <span 
+ id="dx1-132016"></a> package <span 
 class="cmti-10">before </span>the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. That’s what I’ve
-done in this document, so if you see a hyperlinked term, such as <a 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. That’s what I’ve done in this document, so if you
+see a hyperlinked term, such as <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-54017"></a></a>, you can click on
-the word or phrase and it will take you to a brief description in this document’s
-glossary.
-</p><!--l. 6452--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span 
+ id="dx1-132017"></a></a>, you can click on the word or phrase and it will take you to a brief
+description in this document’s glossary.
+</p><!--l. 7263--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-54018"></a> package, I strongly recommend you use <span 
+ id="dx1-132018"></a> package, I strongly recommend you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">pdflatex</span><a 
- id="dx1-54019"></a> rather than
-<span 
+ id="dx1-132019"></a> rather than <span 
 class="cmtt-10">latex</span><a 
- id="dx1-54020"></a> to compile your document, if possible. The DVI format of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;has limitations with
-the hyperlinks that can cause a problem when used with the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Firstly, the
-DVI format can’t break a hyperlink across a line whereas PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;can. This means that
-long glossary entries (for example, the full form of an acronym) won’t be able to break across
-a line with the DVI format. Secondly, the DVI format doesn’t correctly size hyperlinks in
-subscripts or superscripts. This means that if you define a term that may be used as a
-subscript or superscript, if you use the DVI format, it won’t come out the correct
+ id="dx1-132020"></a> to compile your
+document, if possible. The DVI format of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;has limitations with the hyperlinks that can cause a problem
+when used with the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Firstly, the DVI format can’t break a hyperlink across a line
+whereas PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;can. This means that long glossary entries (for example, the full form of an
+acronym) won’t be able to break across a line with the DVI format. Secondly, the DVI format doesn’t
+correctly size hyperlinks in subscripts or superscripts. This means that if you define a term that may
+be used as a subscript or superscript, if you use the DVI format, it won’t come out the correct
 size.
-</p><!--l. 6466--><p class="indent" >   These are limitations of the DVI format not of the <span 
+</p><!--l. 7277--><p class="indent" >   These are limitations of the DVI format not of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-54021"></a> package. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6468--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6470--><p class="indent" >   It may be that you only want terms in certain glossaries to have hyperlinks, but not for
-other glossaries. In this case, you can use the package option <span 
+ id="dx1-132021"></a> package. </div>
+</p><!--l. 7279--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7281--><p class="indent" >   It may be that you only want terms in certain glossaries to have hyperlinks, but not for other glossaries. In
+this case, you can use the package option <span 
 class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a 
- id="dx1-54022"></a> to identify the
-glossary lists that shouldn’t have hyperlinked <a 
+ id="dx1-132022"></a> to identify the glossary lists that shouldn’t have
+hyperlinked <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-54023"></a></a>. See <a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts-general"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.1 </a><a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts-general">General Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-general --></a> for further
-details.
-</p><!--l. 6476--><p class="indent" >   The way the <a 
+ id="dx1-132023"></a></a>. See <a 
+href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1 </a><a 
+href="#sec:pkgopts-general">General Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-general --></a> for further details.
+</p><!--l. 7287--><p class="indent" >   The way the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-54024"></a></a> is displayed depends on
-</p><!--l. 6477--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glstextformat</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-54025"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-132024"></a></a> is displayed depends on
+</p><!--l. 7288--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-132025"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6479--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7290--><p class="noindent" >
 For example, to make all <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-54026"></a></a> appear in a sans-serif font, do:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-132026"></a></a> appear in a sans-serif font, do:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-206">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202">
 \renewcommand*{\glstextformat}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6484--><p class="nopar" > Further customisation can be done via <span 
+<!--l. 7295--><p class="nopar" > Further customisation can be done via <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a 
- id="dx1-54027"></a> or by redefining <span 
+ id="dx1-132027"></a> or by redefining <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a 
- id="dx1-54028"></a>. See
-<a 
-href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.3 </a><a 
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 6489--><p class="indent" >   Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the <a 
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Some of the
-commands described in this chapter automatically unset this flag and can also use it
-to determine what text should be displayed. These types of commands are the
-<a 
+ id="dx1-132028"></a>. See <a 
+href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.3 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the
+format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a> for further details.
+</p><!--l. 7300--><p class="indent" >   Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the <a 
+href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Some of the commands described in
+this chapter automatically unset this flag and can also use it to determine what text should be displayed.
+These types of commands are the <a 
 href="#sec:gls-like"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands and are described in <a 
-href="#sec:gls-like"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.1 </a><a 
+href="#sec:gls-like">§6.1 </a><a 
 href="#sec:gls-like">The <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use
-Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a>. The commands that don’t reference or change the <a 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like
+Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a>. The commands that don’t reference or change the <a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;are
 <a 
 href="#sec:glstext-like"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands and are described in <a 
-href="#sec:glstext-like"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.2 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glstext-like">§6.2 </a><a 
 href="#sec:glstext-like">The <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like Commands (First Use
-Flag Not Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glstext-like --></a>. See <a 
-href="#sec:glsunset"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>14 </a><a 
-href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a> for commands that unset
-(mark the entry as having been used) or reset (mark the entry as not used) the <a 
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use
-flag</a>&#x00A0;without referencing the entries.
-</p><!--l. 6501--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Not
+Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glstext-like --></a>. See <a 
+href="#sec:glsunset">§14 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a> for commands that unset (mark the entry as
+having been used) or reset (mark the entry as not used) the <a 
+href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;without referencing the
+entries.
+</p><!--l. 7312--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
 href="#sec:gls-like"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;and <a 
 href="#sec:glstext-like"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands all take a first optional argument that is a
-comma-separated list of &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands all take a first optional argument that is a comma-separated
+list of &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; options, described below. They also have a star-variant,
-which inserts <span 
-class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>at the start of the list of options and a plus-variant, which
-inserts <span 
-class="cmtt-10">hyper=true </span>at the start of the list of options. For example <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls*{sample}</span></span></span>
-is the same as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; options, described below. They also have a star-variant, which inserts <span 
+class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>at the
+start of the list of options and a plus-variant, which inserts <span 
+class="cmtt-10">hyper=true </span>at the start of the list of options. For
+example <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls*{sample}</span></span></span> is the same as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls[hyper=false]{sample}</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls+{sample}</span></span></span> is the same as
 <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls[hyper=true]{sample}</span></span></span>, whereas just <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> will use the default hyperlink
-setting which depends on a number of factors (such as whether the entry is in a glossary that
-has been identified in the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> will use the default hyperlink setting which depends
+on a number of factors (such as whether the entry is in a glossary that has been identified in the
+<span 
 class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a 
- id="dx1-54029"></a> list). You can override the <span 
-class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a 
- id="dx1-54030"></a> key in the variant’s
-optional argument, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls*[hyper=true]{sample}</span></span></span> but this creates redundancy
-and is best avoided. The <a 
+ id="dx1-132029"></a> list). You can override the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">hyper</span><a 
+ id="dx1-132030"></a> key in the variant’s optional argument, for example,
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls*[hyper=true]{sample}</span></span></span> but this creates redundancy and is best avoided. The <a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides the option to add a third custom
-variant.
-</p><!--l. 6518--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid nesting these commands. For example don’t do <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package
+provides the option to add a third custom variant.
+</p><!--l. 7329--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid nesting these commands. For example don’t do <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span><span 
 class="cmsy-10">{</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label2</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span><span 
-class="cmsy-10">} </span>as this is likely to cause problems. By implication, this means that
-you should avoid using any of these commands within the <span 
-class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
- id="dx1-54031"></a>, <span 
-class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-54032"></a>, <span 
-class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
- id="dx1-54033"></a> or <span 
-class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
- id="dx1-54034"></a>
-keys (or their plural equivalent) or any other key that you plan to access through
-these commands. (For example, the <span 
-class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
- id="dx1-54035"></a> key if you intend to use <span 
+class="cmsy-10">} </span>as this is likely to
+cause problems. By implication, this means that you should avoid using any of these commands within the
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">text</span><a 
+ id="dx1-132031"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">first</span><a 
+ id="dx1-132032"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">short</span><a 
+ id="dx1-132033"></a> or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">long</span><a 
+ id="dx1-132034"></a> keys (or their plural equivalent) or any other key that you plan to
+access through these commands. (For example, the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a 
+ id="dx1-132035"></a> key if you intend to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span>.)
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 6528--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6530--><p class="indent" >   The keys listed below are available for the optional argument. The <a 
+</p><!--l. 7339--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7341--><p class="indent" >   The keys listed below are available for the optional argument. The <a 
 href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package
-provides additional keys. (See the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides
+additional keys. (See the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>manual for further details.)
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">hyper</span><a 
- id="dx1-54036"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This  is  a  boolean  key  which  can  be  used  to  enable/disable  the  hyperlink
-     to  the  relevant  entry  in  the  glossary.  If  this  key  is  omitted,  the  value  is
-     determined by current settings, as indicated above. For example, when used with
-     a  <a 
+class="cmtt-10">hyper</span><a 
+ id="dx1-132036"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This is a boolean key which can be used to enable/disable the hyperlink to the relevant entry in
+     the glossary. If this key is omitted, the value is determined by current settings, as indicated above.
+     For example, when used with a <a 
 href="#sec:gls-like"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;command,  if  this  is  the  first  use  and  the  <span 
-class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-54037"></a>  package
-     option  has  been  used,  then  the  default  value  is  <span 
-class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>.  The  hyperlink
-     can be forced on using <span 
-class="cmtt-10">hyper=true </span>unless the hyperlinks have been suppressed
-     using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;command, if this is the first use and the <span 
+class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-132037"></a>
+     package option has been used, then the default value is <span 
+class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>. The hyperlink can be forced
+     on using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">hyper=true </span>unless the hyperlinks have been suppressed using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span><a 
- id="dx1-54038"></a>. You must load the <span 
+ id="dx1-132038"></a>. You
+     must load the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-54039"></a> package before the <span 
+ id="dx1-132039"></a> package before the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-54040"></a>
-     package to ensure the hyperlinks work.
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-132040"></a> package to ensure the hyperlinks work.
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">format</span><a 
- id="dx1-54041"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This specifies how to format the associated location number for this entry in the
-     glossary. This value is equivalent to the <a 
+class="cmtt-10">format</span><a 
+ id="dx1-132041"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This specifies how to format the associated location number for this entry in the glossary. This value is
+     equivalent to the <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-54042"></a></a> encap value, and (as with
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-132042"></a></a> encap value, and (as with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a 
- id="dx1-54043"></a>) the value needs to be the name of a command <span 
-class="cmti-10">without </span>the initial
-     backslash. As with <span 
+ id="dx1-132043"></a>) the value needs to be the name of a
+     command <span 
+class="cmti-10">without </span>the initial backslash. As with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a 
- id="dx1-54044"></a>, the characters <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+ id="dx1-132044"></a>, the characters <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">(</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> can also be used to specify the
-     beginning and ending of a number range and they must be in matching pairs. (For
-     example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls[format={(}]{sample}</span></span></span> on one page to start the range and later
+class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> can also be used to specify
+     the beginning and ending of a number range and they must be in matching pairs. (For example,
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
      <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls[format={)}]{sample}</span></span></span> to close the range.) Again as with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls[format={(}]{sample}</span></span></span> on one page to start the range and later <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls[format={)}]{sample}</span></span></span> to
+     close the range.) Again as with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a 
- id="dx1-54045"></a>, the command
-     should be the name of a command which takes an argument (which will be the
-     associated location). Be careful not to use a declaration (such as <span 
-class="cmtt-10">bfseries</span>) instead of a
-     text block command (such as <span 
-class="cmtt-10">textbf</span>) as the effect is not guaranteed to be
-     localised. If you want to apply more than one style to a given entry (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
-class="cmbx-10">bold</span>
-     and <span 
+ id="dx1-132045"></a>, the command should be the name of a command
+     which takes an argument (which will be the associated location). Be careful not to use a
+     declaration (such as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">bfseries</span>) instead of a text block command (such as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">textbf</span>) as the
+     effect is not guaranteed to be localised. If you want to apply more than one style to a given
+     entry (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
+class="cmbx-10">bold </span>and <span 
 class="cmti-10">italic</span>) you will need to create a command that applies both formats,
      e.g.&#x00A0;
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207">
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203">
      \newcommand*{\textbfem}[1]{\textbf{\emph{#1}}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6564--><p class="nopar" > and use that command.
-     </p><!--l. 6567--><p class="noindent" >In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text block commands such
-     as <span 
+     <!--l. 7375--><p class="nopar" > and use that command.
+     </p><!--l. 7378--><p class="noindent" >In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text block commands such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textbf</span><a 
- id="dx1-54046"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-132046"></a> or
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\emph</span><a 
- id="dx1-54047"></a> or any of the commands listed in <a 
-href="#tab:hyperxx">table&#x00A0;6.1</a>. You can combine
-     a range and format using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+ id="dx1-132047"></a> or any of the commands listed in <a 
+href="#tab:hyperxx">table&#x00A0;6.1</a>. You can combine a range and format using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">(</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9; to start the range and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9; to
+     start the range and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9; to end
-     the range. The &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9; part must match. For example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">format={(emph}</span></span></span> and
+class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9; to end the range. The &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9; part must match. For example,
      <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">format={(emph}</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">format={)emph}</span></span></span>.
-     </p><!--l. 6574--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <a 
+     </p><!--l. 7385--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-54048"></a></a> instead of <a 
+ id="dx1-132048"></a></a> instead of <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-54049"></a></a>, you must specify any non-standard
-     formats that you want to use with the <span 
-class="cmss-10">format</span><a 
- id="dx1-54050"></a> key using <span 
+ id="dx1-132049"></a></a>, you must specify any non-standard formats that you want to use
+     with the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">format</span><a 
+ id="dx1-132050"></a> key using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span><a 
- id="dx1-54051"></a>
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-132051"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>. So if you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-54052"></a> with the above example, you would need to
-     add:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-132052"></a> with the above example,
+     you would need to add:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204">
      \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textbfem}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6582--><p class="nopar" > See <a 
-href="#sec:xindy"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11 </a><a 
+     <!--l. 7393--><p class="nopar" > See <a 
+href="#sec:xindy">§11 </a><a 
 href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 6584--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 6586--><p class="noindent" >If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the hyperlinked location,
-     don’t use <span 
+     </p><!--l. 7395--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 7397--><p class="noindent" >If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the hyperlinked location, don’t use
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\hyperpage</span><a 
- id="dx1-54053"></a> (provided by the <span 
+ id="dx1-132053"></a> (provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-54054"></a> package) as the locations may not refer
-     to a page number. Instead, the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides number formats listed in
-     <a 
-href="#tab:hyperxx">table&#x00A0;6.1</a>.
+ id="dx1-132054"></a> package) as the locations may not refer to a page number. Instead,
+     the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides number formats listed in <a 
+href="#tab:hyperxx">table&#x00A0;6.1</a>. These commands are designed to work
+     with the particular location formats created by <a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-132055"></a></a> and <a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-132056"></a></a> and shouldn’t be used in other
+     contexts.
 </p>
      <div class="table">
-     <!--l. 6592--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+     <!--l. 7406--><p class="noindent" ><a 
  id="tab:hyperxx"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
 >
  <div class="caption" 
 ><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;6.1: </span><span  
-class="content">Predefined Hyperlinked Location Formats</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-540551 -->
+class="content">Predefined Hyperlinked Location Formats</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-1320571 -->
 <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-6" class="tabular" 
 cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"  
 ><colgroup id="TBL-6-1g"><col 
@@ -13291,223 +15514,291 @@
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-1-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyperrm</span><a 
- id="dx1-54056"></a>   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-2"  
+ id="dx1-132058"></a>   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-2"  
 class="td11"> serif hyperlink                </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-2-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hypersf</span><a 
- id="dx1-54057"></a>   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-2"  
+ id="dx1-132059"></a>   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-2"  
 class="td11"> sans-serif hyperlink          </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-3-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hypertt</span><a 
- id="dx1-54058"></a>   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-2"  
+ id="dx1-132060"></a>   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-2"  
 class="td11"> monospaced hyperlink      </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-4-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyperbf</span><a 
- id="dx1-54059"></a>   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-2"  
+ id="dx1-132061"></a>   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-2"  
 class="td11"> bold hyperlink                </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-5-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hypermd</span><a 
- id="dx1-54060"></a>   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-2"  
+ id="dx1-132062"></a>   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-2"  
 class="td11"> medium weight hyperlink  </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-6-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyperit</span><a 
- id="dx1-54061"></a>   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-2"  
+ id="dx1-132063"></a>   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-2"  
 class="td11"> italic hyperlink               </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-7-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hypersl</span><a 
- id="dx1-54062"></a>   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-2"  
+ id="dx1-132064"></a>   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-2"  
 class="td11"> slanted hyperlink             </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-8-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyperup</span><a 
- id="dx1-54063"></a>   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-2"  
+ id="dx1-132065"></a>   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-2"  
 class="td11"> upright hyperlink            </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-9-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hypersc</span><a 
- id="dx1-54064"></a>   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-2"  
+ id="dx1-132066"></a>   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-2"  
 class="td11"> small caps hyperlink        </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-10-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-1"  
 class="td11"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyperemph</span><a 
- id="dx1-54065"></a> </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-2"  
+ id="dx1-132067"></a> </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-2"  
 class="td11"> emphasized hyperlink       </td></tr></table>
 </div>
      </div><hr class="endfloat" />
      </div>
-     <!--l. 6612--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the <span 
+     <!--l. 7426--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink</span><a 
- id="dx1-54066"></a> command hasn’t been defined, the <span 
+ id="dx1-132068"></a> command hasn’t been defined, the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyper</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">xx</span>&#x27E9; formats are
-     equivalent to the analogous <span 
+class="cmti-10">xx</span>&#x27E9; formats are equivalent to the
+     analogous <span 
 class="cmtt-10">text</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">xx</span>&#x27E9; font commands (and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">hyperemph </span>is equivalent to
+class="cmtt-10">hyperemph </span>is equivalent to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">emph</span>). If you want to make a new
+     format, you will need to define a command which takes one argument and use that. For example, if you
+     want the location number to be in a bold sans-serif font, you can define a command called, say,
      <span 
-class="cmtt-10">emph</span>). If you want to make a new format, you will need to define a command
-     which takes one argument and use that. For example, if you want the location
-     number to be in a bold sans-serif font, you can define a command called, say,
-     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\hyperbsf</span><a 
- id="dx1-54067"></a>:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-132069"></a>:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-209">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205">
      \newcommand{\hyperbsf}[1]{\textbf{\hypersf{#1}}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6622--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span 
+     <!--l. 7436--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyperbsf </span>as the value for the <span 
-class="cmss-10">format</span><a 
- id="dx1-54068"></a>
+class="cmtt-10">format</span><a 
+ id="dx1-132070"></a>
      key.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x6" id="fn1x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.1</sup></a></span><a 
- id="x1-54069f1"></a>
-     Remember that if you use <a 
+ id="x1-132071f1"></a>
+     </p><!--l. 7442--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> When defining a custom location format command that uses one of the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\hyper</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">xx</span>&#x27E9;<a 
+ id="dx1-132072"></a> commands, make sure
+     that the argument of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\hyper</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">xx</span>&#x27E9;<a 
+ id="dx1-132073"></a> is just the location. Any formatting must be outside of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\hyper</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmitt-10">xx</span>&#x27E9;<a 
+ id="dx1-132074"></a> (as in
+     the above <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\hyperbfsf </span>example). </div>
+     </p><!--l. 7448--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 7450--><p class="noindent" >Remember that if you use <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
- id="dx1-54070"></a></a>, you will need to add this to the list of location
-     attributes:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-132075"></a></a>, you will need to add this to the list of location <a 
+ id="dx1-132076"></a>attributes:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-206">
      \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbsf}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6630--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 7454--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">counter</span><a 
- id="dx1-54071"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This specifies which counter to use for this location. This overrides the default
-     counter used by this entry. (See also <a 
-href="#sec:numberlists"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5 </a><a 
+class="cmtt-10">counter</span><a 
+ id="dx1-132077"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This specifies which counter to use for this location. This overrides the default counter used by this
+     entry. (See also <a 
+href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a 
 href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.)
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">local</span><a 
- id="dx1-54072"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="cmtt-10">local</span><a 
+ id="dx1-132078"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">This is a boolean key that only makes a difference when used with <a 
 href="#sec:gls-like"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands
-     that change the entry’s <a 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands that change the
+     entry’s <a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. If <span 
-class="cmtt-10">local=true</span>, the change to the first use flag will
-     be localised to the current scope. The default is <span 
+class="cmtt-10">local=true</span>, the change to the first use flag will be localised to the current scope.
+     The default is <span 
 class="cmtt-10">local=false</span>.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span id="textcolor262"><span id="textcolor263"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">noindex</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-132079"></a></span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This is a boolean key that suppresses the indexing. Only available with <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span id="textcolor264"><span id="textcolor265"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">hyperoutside</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-132080"></a></span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This is a boolean key that determines whether to put the hyperlink outside of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a 
+ id="dx1-132081"></a>.
+     Only available with <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span id="textcolor266"><span id="textcolor267"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">wrgloss</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-132082"></a></span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This key determines whether to index before (<span 
+class="cmtt-10">wrgloss=before</span>) or after (<span 
+class="cmtt-10">wrgloss=after</span>) the <a 
+href="#glo:linktext">link
+     text<a 
+ id="dx1-132083"></a></a>. Only available with <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span id="textcolor268"><span id="textcolor269"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">textformat</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-132084"></a></span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This key identifies the name of the control sequence to encapsulate the <a 
+href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
+ id="dx1-132085"></a></a> instead of the
+     default <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a 
+ id="dx1-132086"></a>. Only available with <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span id="textcolor270"><span id="textcolor271"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">prefix</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-132087"></a></span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This key locally redefines <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span><a 
+ id="dx1-132088"></a> to the given value. Only available with <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span id="textcolor272"><span id="textcolor273"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">thevalue</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-132089"></a></span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This key explicitly sets the location. Only available with <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span id="textcolor274"><span id="textcolor275"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">theHvalue</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-132090"></a></span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This key explicitly sets the hyperlink location. Only available with <a 
+href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 6644--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a 
+<!--l. 7497--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-54073"></a></a> isn’t scoped by default. Any unscoped declarations in the <a 
+ id="dx1-132091"></a></a> isn’t scoped by default with just the base <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Any unscoped declarations in the
+<a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-54074"></a></a> may
-affect subsequent text. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6647--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-132092"></a></a> may affect subsequent text. </div>
+</p><!--l. 7501--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 6649--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+<!--l. 7503--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:gls-like"></a>The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)</h3>
-<!--l. 6652--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that unset (mark as used) the <a 
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;on
-completion, and in most cases they use the current state of the flag to determine the text to
-be displayed. As described above, these commands all have a star-variant (<span 
-class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>) and
-a plus-variant (<span 
-class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>) and have an optional first argument that is a &#x27E8;<span 
+<!--l. 7506--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that unset (mark as used) the <a 
+href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;on completion, and in most
+cases they use the current state of the flag to determine the text to be displayed. As described above, these
+commands all have a star-variant (<span 
+class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>) and a plus-variant (<span 
+class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>) and have an optional first
+argument that is a &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9;
-list.
-</p><!--l. 6659--><p class="indent" >   These commands use <span 
+class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; list. These commands use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a 
- id="dx1-55001"></a> or the equivalent definition provided by
+ id="dx1-133001"></a> or the equivalent definition provided by
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a 
- id="dx1-55002"></a> to determine the automatically generated text and its format (see <a 
-href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.3
-</a><a 
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 6663--><p class="indent" >   Apart from <span 
+ id="dx1-133002"></a> to determine the automatically generated text and its format (see <a 
+href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.3 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of
+the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>).
+</p><!--l. 7516--><p class="indent" >   Apart from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a 
- id="dx1-55003"></a>, the commands described in this section also have a <span 
-class="cmti-10">final </span>optional
-argument &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; which may be used to insert material into the automatically generated
-text.
-</p><!--l. 6667--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since the commands have a final optional argument, take care if you actually want to
-display an open square bracket after the command when the final optional argument is
-absent. Insert an empty set of braces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span> immediately before the opening square bracket to
-prevent it from being interpreted as the final argument. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-133003"></a>, the commands described in this section also have a <span 
+class="cmti-10">final </span>optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
+which may be used to insert material into the automatically generated text.
+</p><!--l. 7520--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since the commands have a final optional argument, take care if you actually want to display an open
+square bracket after the command when the final optional argument is absent. Insert an empty set of braces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span>
+immediately before the opening square bracket to prevent it from being interpreted as the final argument. For
+example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207">
 \gls{sample}&#x00A0;{}[Editor's&#x00A0;comment]
 </div>
-<!--l. 6676--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6678--><p class="indent" >   Don’t use any of the <a 
+<!--l. 7529--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7531--><p class="indent" >   Don’t use any of the <a 
 href="#sec:gls-like"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;or <a 
 href="#sec:glstext-like"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands in the &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; argument.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 6680--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6682--><p class="indent" >   Take care using these commands within commands or environments that are processed
-multiple times as this can confuse the first use flag query and state change. This includes
-frames with overlays in <span 
+class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; argument. </div>
+</p><!--l. 7533--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7535--><p class="indent" >   Take care using these commands within commands or environments that are processed multiple times as this
+can confuse the first use flag query and state change. This includes frames with overlays in <span 
 class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a 
- id="dx1-55004"></a> and the <span 
+ id="dx1-133004"></a> and the
+<span 
 class="cmss-10">tabularx </span>environment provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabularx</span><a 
- id="dx1-55005"></a>. The
+ id="dx1-133005"></a>. The <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package automatically deals with this issue in
 <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package automatically deals with this issue in <span 
 class="cmss-10">amsmath</span><a 
- id="dx1-55006"></a>’s <span 
-class="cmss-10">align </span>environment. You can
-apply a patch to <span 
+ id="dx1-133006"></a>’s <span 
+class="cmss-10">align </span>environment. You can apply a patch to <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabularx</span><a 
- id="dx1-55007"></a> by placing the following command (new to v4.28) in the
-preamble:
-</p><!--l. 6690--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glspatchtabularx</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-55008"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-133007"></a> by placing the following command (new to
+v4.28) in the preamble:
+</p><!--l. 7543--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-133008"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspatchtabularx </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6692--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7545--><p class="noindent" >
 This does nothing if <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabularx</span><a 
- id="dx1-55009"></a> hasn’t been loaded. There’s no patch available for <span 
+ id="dx1-133009"></a> hasn’t been loaded. There’s no patch available for <span 
 class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a 
- id="dx1-55010"></a>. See
-<a 
-href="#sec:glsunset"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>14 </a><a 
-href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a> for more details.
-</p><!--l. 6697--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\gls</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-55011"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-133010"></a>. See <a 
+href="#sec:glsunset">§14 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and
+Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a> for more details.
+</p><!--l. 7550--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-133011"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13515,33 +15806,31 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6699--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7552--><p class="noindent" >
 This command typically determines the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-55012"></a></a> from the values of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
- id="dx1-55013"></a> or <span 
-class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-55014"></a> keys
-supplied when the entry was defined using <span 
+ id="dx1-133012"></a></a> from the values of the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">text</span><a 
+ id="dx1-133013"></a> or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">first</span><a 
+ id="dx1-133014"></a> keys supplied when the
+entry was defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-55015"></a>. However, if the entry was
-defined using <span 
+ id="dx1-133015"></a>. However, if the entry was defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-55016"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-133016"></a> and
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a 
- id="dx1-55017"></a> was used, then the link text<a 
- id="dx1-55018"></a> will usually
-be determined from the <span 
-class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
- id="dx1-55019"></a> or <span 
-class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
- id="dx1-55020"></a> keys.
-</p><!--l. 6707--><p class="indent" >   There are two upper case variants:
-</p><!--l. 6708--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\Gls</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-55021"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-133017"></a> was used, then the link text<a 
+ id="dx1-133018"></a> will usually be determined from the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">long</span><a 
+ id="dx1-133019"></a> or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">short</span><a 
+ id="dx1-133020"></a>
+keys.
+</p><!--l. 7560--><p class="indent" >   There are two upper case variants:
+</p><!--l. 7561--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-133021"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13549,12 +15838,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6710--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7563--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 6712--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\GLS</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-55022"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7565--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-133022"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLS[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13562,57 +15849,55 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6714--><p class="noindent" >
-which make the first letter of the link text or all the link text upper case, respectively. For the
-former, the uppercasing of the first letter is performed by <span 
+</p><!--l. 7567--><p class="noindent" >
+which make the first letter of the link text or all the link text upper case, respectively. For the former, the
+uppercasing of the first letter is performed by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc</span><a 
- id="dx1-55023"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6719--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The first letter uppercasing command <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc </span>has limitations which must be taken
-into account if you use <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>or any of the other commands that convert the first letter to
-uppercase. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6724--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-133023"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 7572--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The first letter uppercasing command <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc </span>has limitations which must be taken into
+account if you use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>or any of the other commands that convert the first letter to uppercase.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 7577--><p class="noindent" >
 The upper casing is performed as follows: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
      <li class="itemize">If the first thing in the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-55024"></a></a> is a command follow by a group, the upper casing is
-     performed on the first object of the group. For example, if an entry has been defined
-     as
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212">
+ id="dx1-133024"></a></a> is a command follow by a group, the upper casing is performed on the
+     first object of the group. For example, if an entry has been defined as
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208">
      \newglossaryentry{sample}{
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;name={\emph{sample}&#x00A0;phrase},
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;sort={sample&#x00A0;phrase},
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6735--><p class="nopar" > Then <span 
+     <!--l. 7588--><p class="nopar" > Then <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{sample}</span></span></span> will set the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-55025"></a></a>
-     to<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+ id="dx1-133025"></a></a> to<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn2x6" id="fn2x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.2</sup></a></span><a 
- id="x1-55026f2"></a>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="x1-133026f2"></a>
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-209">
      \emph{\MakeUppercase&#x00A0;sample}&#x00A0;phrase
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6741--><p class="nopar" > which will appear as <span 
+     <!--l. 7594--><p class="nopar" > which will appear as <span 
 class="cmti-10">Sample </span>phrase.
      </p></li>
      <li class="itemize">If the first thing in the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-55027"></a></a> isn’t a command or is a command but isn’t followed by
-     a group, then the upper casing will be performed on that first thing. For example, if an
-     entry has been defined as:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214">
+ id="dx1-133027"></a></a> isn’t a command or is a command but isn’t followed by a group, then the
+     upper casing will be performed on that first thing. For example, if an entry has been defined
+     as:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210">
      \newglossaryentry{sample}{
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={\oe-ligature},
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={oe-ligature},
@@ -13619,50 +15904,50 @@
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}
      &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6754--><p class="nopar" > Then <span 
+     <!--l. 7607--><p class="nopar" > Then <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{sample}</span></span></span> will set the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-55028"></a></a> to
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-133028"></a></a> to
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215">
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211">
      \MakeUppercase&#x00A0;\oe-ligature
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6758--><p class="nopar" > which will appear as Œ-ligature.
+     <!--l. 7611--><p class="nopar" > which will appear as Œ-ligature.
      </p></li>
      <li class="itemize">If you have <span 
 class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a 
- id="dx1-55029"></a> v2.01 or above, an extra case is added. If the first thing is <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\protect</span>
-     it will be discarded and the above rules will then be tried.
+ id="dx1-133029"></a> v2.01 or above, an extra case is added. If the first thing is <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\protect </span>it will be
+     discarded and the above rules will then be tried.
      </li></ul>
-<!--l. 6766--><p class="noindent" >(Note the use of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-55030"></a> key in the above examples.)
-</p><!--l. 6768--><p class="indent" >   There are hundreds of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;packages that altogether define thousands of commands
-with various syntax and it’s impossible for <span 
+<!--l. 7619--><p class="noindent" >(Note the use of the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-133030"></a> key in the above examples.)
+</p><!--l. 7621--><p class="indent" >   There are hundreds of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;packages that altogether define thousands of commands with
+various syntax and it’s impossible for <span 
 class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a 
- id="dx1-55031"></a> to take them all into account. The above
-rules are quite simplistic and are designed for <a 
+ id="dx1-133031"></a> to take them all into account. The above rules are
+quite simplistic and are designed for <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-55032"></a></a> that starts with a&#x00A0;text-block
-command (such as <span 
+ id="dx1-133032"></a></a> that starts with a&#x00A0;text-block command (such as
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\emph</span>) or a command that produces a character (such as <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\oe</span>). This means
-that if your <a 
+class="cmtt-10">\oe</span>). This means that if your <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-55033"></a></a> starts with something that doesn’t adhere to <span 
+ id="dx1-133033"></a></a>
+starts with something that doesn’t adhere to <span 
 class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a 
- id="dx1-55034"></a>’s assumptions then
-things are likely to go wrong.
-</p><!--l. 6777--><p class="indent" >   For example, starting with a math-shift symbol:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-133034"></a>’s assumptions then things are likely to go
+wrong.
+</p><!--l. 7630--><p class="indent" >   For example, starting with a math-shift symbol:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212">
 \newglossaryentry{sample}{
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={$a$},
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={a},
@@ -13669,25 +15954,25 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6784--><p class="nopar" > This falls into case&#x00A0;2 above, so the <a 
+<!--l. 7637--><p class="nopar" > This falls into case&#x00A0;2 above, so the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-55035"></a></a> will be set to
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-133035"></a></a> will be set to
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213">
 \MakeUppercase&#x00A0;$a$
 </div>
-<!--l. 6788--><p class="nopar" > This attempts to uppercase the math-shift <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">$</span></span></span>, which will go wrong. In this case it’s not
-appropriate to perform any case-changing, but it may be that you want to use <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>
-programmatically without checking if the text contains any maths. In this case, the simplest
-solution is to insert an empty brace at the start:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 7641--><p class="nopar" > This attempts to uppercase the math-shift <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">$</span></span></span>, which will go wrong. In this case it’s not appropriate to perform
+any case-changing, but it may be that you want to use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>programmatically without checking if
+the text contains any maths. In this case, the simplest solution is to insert an empty brace at the
+start:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214">
 \newglossaryentry{sample}{
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={{}$a$},
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={a},
@@ -13694,37 +15979,35 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6801--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a 
+<!--l. 7654--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-55036"></a></a> will be set to
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-133036"></a></a> will be set to
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-219">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215">
 \MakeUppercase{}$a$
 </div>
-<!--l. 6805--><p class="nopar" > and the <span 
+<!--l. 7658--><p class="nopar" > and the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\uppercase </span>becomes harmless.
-</p><!--l. 6808--><p class="indent" >   Another issue occurs when the <a 
+</p><!--l. 7661--><p class="indent" >   Another issue occurs when the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-55037"></a></a> starts with a command followed by an argument
-(case&#x00A0;1) but the argument is a label, identifier or something else that shouldn’t have a
-case-change. A common example is when the <a 
+ id="dx1-133037"></a></a> starts with a command followed by an argument (case&#x00A0;1) but the
+argument is a label, identifier or something else that shouldn’t have a case-change. A common example is when
+the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-55038"></a></a> starts with one of the commands
-described in this chapter. (But you haven’t done that, have you? What with the warning not
-to do it at the beginning of the chapter.) Or when the <a 
+ id="dx1-133038"></a></a> starts with one of the commands described in this chapter. (But you haven’t done that, have you?
+What with the warning not to do it at the beginning of the chapter.) Or when the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-55039"></a></a> starts with one of the
-non-linking commands described in <a 
-href="#sec:glsnolink"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a 
+ id="dx1-133039"></a></a> starts
+with one of the non-linking commands described in <a 
+href="#sec:glsnolink">§9 </a><a 
 href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>. For
 example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-220">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216">
 \newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample2}{
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={\glsentrytext{sample}&#x00A0;two},
@@ -13732,33 +16015,31 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={another&#x00A0;example}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6823--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a 
+<!--l. 7676--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-55040"></a></a> will be set to:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-133040"></a></a> will be set to:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-221">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217">
 \glsentrytext{\MakeUppercase&#x00A0;sample}&#x00A0;two
 </div>
-<!--l. 6827--><p class="nopar" > This will generate an error because there’s no entry with the label given by
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;sample</span></span></span>. The best solution here is to write the term out in the <span 
-class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
- id="dx1-55041"></a> field and
-use the command in the <span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-55042"></a> field. If you don’t use <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsname </span>anywhere in your document,
-you can use <span 
+<!--l. 7680--><p class="nopar" > This will generate an error because there’s no entry with the label “<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase sample</span>”. The best
+solution here is to write the term out in the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">text</span><a 
+ id="dx1-133041"></a> field and use the command in the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-133042"></a> field. If you don’t use
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsname </span>anywhere in your document, you can use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the <span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-55043"></a> field:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-133043"></a> field:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218">
 \newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample2}{
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={\gls{sample}&#x00A0;two},
@@ -13767,40 +16048,38 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={another&#x00A0;example}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6841--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6843--><p class="indent" >   If the <a 
+<!--l. 7694--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7696--><p class="indent" >   If the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-55044"></a></a> starts with a command that has an optional argument or with multiple
-arguments where the actual text isn’t in the first argument, then <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc </span>will also fail.
-For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-133044"></a></a> starts with a command that has an optional argument or with multiple arguments where the
+actual text isn’t in the first argument, then <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc </span>will also fail. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-219">
 \newglossaryentry{sample}{
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;name={\textcolor{blue}{sample}&#x00A0;phrase},
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;sort={sample&#x00A0;phrase},
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6852--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a 
+<!--l. 7705--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-55045"></a></a> will be set to:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-133045"></a></a> will be set to:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-224">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-220">
 \textcolor{\MakeUppercase&#x00A0;blue}{sample}&#x00A0;phrase
 </div>
-<!--l. 6856--><p class="nopar" > This won’t work because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 7709--><p class="nopar" > This won’t work because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase</span><span 
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;blue</span></span></span> isn’t a recognised colour name. In this case
-you will have to define a helper command where the first argument is the text. For
-example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;blue</span></span></span> isn’t a recognised colour name. In this case you will have to
+define a helper command where the first argument is the text. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-221">
 \newglossaryentry{sample}{
 &#x00A0;<br />\newcommand*{\blue}[1]{\textcolor{blue}{#1}}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;name={\blue{sample}&#x00A0;phrase},
@@ -13807,13 +16086,13 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;sort={sample&#x00A0;phrase},
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6866--><p class="nopar" > In fact, since the whole design ethos of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
-class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;is the separation of content and style, it’s
-better to use a semantic command. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 7719--><p class="nopar" > In fact, since the whole design ethos of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;is the separation of content and style, it’s better to use a
+semantic command. For example:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222">
 \newglossaryentry{sample}{
 &#x00A0;<br />\newcommand*{\keyword}[1]{\textcolor{blue}{#1}}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;name={\keyword{sample}&#x00A0;phrase},
@@ -13820,15 +16099,13 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;sort={sample&#x00A0;phrase},
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6876--><p class="nopar" > For further details see the <span 
+<!--l. 7729--><p class="nopar" > For further details see the <span 
 class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a 
- id="dx1-55046"></a> user manual.
-</p><!--l. 6879--><p class="indent" >   There are plural forms that are analogous to <span 
+ id="dx1-133046"></a> user manual.
+</p><!--l. 7732--><p class="indent" >   There are plural forms that are analogous to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>:
-</p><!--l. 6880--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glspl</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-55047"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7733--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-133047"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13836,11 +16113,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6882--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6883--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\Glspl</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-55048"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7735--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7736--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-133048"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glspl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13848,11 +16123,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6885--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6886--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\GLSpl</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-55049"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7738--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7739--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-133049"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13860,61 +16133,59 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6888--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7741--><p class="noindent" >
 These typically determine the link text from the <span 
-class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
- id="dx1-55050"></a> or <span 
-class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-55051"></a> keys supplied when the
-entry was defined using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-133050"></a> or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-133051"></a> keys supplied when the entry was
+defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-55052"></a> or, if the entry is an abbreviation and
+ id="dx1-133052"></a> or, if the entry is an abbreviation and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>was used, from the
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>was used, from the <span 
-class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-55053"></a> or <span 
-class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-55054"></a> keys.
-</p><!--l. 6895--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when you use glossary entries in math mode especially if you are using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">longplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-133053"></a> or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-133054"></a> keys.
+</p><!--l. 7748--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when you use glossary entries in math mode especially if you are using <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-55055"></a>
-as it can affect the spacing of subscripts and superscripts. For example, suppose you have
-defined the following entry:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+ id="dx1-133055"></a> as it can affect
+the spacing of subscripts and superscripts. For example, suppose you have defined the following
+entry:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-227">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223">
 \newglossaryentry{Falpha}{name={F_\alpha},
 &#x00A0;<br />description=sample}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6903--><p class="nopar" > and later you use it in math mode:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+<!--l. 7756--><p class="nopar" > and later you use it in math mode:
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-228">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-224">
 $\gls{Falpha}^2$
 </div>
-<!--l. 6907--><p class="nopar" > This will result in <span 
+<!--l. 7760--><p class="nopar" > This will result in <span 
 class="cmmi-10">F</span><sub><span 
 class="cmmi-7">&#x03B1;</span></sub><sup><span 
 class="cmr-7">2</span></sup> instead of <span 
 class="cmmi-10">F</span><sub><span 
 class="cmmi-7">&#x03B1;</span></sub><sup><span 
-class="cmr-7">2</span></sup>. In this situation it’s best to bring the superscript into
-the hyperlink using the final &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmr-7">2</span></sup>. In this situation it’s best to bring the superscript into the hyperlink
+using the final &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; optional argument:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225">
 $\gls{Falpha}[^2]$
 </div>
-<!--l. 6913--><p class="nopar" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 6914--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6916--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsdisp</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-55056"></a> <span 
+<!--l. 7766--><p class="nopar" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 7767--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7769--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-133056"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13922,65 +16193,56 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">link text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6918--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7771--><p class="noindent" >
 This behaves in the same way as the above commands, except that the &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">link text</span>&#x27E9; is explicitly
-set. There’s no final optional argument as any inserted material can be added to the &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">link text</span>&#x27E9;
-argument.
-</p><!--l. 6924--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use any of the <a 
+class="cmti-10">link text</span>&#x27E9; is explicitly set. There’s no final
+optional argument as any inserted material can be added to the &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">link text</span>&#x27E9; argument.
+</p><!--l. 7777--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use any of the <a 
 href="#sec:gls-like"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;or <a 
 href="#sec:glstext-like"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands in the &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">link text</span>&#x27E9; argument of
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6927--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6929--><p class="noindent" >
+class="cmti-10">link text</span>&#x27E9; argument of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 7780--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7782--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 6929--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 7782--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:glstext-like"></a>The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)</h3>
-<!--l. 6932--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that don’t change or reference the <a 
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>.
-As described above, these commands all have a star-variant (<span 
-class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>) and a
-plus-variant (<span 
-class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>) and have an optional first argument that is a &#x27E8;<span 
+<!--l. 7785--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that don’t change or reference the <a 
+href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. As described above, these
+commands all have a star-variant (<span 
+class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>) and a plus-variant (<span 
+class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>) and have an optional first
+argument that is a &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9;
-list. These commands also don’t use <span 
+class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; list. These commands also don’t use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a 
- id="dx1-56001"></a> or the equivalent definition
+ id="dx1-134001"></a> or the equivalent definition
 provided by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a 
- id="dx1-56002"></a> (see <a 
-href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.3 </a><a 
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>).
-Additional commands for abbreviations are described in <a 
-href="#sec:acronyms"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>13 </a><a 
-href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other
-Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6942--><p class="indent" >   Apart from <span 
+ id="dx1-134002"></a> (see <a 
+href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.3 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>). Additional commands for
+abbreviations are described in <a 
+href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a 
+href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>.
+</p><!--l. 7795--><p class="indent" >   Apart from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a 
- id="dx1-56003"></a>, the commands described in this section also have a <span 
-class="cmti-10">final</span>
-optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; which may be used to insert material into the automatically
-generated text. See the caveat above in <a 
-href="#sec:gls-like"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.1 </a><a 
-href="#sec:gls-like">The <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag
-Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6947--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glslink</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56004"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-134003"></a>, the commands described in this section also have a <span 
+class="cmti-10">final </span>optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
+which may be used to insert material into the automatically generated text. See the caveat above in <a 
+href="#sec:gls-like">§6.1 </a><a 
+href="#sec:gls-like">The
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a>.
+</p><!--l. 7800--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134004"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13988,25 +16250,23 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">link text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6949--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7802--><p class="noindent" >
 This command explicitly sets the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-56005"></a></a> as given in the final argument.
-</p><!--l. 6953--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use any of the <a 
+ id="dx1-134005"></a></a> as given in the final argument.
+</p><!--l. 7806--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use any of the <a 
 href="#sec:gls-like"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;or <a 
 href="#sec:glstext-like"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands in the argument of
-<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>. By extension, this means that you can’t use them in the value of fields that are
-used to form <a 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands in the argument of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>. By
+extension, this means that you can’t use them in the value of fields that are used to form <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-56006"></a></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6958--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6960--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glstext</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56007"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-134006"></a></a>.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 7811--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7813--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134007"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14014,19 +16274,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6962--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7815--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
- id="dx1-56008"></a> key as the <a 
+class="cmtt-10">text</span><a 
+ id="dx1-134008"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-56009"></a></a>.
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p><!--l. 6966--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous commands:
-</p><!--l. 6967--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\Glstext</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56010"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-134009"></a></a>.
+</p><!--l. 7819--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous commands:
+</p><!--l. 7820--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134010"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glstext[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14034,11 +16290,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6969--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6970--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\GLStext</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56011"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7822--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+</p><!--l. 7823--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134011"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLStext[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14046,30 +16302,26 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6972--><p class="noindent" >
-These convert the first character or all the characters to uppercase, respectively. See the note
-on <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>above for details on the limitations of converting the first letter to upper
-case.
-</p><!--l. 6977--><p class="indent" >   There’s no equivalent command for title-casing, but you can use the more generic
-command <span 
+</p><!--l. 7825--><p class="noindent" >
+These convert the first character or all the characters to uppercase, respectively. See the note on <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>above for
+details on the limitations of converting the first letter to upper case.
+</p><!--l. 7830--><p class="indent" >   There’s no equivalent command for title-casing, but you can use the more generic command
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytitlecase</span><a 
- id="dx1-56012"></a> in combination with <span 
+ id="dx1-134012"></a> in combination with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>. For example:
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-230">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226">
 \glslink{sample}{\glsentrytitlecase{sample}{text}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6982--><p class="nopar" > (See <a 
-href="#sec:glsnolink"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a 
+<!--l. 7835--><p class="nopar" > (See <a 
+href="#sec:glsnolink">§9 </a><a 
 href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 6985--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsfirst</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56013"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7838--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134013"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14077,17 +16329,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6987--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7840--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-56014"></a> key as the <a 
+class="cmtt-10">first</span><a 
+ id="dx1-134014"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-56015"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6991--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 6992--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\Glsfirst</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56016"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-134015"></a></a>.
+</p><!--l. 7844--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 7845--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134016"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirst[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14095,11 +16345,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6994--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6995--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\GLSfirst</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56017"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7847--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7848--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134017"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirst[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14107,39 +16355,36 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6997--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6999--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The value of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-56018"></a> key (and <span 
-class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-56019"></a> key) doesn’t necessarily match the text produced
-by <span 
+</p><!--l. 7850--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7852--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The value of the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">first</span><a 
+ id="dx1-134018"></a> key (and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-134019"></a> key) doesn’t necessarily match the text produced by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-56020"></a> (or <span 
+ id="dx1-134020"></a> (or
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a 
- id="dx1-56021"></a>) on <a 
+ id="dx1-134021"></a>) on <a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-56022"></a></a> used by <span 
+ id="dx1-134022"></a></a> used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-56023"></a> may be modified
-through commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-134023"></a> may be modified through commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\defglsentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-56024"></a>. (Similarly, the value of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
- id="dx1-56025"></a> and <span 
-class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
- id="dx1-56026"></a> keys
-don’t necessarily match the link text<a 
- id="dx1-56027"></a> used by <span 
+ id="dx1-134024"></a>.
+(Similarly, the value of the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">text</span><a 
+ id="dx1-134025"></a> and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-134026"></a> keys don’t necessarily match the link text<a 
+ id="dx1-134027"></a> used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>on subsequent use.)
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 7007--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7009--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsplural</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56028"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>
+on subsequent use.) </div>
+</p><!--l. 7860--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7862--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134028"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsplural[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14147,17 +16392,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7011--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7864--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
- id="dx1-56029"></a> key as the <a 
+class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-134029"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-56030"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7015--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 7016--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\Glsplural</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56031"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-134030"></a></a>.
+</p><!--l. 7868--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 7869--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134031"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsplural[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14165,11 +16408,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7018--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7019--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\GLSplural</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56032"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7871--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7872--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134032"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSplural[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14177,11 +16418,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7021--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7023--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstplural</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56033"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7874--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7876--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstplural[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14189,17 +16428,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7025--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7878--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-56034"></a> key as the <a 
+class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-134034"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-56035"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7029--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 7030--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\Glsfirstplural</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56036"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-134035"></a></a>.
+</p><!--l. 7882--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 7883--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134036"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirstplural[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14207,11 +16444,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7032--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7033--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\GLSfirstplural</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56037"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7885--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7886--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134037"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirstplural[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14219,11 +16454,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7035--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7037--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsname</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56038"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7888--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7890--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134038"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsname[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14231,28 +16464,26 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
-</p><!--l. 7039--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7892--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-56039"></a> key as the <a 
+class="cmtt-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-134039"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-56040"></a></a>. Note that this may be
-different from the values of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
- id="dx1-56041"></a> or <span 
-class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-56042"></a> keys. In general it’s better to use <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or
+ id="dx1-134040"></a></a>. Note that this may be different from the
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
+values of the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">text</span><a 
+ id="dx1-134041"></a> or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">first</span><a 
+ id="dx1-134042"></a> keys. In general it’s better to use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>instead of
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsname</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7045--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 7046--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\Glsname</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56043"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7898--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 7899--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134043"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsname[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14260,11 +16491,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7048--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7049--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\GLSname</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56044"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7901--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7902--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134044"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSname[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14272,18 +16501,16 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7051--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7053--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it’s best to avoid <span 
+</p><!--l. 7904--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7906--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it’s best to avoid <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsname </span>with acronyms. Instead, consider using <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrlong</span>,
+class="cmtt-10">\Acrlong</span>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\Acrshort </span>or
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrshort </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Acrfull</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7056--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7058--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glssymbol</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56045"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7909--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7911--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134045"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14291,17 +16518,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7060--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7913--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
- id="dx1-56046"></a> key as the <a 
+class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a 
+ id="dx1-134046"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-56047"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7064--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 7065--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\Glssymbol</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56048"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-134047"></a></a>.
+</p><!--l. 7917--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 7918--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134048"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glssymbol[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14309,11 +16534,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7067--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7068--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\GLSsymbol</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56049"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7920--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7921--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134049"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSsymbol[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14321,11 +16544,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7070--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7072--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsdesc</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56050"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7923--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7925--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134050"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14333,17 +16554,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7074--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7927--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-56051"></a> key as the <a 
+class="cmtt-10">description</span><a 
+ id="dx1-134051"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-56052"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7078--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 7079--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\Glsdesc</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56053"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-134052"></a></a>.
+</p><!--l. 7931--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 7932--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134053"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsdesc[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14351,11 +16570,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7081--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7082--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\GLSdesc</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56054"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7934--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7935--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134054"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSdesc[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14363,19 +16580,17 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7084--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7086--><p class="indent" >   If you want the title case version you can use
-                                                                        
-                                                                        
+</p><!--l. 7937--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7939--><p class="indent" >   If you want the title case version you can use
+                                                                                      
+                                                                                      
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-231">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-227">
 \glslink{sample}{\glsentrytitlecase{sample}{desc}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7089--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7091--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsuseri</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56055"></a> <span 
+<!--l. 7942--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7944--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134055"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsuseri[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14383,17 +16598,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7093--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7946--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">user1</span><a 
- id="dx1-56056"></a> key as the <a 
+class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a 
+ id="dx1-134056"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-56057"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7097--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 7098--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\Glsuseri</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56058"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-134057"></a></a>.
+</p><!--l. 7950--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 7951--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134058"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsuseri[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14401,11 +16614,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7100--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7101--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\GLSuseri</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56059"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7953--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7954--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134059"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSuseri[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14413,11 +16624,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7103--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7105--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\glsuserii</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56060"></a> <span 
+</p><!--l. 7956--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7958--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134060"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsuserii[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14425,17 +16634,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7107--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7960--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">user2</span><a 
- id="dx1-56061"></a> key as the <a 
+class="cmtt-10">user2</span><a 
+ id="dx1-134061"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
- id="dx1-56062"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7111--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 7112--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="reversemarginpar"><span 
-class="cmtt-9">\Glsuserii</span><span 
-class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-56063"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-134062"></a></a>.
+</p><!--l. 7964--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 7965--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-134063"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsuserii[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14443,11 +16650,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7114--><p class="noindent" >

@@ Diff output truncated at 1234567 characters. @@


More information about the tex-live-commits mailing list.